ae ‘i |
| . ay oe ;
yt. .
‘ oF
, i {
‘ wt i :
ny 7 n ‘
ye 1
), ‘
\
,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOLUME 83
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1937
ADVERTISEMENT
The scientific publications of the National Museum include two
series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin.
The Proceedings series, begun in 1878, is intended primarily as a
medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collections
of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts in biol-
ogy, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new forms and
revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in pamphlet form,
are distributed as published to libraries and scientific organizations
and to specialists and others interested in the different subjects. The
dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in the
table of contents of each of the volumes.
The present volume is the eighty-third of this series.
The series of Bulletins, the first of which was issued in 1875, contains
separate publications comprising monographs of large zoological
groups and other general systematic treatises (occasionally in several
volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, catalogs of type
specimens, special collections, and other material of similar nature.
The majority of the volumes are octavo in size, but a quarto size has
been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as
indispensable. In the Bulletin series appear volumes under the head-
ing Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, in octavo
form, published by the National Museum since 1902, which contain
papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum.
ALEXANDER WETMORE,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
Wasuineton, D.C., February 1, 1987.
If
CONTENTS
Pages
Berry, Epwarp W. Tertiary plants from Venezuela. No.
BOSS dune 12) 1936 Wry eh eae Be. ee 335-360
New species: Ficus americanafolia, Anona sphaerocarpoides, Chryso-
balanus venezuelanus, Cassia zuliana, Sophora marana, Hernan-
dia tongi, Combretum stephensoni, Achras calcicolafolia, Pleono-
toma miocenica, Bignonia zuliana.
Bourn, Rotr L. Two new cottid fishes from the western
Pacific, with a revision of the genus Stlengis Jordan and
Sale eNO 20S Ueno, 1950, 2. eae ee 325-334
New genus: Astrocottus.
New species: Stlengis distoechus, Astrocotius leprops.
CuHanpuer, Asa C. Parasites of fishes in Galveston Bay. No.
DO Tie UNO ly 9h OB os er py bet oe EEE St coal) Ste 123+157
New genera: Glossocercus, Atactorhynchus.
New species: Rhipidocotyle transversale, Lecithochirium microsto-
mum, Tentacularia lepida, Proteocephalus australis, P. elongatus,
Glossocercus cyprinodontis, Cysticercoides menidiae, Contracaccum
collieri, C. robustum, Amphicaecum parvum, Rhaphidascaris an-
choviellae, Porrocaecum trichiuri, P. secundum, Goezia minuta,
Dichelyne fastigatus, D. diplocaecum, Agamonema immanis, A.
vomitor, Atactorhynchus verecundus, Arhythmorhynchus duocincius.
Cuarx, Austin H. Five new genera and two new species of
unstalked crinoids. No. 2982. March 14, 1936 !_______- 245-250
New genera: Annametra, Caryometra, Eomeira, Boleometra, Retio-
mera.
New species: Compsometra nuitingi, Retiometra alascana.
Notes on the butterflies of the genus Hnodia and
description of a new fritillary from Peru. No. 2983. April
HAL 7198 Ghee pane ee emirates A go EO SR 251-259
New species: Brenthis hana.
New subspecies: Enodia portlandia anthedon, E. p. borealis.
Cour, W. Storrs. (See Vaughan, T. W.)
Exuine, Harrirr I. Pyenogonids from Puget Sound. No.
POON) Wye LOSG om Se ae ee ee pe 413-422
New species: Nymphon solitarium, N. turritum, Ammothea discoidea.
Fisner, W. S. New West Indian cerambycid beetles. No.
2979 sappeptenmoner .O4il OGG) bute) VlbN 2h yO ey glee rie a th yale 189-210
1 Date of publication.
109422—37 ort
1V PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 88
Page
New genus: Sciocyrtinus.
New species: Pseudoeme ornata, Elaphidion monticoia, H. wickhami,
Anepsyra jaumei, Haruspex insularis, H. similis, Nanilla tuber-
culata, Eupogonius haitiensis, EH. wickhamt, Hypsioma insularis,
Spalacopsis ornatipennis, Leptostylus monticola, L. planicollis,
L. vanduzeei, L. brunneofasciatus, Cyrtinus acuniai, Sciocyrtinus
elongatus, E'ssostrutha roberto.
New variety: Acrepidopterum minutum apicalis.
Gauan, A. B. Four new species of Chalcidoidea parasitic on
cactus insects.- No. 2995: August 7; 1936 {2-4 232 ee 481-486
New species: Callimome bifasciipennis, Rileya opuntiae, Neocato-
laccus moneilemae, Tetrastichus gerstaeckeriae.
Gazin, C. Lewis. Fossil hares from the late Pliocene of south-
>
ern Idaho. No. 2976. November 14, 193841___________ 111-121
New species: Hypolagus limnetus, H. furlongi, Alilepus? vagus.
A study of the fossil horse remains from the upper
Pliocene of Idaho. No. 2985. June 1, 19363___________ 281-320
Giumore, Cuaries W. On the Reptilia of the Kirtland forma-
tion of New Mexico, with descriptions of new species of fossil
turtles. No. 2978. .June:27, 1935"... estes ae 159-188
New species: Baena ornata, Boremys grandis, Thescelus hemispher-
ica, Aspideretes ovatus.
GinspurG, Isaac. Review of the seahorses (Hippocampus)
found on the coasts of the American continents and of
Hurope... No. 2997.,, January 18, 1937. 20 eee 497-594
New subgenus: Jamsus.
New subspecies: Hippocampus guttulatus multiannularis.
Hartman, Ouea. New species of polychaetous annelids of
the family Nereidae from California. No. 2994. July 11,
1986 7 ie hie eet. Bhs ete 8 etal tO See 467-480
New species: Nereis (Nereis) eucapitis, N. (N.) pseudoneanthes, N.
(N.) neonigripes, N. (N.) eakini, N. (N.) natans, N. (Ceratonereis)
tunicatae, N. (Neanthes) saltoni, N. (Eunereis) longipes.
Kirk, Epwin. Corynecrinus, a new Devonian crinoid genus.
No; (2972. ‘October:8.1934-0 52) wee eee ok BSE 1-7
New family: Lecythocrinidae.
New genus: Corynecrinus.
New species: Corynecrinus romingeri.
pE Laupenrets, M. W. A comparison of the shallow-water
sponges near the Pacific end of the Panama Canal with
those at the Caribbean end. No. 2993. July 31, 1936!. 441-466
New genera: Zetekispongia, Taboga, Fisherispongia, Plakoosa.
New species: Zetekispongia zonea, Mycale cecilia, Laxosuberites
zeteki, Taboga taboga, Haliclona erina, H. doria, Strongylophora
santa, Fisherispongia ferrea, Plakoosa elisa.
1 Date of publication.
CONTENTS V
Page
Loomis, H.F. Three new millipeds of the order Colobognatha
from Tennessee, Texas, and Lower California, with records
of previousiy known species. No. 2989. May 11, 1936 1_361-368
New species: Siphonophora limitare, Brachycybe petasata, B. pro-
ducta.
Macy, Ratru W. A new genus and species of trematode from
the little brown bat and a key to the genera of Pleuro-
genetinae. No. 2986: May 19, 19386 %.__2. 2/2222 eLe 321-324
New genus: Glyptoporus.
New species: Glyptoporus noctophilus.
RermnuarpD, H. J. American muscoid flies of the genera Cera-
tomyiella and Paradidyma. No.2973. December 28, 1934'_ 9-43
New species: Ceratomyiella bicincia, C. orbitalis, Paradidyma
obliqua, P. neomexicana, P. derelicta, P. cinerescens, P. retracta,
P. crassiseta, P. aristalis, P. aldrichi, P. piliventris, P. apicalis,
P. affinis, P. brasiliana, P. petiolata.
Revision of the American two-winged flies be-
longing to the genus Cuphocera. No. 2974. October 25,
ES Saree ne eA ieee ge eee eh etc ek ee) tN 45-70
New species: Cuphocera parksi, C. scutellaris, C. conformis, C.
geminata, C. flavicornis, C. buccata, C. contigua, C. beameri, C.
torosa, C. incongrua.
Simpson, Grorce Gaytorp. New Paleocene mammals from
the Fort Union of Montana. No. 2981. October 18,
TS HSS a Bhar sian i la tn lu ect SAr ND pia ih dip 221-244
New genera: Gelastops, Emperodon, Stilpnodon, Aphronorus, Eu-
daemonema, Palenochtha, Deuterogonodon, Prothryptacodon,
Metachriacus, Spanoxyodon, Ictidopappus, Gidleyina, Litaletes,
Litomylus, Haplaletes.
New species: ?Ptilodus douglassi, ?P. gidleyi, ?P. sinclairi, ?ictypo-
dus grangeri, 27H. russelli, ?E. silberlingi, ?Parectypodus jepseni,
Gelastops parcus, Prodiacodon concordiarcensis, Leptacodon ladae,
L. munusculum, Emperodon acmeodontoides, Stilpnodon simplici-
dens, Aphronorus fraudator, Palaeosinopa diluculi, Eudaemonema
cuspidata, Claenodon vecordensis, Deuterogonodon monianus Gidley
ex ms., Prothryptacodon furens, Chriacus pusillus, C. pugnazx,
Metachriacus punitor, M. provocator, Spanoxyodon latrunculus,
Tricentes latidens Gidley ex ms., Ictidopappus mustelinus, Didy-
mictis tentiis, D. microlestes, Tetraclaenodon symbolicus Gidley
ex ms., ?T. superior, Gidleyina montanensis Gidley ex ms., ?G.
silberlingit Gidley ex ms., Ellipsodon aquilonius, Litaletes disjunc-
tus, Litomylus dissentaneus, Haplaletes disceptatrix, Panielambda
intermedius.
SxinkeR, Mary Scott. Two new species of tapeworms from
carnivores and a redescription of Taenia laticollis Rudolphi,
LSio- No.2 980. October 25, 1935 1. a. eth eee 211-220
New species: Taenia lyncis, T.. taxidiensis.
1 Date of publication.
Vi PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Page
Smuuyan, M. T. A revision of the chalcid flies of the genus
Perilampus Latreille occurring in America north of Mexico.
INofi2990;<¢October16, 19362. 228: 1 = aes epee 369-412
New species: Perilampus carolinensis, P. regalis, P. crawfordi, P.
ocellatus, P. rohweri, P. capitatus, P. gahani, P. muesebecki.
New varieties: Perilampus canadensis nitidus, P. fulvicornis pro-
thoracicus.
TREADWELL, Aaron L. Polychaetous annelids from Amoy,
@hina: No: 2984. . dune .10;.\1936: 722 Seat 22 ee ee 261-279
New species: Lepidonotus minutus, Lepidasthenia ocellata, Marphysa
orientalis, Nerets (Neanthes) linea, N. (N.) orientalis, N. (N.)
amoyensis, N. (Leptonereis) distorta, Cirratulus branchiatus.
VauGHAN, THomas WayYLAND, and Coun, W. Storrs. New
Tertiary Foraminifera of the genera Operculina and QOper-
culinoides from North America and the West Indies. No.
2996.. October 8, 1936-"2. 2.2 es Sst Sond Fe 487-496
New species: Operculina tuberculata, Operculinoides advenus, O.
vicksburgensis, O. semmesi, O. antiguensis, O. forrestt, O. tux-
panicus.
WE Ls, JoHn W. Some fossil corals from the West Indies.
No. 2975:'“December"20; 1934420) 0 oa ae SY aaa 71-110
New genera: Vaughanoserts, Favioseris, Paracycloseris, Prodiploastrea.
New species: Trochocyathus matleyt, Dichocoenia trechmanm, Rhab-
dophyllia quaylet, Centrastrea hill, Vaughanoseris catadupensis,
Favioseris anomalos, Diplaraea (?) boltonae, Cyclolites jamaica-
ensis, Paracycloseris elizabethae, Synastrea (?) adkinst, Prodt-
ploastrea schindewolfi, Goniopora trechmannt, Stylophora cam-
bridgensis, Astrocoenia jamaicaensts, Hupsammia clarendonensis,
Actinacis sawkinsi, A. barretti, Astreopora walli, Goniaraea
christianiaensis.
ZimMeER, Cary. California Crustacea of the order Cumacea.
No. 2992... © Avg ust: 27993 Gite wt ak he ea lela 423-439
New species: Cyclaspis nubila, Campylaspis canaliculata, Hemilam-
props (2?) californica, Diastylis californica, Diastylopsis tenuis,
Oxyurostylis pactfica.
1 Date of publication.
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATES
Following
page
1. Corynecrinus romingert, new genus and species___------------- 4
DOr Vets aNGiaih POSSI Cones. ty Pa Pe ee ee po tO SB 106
6-12. Parasites of Galveston Bay. fishes. 2222-2 220 obese Goes 157
134, Dinosaurs from Kirtland formation.2_W. 2-2 of... 65-532 188
Lae: muriles trom Kirtland formation. 2-5 — oo taco Sete ee ce 188
Hee ine SMeCles Ol acne ao 24 ene eh SS le ee a ee 220
22. Hnodia portiandia anthedon, H. p. portlandia, EH. creola, and Brenthis
CT Ce sa ase gE a a ie oe ar Re ee 256
23. Views of the Plesippus quarry, Hagerman, Idaho____.---_------ 320
Boe PLLeStP DUS. SROSNONCTUSUS — 8 = NS Fhe oars ee ee ee ee 320
34. Silengis distoechus and Astrocottus leprops......-..--------+------ 328
35-37. New Tertiary Foraminifera (Operculina and Operculinoides) -_---- 496
TEXT FIGURES
Page
1. Hypolagus, near vetus (Kellogg): Fragments of mandibles____-------- 112
2. Hypolagus limnetus, new species: Skull and mandible_______-------- nS
an Liypolagus\limnetus, new, species: “Leethi- 25 ihewake ae! Guess eee 115
4. Hypolagus furlongi, new species: Maxilla and mandible____--_-__--_-_- 118
5. Alilepus? vagus, new species: Fragment of mandible____.___-___---- 119
6. Supraorbital horn-core of a chasmosaurid dinosaur__--------------- 164
7. Carapace of Baena ornaia, new species_ =: 222222 2b 22 see oss 5 2 lee 166
S; Plastron of Baena ornaia, new. Speciesssas 2244 22aU es (asain aie se 167
9. Carapace of Boremys grandis, new species__....------------------- i Zall
10. Plastron of Boremys grandis, new species____-_------------------«=+ 172
11. Carapace of Thescelus hemispherica, new species____.__.------------- 175
12. Plastron of Thescelus hemispherica, new species____________-------- 176
va: Carapaceiof Basilemys nobilis Hay esi 2 asele oe 2 Ls Pad eee ae 178
jay Plastronset Basvlemys nobilis Hay = +. yhieton hls eee hype a a aera 179
15. Carapace of Aspideretes ovatus, new species____.__._--------------- 182
16: Carapace of Aspideretes vorar Hay ste. a 2stke: tk ee A ee eee eee 184
A hooth of squatinidis 2 5.4. pg sl F 22 ol esas albeigha nls eaten taesoes 185
18. New species of Lepidonotus, Lepidasthenia, and Marphysa____------- 263
wor, New. species of WVerers. __tsjehiiessj2) ark yche cause spe beungl ek oul tear 269
20: New species of Nereis and Cirratulus_ oo. 2-2 ee nee teu sues ee 274
20: Plesippus shoshonensis Gidley: Teeth... 222012) Syie sunset 297
22. Plesippus shoshonensis Gidley: Teeth... .-22.14221) jiiesucseewsen 303
23. Plesippus shoshonensis Gidley: Left trapezoid__...---.-_---------- 309
24. Plesippus shoshonensis Gidley: Left fore foot and right hind foot-- -_-_-- 310
25. Glyptoporus noctophilus, new genus and species___-----_------------- 322
26. Stlengis distoechus, new species: Scales__.__......----------.-------- 330
27. Astrocottus leprops, new genus and species: Scales_____._-_-_-------- 331
VIII PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Ficus americanafolia, new species, Cedrola jacksoniana Berry, Chry-
sobalanus venezuelanus, new species, Meniscium wolfi Engelhardt___-_
Inga reissi Engelhardt, Cassia zuliana, new species, Sophora marana,
new species, Piperiies cordatus Berry, and Anona sphaerocarpoides,
New iBPeCless Mt St Ss Ss SP eae ch eee eee eee eee
Trigonia varians Engelhardt, Hernandia tongi, new species, Tapirira
trinitiana Berry, and T. lanceolata Engelhardt__.__......_------
Achras calcicolafolia, new species, Pleonotoma miocenica, new species,
Bignonia zuliana, new species, and Combretum stephensoni, new
SPOClES \~ nae tee em ee aes er ete ee
Siphonophora limitare, new species, Gosodesmus claremontus Chamber-
lin, Brachycybe petasata, new species, B. lecontei Wood, B. rosea
Murray,and Boprodtucta;mew:- species! a2 =a sonata ae See
. New species of Nymphon and Ammothea_-.-..-----..---2.-_------
Cyclaspis subila, new BpeCies= = a a ee ee
. Campylaspis canaliculata,: new species: =*_ 2) = set as See ee
: Hemilamprops californica, new specles= ia. e = nt en ee
Diastylis californica, New Species. saat San es Sas Se ee eee
Diastylopsisitenuis,-new SpeCles== oes 2 ee een
5 Oxyurostylis-pacifica; Mew SpeCies has tee =e ae ee eee roe eee eee
. Zetekispongia zonea, new genus and species: Spicules___-__---------
. Mycale cecilia, new species? Spicules_-2-.- 2-2. 22.22... -22 eee eee
. Laxosuberites zeteki, new species: Spicules___....._..._....-_------
. Taboga taboga, new genus and species: Spicules__..-_-..-----------
. Fisherispongia ferrea, new genus and species: Spicules._.____--------
. Plakoosa elisa, new genus and species: Spicules___-__-.-.----------
. Nereis (Nereis) eucapitis; mew. speciesia= == 2223) 22 _ 2 wee aes
. Nereis (Nereis) pseudoneanthes, new species__.....-..---------------
. Nereis (Nereis) neonigripes, new species- 22052" — 2 La ee ee
. Nereis (Nereis) .eakint, newispeciess. 2.2 < 1 22 ole 8 2 eee ee
. Nereis (Nereis) natans; newispecies sul) aut 2. ase ee aes
. Nereis (Ceratonereis) tunicatae, new species__...-_.__._---------------
. Nereis: (Neanthes) saltont, new species#25 2-225 Sone. eee ee
. Nereis: (Hunerets) longipes; new species#2c. 2222s Lee ee
Exoskeleton of Hippocampus hippocampus._.-.---------------------
. Hippocampus ingens Girardass tis s pe Be SS ee eee
Hippocampus guttulatus multiannularis, new subspecies- -—----------
. Hippocampus guttulatus multiannularis, new subspecies. ------------
. Hippocampus europacus Ginsburg. 2 S25 5S 2 ek See eee
. Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius De Kay-_-----------------------
, Hippocampus hudsontus hudsonius. De Kay 2s 223 22922 ae eee
. Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius De Kay__----------------------
. Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius De Kay___---------------------
. Hippocampus hudsonius punctulatus Guichenot___..----------------
. Hippocampus hudsonius punctulatus Guichenot___..----------------
. Hippocampus reidi Ginsburg
. Hippocampus reidi Ginsburg
. Hippocampus obtusus Ginsburg
. Hippocampus hildebrandi Ginsburg
. Hippocampus hildebrandi Ginsburg
. Hippocampus regulus Ginsburg
. Hippocampus regulus Ginsburg
VOL. 83
Page
342
346
353
359
363
417
424
426
430
432
437
438
447
448
451
453
460
463
469
470
472
473
475
477
478
480
503
535
538
539
547
550
552
553
554
562
563
573
574
577
580
581
586
587
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Washington : 1934
Vol. 83 No. 2972
CORYNECRINUS, A NEW DEVONIAN CRINOID GENUS!
By Epwin Kirk
United States Geological Survey
In THE collections of the United States National Museum was found
an inadunate crinoid labeled, in Carl Rominger’s handwriting,
“Poteriocrinus?, Helderberg group, Clark Co., Indiana.” It was
almost completely embedded in hard crystalline limestone. The
structures exposed, however, indicated a crinoid of unusual type, and
preparation of the specimen proved it to be referable to a new genus,
which is here described as Corynecrinus. The crinoid proves to have
structural features of considerable interest, and in its relationship
seems to be nearer certain European Devonian forms than any
otherwise known in America.
The specimen shows the greater part of the dorsal cup, about 5 mm
of the proximal portion of the column, the anal tube to a length of
some 15 mm, and three of the arms to the first bifurcation, having a
length about equal to that of the anal tube as preserved. The exposed
surface of the specimen was somewhat weathered, intensifying frac-
tures in the plates and in some instances making it difficult to distin-
guish the fractures from sutures. On the whole, however, the crinoid
is in an excellent state of preservation.
CORYNECRINUS, new genus
Corynecrinus is a dicyclic inadunate crinoid here referred to the
new family Lecythocrinidae, of the suborder Cyathocrinoidea. The
genotype is Corynecrinus romingeri, new species.
1 Published by permission of the Director, U.S. Geological Survey.
71630—34
Z PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
The dorsal cup is obconical and made up of thin plates. The infra-
basals form a low ring that is practically concealed by the column.
The basals are large, particularly the posterior, which is considerably
higher and broader than the others. The radials have a horseshoe-
shaped arm-facet with a width about three-fifths that of the upper
face of the radial. The outstanding characteristic of the arms is the
large number of primibrachs. The brachials are perforated by an
axial canal, and the food-groove is closed by a double series of cover-
ing plates. There is no special anal plate, two of the tube plates rest-
ing directly on the upper sloping shoulders of the posterior basal.
The anal tube is long, slender, and composed of a few vertical series
of plates. The column is large, thin walled, and quadripartite and
may have had a multilocular structure.
Corynecrinus is most nearly comparable to Lecythocrinus J. Miller,
to which it doubtless is closely related. The dorsal cup of Coryne-
crinus, obconical to subcylindrical in shape, is in marked contrast to
the low bowl-shaped cup of Lecythocrinus. The most obvious differ-
ence is in arm structure, the numerous primibrachs of Corynecrinus
being a striking and unusual feature. The anal tube of Corynecrinus
is composed of relatively few ranges of comparatively large plates as
compared with Lecythocrinus. The column is relatively larger in
Corynecrinus and with a thinner wall. If a multilocular structure
was present the dividing partitions were much thinner. The cross
section of the column in Corynecrinus is subcircular rather than
quadrangular.
The genotype comes from the Jeffersonville limestone (Onondaga,
Middle Devonian) of Clark County, Ind., and adds another form from
the Onondaga of North America that shows close relationships with
the Middle Devonian crinoid fauna of Germany.
CORYNECRINUS ROMINGERI, new species
The dorsal cup is obconical and as preserved is slightly compressed,
giving a somewhat greater breadth at the arm-bases than would be
normal. This is in part compensated for by a slipping and partial
overlap of the left anterior radial on the left posterior radial. As pre-
served the dorsal cup has a diameter of 6 mm at the base, 9 mm at the
level of the arm-bases, and a height of 7.6 mm.
The infrabasals are small and almost completely concealed by the
column. It is probable that the infrabasals show on the exterior as
small triangular points at the lower interbasal angles and a narrow
band for the rest of the circuit. The sutures do not show clearly,
and it is difficult to differentiate between what might be an infrabasal
ring or the proximal columnal. The posterior basal is large relative
to the others, having a height of 4.8 mm as against a height of 4 mm
for the adjacent basal to the left. The posterior basal is heptagonal
A NEW DEVONIAN CRINOID GENUS—KIRK 3
in outline, supporting two tube plates on its upper sloping shoulders.
The other basals are pentagonal in outline with a maximum width
slightly in excess of the height. The radials have a width approxi-
mately equal to the height. The horseshoe-shaped arm-facet has a
width about three-fifths that of the upper surface of the radial. The
right and left posterior radials abut laterally against the first pair of
tube plates, and each supports a tube plate of the second range on its
inner upper shoulder. The plates of the dorsal cup appear to have
been devoid of ornamentation.
Nothing is known of the arms beyond the first bifurcation. In the
left posterior ray the primaxil is the tenth brachial, in the left anterior
ray the ninth, and in the right posterior ray probably the tenth. The
arms were apparently isotomous in their division. In the left posterior
ray the primibrachs range in length from 1.3 mm to nearly 2.2 mm
and have an average width of about 1.7 mm. The arms are nonpin-
nulate, and the food-grooye is covered by a double row of covering
plates. The brachials are perforated by an axial canal.
The anal tube is subcylindrical in section with a diameter of about
3mm a few millimeters above the top of the dorsal cup. In its upper
portion as preserved it is apparently composed of five vertical series of
tube plates which in part are laterally apposed and in part imbricate.
At the base of the anal tube two of the tube plates rest on the upper,
sloping, subequal shoulders of the posterior basal without the inter-
position of a special anal plate. In the second range there are three
tube plates. Of these the outer pair rest in part on the upper inner
sloping shoulders of the right and left posterior radials.
The column is subcircular in section, with a very wide lumen. Ata
distance of 5 mm from the cup the column has a diameter of approxi-
mately 5mm. At this point the columnar wall has an average thick-
ness of but 0.5 mm in its thinner portions. A camera lucida outline
drawing of the column in cross section is given on the plate. From this
it can be seen that the lumen has a tetramerous structure. The exact
outline of the inner wall is obscure, owing in part to crushing and
perhaps in part tosolution. There are four approximately equidistant
ridges projecting from the wall into the lumen. These were grooved
medially. To either side of the groove appear to have been lateral
extensions, giving the ridge the appearance of a bifid column in section.
It is possible that these flanges connected laterally, forming discrete
camerae. If so, the encircling walls were probably very thin. The
columnals are low, one of the thickest seen measuring but 0.7 mm
in height.
The specific name is given in honor of Dr. Carl Rominger, one of the
pioneers in mid-western American Devonian paleontology, to whose
collecting ability we owe the present specimen.
4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Horizon and locality —As noted above, Rominger’s original label
reads ‘‘He'derberg group, Clark County, Indiana.” From the lithology
of the matrix and the associated corals it is evident that the specimen
was collected in the Jeffersonville limestone (Onondaga, Middle
Devonian), probably from the lower coral zone.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 90094.
LECYTHOCRINIDAE, new family
The family Lecythocrinidae is referable to the Cyathocrinoidea and
is nearly related to the Gasterocomidae. Lecythocrinus has previously
been placed in the Cyathocrinidae by Bather (1900) and following him
in the equivalent subfamily Cyathocrininae by Springer (1913).
Jaekel (1918) placed Lecythocrinus in the Gasterocomidae. Two
genera are here referred to the family Lecythocrinidae, Lecythocrinus
J. Miller and Corynecrinus, new genus. Eoth are from approximately
equivalent horizons in the Middle Devonian.
The column has a large lumen that may be divided by partitions
into a central canal and four peripheral canals. There is no differentia-
tion of a special anal plate, two of the proximal tube plates normally
resting directly on the posterior basal. The anal tube is long and
relatively slender.
The family differs from the Cyathocrinidae in the character of the
column and the lack of a special anal plate. From the Gasterocomidae
the Lecythocrinidae differ mainly in the possession of an anal tube,
although it is probable that the brachial structures also differed widely.
Inasmuch as there is considerable bibliographic confusion in regard
to the status of Lecythocrinus, which I have chosen as the type of the
new family, it seems desirable briefly to give the history of the genus.
J. Miiller (1858, p. 196) proposed the new genus Lecythocrinus with
L. eifelianus, new species, as the only species referred to it. This
must of necessity be the genotype. Schultze (1867) figured the
original specimen of Miller and gave additional figures of other
specimens. He did not recognize either the genus Lecyihocrinus or
the species eifelianus of Miller, placing the genus in synonymy with
Tarocrinus and the species in synonymy with his ‘‘new species” 7’.
briareus. 'The excuse for the latter high-handed measure was that
Miiller’s species was based on an abnormal specimen. Wachsmuth
and Springer (1880, p. 313; sep., p. 88) cite Lecythocrinus as ‘‘Zittel
(not Joh. Miiller)”’ and follow Schultze in throwing L. eifelianus in
synonymy with Schultze’s 7. briareus. Wachsmuth (1896, p. 156)
cites Lecythocrinus as “Miller, emend. Zittel’’ and in a footnote says
in part: “The type-specimen upon which this genus was founded
(L. eifelianus Mill.) etc. He also labels figure 261, page 157, which
is a copy of Schultze’s restoration of the species, ‘‘ Lecythocrinus
eifeianus Mill.” Bather (1900, p. 175) quotes Lecythocrinus as
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROGEEDINGS, VOL. 8337ART. 1. PE: 1
CORYNECRINUS ROMINGERI, NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES.
1, Analysis of plates, X2. 2, Camera lucida drawing of section of column, 4. 3, Left posterior
radius, X2. 4, Posterior interradius, X2. (Magnifications approximate.)
A NEW DEVONIAN CRINOID GENUS—KIRK o
“Miller (1858, em. Zittel, 1879=Tazocrinus briareus, Schultze,
1866). Springer (1913, p. 221) quotes the genus as ‘Joh. Miiller
(Taxocrinus briareus Schultze). It seems imperative to restcre
Miiller’s Lecythocrinus eifelianus to good standing, with Tazxocrinus
briareus Schultze as a synonym. As to the authority for the genus,
this must rest with J. Miiller.
The restoration of Lecythocrinus evfelianus Miller given by Schultze
(1867) as figure 1b on plate 4 is probably a composite of two different
genera. The shape of the arm ossicles and apparently the size and
proportions of the anal tube seem to have been taken from the speci-
men illustrated as figure 1f on the same plate, which is probably not
referable to Lecythocrinus. Careful preparation of a specimen of
Lecythocrinus eifelianus from Gerolstein in the Springer collection
shows the anal tube to be relatively slender and probably shorter
than as restored by Schultze.
The presence of an anal tube in the Lecythocrinidae with apparently
no special anal plate in the dorsal cup is of very great interest. Such
structures possibly indicate the origin of a ventral tube by a process
at variance with that commonly postulated for most of the Inadunata.
Without going into the highly controversial subject of the origin of
crinoid anal structures it nevertheless seems worth while to point out
certain possible trends in the evolution of the ventral tube as shown
by the group under consideration.
To begin with it is naturally open to question whether anal z is not
present as one of the plates which I call tube plates. Miiller’s original
type of Lecythocrinus eifelianus as figured by Schultze (1867, pl. 4,
fig. 1a) shows a posterior interradius that is essentially cyathocrinoid.
Figure 12 on the same plate, with which the specimen in the Springer
collection agrees, and the type of Corynecrinus romingeri all have two
subequal plates resting on the upper sloping shoulders of the posterior
basal. With the exception of the Gasterocomidae, I have met with
but two instances among the Cyathocrinoidea where the posterior
basal supports two subequal plates. These are evidently abnormal,
but, as is often the case, variations from the normal may indicate
possible normal evolutionary trends. Angelin (1878, pl. 23, fig. 13)
figured a specimen of ‘‘Cyathocrinus glaber Ang.” in which the pos-
terior interradius is much like that of Corynecrinus in that the large
posterior basal supports tube plates instead of the single large anal
characteristic of Cyathocrinus. Bather (1893, p. 139) states that the
original of this figure could not be found. In regard to the structure
of the posterior interradius he says: ‘‘The peculiarity in its structure,
if we assume some degree of correctness in the figure, appears to have
been the absence of anal xz, or what is more probable, its fusion with
the posterior basal.’”’ With the accuracy of the drawing questioned
and the original specimen misplaced, there is little use in doing other
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
than calling attention to the figure. I have seen a similar structure
in Crotalocrinus cora Hall in the collections of the United States
National Museum. Here instead of the normal anal plate two
subequal plates rest on the posterior basal.
Were the structures figured by Angelin correct, I still would not
subscribe to Bather’s explanation that anal x had fused with the
posterior basal. Absent it might be, but as in the case of the specimen
of Crotalocrinus cora I would rather assume that a tube plate had
migrated downward to a level with anal z. I agree that so far the
same explanation might be given for the structures found in Lecytho-
crinus and Corynecrinus. In this case Miller’s type would be con-
sidered the norm and the two plate condition variants from the
normal structure.
I suggest, however, that the anal structures of the Lecythocrinidae
may have evolved from a type essentially like those found in the
Gasterocomidae, crinoids to which I believe the Lecythocrinidae are
closely related. The lateral anal opening of such a form as Gastero-
coma may notch the distal face of the posterior basal or be separated
from it by small plates. In one specimen of Gasterocoma antiqua
Goldfuss in the Springer collection two plates rest on the upper sloping
shoulders of the posterior basal. A posterior view of the specimen
could easily pass as a view of Lecythocrinus in which the ventral tube
had been broken away. In some specimens of Gasterocoma there is a
well-defined anal pyramid of small plates much like the structures to
be found in certain of the early Cyathocrinoidea such as Carabocrinus.
It seems to me quite reasonable that the ventral tube of the Lecytho-
crinidae might have arisen as a simple prolongation of such an anal
protuberance. Subsequently a single tube plate may have become
centered on the posterior basal, as I conceive to be the case in Miiller’s
type of Lecythocrinus eifelianus, and give a remarkable simulacrum
to a true anal rt.
LITERATURE CITED
ANGELIN, Nits PETer.
1878. Iconographia crinoideorum in stratis sueciae siluricis fossilium, 62 pp.,
29 pls.
BaTuer, FRANcIS ARTHUR.
1893. The Crinoidea of Gotland. Pt. 1: The Crinoidea Inadunata. Sven-
ska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 2, 200 pp., 10 pls.
1900. The Echinoderma. Pt. 3 of E. R. Lankester’s “‘ A treatise on zoology”’,
344 pp., 47 figs.
JAEKEL, OTTo.
1918. Phylogenie und System der Pelmatozoen. Pal. Zeitschr., vol. 3, no.
1, pp. 1-128, 114 figs. :
Mi.uer, JOHANNES.
1858. Uber einige Echinodermen der Rheinischen Grauwacke und des
Eifeler Kalkes. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, phys.-math. Klasse,
1858, pp. 185-198.
Scuvuutze, Lupwia.
1867. Monographie der Echinodermen des EHifler Kalkes. Denkschr. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Classe, vol. 26, pt. 2, pp. 113-230, 13 pls.
SPRINGER, FRANK.
1913. Cystoidea, Blastoidea, and Crinoidea, in Zittel-Eastman’s ‘‘Text-
book of paleontology’’, ed. 2, vol. 1, pp. 145-243, figs. 228-346.
WACHSMUTH, CHARLES.
1896. Crinoidea, in Zittel-Eastman’s ‘‘Text-book of palaeontology”’, vol.
1, pt. 1, pp. 124-177, figs. 219-291. (The same text and pagina-
tion are to be found in the edition of 1900.)
WacusMutH, CHARLES, and SPRINGER, FRANK.
1880. Revision of the Palaeocrinoidea. (Pt. 1: The families Ichthyocrinidae
and Cyathocrinidae.) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia for 1879,
pp. 226-378, pls. 15-17. (Authors’ separate, pp. 1-153, pls. 1-3.)
7
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1934
x j
» f
NRAZ wry: ff
4ApPHSONS,
ETP
ctor
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Washington: 1934
Vol. 83 No. 2973
AMERICAN MUSCOID FLIES OF THE GENERA CERA-
TOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA
By H. J. Rernwarp
Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, College Station, Tex.
Tus paper contains a discussion of the generic characters of the
tachinid genera Ceratomyiella and Paradidyma, keys for separating
the species in both sexes, and descriptions of 24 species, of which 15
are new to science. The material used is preserved in the United
States National Museum, the Kansas University Museum, and my
own collection.
I am under great obligations to the late Dr. J. M. Aldrich for the
privilege of studying the material in the National Museum collection,
which he kindly assembled and forwarded to me, and for carrying
on considerable correspondence, in which very helpful notes on the
genotype of Paradidyma were supplied through the generous coop-
eration of Miss Daphne Aubertin, of the British Museum. To Dr.
R. H. Beamer I am indebted for permission to examine the type
specimens of Lachnomma magnicornis Townsend and Atrophopoda
braueri Williston, in addition to other material, in the Kansas
University Museum.
The genera here under consideration may be readily recognized
by the row of bristles extending down the inner margin of the para-
facial and the bare first vein of the wing. In the female the fore
claws and pulvilli are small or atrophied. There are a number of
genera sharing this combination of characters except that the first
vein of the wing is beset with hairs. Among approximately 200
specimens of Ceratomyiella and Paradidyma examined in the pres-
73007—34——1 y
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
ent study, I have seen but one specimen (P. stngularis) in which the
first vein is not entirely bare; this specimen has only one or two
hairs present on the vein. When the persistently bare first vein is
considered throughout the group, the character seems to be of
generic importance, and I have included in the present genera only
those forms that agree in this respect.
Genus CERATOMYIELLA Townsend
Ceratomyiella TOWNSEND, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soce., vol. 18, p. 379, 1891. (Geno-
type, C. conica, new species.) —BRAUER and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifliigler
des kaiserlichen Museums zu Wien, no. 6, p. 189, 1893.—ALpricH, Catalogue
of North American Diptera, p. 427, 1905.
Atrophopalpus TowNsEeNbD, Ent. News, vol. 8, p. 130, 1892. (Genotype, A.
angusticornis, new species.) —CoquiILLert, Revision of the Tachinidae of
America, p. 126, 1897.—ALpricH, Catalogue of North American Diptera,
p. 475, 1905.
Oedemapeza TOWNSEND, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 51, p. 65, 1908. (Genotype,
Atrophopoda townsendi Williston.)
All of the type species concerned have been examined in arranging
the above synonymy. The principal character, listed among others
in the description of Atrophopalpus, is the reduced size of the palpi;
although somewhat smaller than in the genotype of Ceratomyiella,
they are nevertheless distinctly developed, and the relative difference
in size can hardly be considered of more than specific importance.
Oedemapeza was established by the mere citation of a species as the
type. The genus Ceratomyiella is closely related to Paradidyma,
from which it differs most obviously in having the eyes bare.
Generic characters (from the type species).—Eyes bare. Front
not prominent at antennae, where the length of head distinctly
exceeds the vibrissal axis. Antennae nearly as long as face, inserted
above middle of eyes, basal segments short. Arista with short basal
segments. Face receding, the depression broad and deep. Facial
ridges practically bare, weakly divergent below. Parafacial with a
row of bristles on the inner margin extending from the lowermost
frontals to level with lower edge of eye. Vibrissae situated on the
front edge of mouth. Proboscis short, labella fleshy. Palpi rather
short and slender. Cheek one-third to two-fifths the eye height.
Male with one pair, female with two pairs, of proclinate orbital
bristles. Frontals extending below middle of second antennal seg-
ment, uppermost larger, reclinate. Ocellars present, proclinate.
Inner verticals developed, outer pair moderately developed in female,
vestigial in male.
Thoracic chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 2, 1 (postsutural pair hairlike,
situated in transverse line with hindmost dorsocentrals) ; humeral, 2;
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 11
posthumeral, 1; presutural, 1; dorsocentral, 2, 3; notopleural, 2;
intraalar, 2; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; hypopleural, 3 or 4; ptero-
pleural, 1 (small); sternopleural, 1, 1; scutellum with two laterals
besides one smaller decussate apical pair. Postscutellum normally
developed. Infrasquamal hairs absent.
Abdomen rather narrow and slightly elongate, without discal
bristles.
Legs long and slender; fore tarsi in female compressed and swollen,
the basal segment nearly as long as tibia, claws and pulvilli minute;
in male the fore tarsi normal with short but distinct claws and
pulvilli.
Wings normal in shape; veins bare except the third, which is
setulose almost to small cross vein; last section of fifth vein short;
apical cell closed with a short petiole reaching costa shortly before
wing tip; costal spine developed.
KEY TO SPECIES OF CERATOMYIELLA
ewApICalecellcloseGds ana nUSU ally; WCTLOLAUC ee ee ee 3.
PAT) CANCE MLO [TNE ee cet ee een re ee rer ah eer Seen es LeeAnn, SAR 2.
2. Male with orbitals; epaulets black; last three abdominal seg-
ments largely gray pollinose, the narrow hind margins sub-
shining, male only (New Jersey) —~----_-________ (5) orbitalis, new species.
Male without orbitals; epaulets red; last three abdominal seg-
ments shining black on apical half; third antennal segment
in female very slender (Florida)______ (4) angusticornis (Townsend).
Slicers DlACK ORs Bae a Ske IIE SLA Pe 2 Ee ON ea 4,
Femora reddish yellow (United States, widespread)__ (1) conica Townsend.
4. Parafacial bristles reduced to small hairs in upper half of
row; fourth abdominal segment polished black, usually with-
out pollen; petiole of apical cell shorter than small cross
vein (Texas, New Mexico, Arizona)__--_______ (3) bicincta, new species.
Parafacial bristles not noticeably reduced in size above; fourth
abdominal segment thinly pollinose on basal third; petiole of
apical cell about one-third the length of apical cross vein,
male only (West Indies) ~__________________ (2) townsendi (Williston).
(1) CERATOMYIELLA CONICA Townsend
Ceratomyiella conica TOWNSEND, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 18, p. 380, 1891.
Male.—Front at vertex 0.3 and 0.31 of the head width (two speci-
mens), gradually widening to antennae; median stripe reddish
brown, hardly more than half the parafrontal width on entire length;
parafrontals black and subshining, viewed from the side thinly polli-
nose; face and parafrontals thinly gray pollinose; antennae reddish
black, third segment broader than parafacial, six or seven times
longer than second; arista brown, thickened about to middle; palpi
L2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
pale yellow, slender to tip; back of head shining black above, thinly
gray pollinose and sparsely pale haired downward.
Thorax black, lightly dusted with gray pollen; dorsal black stripes
poorly defined behind suture; scutellum black, indistinctly polli-
nose, without discals; infrasquamal hairs absent; calypters trans-
parent, front lobes colorless, hind ones tawny.
Abdomen shining black, last three segments pruinose on basal
third; first and second segments bearing a pair of median marginal
bristles; third and fourth each with a marginal row of six or eight;
no discals.
Legs reddish yellow, tibiae more or less infuscated, tarsi black.
Wings with a tawny tinge, paler on hind margins; hind cross vein
perpendicular to fourth, which it joins slightly nearer bend than
small cross vein; epaulets red.
Female—Front at vertex 0.27 and 0.25 of the head width in two
specimens; third antennal segment slender, about five times longer
than second; arista thickened near the base, clothed with short hairs;
cheek about one-third the eye height; front tarsi as noted under
generic description.
Length.—5 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from 2 males and 2 females: 1, College
Station, Tex., December 4, 1932 (H. J. Reinhard); 1, A. and M.
College, Miss. (F. M. Hull); 1, Opelousas, La., without collector’s
label; and the other, Dead Run, Fairfax County, Va. (R. C. Shan-
non). The type locality is Carlinville, Ill. The species is easily
recognized by the red femora.
(2) CERATOMYIELLA TOWNSENDI (Williston)
Atrophopoda townsendi WILLISTON, Trans. Ent, Soc. London, 1896, p. 356, pl. 11,
fig. 93.
Paradidyma townsendi AtpricH, Catalogue of North American Diptera, p. 474,
1905,
Oedemapeza townsendi TowNSEND, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 51, p. 65, 1908.
Male—F¥ront at vertex 0.28 and 0.27 of the head width in two
specimens, widening uniformly downward; parafrontals blackish,
thinly dusted with white pollen; median stripe reddish brown,
slightly narrower than one parafrontal on entire length; frontal
bristles about five in number, extending to level with apex of sec-
ond antennal segment, uppermost pair of moderate length, reclinate,
others directed inward; ocellars small but distinct, proclinate; one
proclinate orbital bristle situated at middle of front; verticals one
pair (inner) developed; face moderately excavated, receding, gray
pollinose, its ridges bare; parafacials narrow, gray pollinose, bear-
ing a row of moderate-sized bristles on inner margin, bare outside
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 13
the main row; vibrissae situated on oral margin; antennae as long as
face, basal segments yellow, third brownish, thickly covered with
dense pale pubescence and about seven times longer than second
segment; arista about as long as third antennal segment, thickened
on proximal third, reddish, basal segments darker, short but dis-
tinct; eyes bare; cheek in profile about one-fifth the eye height;
proboscis short; palpi slender, pale yellow; back of head subshining
above, gray pollinose and pale haired below.
Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with gray pollen; mesonotum
marked with two heavy black stripes, which extend from the anterior
margin to base of scutellum without interruption at suture; chaeto-
taxy as in C’. conica,; postscutellum thinly gray pollinose; no infra-
squamal hairs; calypters transparent, faintly tawny.
Abdomen rather slender, shining black; intermediate segments
with bluish-white pollen bands on basal fourth above, becoming
wider on the sides and venter; fourth segment pruinose on proximal
third; two basal segments each with a pair of median marginal
bristles; third and fourth with a marginal row; no discals; genital
segments black, small, and retracted.
Legs rather long and slender, blackish; front claws and pulvilli
short but distinct.
Wings tinged with brown on anterior margin, grayish hyaline
behind; veins bare except third, which is haired to small cross vein;
hind cross vein perpendicular to fourth, joining it midway between
bend and small cross vein; apical cell closed, the petiole nearly one-
third the length of the broadly concave apical cross vein, reaching
costa shortly before tip of wing; costal spine small.
Length—4 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from two males in my collection from the
West Indies, donated by D. G. Hall; labeled “ Mustique Island,
May.”
The species varies considerably in the degree of infuscation of the
wings. Four specimens in the United States National Museum, ac-
cording to Dr. J. M. Aldrich, all have the wings more distinctly
infuscated than described above, agreeing better in this respect with
Williston’s description. The species is closely related to coniea,
from which it is readily distinguished by the black legs, longer
petiole of apical cell, and other characters.
I have not seen any specimens of the female. The type locality
is St. Vincent, British West Indies.
(3) CERATOMYIELLA BICINCTA, new species
Male.—Front at vertex 0.297 of the head width (one specimen),
not prominent at antennae; parafrontals gray pollinose to vertex,
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
bearing a few scattered inconspicuous hairs outside of frontal rows;
median stripe short, brownish black, narrower than one parafrontal
on entire length; verticals two pairs, outer ones about half as long
as inner, curving outward and backward; ocellars present, procli-
nate; frontals about five in the row, extending about to middle of
second antennal segment, uppermost pair larger and reclinate, the
pair next in front of these erect, decussate at tip, others directed
inward; one proclinate orbital bristle situated midway between the
anterior ocellus and base of antennae; face rather long and deep,
gray pollinose on reddish ground color, its ridges hardly divergent
downward, practically bare; vibrissae on the front edge of the
mouth; parafacials narrow, gray pollinose, bearing a row of bristles
which are reduced to small hairs on the upper half; antennae red-
dish yellow, as long as the face, third segment darker, about seven
times longer than second, which bears one long and numerous shorter
bristles on front side; arista about as long as third antennal seg-
ment, finely pubescent, thickened and yellow on proximal two-fifths,
black beyond, penultimate segment about twice as long as broad;
proboscis short, labella fleshy; palpi slender to tip, pale yellow,
bearing a few short black hairs near apex; cheek bare, gray polli-
nose on red ground color, about one-fourth the eye height; pos-
terior orbits broad to middle, thence narrowed upward, thickly cov-
ered with gray pollen; back of head sparsely pale haired, gray pol-
linose; eyes bare.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked with three
broad pale gray and two slightly narrower opaque black stripes,
which extend from the anterior margin to base of scutellum; the
latter black, dusted with changeable gray pollen, bearing two lat-
erals (with a large supernumerary bristle on one side), apical pair
strongly decussate; other details of chaetotaxy as in conica; calyp-
ters transparent, white; postscutellum normal; no infrasquamal
hairs.
Abdomen shining black; intermediate segments with silvery bands
on basal fourth to third, extending on venter to median line; first
and second segments each with a pair of median marginal bristles;
third with four marginals, none below the lateral pair; fourth with
a complete marginal row of about 12; no discals; genitalia small,
retracted; inner forceps blackish, short and united, moderately wide
at base, which is haired behind, tapering sharply to middle, slender
and shining beyond, tip acute; outer forceps largely yellow, convex
on outer side, tips acute and blackish, shghtly longer than inner
ones; penis short, black, apex bordered with a narrow white mem-
brane; fifth sternite narrowly and deeply incised, the lobes shining
black, sparsely clothed behind with short, black hairs.
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 15
Legs largely black, trochanters yellow, coxae less distinctly so;
fore tarsal segments normal, the claws and pulvilli short but dis-
tinct; mid tibia with a whorl of three bristles near middle, the one
on outer front side stout; hind tibia with only three strong bristles
on outer posterior edge.
Wings with a brownish tinge on broad anterior margin, some-
what paler behind; venation bare except third vein, which is setu-
lose almost to small cross vein; fourth vein with a broadly rounded
stumpless bend, concave beyond; hind cross vein perpendicular to
fourth, joining it midway between small cross vein and bend; api-
cal cell closed, petiole short, reaching costa shortly before the wing
tip; epaulets blackish; costal spine developed but not very strong.
Female.—F ront at vertex 0.296 of the head width (average of five:
0.3; 0.29; 0.29; 0.29; 0.29), widening uniformly to antennae; the
usual two proclinate orbitals present; verticals two pairs; antennae
a little shorter than face, third segment narrow but wider than para-
facial below, about five times longer than the second; arista thick-
ened on proximal fourth, pubescent to tip; cheek about one-fourth
the eye height; fore tarsi compressed, the segments slightly swollen,
claws and pulvilli minute.
Length—Male, 6 mm; female, 5.5 to 7 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44758, from College Station, Tex.
Remarks.—Described from eight specimens. In my collection, 1
male and 38 females, College Station, Tex., September 25 and October
11, 1930, August 24, 1931, and October 19, 1933 (H. J. Reinhard).
In the United States National Museum, 4 females as follows: 1,
Brownsville, Tex., June (C. H. T. Townsend) ; 1, Yuma, Ariz., June
26, 1917 (J. M. Aldrich) ; 2, Las Cruces, N.Mex., one labeled “ CkIl.
2293, Aug. 1894”, the other without collector’s label. The specimen
collected by Cockerell also bears Coquillett’s determination label,
Paradidyma singularis Townsend.
The species is strictly congeneric with the type species, conica,
from which it differs in having black legs and broad, well-defined
thoracic stripes; in being more robust in build; and in other
characters.
(4) CERATOMYIELLA ANGUSTICORNIS (Townsend)
Atrophopalpus angusticornis TOWNSEND, Ent. News, vol. 3, p. 130, 1892.
Male.—F¥ ront at extreme vertex 0.271 of the head width (one speci-
men), widening gradually downward to antennae; sides of front,
face, and cheeks gray pollinose; median stripe red, narrower than one
parafrontal; outer verticals and orbitals absent; ocellars proclinate;
uppermost frontal reclinate, others directed inward, extending
below middle of second antennal segment; face rather deeply exca-
vated, receding and concave above mouth in profile; facial ridges
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 83
moderately divergent downward, practically bare; vibrissae on level
with front edge of mouth; antennae as long as the face, basal seg-
ments yellow, second distinctly longer than the first and about one-
sixth the length of third, which is black except at extreme base;
arista brown, thickened on basal fourth, slender beyond middle, sec-
ond segment short; parafacial bearing a row of bristles, which be-
come longer and stronger downward, a few hairs outside the large
bristles on lower extremity; cheek nearly two-fifths the eye height;
palpi but little longer than thickness of proboscis at point of attach-
ment, pale yellow, bearing two black hairs near apex; eyes practically
bare.
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose; four black stripes
on mesonotum, outer ones broader, stopping shortly before base of
scutellum. Chaetotaxy as in conica; scutellum with two laterals
(posterior pair large and divergent), one decussate apical and a
weak discal pair; postscutellum thinly pollinose; infrasquamal hairs
absent; calypters tawny.
Abdomen shining black on broad hind margins of last three seg-
ments, basal segment without, second with one pair of large median
marginal bristles; third and fourth each with a complete row of
about 12; no discals; inner forceps united, slender on apical half,
in profile slightly bowed forward at tip; penis simple, terminating
in a short pale membrane; fifth sternite with a narrow deep incision,
the lobes blackish.
Legs reddish black; claws and pulvill moderately elongated.
Wings subhyaline; venation normal; third vein with hairs extend-
ing almost to small cross vein; apical cell open shortly before the wing
tip; costal spine strong; epaulets red.
Female.—F ront at vertex 0.292 of the head width (one specimen) ;
third antennal segment very slender, four to five times longer than
second; outer verticals not developed; two pairs of proclinate orbit-
als; fore tarsi rather slender, compressed and tapering outward,
claws and pulvilli minute.
Length—6.5 to 7.5 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one male and one female in the
United States National Museum from Miami, Fla., October 8 and 15
(C. H. T. Townsend).
(5) CERATOMYIELLA ORBITALIS, new species
Male—F¥ront at vertex 0.25 of the head width (one specimen),
widening gradually downward to antennae; parafrontals gray polli-
nose to vertex, sparsely haired; median stripe reddish brown, as
wide as one parafrontal except at antennae; one pair of weak orbitals
present; outer verticals not developed; ocellars proclinate; frontal
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 17
bristles about seven in number, descending below middle of second
antennal segment, uppermost pair reclinate, hardly larger than the
next preceding ones in the row; face moderately receding, rather
long and deeply excavated, its ridges not strongly divergent below,
bare except one or two bristles above vibrissae, which are situated
on the front edge of mouth; antennae as long as face, basal segment
short, second wholly yellow, about one-fifth the length of third,
which is blackish beyond the narrow base; arista brown, thickened
on basal fourth, second segment short; parafacials gray pollinose,
bearing a row of strong bristles along the inner margin, those in
lower part of row larger than any of the frontals, a few hairs extend-
ing outside the large bristles on the lower extremity; cheek about
two-fifths the eye height; palpi small, yellow, bearing two slender
black hairs near tip; labella pale yellow, fleshy; eyes bare; back of
head gray pollinose; thinly clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked
with four narrow black stripes; chaetotaxy as in conica; postscutel-
lum normally developed; infrasquamal hairs absent; calypters white.
Abdomen black, subshining; the pollen gray, apparent on sides
of first segment, thicker on the basal margins of last three and ex-
tending rather thinly past the middle on each; first segment with
a weak pair of median marginals; second with one pair (broken off,
scars indicating strong bristles) ; third and fourth each with a com-
plete marginal row; no discals on anal segment.
Legs black, basal segments reddish; claws and pulvilli elongate.
Wings subhyaline; veins bare except third, which is setulose two-
thirds of the distance to small cross vein; last section of fifth vein
short; fourth vein with a broadly rounded bend, beyond slightly
concave to costa; apical cell open just before the extreme wing tip;
epaulets black; costal spine developed.
Length.—8 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no, 44759.
Remarks.—Described from one male in the United States National
Museum from Hammonton, N.J., August 23, 1903; no collector’s
label.
Genus PARADIDYMA Brauer and Bergenstamm
Paradidyma Braver and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifliigler des kaiserlichen
Museums zu Wien, no. 5, p. 382, 1891; no. 6, p. 184, 1898. (Genotype,
Didyma _ validinervis Van der Wulp.)—CoquiILLerT, Revision of the
Tachinidae of America, p. 126, 1897—A.LpRicH, Catalogue of North Amer-
ican Diptera, p. 474, 1905.
Atrophopoda TowNseEenpD, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 18, p. 873, 1891 [Geno-
type, A. singularis, new species (female only)]; Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
vol. 51, p. 66, 1908.
73007—34——_2
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Lachnomma TOwNsEND, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 19, p. 1038, 1892. [Geno-
type, L. magnicornis, new species (male only)=Atrophopoda singularis
Townsend. I have examined the type specimen. ]
Microchira BRAUER and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifliigler des kaiserlichen Mus-
eums zu Wien, no. 6, p. 188, 1893. [Genotype, M. mexicana, new species
(male only)=Paradidyma aperta Brauer and Bergenstamm, loc. cit., p.
187.]
Lachnommopsis TOWNSEND, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 421, 1915. [Geno-
type, L. armata, new species (male only).]
Phytoadmontia TOWNSEND, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 626. 1916. (Geno-
type, Admontia setigera Coquillett.)
In arranging the foregoing synonymy, I have examined all the
type species involved. Atrophopoda braueri Williston, listed as a
synonym of Paradidyma by Aldrich? and Coquillett,? does not come
within the limits of the genus as restricted herein. I have examined
a male type specimen in the Kansas University Museum. It has
the eyes practically bare, and the first vein of the wing is setulose
on almost the entire length. For this species Townsend ®* estab-
lished Diaphoropeza, which Coquillett? also placed in synonymy
with Paradidyma. Under the rules of the International Code the
genus is valid, although no description of the generic characters was
given.
Generic characters (from the type species).—Eyes distinctly hairy.
Front in male narrowed behind and rather prominent at base of
antennae. Face receding, moderately excavated, its ridges normally
divergent downward, in profile concave above mouth with the front
edge of latter slightly prominent between vibrissae. Antennae in-
serted about on level with middle of eye, extending almost to oral
margin, basal segments subequal in length in male. Second seg-
ment of arista short. Parafacial with a row of macrochaetae on the
inner margin extending from lowermost frontal almost to lower
edge of eye. Vibrissae situated on level with oral margin. Facial
ridges bearing a few bristles and hairs above the vibrissae. Pro-
boscis shorter than height of head, distal segment moderately slender,
labella fleshy. Palpi normal in size, slender, tips hardly thickened.
Frontal rows moderately divergent beneath base of antennae, extend-
ing to base of third segment. Ocellars present, proclinate. Orbitals
absent in male. Cheek about one-half the eye height. Back of
head densely pale haired, with a row of black hairs below the orbital
fringe.
Thoracic chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 2, 1 (postsutural pair well de-
veloped, situated in transverse line with posterior dorsocentral pair) ;
1A catalogue of North American Diptera. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 46, p. 474,
1905.
2The type-species of the North American genera of Diptera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 37, p. 5382, 1910.
8 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 51, no. 2, p. 64, 1908.
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 19
dorsocentral, 3, 3; humeral, 2; posthumeral, 1; presutural, 1; noto-
pleural, 2; intraalar, 2; supraalar, 2; postalar, 2; hypopleural, 4 or
5; pteropleural, 1 (small) ; sternopleural, 2, 1 (lower anterior one
small). Scutellum with two lateral, one decussate apical and a
small discal pair. Postscutellum normally developed; infrasquamal
hairs present.
Abdomen without discal bristles on intermediate segments.
Legs rather long and slender, claws and pulvilli elongate in male.
Wings with first vein bare; third bristled nearly to small cross
vein. Costal spine developed. Last section of fifth vein less than
half as long as the preceding one. Hind cross vein oblique to fourth,
which it joins a little nearer bend than small cross vein. Apical
cell narrowly open, reaching costa well before extreme tip of wing.
KEY TO SPECIES OF PARADIDYMA
MALES
PACT UC en Lips Ce CYT nc ee ee ee 4,
2. Mesonotum gray pollinose, the black stripes conspicuous and
usually fused into a single broad pair, which extends to base
Oy fees SCUICE U UD eee epee cet tee le ee NTE Reena Se eee 3.
Mesonotum subshining, at most lightly dusted with pollen, the
black stripes poorly defined or entirely obliterated behind
suture; third antennal segment ordinary; arista thickened
on basal two-fifths (Indiana, Illinois, Maryland, Virginia).
(23) petiolata, new species.
8. Last three abdominal segments with silvery bands on basal
third, the remainder of these segments including the first
shining black; third antennal segment entirely black
(United States, widespread) __________-_- (22) singularis (Townsend).
Pollen on abdomen not in defined basal bands, first segment
conspicuously pollinose on the sides above, the second with
pollen extending to hind margin; base of third antennal
segment yellow to insertion of arista (Brazil).
(21) brasiliana, new species.
4. Last section of fifth vein one-half the length of preceding section__--_--~ 5:
Last section of fifth vein distinctly less than one-half as long as
WEE CCCI? | SCC EL OTe eee ee eee eee 8.
5. Acrostichals only two pairs well developed before suture__------------ 6.
Three pairs of strong presutural acrostichal bristles; palpi
brownish; abdomen almost wholly covered with gray pollen;
fourth segment bearing a row of strong discal bristles (New
IMU @Xal CO) see ee ania ecg ve areca ad (8) neomexicana, new species.
6. Second antennal segment distinctly longer than first-__-__---_---------- ae
Basal segments of antennae subequal in length; pollen on
thorax and abdomen tinged with brown; postsutural acros-
tichals one pair; calypters tawny (Mexico). (9) derelicta, new species.
7. Last three abdominal segments with defined silvery bands
on basal fourth, the remainder of these segments including
the first shining black; mesonotum thinly pollinose, sub-
shining; palpi pale yellow; two sternopleural bristles (Utah).
(11) retracta, new species.
20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
Pollen on last three abdominal segments not in defined cross
bands, the first pollinose on the sides; mesonotum covered
with dense cinereous pollen, the black vittae very distinct
behind suture; palpi brownish black; three sternopleurals
(Utah) eee Pee ES i ee (10) cinerescens, new species.
8. Front narrowed behind the middle; orbital bristles absent_____-_---__ 9.
Front almost uniform in width to vertex; one pair of orbitals
present; arista thickened on proximal three-fourths; palpi
and second antennal segment yellow; verticals two pairs
developed; fourth abdominal segment without discals (Peru).
(24) armata (Townsend).
9. Sides of face bare below level of arista outside main row of
bristles be ee 1
Sides of face with hairs extending on lower half outside of
paratacialwvOw=2222—=. 222. sa ee Ss ee eee Tee ee ee ee 10.
10. Bristles on lower half of face distinctly longer than those
above and approximating the frontals in size; arista bare,
thickened on proximal two-thirds; face strongly receding;
palpi dark brown; small cross vein infuscated; epaulets
black (Mexico, New Mexico) _--_----____ (12) crassiseta, new species.
Parafacial bristles about equal in length throughout entire
row, and less than half the size of frontals; arista pubes-
cent, thickened hardly to middle; palpi pale yellow; abdo-
men wholly gray pollinose; wings hyaline; epaulets red
(New. Mexico!) (EB ee, Veen), Ee ens wee (18) aristalis, new species.
11. Fourth abdominal segment with discal bristles above__________________ 12:
Fourth abdominal segment without discals above; first segment
bearing a pair of median marginals; front about one-half eye
width; arista distinctly pubescent (Texas, North Carolina,
Guatemala 8% Seen 2 eee eat wee ee, See aeeee eee (18) apicalis, new species.
12. First abdominal segment with a pair of median marginal
bristles; arista pubescent; front narrow, 0.22 of head width;
third antennal segment four times length of second
(Mexico) 2 20 10) SSMS Bene abies (20) validinervis (Van der Wulp).
First abdominal segment without median marginals; arista
bare; front rather wide, about 0.29 of head width; third
antennal segment six to seven times longer than second
(United States, widespread) ~_______________ (19) affinis, new species.
FEMALES
1. Fore tarsal segments compressed and swollen, claws and
Pulyilli minute or “atrophiedes 222. ae SEE ee eee ee 4.
Fore tarsal segments ordinary, the claws and pulvilli well
developed Lath. 2 Vel Sere Be) NS SAS DaRee EEN II NY Sage Br See ae ae 2.
2. Last section of fifth vein one-half as long as preceding section_-_-______ 3.
Last section of fifth vein about one-third length of preceding
section; third antennal segment as wide as_ parafacial
and three times length of second; abdomen thinly gray
pollinose, subshining; costal spine longer than small cross
vein; wings hyaline (California, Arizona)____ (6) setigera (Coquillett).
3. Abdomen shining black, last three segments with pollen in
defined bands on basal fifth; palpi pale yellow; sterno-
pleurals, 2; no infrasquamal hairs; small species, length
At mma LAN) Scr t oe eee eee eee eee (7) obliqua, new species.
10.
At,
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 21
Abdomen wholly gray pollinose; palpi dark brown; sterno-
pleurals, 3; infrasquamal hairs present; larger species,
ery ENS Ta ria ae esas es Dae Pash eee (8) neomexicana, new species.
. Sides of face bare below level of arista outside main row of
PEIStless 2 Ceres Fert Ee he A Eas 2) oe ea 5.
Sides of face outside main row of bristles with coarse black
hairs extending almost to cheeks; pollen on head golden;
abdomen wholly pollinose (Mexico).
(14) aperta Brauer and Bergenstamm.
. Fourth abdominal segment with a row of discals extending
ACROSS | HELE Ops Me rey ee eae tes Len hs ee Pee ae ee 2S et ee a 9.
Fourth abdominal segment without median discal bristles above____-___- 6.
WOULCELVeLticals notdevelopeds. 222 tee. sae ee ee ee te
Outer vertical bristles almost as large as inner ones; abdomen
wholly gray pollinose; arista thickened beyond middle
CReru) ste BLL EE Se Oe at Bhd aS ok (24) armata (Townsend).
. Venter of abdomen clothed with only short black hairs_____-__-_________ 8.
Venter bearing long pale or whitish hairs; palpi black;
wings strongly infuscated; antennae wholly black (Peru).
(17) piliventris, new species,
. Arista thickened on proximal two-thirds, bare; third antennal
segment yellow on basal half, five to six times longer than
second; parafacial at narrowest part but slightly wider
than third antennal segment; pollen on intermediate abdomi-
nal segments extending thinly to hind margin (Peru).
(16) peruana (Townsend).
Arista thickened at base, very slender on apical two-thirds,
clothed with short hairs to tip; third antennal segment
black, narrowed toward base, about two and one-half times
length of second; intermediate abdominal segments with
defined silvery bands on basal third (Central America,
VET BS Ot Z)) eee re Re ae ek Aue ee (15) aldrichi, new species.
. Apical cell of wing closed and petiolate; outer vertical bristles
SLD S CM teeta a as 9 NYG pens a dae PN es tere | od ee aE AY Upodtives yas 11.
Apical cell open; outer verticals nearly half as long as inner
ELD near an rea ee ree SO dy ge ee Sees en ae ores pe we at 10
Epaulets reddish yellow; arista thickened on proximal fourth,
distinctly short haired to tip; mesonotum covered with thick
lusterless yellowish gray pollen, the dark stripes very in-
conspicuous and visible only in a flat rear view; abdomen
largely pollinose, third and fourth segments at most sub-
shining on narrow hind margins____________ (18) apicalis, new species.
Epaulets black; arista thickened almost to middle, pubescent ;
mesonotum gray pollinose, the black stripes distinct, not in-
terrupted at suture; last three abdominal segments shining
black jonirapical half) omymores22 he as a (19) affinis, new species.
Mesonotum subshining, lightly dusted with pollen, the dark
stripes hardly apparent; arista thickened on basal fifth to
fourth; abdomen black and shiny, basal fourth of segments
2 and 3 thinly gray pollinose at most_______ (23) petiolata, new species.
Mesonotum densely gray pollinose and vittate, the black stripes
usually fused into a single broad pair, which extends to
base of scutellum; arista thickened about to middle; last
three abdominal segments conspicuously pollinose on basal
ELT CLEC pyla calf eee aren 2a oe lA (22) singularis (Townsend).
22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
(6) PARADIDYMA SETIGERA (Coquillett)
Admontia setigera CoquILLteTtT, Invertebrata Pacifica, vol. 1, p. 86, 1904.
Phytoadmontia setigera TOWNSEND, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 626, 1916.
Female.—Closely resembles P. obliqua, from which it differs in
the following characters: Front at extreme vertex 0.294 of the head
width in one specimen; median stripe distinctly narrower than one
parafrontal on entire length; outer verticals weakly developed;
third antennal segment three times longer than second; cheek one-
half the eye height. Thorax and scutellum densely gray pollinose;
mesonotum marked with four black stripes, which are distinct be-
hind suture; three sternopleural bristles. Abdomen subshining, the
pollen gray and without definite pattern, in certain lights extending
thinly to hind margin of last three segments, the first conspicuously
pollinose above. Fore claws and pulvilli almost normal in size.
Hind cross vein of wing not unusually oblique; last section of fifth
vein one-third as long as preceding section; costal spine exceeding
the length of small cross vein.
Length.—5.5 mm.
Male-—Unknown.
Type.— Female, in the United States National Museum, from
California.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one female, East Verde River, Ariz.,
4,500 feet; without collector’s label.
Besides the type and the present specimen, kindly loaned me for
study by Dr. J. M. Aldrich, no additional specimens have apparently
been taken since the species was described 30 years ago.
(7) PARADIDYMA OBLIQUA, new species
Female.—Front at vertex 0.304 of the head width in one specimen
measured; median stripe reddish brown, about equal the width of
one parafrontal; ocellars small, proclinate; verticals broken off, but
the scars indicating a good-sized inner pair; orbital bristles two,
proclinate; frontals about five in number, extending about to middle
of second antennal segment, uppermost bristle reclinate, rather short;
parafrontals gray pollinose to vertex, almost devoid of hairs outside
of frontal rows; face receding, moderately excavated, in profile con-
cave above mouth, its ridges normally divergent, bearing only one
or two bristly hairs next to vibrissae; the latter situated on oral
margin but well above the lower edge of head; parafacials gray pol-
linose, bare outside of the main row of bristles, which extend along
inner margin from lowest frontals to level with apex of third an-
tennal segment; cheek sparsely haired on lower margin, gray pol-
linose, about two-fifths the eye height; antennae a little shorter than
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 23
face, third segment black, about as wide as parafacial below and
only slightly more than twice the length of second which is yellow;
arista blackish, thickened on about basal fourth, penultimate segment
as wide as long; palpi pale yellow, slender; proboscis short, labella
fleshy ; eyes sparsely short haired; back of head gray pollinose, mod-
erately clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax black, thinly gray pollinose; mesonotum with four black
stripes obliterated behind suture where the surface is subshining in
most views; scutellum black, almost shining but lightly dusted with
uniform grayish pollen; chaetotaxy as in validinervis, but with only
two sternopleural bristles; postscutellum normal; no infrasquamal
hairs; calypters white.
Abdomen black, rather broad and flat above; last three segments
with silvery bands on basal fifth, the remainder of these segments
including the first polished or shining; first segment without median
marginals; second with one pair, small; third also with a median
pair, a wide space intervening between these and the next ones sit-
uated near the sides of the segment; fourth bearing a row of rather
strong discals besides a row of somewhat weaker marginal bristles;
hairs on intermediate segments depressed.
Legs black, trochanters yellow, coxae less distinctly so; front tarsal
segments not laterally compressed, the claws and pulvilli small but
distinct.
Wings grayish hyaline; third vein bristly two-thirds the distance
to small cross vein; hind cross vein unusually oblique to fourth, join-
ing it nearer bend than small cross vein; apical section of fifth vein
one-half the length of preceding section; fourth vein with a rounded
obtuse stumpless bend, curving outward shortly beyond, thence
almost straight to costa; apical cell very narrowly open shortly
before extreme tip of wing; costal spine small.
Length—4 mm.
Male.——Unknown.
Type. Female, U.S.N.M. no. 44760.
Remarks.—Described from one female specimen in the United
States National Museum, collected by W. Carter, labeled “ S. pestifer,
Salmon River Crossing, Idaho, August 31, 1927.”
This species, like P. setigera, has almost normally developed fore
tarsal claws and pulvilli, but differs in the more oblique hind cross
vein and the extremely narrow pollen bands on last three abdominal
segments. There are other minor differences.
(8) PARADIDYMA NEOMEXICANA, new species
Male—Front before triangle 0.258 of the head width in the one
specimen; parafrontals gray pollinose to vertex, clothed with moder-
24. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
ately long black hairs, which extend downward below base of
antennae; frontals about six in number, descending almost to level
with apex of second antennal segment, directed inward, the upper-
most pair reclinate, not very long; ocellars strongly divergent, pro-
clinate; orbitals absent; inner verticals strong, outer ones not devel-
oped; face gray pollinose, its ridges normally divergent downward,
bare except a few bristly hairs above vibrissae, which are on a level
with the protruding front edge of mouth; sides of face below base
of third antennal segment without any hairs between the row of
bristles and margin of eye; cheeks gray pollinose, sparsely haired
below, about two-fifths the eye height; antennae black, third segment
reddish near base, about four times the length of second; arista black,
thickened to middle; palpi brown, bearing several long black hairs
near tip; eyes distinctly hairy; back of head clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax and scutellum black, covered with dense gray pollen;
mesonotum with four very distinct black stripes, outer pair inter-
rupted at suture and stopping before base of scutellum; chaetotaxy
as in validinervis, except that there are three pairs of well-developed
acrostichal bristles before the suture; postscutellum normal, gray
pollinose; one hair present on each side of postnotum beneath the
calypters; the latter semitransparent, white.
Abdomen black, covered with gray changeable pollen, which in
most views extends to the hind margins of last three segments; basal
segment without median marginals; second with one pair; third
bearing a marginal row, the intermediate bristles poorly developed ;
fourth with a discal and a marginal row of rather stout bristles;
genital segments blackish, subshining.
Legs black; claws and pulvilli elongated; the latter dark or grayish
in color.
Wings subhyaline; hind cross vein sinuous, oblique to fourth,
joining it nearer bend than small cross vein; apical section of fifth
vein one-half the length of preceding section; apical cell narrowly
open well before tip of wing; third vein setulose as usual; costal
spine developed; epaulets black.
Female.—Front at extreme vertex 0.291 of the head width (one
specimen) ; two pairs of strong proclinate orbitals; outer verticals
about half as large as inner pair; third antennal segment moderately
wide to tip, about three and one-half times as long as second; fore
tarsal segments normal, the claws and pulvilli distinctly developed.
Length.—Male, 7.5 mm; female, 8 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44761.
Remarks.—Described from one male and one female, Las Vegas,
N.Mex., July (Cockerell).
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 25
From the other forms having the hind cross vein retracted, the
present species may be separated by the following characters: Male
with three pairs of well-developed presutural acrostichals; female
with distinct fore tarsal claws and pulvilli; and the abdomen more
extensively pollinose in both sexes.
(9) PARADIDYMA DERELICTA, new species
Male—F ront narrowed before vertex, at narrowest part 0.238 of
the head width in one specimen; parafrontals densely gray pollinose
to vertex, sparsely haired outside of frontal rows; median stripe
reddish brown, at antennae about as wide as one parafrontal, verti-
cals one pair (inner) developed; frontals ordinary in size, uppermost
bristle reclinate and hardly stouter than the preceding one; sides of
face densely gray pollinose, bare outside the main row of bristles,
which become longer and stouter downward; antennae black, third
segment five times the length of second; arista thickened hardly to
middle; palpi dark brown; cheek nearly one-half the eye height,
thickly clothed with hairs on lower margin.
Thorax black, covered with gray pollen, which on the mesonotum
has a brownish sheen in certain lights; dorsal vittae four, outer
pair interrupted at the suture; scutellum black, grayish pollinose;
calypters tawny.
Abdomen black; pollen on intermediate segments with a brownish
tinge apparent in most views; narrow hind margin of third and
apical half of fourth segment subshining; first segment without
median marginals; second with one pair; third bearing a marginal
row of about eight; fourth with a row of discals, which are obviously
stouter than the marginals; genital segments black.
Legs black; pulvilli tawny.
Wings grayish hyaline; hind cross vein noticeably retracted and
sinuous; last section of fifth vein one-half as long as the preceding
section; third vein setulose almost to small cross vein; apical cell
narrowly open, reaching costa well before extreme wing tip; costal
spine developed; epaulets black.
Length—T mm.
Female—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44762.
Remarks.—Described from one male in the United States National
Museum taken at Mound Valley, Chihuahua, Mexico, August 23,
1909, by Dr. C. H. T. Townsend.
Differs from P. validinervis, which it closely resembles, in the ab-
sence of median marginals on first abdominal segment, and in having
the hind cross vein of wing noticeably retracted. There are other
minor differences.
73007—34— 3
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
(10) PARADIDYMA CINERESCENS, new species
Male—vVery closely resembles ?. derelicta, from which it differs
in the following characters: Front at narrowest part (before vertex)
0.263 of the head width in one specimen measured; second antennal
segment distinctly longer than first and nearly one-fourth the length
of third; cheeks clothed with sparse black hairs on lower half;
palpi brownish black. Thorax and scutellum covered with dull
cinereous pollen; postscutellum membranous above; calypters white.
Abdomen subshining, lightly sprinkled with gray pollen, which in
most views extends to the hind margins of last three segments.
Pulvilli grayish, about as long as last tarsal segment.
Length.—6 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44763.
Remarks——One male, Promontory Point, Utah, August 5, 1929
(G. F. Knowlton).
The species has a general pale-gray appearance, in contrast with
the decidedly blacker aspect of P. derelicta, to which it is closely
allied. The slight structural differences are mentioned in the key.
(11) PARADIDYMA RETRACTA, new species
Hind cross vein noticeably retracted; last section of fifth vein
more than half the length of preceding; apical cell open; sterno-
pleurals two; last three abdominal segments shining black on apical
three-fourths or more.
Male.—¥ront at vertex 0.228 of the head width in one specimen
measured, hardly widened to middle, and not very prominent at
antennae; cheeks, face, and sides of front gray pollinose; median
stripe brownish, as wide as one parafrontal on entire length; ocellars
proclinate; inner verticals developed; frontals extending about to
apex of second antennal segment, uppermost pair rather weak, recli-
nate; antennae nearly as long as face, black, second segment reddish,
one-fourth the length of third; arista blackish, thickened on proxi-
mal two-fifths; facial ridges strongly diverging downward, bare
except a few hairs next to vibrissae, which are situated on oral mar-
gin; parafacials bare outside of the main row of bristles; cheeks
sparsely black haired below, about two-fifths the eye height; palpi
pale yellow; eyes hairy; beard white.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked with four dis-
tinct black vittae; scutellum black, subshining, hghtly dusted with
changeable gray pollen; infrasquamal hairs absent; calypters semi-
transparent, white; postscutellum normally developed.
Abdomen mostly shining black, with silvery basal bands on last
three segments, which in a favorable angle extend at most over the
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD Di.
basal third of intermediate segments; first segment bearing a very
slender or hairlike pair of median marginals; second with a well-
developed pair; third bearing a marginal row of about six with a
wide space between the median pair and the lateral one; fourth with
a row of strong discals besides the usual marginal row; genital seg-
ments shining black, retracted; fifth sternite black, the lobes promi-
nent, narrowly and deeply incised.
Legs slender, black; claws and pulvill nearly as long as the apical
tarsal segment.
Wings subhyaline; hind cross vein very oblique to fourth, which
it joins almost midway between bend and small cross vein; apical cell
narrowly open well before the tip of wing; third vein setulose three-
fourths the distance to small cross vein; costal spine small; epaulets
black.
Length—6 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44764.
Remarks.—Described from one male specimen taken at Smithfield,
Utah, August 24, 1925, by G. F. Knowlton.
The narrower front, retracted hind cross vein, two sternopleural
bristles, and the more defined and narrower pollen bands on last
three abdominal segments distinguish the species from affnis,
described herein. The two species agree in most other essential
characters.
(12) PARADIDYMA CRASSISETA, new species
Male.—Front at vertex 0.23 and 0.21 of the head width in two
specimens, very prominent at antennae; face strongly receding, its
ridges rather flattened below, bearing bristly hairs and one or two
strong macrochaetae next to vibrissae; parafrontals black, covered
with reflecting grayish pollen, narrow on upper part behind middle;
median stripe red, wider than one parafrontal except at antennae;
frontals six to eight in number, directed inward, the uppermost
nearly erect, not longer than preceding pair; orbitals absent; inner
verticals strong, outer ones not developed; ocellars ordinary in size,
proclinate; antennae black, about as long as face; first segment ex-
tending considerably above the front and as long as the second; third
segment unusually broad to tip and about equal the width of para-
facial at narrowest part, six to seven times as long as the second
segment; arista black, thickened on proximal two-thirds, second
segment short; parafacials black, the pollen dark gray with a distinct
luster, clothed with black hairs outside the row of bristles, which
become successively longer and stronger downward; palpi dark
w@, brown; cheek one-half the eye height; eyes distinctly hairy;
beard white.
28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked
with four black stripes in front and five behind suture, outer pair
stopping before base of scutellum; infrasquamal hairs present,
calypters white.
Abdomen black, all segments with gray pollen, which in some
views extends thinly past the middle of the last three; basal segments
each with a pair of median marginals (smaller on the first) ; third
with a marginal row of 10 to 12; fourth bearing a complete row of
discals as large as those in the marginal row; genital segments black,
retracted.
Legs black, reddish near base; claws and pulvili longer than
apical tarsal segment; hind tibia with a row of uneven wide-spaced
bristles on outer posterior edge.
Wings with a brownish tinge on the anterior margin, small cross
vein infuscated ; venation normal; third vein setulose two-thirds the
distance to small cross vein; apical cell open well before exact wing
tip; epaulets blackish; costal spine ordinary in size.
Length—9 mm.
Female—Unknown.
Type—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44765.
Remarks.—Described from two male specimens in the United
States National Museum: One (the type) labeled Sanchez, Chi-
huahua, Mexico, September 2, 1909 (C. H. T. Townsend) ; the other,
Las Vegas, New Mexico, August 19, 1901 (H. 8S. Barber).
The prominent front, more strongly receding face, longer and
broader third antennal segment, and haired parafacials readily sep-
arate the species from P. derelicta, to which it is closely related.
Another difference is the presence of median marginals on the first
abdominal segment.
(13) PARADIDYMA ARISTALIS, new species
Arista densely pubescent; parafacial bristles uniform in length
downward, smaller than usual; sides of face cinereous, with black
hairs extending below middle outside of the main row of bristles;
mesonotum with four black stripes in front and five behind suture.
Male—F¥ront at vertex 0.26 of the head width (one specimen),
rather prominent at antennae; parafrontals cinereous pollinose to
vertex, rather sparsely clothed with short black hairs and consider-
ably widened before middle; median stripe reddish brown, slightly
narrowed behind; inner verticals large; ocellars proclinate; orbitals
absent; frontals about six in the row, the lowermost nearly on level
with apex of second antennal segment; face receding, moderately
deep, and concave above the mouth; vibrissae large, on level with
oral margin; facial ridges divergent downward, bearing a few bristly
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 29
hairs on lower extremity; cheek bare above the lower margin, gray
pollinose, about two-fifths the eye height; antennae as long as face,
first segment rather prominently elevated above the front, third seg-
ment about five times longer than second; arista black, thickened
nearly to middle, proximal segments short but distinct; palpi slen-
der, pale yellow; beard white; eyes distinctly hairy.
Thorax and scutellum black, densely gray pollinose; three pairs
of acrostichal bristles behind the suture, the median ones very weak
or hairlike; other details of chaetotaxy as in validinervis; infra-
squamal hairs present; postscutellum gray pollinose, membranous
above; calypters semitransparent, white.
Abdomen black, wholly gray pollinose; first segment without
median marginals; second with a stout closely spaced pair; third
with a marginal row of about 10; fourth bearing a complete row
of good-sized discals, besides a row of still larger marginals; genital
segments reddish black, lightly pollinose, fifth sternite deeply
divided, the lobes blackish, clothed with fine hairs.
Legs mostly black, the basal segments and the hind tibiae obvi-
ously reddish (front pair missing) ; claws and pulvilli elongate.
Wings subhyaline; venation normal; apical cell open well before
tip of wing; costal spine large; epaulets red.
Length—8.5 mm.
Female——Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44766.
Remarks.—Described from one male labeled “Animas Park, N.Mex.,
6,500 feet (Townsend).”
(14) PARADIDYMA APERTA Brauer and Bergenstamm
Paradidyma aperta BRAUER and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifltigler des kaiser-
lichen Museums zu Wien, no. 6, p. 187, 1893.
Microchira mexicana BRAveR and BERGENSTAMM, Ibid., p. 188.
Readily distinguished from all other known species by the golden
pollen on the head. I have not seen any male specimens.
Female.—Front at extreme vertex 0.312 of the head width (one
specimen) ; pollen deep golden-yellow on parafrontals, parafacials,
cheeks, and posterior orbits; face yellowish gray; outer verticals
about half the size of inner ones; orbitals, two pairs; ocellars pro-
clinate; frontals extending to apex of second antennal segment,
directed inward, except the uppermost, which is reclinate; parafacial
on narrowest part about one-half the width of facial depression,
bearing a row of rather weak bristles and with black hairs on entire
length outside the main row; vibrissae situated on front edge of
mouth; facial ridges with one or two bristles and fine hairs next
to vibrissae; cheek fully one-half the eye height; palpi yellow;
30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
antennae shorter than face, mostly black, third segment rather
slender and about two and one-half times the length of second;
arista black, thickened on basal fourth, clothed with short hairs,
penultimate segment short; eyes distinctly hairy; back of head gray
pollinose, moderately pale haired below.
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose; mesonotum with four
distinct black stripes before the suture and five behind, the outer
pair not interrupted at middle and stopping well in front of scutel-
lum; acrostichals, 3,3 (first two behind suture small) ; postscutellum
normally developed, gray pollinose; infrasquamal hairs present;
calypters white with yellow margins.
Ahdomen broadly ovate, black, wholly covered with thick yellow-
ish-gray pollen; first segment without median marginals; second
with a closely spaced pair; third bearing a marginal row of about
eight; fourth with a discal row well behind the middle besides a
marginal row of weaker bristles.
Legs black, trochanters red; front legs with the tarsal segments
laterally compressed and swollen, claws and pulvilli minute; mid
tibia with one strong bristle on outer front side near middle; hind
tibia with a scattering row of uneven bristles on outer posterior
edge.
Wings grayish hyaline; venation normal; third vein bristly two-
thirds the distance to small cross vein; apical cell open far before tip
of wing; costal spine long; epaulets red.
Length—10 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one female specimen in the United
States National Museum, Atzcopotzalco, D. F., Mexico, August 31,
1922 (E. G. Smyth).
(15) PARADIDYMA ALDRICHI, new species
Female—Front at extreme vertex 0.25 to 0.27 of the head width
in three specimens measured; parafrontals black, thinly gray pol-
linose; median stripe reddish brown, about equal the width of one
parafrontal on entire length; the usual two proclinate orbitals
present; ocellars rather weak, proclinate; inner verticals large,
outer ones not developed; frontals about five in the row, descending
to middle of second antennal segment, uppermost one stouter and
reclinate; antennae somewhat shorter than face, third segment
black, rather narrow at base and about two and one-half times
longer than the second, which is largely yellow; arista brown,
thickened at base and very slender on apical two-thirds, clothed with
short hairs to tip, second segment short; face moderately excavated,
hardly receding but concave above mouth in profile, its ridges bear-
ing a few bristly hairs next to vibrissae, which are situated on oral
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 31
margin; parafacials blackish, covered with feebly shining gray
pollen, bare below arista, except a row of weak bristles along inner
margin which are reduced in size to small hairs on the upper part;
palpi yellow, slender to tip; cheek one-third to two-fifths the eye
height; eyes sparsely short haired; back of head gray pollinose,
moderately clothed with whitish hairs.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum with four black stripes,
which are sometimes indistinctly separated behind the suture; scu-
tellum black, lightly sprinkled with changeable gray pollen, post-
scutellum normal, thinly pollinose; infrasquamal hairs absent in two
specimens and three hairs present in the other; calypters pale
yellowish white.
Abdomen shining black; intermediate segments with silvery bands
on basal third, the fourth thinly pollinose almost to apex; first seg-
ment without median marginal bristles; second with one pair; third
and fourth each bearing a marginal row; fourth without discals, the
broad basal margin above destitute of hairs.
Legs black; front tarsi compressed and swollen, the claws and pul-
villi very minute.
Wings brown, paler on the posterior, margin; apical cell open
shortly before wing tip; venation normal; third vein setulose half
to three-fourths the distance to small cross vein; costal spine longer
than small cross vein; epaulets black.
Length.—7 mm.
Male—Unknown.
Type.—Female, U.S.N.M. no. 44767.
Remarks.—Described from three female specimens in the United
States National Museum as follows: 1 (the type), taken at Ingenio
R.R. Station, Guatemala, April 28, 1926, by Dr. J. M. Aldrich, in
whose honor the species is named; 1, labeled San Rafael, Vera Cruz
(C. H. T. Townsend), and the other, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa
Rica (Pablo Schild).
The species has the eyes less distinctly haired and smaller para-
facial bristles than any other member of the genus. It is provision-
ally included here. The accumulation of better preserved speci-
mens, including the male sex, seems necessary to decide the question
of proper generic allocation. The relationship with Ceratomyiella
seems close, but the type species of that genus has the eyes entirely
bare.
(16) PARADIDYMA PERUANA (Townsend)
Diaphoropeza peruana TOWNSEND, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43, p. 308, 1912.
Very similar to P. singularis, from which it differs in the following
characters:
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Female.—Front rather narrow, at extreme vertex 0.26 of the head
width (one specimen); parafacial at narrowest about as wide as
third antennal segment; cheek barely one-third the eye height.
Infrasquamal hairs present; calypters with rims pale tawny. Abdo-
men without defined silvery basal bands on last three segments; first
thinly gray pollinose above and on sides; intermediate segments with
the pollen extending thinly beyond the middle when viewed from
behind; anal segment almost entirely gray pollinose, without discal
bristles; venter largely covered with gray pollen. Legs brownish
black. Wings with a distinctly yellow tinge on costal margin and
along the veins, hind margins grayish hyaline; apical cell closed at
costa, not petiolate; costal spine about as long as small cross vein;
epaulets reddish black.
Length—7.5 mm.
Male.——Unknown.
Type.—Female, U.S.N.M. no. 15147.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one paratype female from Sullana,
Peru, October 1, 1910, TD 3942 (C. H. T. Townsend). In the United
States National Museum there are three additional female type
specimens from the same locality and one female from Piura, Peru,
all collected by Dr. C. H. T. Townsend.
The narrower cheeks and parafacials and the absence of discal
bristles on the fourth abdominal segment readily separate the species
from P. singularis.
(17) PARADIDYMA PILIVENTRIS, new species
Distinguished from all others of this group by the presence of pale
hairs on venter of abdomen.
Female.—F ront at vertex 0.29 and 0.27 of the head width in the
two specimens; parafrontals black, thinly gray pollinose, with more
numerous black hairs on the lower part extending on the parafacials
about to level with arista; outer verticals not developed; ocellars
proclinate; orbitals two proclinate pairs; frontals about six in num-
ber, distinctly larger than parafacial bristles, uppermost pair rather
stout and reclinate, the others directed inward descending below mid-
dle of second antennal segment; face blackish, gray pollinose, mod-
erately receding and concave above mouth in profile; facial ridges not
very prominent, bearing bristly hairs on about the lowest fourth;
parafacials largely black, covered with satiny gray pollen, a row of
bristles along the reddish inner margin, outside of these bare on
lower half; antennae shorter than face, wholly black, third segment
narrowed toward base and about two and one-half times the length
of second; arista black, thickened on proximal fourth, basal segments
short; vibrissae near the front edge of the mouth; cheeks two-fifths
the eye height; eyes distinctly hairy; palpi black, bearing several
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 33
long pale hairs on under side near the tip; back of head blackish,
thinly gray pollinose, rather sparsely clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax and scutellum black, dusted with gray pollen; mesonotum
marked with four black vittae, outer pair not interrupted at suture;
chaetotaxy as in validinervis; infrasquamal hairs absent; postscu-
tellum normal; calypters pale yellowish white.
Abdomen black and shiny; last three segments with dense grayish-
white pollen bands, which are wider on the sides of the intermediate
segments and narrowed at the middle above, especially on the second
where the pollen is confined on the basal margin; first segment
without median marginals; second with one pair; third and fourth
each bearing a marginal row of about 10; fourth segment without
discal bristles; venter pale haired.
Legs black, basal segments reddish; front tarsal segments swollen,
the claws and pulvilli minute or atrophied; hind tibia with three
large and several small bristles on outer posterior edge.
Wings infuscated, a little paler along the hind border; venation
normal; third vein with hairs extending almost to small cross vein;
apical cell open shortly before wing tip; costal spine strong;
epaulets black.
Length—iT mm.
Male.—Unknown.
Type.—F¥emale, U.S.N.M. no. 44768.
Remarks.—Described from two females in the United States
National Museum, collected at Huariaca, Peru, December, 1921, by
Dr. C. H. T. Townsend.
(18) PARADIDYMA APICALIS, new species
Male.—Front at vertex 0.258 of the head width (average of five:
0.24; 0.26; 0.26; 0.27; 0.26), hardly wider to middle, thence
diverging to antennae where it is rather prominent in profile;
median stripe reddish brown, nearly as wide as one parafrontal on
most of its length; ocellars present; verticals one pair (inner)
developed; orbitals absent; frontals five or six in number, the rows
moderately divergent beneath antennae extending to apex of second
segment, uppermost bristle stouter, reclinate; parafrontals covered
with dull gray pollen to vertex, moderately clothed with rather
coarse black hairs; face receding and concave above the mouth in
profile, its ridges not very prominent, haired on lower fourth or
less; parafacials densely gray pollinose, a row of bristles along the
inner margin becoming longer and stronger downward, the largest
approximating the frontals in size, bare outside the main row of
bristles below level of arista; vibrissae situated on oral margin;
antennae about as long as face, basal segments subequal in length,
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
third black, five or six times longer than second which is largely
yellow; arista blackish, finely pubescent, thickened on proximal two-
fifths, basal segments short; palpi slender, pale yellow, bearing a
few long black hairs beneath on apical half; cheek bare above lower
margin, gray pollinose, clothed with pale hairs; eyes distinctly
hairy.
Thorax and scutellum black, covered with thick gray pollen;
mesonotum with four narrow dark stripes, often poorly defined,
interrupted at suture and stopping far before base of scutellum;
two or three acrostichal bristles usually developed behind the su-
ture, other details of chaetotaxy as in validinervis; postscutellum
thinly pollinose and membranous above; infrasquamal hairs pres-
ent; calypters semitransparent, white with a tawny tinge.
Abdomen black, largely gray pollinose; hind margins of last
three segments black and subshining when viewed from above, but
pollinose or subpollinose in most other views, first segment with
conspicuous pollen on the sides above; one pair of median marginal
bristles present on first and second segments, the third and fourth
each with a marginal row, no discals on dorsal surface of fourth
segment; genital segments small, black, retracted; inner forceps
united, slender, clothed with brownish hairs behind near base,
flattened and shining beyond middle, apex minutely notched; outer
forceps shorter than inner ones, tapering uniformly to a blunt tip,
tinged with yellow; penis simple, short, blackish, apex bearing a
short pale membrane.
Legs black, basal segments and knees yellowish; mid tibia with
a whorl of three bristles near middle, the one on outer front side
stout; hind tibia with a scattering row of irregular bristles on outer
posterior edge; claws and pulvilli elongate.
Wings subhyaline; veins yellow, bare except third, which has
hairs extending almost to small cross vein; fourth vein with a
rounded almost rectangular stumpless bend, beyond rather deeply
concave to costa; last section of fifth vein about one-fourth as long
as preceding section; apical cell open well before the wing tip;
costal spine strong; epaulets red.
Female.—F¥ront at vertex 0.282 of the head width (average of
five: 0.28; 0.28; 0.28; 0.31; 0.26); pollen on parafrontals, meso-
notum and abdomen with a distinct pale brassy tinge; outer verti-
cals developed, orbitals two pairs; antennae shorter than face,
third segment slender, yellow at base, about four times the length
of second; arista short haired to the tip; first abdominai segment
without median marginals, the fourth with discals above; fore
tarsal segments compressed and swollen, claws and pulvilli atrophied.
Lengih.—6 to 8 mm.
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 35
Type—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44769, from College Station, Tex.
Remarks.—Described from 14 males and 11 females in my collec-
tion. All taken at College Station, Tex., September-November
1920-1933 (H. J. Reinhard), and one male from Hidalgo County,
Tex., May 18, 1932 (S. W. Clark). In the United States National
Museum, one female from La Providencia, Obispo, Guatemala (C.
M. Rouillard).
(19) PARADIDYMA AFFINIS, new species
Male.—F¥ront at vertex 0.288 of the head width (average of five:
0.29; 0.28; 0.29; 0.29; 0.29), hardly widening to middle thence rap-
idly so to antennae where it is moderately prominent; parafrontals
gray pollinose to vertex, moderately clothed with rather coarse black
hairs outside the frontal bristles; median stripe red, occupying about
one-third the frontal width; inner verticals large, outer pair not
developed; orbitals absent; frontal bristles extending below middle
of second antennal segment, uppermost one reclinate; ocellars pres-
ent, proclinate; antennae about as long as face, basal segments sub-
equal in length, third segment black, six or seven times longer than
second which is largely yellow; arista black, thickened about to
middle, finely pubescent, second segment short; face gray pollinose,
moderately excavated, receding with the lower border slightly prom-
inent between vibrissae; facial ridges weakly divergent downward,
bearing a few bristly hairs next to vibrissae, which are situated on
the oral margin; palpi slender, pale yellow, with several long black
hairs on lower edge beyond the middle; parafacial gray pollinose,
bare except a row of bristles along the inner margin, those in lower
part of row approximating the frontals in size; cheek reddish in
ground color, thinly gray pollinose and bare above, about two-fifths
the eye height; eyes distinctly haired; back of head densely gray
pollinose and thickly clothed with pale or whitish hairs.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked with four nar-
row black stripes, which are not very conspicuous especially behind
the suture; scutellum black, covered with dull gray pollen, which is
thinner on middle of disk; chaetotaxy as in validinervis but with
three postsutural acrostichals usually present; postscutellum normal,
thinly pollinose; sides of postnotum beneath calypters bearing a
tuft of small black hairs; calypters semitransparent, white.
Abdomen black, dusted with gray pollen, which in certain views
extends thinly behind the middle on the intermediate segments;
viewed from above the first segment pollinose on sides and the three
following ones shining black on posterior third to half; first seg-
ment without median marginals; second with one pair; third bearing
a marginal row of 10 to 12; fourth with a discal and a marginal
36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
row of stronger bristles; genitalia as in P. singularis, but the outer
forceps more broadly rounded at the apex.
Legs rather slender, black; claws and pulvilli elongated.
Wings grayish hyaline; venation bare except third vein, which is
setulose almost to small cross vein; fourth vein with a rounded
stumpless bend and broadly concave beyond to costa; last section
of fifth vein about one-fourth the length of preceding section; apical
cell narrowly open far before wing tip; costal spine strong; epaulets
black.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.288 of the head width (five measured
as follows: 0.3; 0.27; 0.29; 0.28; 0.3); outer verticals developed but
smaller than inner ones; orbitals two proclinate pairs; antennae
shorter than face, third segment slender, four to five times the length
of second; first abdominal segment usually without median marginal
bristles (two specimens with a pair present); front tarsi laterally
compressed and swollen, the claws and pulvilli minute or atrophied.
Length.—5.5 to 9.5 mm.
Type—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44770, from College Station, Tex.
Remarks.—Described from 50 specimens. In the United States
National Museum: 2 males, Knoxville, Tenn., May 25 (J. M. Aldrich) ;
1 male, Birmingham, Ala., June 4, 1917 (J. M. Aldrich) ; 1 female,
* Lafayette, Ind., September 12, 1918 (J. M. Aldrich); 1 female,
Riley County, Kans., May 29 (Popenoe); 1 female, Manhattan,
Kans., May 30, 1928 (R. C. Smith); 1 female, labeled “ Ga.” with-
out additional data; 1 male and 1 female, Clemson College, S.C.,
October 10, 1908 (C. H. T. Townsend); 1 female, Holly Springs,
Miss., September 7, 1890 (F. W. Mally); 1 male, Miami, Fla.,
September 6 (C. H. T. Townsend); 1 female, Washington, D.C.,
September 18, 1921 (J. M. Aldrich); 1 female, Rock Creek, D.C.,
flowers chrysanthemum, May 30, 1917 (C. H. T. Townsend); 1
male, Eastern Branch near Bennings, D.C., August 29, 1915 (W. L.
McAtee); 1 male, Washington, D.C., June 27 (Townsend); 1 fe-
male, Washington, D.C., October 2, 1917 (W. L. McAtee) ; 1 female,
Anacostia, D.C., September 24, 1914 (R. C. Shannon) ; 1 female, at
light, Plummers Island, Md., September 2, 1914 (R. C. Shannon) ;
1 female, Chesapeake Beach, Md., October 14, 1926 (J. M. Aldrich) ;
1 female, Arlington, Va., October 6, 1913 (R. H. Hutchison); 1
male, Lincoln, Nebr., July 7, 1922 (O. C. Bradbury); 1 female,
Marfa, Tex., June 18, 1917 (J. M. Aldrich); 1 female, Raleigh,
N.C. (C. S. Brimley). In the Kansas University Museum:1 male,
Las Cruces, N.Mex., September 25, no collector’s label. In my col-
lection: 9 males and 16 females, College Station, Tex., April to
October, 1917-1930 (H. J. Reinhard). In the collection of D. G.
Hall, 1 female, Manhattan, Kans., May 10, 1929 (D. G. Hall).
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 37
In the material examined I have noted but one specimen (female)
having the first posterior cell closed and short petiolate. In singu-
daris the first posterior cell is invariably closed and usually short
petiolate. Other differences may be noted in the present species:
Four narrow thoracic stripes; fourth abdominal segment with
discals above in male; outer verticals present in female.
(20) PARADIDYMA VALIDINERVIS (Van der Wulp)
Didyma validinervis VAN bER Wop, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Diptera,
vol. 2, p. 164, 1890.
Paradidyma validinervis BraurrR and BrercenstAMM, Die Zweifliigler des
kaiserlichen Museums zu Wien, no. 5, p. 404, 1891; no. 6, p. 127, 1893.
Besides the characters mentioned in the generic description, the
type species has the following additional characters:
Male—Front narrowed before vertex, at narrowest part 0.22 of
the head width in one specimen; parafrontals covered with dense
gray pollen to vertex, sparsely clothed with hairs outside of frontal
rows; median stripe reddish brown, at middle wider than one para-
frontal; inner verticals developed; frontals ordinary in size, the
uppermost bristle subreclinate and hardly stouter than the preceding
one; parafacials densely gray pollinose, bare below level of arista
outside of the main bristles, which increase in size downward in the
row; antennae black, third segment about four times the length of
second; arista pubescent, thickened about on proximal half; palpi
dark brown; cheek clothed with black hairs on lower margin, about
two-fifths the eye height; eyes hairy.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked with four black
stripes, outer pair interrupted at suture; scutellum black, thinly
gray pollinose; calypters whitish, the hind lobe translucent and
with a slight brownish tinge.
Abdomen black; segments two to four shining beyond the basal
silvery band, only the second showing thin pollen more extensively
in a flat rear view; basal segments each with a pair of median mar-
ginals; third bearing a marginal row of six, large; fourth with a
row of six discals, which are slightly stouter than the marginals;
genital segments black.
Legs black; claws and pulvilli elongate.
Wings grayish hyaline; first vein bare, third setulose almost to
small cross vein; apical cell narrowly open; last section of fifth
vein less than half as long as preceding section; costal spine devel-
oped.
Length—7 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one cotype male specimen in the
United States National Museum from Guerrero, Mexico. I have
not seen any specimens of the female.
38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
(21) PARADIDYMA BRASILIANA, new species
Male—Front moderately wide, at vertex 0.29 of the head width
in one specimen; parafrontals covered with gray pollen tinged with
vellow along the inner margins; parafacials, cheeks, and posterior
orbits cinereous; third antennal segment largely black, the base
yellow to the insertion of the arista. Sides of postnotum beneath
calypters with a few small inconspicuous hairs. Abdomen slender,
tapering to a rather narrow apex; first segment conspicuously gray
pollinose on the sides above, second almost entirely covered with
changeable gray pollen, third and fourth shining black on apical
third to half; genital segments black, small and retracted. Other-
wise as in P. stngularis.
Length—T mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44771.
Remarks.—Described from one male specimen collected at Itaqua-
quecetuba, Sao Paulo. Brazil, September 26, by Dr. C. H. T.
Townsend.
I am unable to note any structural differences between the present
species and P. singularis; both have the third antennal segment
strikingly elongated with the anterior margin concave below the
insertion of the arista. The rather slight characters separating the
species are mentioned above and in the key. A second closely related
species is P. peruana, known only in the female; it differs from
brasiliana in having the cheeks distinctly narrower, the wings and
calypters obviously tinged with yellow, and apical cell barely closed
at costa.
(22) PARADIDYMA SINGULARIS (Townsend)
Atrophopoda singularis TowNsenp, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc., vol. 18, p. 8373, 1891.
Lachnomma magnicornis TowNSEND, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc., vol. 19, p. 103, 1892.
Paradidyma singularis Coqutcterr, Revision of the Tachinidae of America,
p. 126, 1897.—Atpricu, Catalogue of North American Diptera, p. 174, 1905.
Male.—F¥ront at vertex 0.306 of the head width (five measured as
follows: 0.51; 0.31; 0.3; 0.3; 0.81), rather prominent at antennae;
parafrontals, parafacials, and cheeks cinereous pollinose; face long
and deeply excavated, its ridges weakly divergent downward, bear-
ing a few bristles and hairs on lower extremity; antennae strikingly
elongate, first segment longer than second and extending consider-
ably above level of the front, third segment black, about equal the
length of face with the front edge concave below insertion of arista;
the latter thickened on proximal three-fourths; cheek two-fifths the
eye height; parafacial bare outside the main row of bristles; palpi
yellow; eyes distinctly hairy.
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 39
Thorax black; mesonotum densely gray pollinose, the black stripes
usually fused into a single broad pair, which extends to base of
scutellum ; chaetotaxy as in validinervis,; sides of postnotum beneath
calypters usually bare but sometimes with a few small hairs present;
calypters white.
Abdomen black; last three segments with silvery bands on basal
third, remainder of these segments including the first polished or
shining; basal segment without median marginal bristles; second
with one pair; third and fourth each with a marginal row, the fourth
occasionally with one or two discals on the sides but none at middle
above; genital segments blackish, retracted; inner forceps black,
with a slight median keel behind, moderately broad at base, the
apical half narrowed terminating in an acutely tipped shining beak;
outer forceps yellow, slightly shorter than inner ones, the sides
bulged and clothed with short brownish hairs, tips blunt; fifth
sternite with a narrow deep incision, the lobes black.
Legs black; claws and pulvilli elongate.
Wings grayish hyaline; third vein with hairs extending almost
to small cross vein; last section of fifth vein one-third the length of
preceding section; apical cell closed and usually short petiolate;
costal spine well developed.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.328 of the head width (average of five:
0.35; 0.32; 0.3855; 0.31; 0.31) ; the usual two pairs of proclinate orbit-
als present; outer verticals not developed; antennae shorter than
face, third segment slender, about one-half as wide as parafacial
and four or five times longer than second; cheek two-fifths the eye
height; fourth abdominal segment with a row of discals behind the
middle above; fore tarsi compressed, the claws and_ pulvilli
atrophied.
Length—5.5 to 8.5 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from a long series of both sexes from all
sections of the United States, including the type male of Lachnomma
magnicornis ‘Townsend, in the Kansas University Museum.
A common North American species described from Carlinville,
Ill. Readily distinguished from most other members of the genus by
the two broad black thoracic stripes, which in well-preserved speci-
mens are sharply contrasted on entire length by a median and lateral
pale gray pollen bands. Catemophrys sequens Townsend presents
about the same general appearance but can readily be separated by
its bare eyes and parafacials.
(23) PARADIDYMA PETIOLATA, new species
Mesonotum subshining, the vittae poorly defined; arista thickened
on proximal half or less; apical cell closed, the petiole about twice
the length of small cross vein.
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Male—F¥ront 0.252 of the head width (average of five: 0.26; 0.25;
0.25; 0.25; 0.25), hardly widening to middle, thence rapidly so down-
ward; parafrontals thinly gray pollinose often blackish before vertex,
clothed with sparse short hairs; median stripe reddish brown, hardly
narrowed behind and extending on each side of triangle to vertex;
inner verticals moderately strong, directed posteriorly, outer pair
vestigial ; ocellar bristles small, proclinate, divergent; orbitals absent;
frontal bristles about five in each row, descending to level with apex
of second antennal segment, uppermost pair reclinate, the others
directed inward; face rather long and receding, deeply excavated,
ground color black, gray pollinose, its ridges bare except a few
bristly hairs above vibrissae; parafacial covered with shining gray
or almost silvery pollen, bearing a row of bristles along the inner
margin which become longer and stouter downward; vibrissae sit-
uated on level with front edge of mouth; antennae as long as face;
third segment black, with the anterior edge practically straight,
about seven times the length of second; basal segments tinged with
red, the first longer than second and extending well above the level
of the front; arista slightly shorter than third antennal segment,
black, thickened on proximal two-fifths, basal segments short but
distinct; cheek about two-fifths the eye height; proboscis short,
labella fleshy; palpi slender, hardly thickened apically, yellow; eyes
distinctly hairy; beard white.
Thorax black, thinly dusted with gray pollen; mesonotum sub-
shining, the vittae poorly defined; chaetotaxy as in validinervis,
except that there are usually three pairs of acrostichals before the
suture; scutellum black, subshining; infrasquamal hairs present;
postscutellum normally developed; calypters white.
Abdomen shining black, with narrow silvery basal bands on inter-
mediate segments, the fourth faintly pruinose at most; first segment
without median marginals; second with a single pair; third and
fourth with marginal rows, the latter also with discals at the sides
but none on the middle above; genital segments black; inner forceps
united, flat behind, tapering from base to an acute tip; outer forceps
yellowish, shorter than inner pair, tapering outward, the tips rather
narrow and darker.
Legs black; claws and pulvilli elongate; wings subhyaline; veins
bare except third, which is setulose almost to small cross vein; last
section of fifth vein at most one-third the length of preceding sec-
tion; apical cell closed, with petiole longer than small cross vein;
costal spine small.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.252 of the head width (average of
five: 0.25; 0.25; 0.26; 0.25; 0.25), widening gradually to base of
antennae; parafrontals blackish, subshining; orbitals two pairs, pro-
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REIN HARD 41
clinate; outer verticals not developed; third antennal segment slen-
der, yellow at base, four to five times as long as second; abdomen
mostly polished black, intermediate segments silvery on the narrow
basal margin, fourth with discal bristles above; fore tarsal segments
compressed and swollen, the claws and pulvilli minute.
Length.—5 to 6.5 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 44772.
Remarks.—Described from 6 males and 11 females. In the United
States National Museum: 2 males and 3 females (including the type),
Lafayette, Ind., August and September 1917-1921 (J. M. Aldrich) ;
2 males and 4 females, Plummers Island, Md., September 24, 1902
(Barber and Schwarz), August 1908 (A. Busck), August 3, 1912
(J. R. Malloch), 3 females labeled “at light”, September 7, 1912,
without collector’s label; 1 female, Chesapeake Beach, Md., Septem-
ber 19, 1915 (W. L. McAtee); 1 male, Dead Run, Fairfax County,
Va., September 30, 1915 (R. C. Shannon) ; 2 females, Difficult Run,
Va., September 19, 1916, and October 28, 1917 (W. L. McAtee). In
the Kansas University Museum: 1 pair labeled “ Ills. Forbes.”
The species is closely related to P. singularis, from which it may
be readily separated by the shining black mesonotum; longer petiole
of the apical cell; and narrower front in both sexes.
(24) PARADIDYMA ARMATA (Townsend)
Lachnommopsis armata TowNsEND, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 421, 1915.
Front uncommonly broad to vertex and orbitals present in the male
sex; parafacial bristles about uniform in length throughout the row;
abdomen densely gray pollinose.
Male.—Front at extreme vertex 0.33 and 0.35 of the head width
in two specimens, not much wider at base of antennae; parafrontals
gray pollinose to vertex, sparsely haired outside of frontal rows;
median stripe red, narrower than one parafrontal on entire length;
inner and outer verticals developed; orbitals one pair, proclinate;
ocellars present; frontals extending to apex of second antennal seg-
ment, the uppermost stronger and reclinate; face rather strongly re-
ceding and concave above the mouth in profile view, not very deep;
facial ridges divergent below and haired on lower fourth or less;
parafacials gray pollinose, a row of bristles along the inner margin
that are noticeably smaller than the lowermost frontals, bare outside
the main rows below base of third antennal segment; vibrissae on
level with front edge of mouth; antennae slightly shorter than face,
third segment black, about four times length of second which is
mostly yellow and distinctly longer than the first; arista thickened
to apical fourth, basal segments short; cheek fully one-third the eye
height; palpi slender, pale yellow; eyes distinctly hairy.
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked
with four narrow black stripes, outer ones interrupted at suture and
stopping before base of scutellum; chaetotaxy as in validinervis;
postscutellum gray pollinose, pale membranous above; infrasquamal
hairs present; calypters tawny, paler at middle.
Abdomen black, wholly covered with gray pollen; first segment
without median marginals; second with one pair; third and fourth
each with a marginal row; no discals on anal segment; genital seg-
ments reddish black retracted; fifth sternite prominent, narrowly
and deeply incised, the lobes pale yellow.
Legs black, trochanters yellow, coxae less distinctly so; claws and
pulvilli shorter than the apical tarsal segment.
Wings subhyaline; venation normal; third vein haired about half-
way to small cross vein; apical cell open a little before the exact
tip of wing; costal spine developed; epaulets red.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.349 of the head width (one specimen) ;
fore tarsal segments compressed, the claws and pulvilli minute or
atrophied, otherwise very similar to male.
Length.—6 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 19442.
Remarks.—Redescribed from three specimens in the United States
National Museum. Two paratypes (male and female), Chosica,
Peru, May 25, 1913 (C. H. T. Townsend), and one male, Matucana,
Peru, April 22, 1914 (C. H. T. Townsend).
There appear to be no characters of generic importance, common
to both sexes, that distinguish the species from Paradidyma. The
secondary sexual characters in the male, viz, the wide front and
presence of orbital bristles, at once separate it from all other known
forms. The female, however, agrees in the essential characters of
the present genus. As usual the front tarsi are compressed and
swollen, with the claws and pulvilli minute or atrophied.
CERATOMYIELLA AND PARADIDYMA—REINHARD 43
UNRECOGNIZED SPECIES
The following species apparently belong to Paradidyma but have
not been identified in the material contained in the United States
National Museum. Both species were characterized in abbreviated
descriptive terms, which were kindly transcribed for me by the late
Dr. J. M. Aldrich. The types are located in the Experiment Station
Collection, Lima, Peru.
ATROPHOPODA PERUANA Townsend
Atrophopoda peruana TOWNSEND, Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat., vol. 31, p. 159, 1927.
Body length, 5 mm.; wing length, 444 mm. 1 male, Cacaturo, Piura Province,
Peru, May 22 on herbage.
Blackish ; head silvery white, facial plate and facial ridges gray; parafrontals
blackish by direct view, thinly pollinose; frontal stripe dark brown; first an-
tennal joint brown; second joint and palpi very pale fulvous; third joint
blackish; pleura silvery, mesoscutellum and scutellum less thickly so; two
heavy wide black thoracic vittae unbroken and reaching scutellum; abdomen
shining; median vittae and narrow bases of intermediate segments thinly
silvery, fourth segment more widely on base. Legs black. Wings pale smoky
yellowish on costa and veins. Squamae glassy-whitish.
Apparently quite similar to Paradidyma (Diaphoropeza) peruana
(Townsend), which was also described (female only) from Peru.
The present form may be the male of the last mentioned species, but
it seems impossible to decide without specimens available for
comparison.
PARADIDYMA PERUVIANA Townsend
Paradidyma peruviana TOWNSEND, Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat., vol. 31, p. 159, 1927.
Body length, 7 mm.; wing length,6 mm. One female, Chosica, Peru, 3,000 ft.,
Oct. 18, indoors.
Differs from P. validinervis by female vertical width well over one-third
head width; frontals two below base of arista; width of frontal stripe two-
thirds of one parafrontal at middle; ocellars of same strength as hind proclinate
fronto-orbital; facio-orbitals eight or nine in row along inner edge of para-
facials; cheek two-fifths the eye length; third vein bristly halfway to anterior
cross vein; apical cell closed considerably before wing tip; hind cross vein
much nearer bend of fourth and hardly its own length from same; palpi yel-
lowish or fulvous; four moderately wide, equal black thoracic vittae not very
heavy; wing veins yellowish; ‘“ nos’ * infuscate.
According to the description the species is distinct from all other
members of the genus by the frontal bristles descending beneath the
base of the arista. This character, the wide front, and the strong
ocellars should make the species easily recognizable.
4 Meaning unknown, probably a misprint.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1934
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
NL by the
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Washington : 1934
Vol. 83 No. 2974
REVISION OF THE AMERICAN TWO-WINGED FLIES
BELONGING TO THE GENUS CUPHOCERA
By H. J. Reryuarp
Texas Agricultural Experiment Station, College Station, Tex.
In THE preparation of this paper I have studied the material in
the United States National Museum and the Kansas University
Museum, besides my own collection mainly from Texas, and a few
specimens from Washington and California. I am under obligations
to the late Dr. J. M. Aldrich for the privilege of examining the
National Museum material, which includes the types of most previ-
ously described forms, and also for his cooperation in supplying
references and notes on types not seen by me. To Dr. R. H. Beamer
I am indebted for the opportunity of studying the material in the
Kansas University Museum collection, which contained several unde-
scribed forms from Western and Southwestern United States. My
thanks are due also to J. Wilcox and Charles H. Martin, who gen-
erously lent specimens for study from their private collections of
west-coast flies.
Sixteen species are characterized in this revision; of this number,
10 are new to science. ‘The types of the new species are deposited
in the United States National Museum and the Kansas University
Museum.
Genus CUPHOCERA Macquart
Cuphocera Macquart, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1845, p. 267. (Genotype, Micro-
palpus ruficornis Macquart.)—ScHinmrR, Fauna Austriaca, vol. 1, p. 427,
1862.—VAN DER WULP, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Diptera, vol. 2, p. 35,
1888; ibid., p. 475, 1908—BravErR and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifliigler des
45
73008-—34——1
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
kaiserlichen Museums zu Wien, no. 4, p. 133, 1889; ibid., no. 6, p. 144,
1893.—CoQquILLETT, Revision of the Tachinidae of America, p. 140, 1897.—
ALDRICH, Catalogue of North American Diptera, p. 483, 1905.—Apams, in
Williston’s ‘* Manual of families and genera of North American Diptera,”
ed. 3, p. 377, 1908.
Palpibraca Ronpvant, Ann. Nat. Napoli, 1845, p. 22 (Genotype, P. haemorrhoa,
new species=Micropalpus ruficornis Macquart); Dipterologiae Italicae
Prodromus, vol. 1, p. 63, 1856; ibid., vol. 3, p. 60, 1859.
Spanipalpus TowNsEND, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 51, p. 110, 1908. (Geno-
type, Trichophora miscelii Coquiliett. )
Deopalpus TOWNSEND, Idem. (Genotype, D. hirsutus, new species.)
Epicuphocera TowNSEND, Rev. Mus. Paulista, vol. 15, p. 240, 1926. (Genotype,
E. andina, new species.)
The type species of all the above genera have been examined in the
United States National Museum. The genotype, Micropalpus rufi-
cornis Macquart (of Europe), differs from most of our species in
possessing rudimentary palpi but slightly larger than in australis
and incongrua, the only American species showing any development
of these organs. The occurrence of rudimentary palpi and the ab-
sence of ocellar bristles in the genotype are characters of doubtful
generic importance. Townsend has proposed the genus Deopalpus
for hirsuta, which has neither palpi nor ocellars, and Spanipalpus
for miscelli, which differs from the genotype, ruficornis, in possessing
ocellar bristles but no palpi. These characters are subject to some
variation within species of this group and are too slight to main-
tain the last mentioned genera or E'picuphocera, which has been
proposed on even less important distinctions.
The generic characters of Cuphocera as considered herein are as
follows: Propleura and eyes bare; head at vibrissae as long as the
antennal axis; face somewhat bulging at middle, its ridges flat and
bare; parafacial broad, haired and bearing one or more stout bristles
on lower part; front broad and two pairs of verticals present in
both sexes; frontal bristles in two rows on widest part of para-
frontal in the male; ocellars absent in buccata, torosa, fucata, con-
tigua, andina, and usually in hirsuta, present in the other known
species; proclinate orbital bristles present in all females and the
male of incongrua; arista thickened on most of its length, penulti-
mate segment long, not geniculate; vibrissae situated considerably
above lower edge of head about on level with mouth; proboscis
approximating the height of head; palpi rudimentary or entirely
absent; cheek usually three-fourths the eye height. Thoracic
chaetotaxy varying somewhat with the species and furnishing sev-
eral good characters for separating the forms; three sternopleurals
invariably present and usually with three postsutural dorsocentrals;
scutellum with two to four marginal bristles besides a smaller apical
pair. Abdomen generally broader and more robust in female, ovi-
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD Al
positor short, fleshy and retracted; genitalia of the male with a large
platelike lobe on the side, inner forceps united, the outer ones uni-
formly slender. Legs ordinary in length; hind tibiae with a scat-
tered row of uneven bristles on outer posterior margin; intermediate
fore tarsal segments sometimes dilated in the female with the pulvilli
short, but moderately enlarged in the male sex. Wings uniform in
shape, third vein setulose one-half or more the distance to small
cross vein; first posterior cell open far before the wing tip; hind
cross vein oblique to fourth, which it joins much nearer the bend
than small cross vein; last section of fifth vein usually less than
one-half the length of preceding section; costal spine small or
vestigial.
Specific characters —The American species of Cuphocera separate
into two groups on the presence or absence of ocellar bristles. The
characters that seem most useful in separating the species are the
color of the pleural and parafacial hairs, ground color of the para-
frontals, and thoracic chaetotaxy. The structure of the male gen-
italia is quite distinctive for a number of forms. The width of the
front in relation to the total head width appears uniform within
narrow limits for most species, and details of the frontal bristles
furnish several additional minor points, especially in the male, that
are of some service in distinguishing the forms. Minute or rudi-
mentary palpi are present in only two of the known American
species. In the female the genitalia appear uniform in structure;
the ovipositor is short, fleshy, and retracted.
There are three genera closely related to Cuphocera: Copecrypta
Townsend, aside from its slender build, is distinguished mainly by
the characteristic transverse or erect apical cross vein; Chiloepalpus
Townsend differs most obviously in having the propleura haired;
and Peleteria Desvoidy has about the same combination of external
characters, except that the palpi are well developed.
Very little is known concerning the biology of the species belong-
ing to Cuphocera. 'The few rearings recorded indicate that the spe-
cies are parasitic mainly on lepidopterous larvae.
KEY TO SPECIES OF CUPHOCERA
HES O Cel arSwO Tes Grit AeA eeE RIC ce tide A, 2 ee ele Bi A ll dy De
Ocellancjabsent.-25 5 a a a A et ea ee 9.
2 Pleura clothedtiwithi pale Wars Sa eeeea tft etry hd ee ee EA ea ee 3.
Pleura whollyzblack; harredt: Seaver hs Ste ee OP ae Cee 5.
8. Cheek two-thirds to four-fifths the eye height____________________________ 4,
Cheek one-third the eye height, with silvery pollen which is
distinctly tinged with yellow; parafacial hairs white; third
antennal segment strikingly enlarged, subtriangular, three
times as long as second (Brazil) --------_- (3) macrocera (Wiedemann),
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
4. Parafacial hairs black; third antennal segment widest near
apex with anterior margin straight, hardly longer than second
segment; parafrontals without any large bristles outside
MSIE LO Wei (Cai LOTT a) ese eee a es (1) miscelli (Coquillett).
Parafacial hairs white; third antennal segment strongly convex
on anterior margin and distinctly exceeding length of second ;
a secondary row of frontal bristles outside main row on
widest part of parafrontal (Texas, Arizona)_-___ (2) parksi, new species.
Bye Pa POL SUS N be ae IIE a a NE ee 6.
Minute palpi present; parafrontals black, subshining; face,
cheeks and beard golden; apex of fourth abdominal segment
orange-yellow. (Chile) 22225 20 en SS (7) australis (Townsend).
6: /Scutellum: with: three or four marginal! bristles. 222 _ iia es ee
Scutellum with only two marginals; third antennal segment
slightly convex or almost straight on front edge; frontal
stripe narrower than one parafrontal on upper half; fourth
abdominal segment red above on apical third to half (Ari-
Zonas California) tei). aye Ms LE ee RE (4) seutellaris, new species.
. Fourth abdominal segment red at least on upper surface________________-_ 8.
Fourth abdominal segment black; frontal stripe wider than one
parafrontal on entire length; cheek three-fourths eye height ;
inner forceps of male genitalia moderately long, slender on
apical half with a raised median line behind (Arizona).
(5) conformis, new species.
8. Abdomen black, anal segment wholly red and sharply con-
trasted with preceding ones; parafrontals pale or yellow in
ground color, thinly pollinose; front about one and one-half
times width of eye (United States, Mexico)__ (11) hirsuta (Townsend).
Abdomen broadly red on sides, fourth segment entirely con-
ecolorous above; ground color of parafrontals obscured by
rather dense gray pollen except at vertex; front approxi-
mating twice width of eye; apical segment of proboscis un-
usually slender and about equal to height of head (Cal-
=]
DA OR) eee has Lhe Lae a ae ee ee (6) geminata, new species.
Oe Pa pia Sent as = ee ee ee Oe ee ee SS 10
Rudimentary palpi present; four postsutural dorsocentrals
(Pexas, VATIZO nas) iso en a Ee (16) incongrua, new species.
10. .Gheeks clothed: with black hairs or bristles 22244 4-2 sea rh ee aI
Cheeks wholly pale haired, about one-third eye height ; femora
yellow; intermediate fore tarsal segments in female broadly
dilatecd(Cuba) ean 2 a2 So unee eae Coe aan ee (9) buccata, new species.
it ‘Phreesdorsocentral. bristles = 722 ae. we eee a ee eee 12.
Four dorsocentrals; male with orbital bristles.
(16) incongrua, new species.
12. opaulets, reddishyjor, yellow 225 se 2s ee 2 eee 13.
Epaulets black; scutellum red, bearing four marginals of
unequal size, disk with 10 or 12 erect bristles besides a
reclinate discal pair; fourth abdominal segment black tinged
with red above on basal margin; parafrontals black in ground
color before vertex; inner forceps of male genitalia strongly
bowed forward (Oregon, California) ~--_______ (15) torosa, new species.
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 49
13. Parafrontals entirely pollinose, yellow in ground color at least
OVUSUL TOTO CTIA PO AUT time ee a a aS a a a 14.
Parafrontals shining black; scutellum black, with three mar-
ginal bristles; third antennal segment but slightly longer than
second; cheek three-fourths the eye height (Mexico).
(18) fucata (Van der Wulp).
iM ihreenstenmopleurallaibristles ee se ead = er ee eee ee 15.
Four sternopleurals; inner forceps of male genitalia laterally
compressed at base and unusually narrow (California).
(14) beameri, new species.
15. Third antennal segment largely black; front pulvilli of male
MOLMALVaelOMS Ace 4 swears res eek Bo ey ee Niee fa eee ee 16.
Antennae entirely bright yellow; front pulvilli of male small
hardly half entire length of apical tarsal segment (Arizona).
(8) flavicornis, new species.
16. Parafrontals thinly pollinose with yellow ground color dis-
CINCH] Vara WAT MM ae es Ps EE a OS Oe ie SES 17.
Parafrontals with dense gray pollen obscuring ground color,
which is usually blackish except near vertex; scutellum red,
with four marginal bristles; abdomen broadly red on sides
in male, intermediate segments black in female with fourth
wholly red and contrasting sharply with preceding ones
(UnitedtStates! Canada) 22a. rie See ive (10) contigua, new species.
17. Scutellum with four marginal bristles of unequal size; para-
facial bearing two macrochaetae on lower part; cheek
sparsely clothed with fine black hairs________ (11) hirsuta (Townsend).
Scutellum with three marginal bristles; parafacial bearing only
one stout bristle; cheek at middle with three or four moder-
ately large bristles and a few scattered short hairs (Peru).
(12) andina (Townsend).
(1) CUPHOCERA MISCELLI (Coquillett)
Trichophora miscelli CoQuILLETT, Revision of the Tachinidae of America, p. 139,
1897.—ALprRICH, Catalogue of North American Diptera, p. 483, 1905.
Spanipalpus miscelli TOWNSEND, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 51, p. 110, 1908.
Pleura clothed with pale hairs; ocellar bristles well developed;
scutellum with only two lateral bristles; palpi absent.
Female——Front wide, at vertex 0.41 of the head width in the one
specimen; parafrontals thinly gray pollinose; median stripe yellow,
about as wide as one parafrontal; verticals two pairs, large, inner ones
decussate; orbitals two pairs, proclinate; frontals about eight in a
single row, which diverges toward the eye on parafacial, descending
almost to level with apex of second antennal segment, uppermost two
or three bristles reclinate; antennae red, third segment broadened
apically, the anterior edge straight, about equal the length of second;
arista thickened on proximal two-thirds, penultimate segment about
one-fourth as long as the third; face silvery, somewhat bulging at
middle, in profile concave below the middle, the front edge of mouth
0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Qn
prominent between the vibrissae; facial ridges flat, bare; parafacials
about two-fifths the width of face, with one strong bristle on lower
part and black hairs extending upward to lowermost frontals; pro-
boscis rather slender, the apical segment exceeding the height of
head; labella small; cheek silvery, clothed with black hairs, about
things: fourths the eye height; back of head convex in proaie: gray
pollinose, clothed with whiten hairs.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; pleura clothed with pale hairs;
mesonotum marked with four black stripes; scutellum yellow beyond
middle, gray pollinose. Chaetotaxy: Humeral, 5; posthumeral, 2
presutural, 2; notopleural, 2; acrostichal, 3, 3; dorsocentral, 3, 3;
intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; sternopleural, 2, 1; ptero-
pleural, 2 (broken off scars large). Scutellum with 2 lateral, 1
smaller decussate apical, and a still smaller discal pair; postscutellum
normally developed, gray pollinose; calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen rather narrow, black, the sides and apex reddish; cov-
ered with changeable gray pollen, which in most views extends to
the hind margins of the intermediate segments and to the middle of
the fourth; first segment without median marginal bristles; second
with one pair, large; third with one pair and three at the side; fourth
with an arcuate row of large discals besides a row of smaller
marginals.
Legs (only the hind pair present on type specimen) black, the
basal segments and tibiae reddish yellow; hind tibiae with a row of
irregular bristles on outer posterior side.
Wings grayish hyaline, tinged with yellow along the costa; third
vein bristly almost to small cross vein; fourth saan a vectra
stumpless bend, beyond which it is concave, thence straight in an
eblique angle toward costa; epaulets yellow; costal spine vestigial.
Length, 9 mm.
Male—Unknown.
Type.— Female, U.S.N.M. no. 3645.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one female (type) specimen in the
United States National Museum, reared from a chrysalis of Adiso-
phanes miscellus in Los Angeles County, Calif., by A. Koebele.
Although the single type specimen was described 37 years ago,
no additional material has come to light during this period. The
black parafacial hairs readily distinguish the species from both
macrocera and parksi. Other differences are mentioned in the key.
(2) CUPHOCERA PARKSI, new species
Maile.—¥ront rather broad, at vertex 0.402 of the head width (aver-
age of five, 0.39; 0.4; 0.4; 0.42; 0.4); parafrontals gray pollinose
and clothed with intermixed black and white hairs; median stripe
pale reddish yellow, narrower than one parafrontal on most of its
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REINHARD 51
length; two pairs of large verticals, inner ones decussate, the outer
curving backward and outward; frontals in two irregular rows, the
inner or main row extending below the middle of second antennal
segment and diverging toward the eye, all except the uppermost one
or two pairs directed inward, the latter reclinate; ocellar bristles well
developed, proclinate; orbitals absent; face including cheeks pale in
ground color, with white subshining pollen; parafacial rather broad,
bearing a single stout bristle near the lower corner of eye (in one
specimen two, but the lower one small) and sparsely clothed with
pale or whitish hairs; face transversely rounded or bulging at middle,
in profile concave above mouth which is moderately protuberant, its
ridges flat, bearing two or three bristles above the vibrissae; the
latter situated about on level with oral margin; cheek about two-
thirds the eye height, clothed with fine pale and coarser black hairs;
proboscis distinctly exceeding the height of the head, apical segment
slender, shining brownish black, labella smail; palpi absent; antennae
three-fourths the length of face, largely red, third segment unusually
broad, strong convex on the anterior margin and about one and one-
half times the length of second segment; arista blackish, thickened
and tapering toward tip, penultimate segment long, the apical one
pubescent and somewhat flattened near base; back of head gray
pollinose and densely clethed with white hairs.
Thorax black; mesonotum gray pollinose, marked with four broad
black stripes which extend almost to base of scutellum; prosternum
bare; pleura gray pollinose, clothed with fine pale hairs; scutellum
reddish on apex, covered with changeable gray pollen. Chaetotaxy:
Humeral, 4 or 5; posthumeral, 2; notopleural, 2; presutural, 2;
acrostichal, 3, 3; dorsocentral, 3, 4; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; post-
alar, 2; pteropleural, 2; sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum bearing two
large lateral, a much smaller suberect decussate apical, and a discal
pair; postscutellum normal; calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen rather slender, subshining, black, the sides and apex
reddish with rather thin changeable gray pollen, which extends to the
hind margins of the intermediate segments; first segment pollinose
above, without median marginal bristles; second with a stout pair;
third bearing a median pair and three at the side; fourth segment
with three irregular rows on apical half; venter gray pollinose, black-
haired with pale pile on basal segment; genitalia yellow, with the
usual large lobe on the side; the united inner forceps short, clothed
with black hairs on base behind, laterally compressed or very thin on
about apical third, in profile view uncommonly thick to apex which
is broadly rounded; outer forceps blackish, with a large triangular
projection near base behind, rather slender beyond and in rear view
strongly bowed; penis short, the apex broadly expanded; fifth ster-
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
nite yellowish, with a moderately broad but not very deep U-shaped
incision.
Legs black, lower edge of femora, knees and tibiae reddish; mid-
dle tibia with four or five stout uneven bristles on outer front side;
hind tibia with about seven smaller bristles on outer posterior edge,
the middle one largest; claws and pulvilli shorter than apical tarsal
segment.
Wings grayish hyaline; epaulets yellow; third vein setulose almost
to small cross vein; fourth vein with a rectangular bend which
sometimes bears a short stump, beyond the angle the vein curves
inward, thence continues straight in a diagonal direction to costa,
narrowly closing first posterior cell far before tip of wing; hind
cross vein very oblique to fourth which it joins much nearer bend
than small cross vein; last section of fifth vein less than half the
length of preceding section; costal spine vestigial.
Length, 10 to 12 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 50558, from Bexar County, Tex.
Remarks.—Described from nine males. In my collection eight
specimens from Texas as follows: 1, Marathon, April 18, 1922 (C.S.
Rude); 2, Moore, June 7, 1922 (C. S. Rude); 4, Bexar County,
February 2, March 5, and April 4, 1923 (H. B. Parks); and 1,
Brewster County, reared August 15, 1930, at San Antonio by H. B.
Parks, from an unknown lepidopterous larva. In the Kansas Uni-
versity collection, 1 male, from Mescal, Ariz., July 28, 1927 (R. H.
Beamer). Named for H. B. Parks, who has donated many speci-
mens of Diptera from the vicinity of San Antonio.
(3) CUPHOCERA MACROCERA (Wiedemann)
Tachina macrocera WIEDEMANN, Aussereuropiiische zweifliigelige Insekten, vol.
2, p. 290, 1830.
Cuprocera macrocera SCHINER, Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara, Zool.
Theil, Diptera, p. 330, 1868.
Elachipalpus macrocera BrRAuER and BERGENSTAMM, Die Zweifliigler des kaiser-
lichen Museums zu Wien, no. 5, p. 406, 1891.
Cuphocera macrocera ALDRICH, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 79, art. 19, p. 24, fig.
1, 1929.
Spanipalpus aldrichi TowNsEND, Revista Ent., vol. 1, p. 168, 1931.
The supposed male type, from Brazil, is in the Vienna Natural
History Museum. Aldrich has given a complete description of the
specimen, with a figure of the head, which is readily accessible. The
unusually large, subtriangular third antennal segment readily dis-
tinguishes the species from all other members of the genus. Since
Wiedemann’s specific name applies to antennae of uncommon size,
hardly any doubt remains that the specimen represents his true type.
The species, according to Greene’s figure, differs from miscelli and
parksi in having the cheek barely one-third the eye height. Other
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 53
differences are mentioned in the key and descriptions. The species
is not represented in the United States National Museum, and I have
not seen the single type specimen.
(4) CUPHOCERA SCUTELLARIS, new species
Male.—F¥ ront narrower than usual, before vertex 0.322 of the head
width (average of five, 0.32; 0.83; 0.31; 0.33; 0.32), widening rap-
idly below; parafrontals black, covered with dense dull gray pollen
to vertex; frontal stripe yellow, narrowed toward triangle and at
middle hardly as wide as one parafrontal; ocellars well developed;
verticals two pairs, inner ones decussate and the outer divaricate;
frontal bristles about nine in a row, the upper one largest, suberect
and slightly divergent, the lower one at middle of parafacial near
level with middle of second antennal segment; a secondary row of
four or five frontals outside the main row on widest part of front;
face and cheeks yellow in ground color, covered with lusterless pale
erayish-white pollen; parafacial black haired, with three or more
moderately large bristles in a row on lower half nearest the eye; face
with the lower border protuberant, its ridges flat bearing three or
four bristles next to the vibrissae; basal segments of antennae red
or yellow, the third black except at base, weakly convex or almost
straight in front, distinctly longer than second segment; arista
black, short, tapering uniformly to tip, penultimate segment elon-
gate; cheek clothed with rather sparse longish black hairs, about
three-fourths the eye height; proboscis rather slender, apical segment
shining brown, tapering outward from base, labella small; palpi
absent; back of head thickly pale haired.
Thorax gray pollinose and when viewed from the rear with four
broad subshining black stripes, the outer ones interrupted at the
suture; pleura black haired; scutellum red at apex, dusted with gray
pollen. -Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 2, 3; dorsocentral, 3, 3; intraalar,
2 (none near suture); supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; presutural, 2;
notopleural, 2; humeral, 4; posthumeral, 3; pteropleural, 2; sterno-
pleural, 2, 1; scutellum with 2 marginal, a smaller decussate apical,
and a still weaker reclinate subdiscal pair; postscutellum black,
dusted with gray pollen; calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen reddish on the sides and apex above, subshining,
with thin gray pollen, which is changeable in different angles
of view; first segment without median marginal bristles; second
bearing one pair; third with a marginal row of about 12; fourth
with numerous bristles above on apical half or more; intermediate
segments without discal bristles; genitalia reddish with the usual
large platelike lobe on the sides; inner forceps rather long and
united with a slightly raised median line behind, base flat, moder-
3008—34
2
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
ately wide tapering outward to a slender apex; outer forceps with
a square shoulder near the base behind, beyond this moderately
slender and bowed inward when viewed from the rear, tips blunt,
shining black; fifth sternite deeply divided, the lobes bearing
numerous long black hairs.
Legs black, tibiae obscurely reddish; middle tibiae with two large
bristles on outer front side; hind tibiae with a scattered row of about
five uneven bristles on outer posterior edge, one or two bristles situ-
ated near the middle in front and three on the inner hind margin;
pulvilli tawny, the front pair noticeably longer and slightly ex-
ceeding the length of the last tarsal segment.
Wings gray-hyaline; fourth vein with an obtuse angular bend,
slightly curved inward beyond, thence straight in a diagonal direc-
tion gradually narrowing the first posterior cell which is open far
before the wing tip; third vein setulose more than halfway to small
cross vein; last section of fifth vein about one-fourth the length of
preceding section; epaulets obscurely reddish; costal spine vestigial.
Female.—Front at vertex 0.375 of the head width (one specimen) ;
frontal bristles in a single row; two proclinate orbitals present;
third antennal segment rather narrow, almost three times as long
as broad; median frontal stripe narrower than one parafrontal on
entire length; abdomen broadly ovate; first segment with the hind
margin rather strikingly oblique at the sides, narrowing the lateral
length of the second segment to about two-thirds its median dorsal
length; genital opening broadly rounded behind and narrowed in
front, ovipositor short, retracted; claws and pulvilli shorter than
apical tarsal segment.
Length, 8 to 10 mm.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 50559.
Remarks.—Described from 5 males and 1 female. In the United
States National Museum 2 males, including the type, from Cherry
Creek Buttes, Ariz., September 21 (C. H. T. Townsend). In Charles
H. Martin’s collection, 3 males and 1 female, Monrovia Canyon,
Calif., October 1929 and September 1931 (C. H. Martin).
(5) CUPHOCERA CONFORMIS, new spccies
Very similar to hirsuta but slightly larger; front in male at
vertex 0.339 of the head width in the one specimen; parafrontals
gray pollinose to vertex; median stripe yellow, wider than one para-
frontal on most of its length; verticals two pairs, strong, the inner
ones decussate as usual; orbitals absent; ocellars well developed;
frontal bristles extending to middle of second antennal segment,
bordered by a secondary row on widest part of front; face with
dense grayish-white pollen, the lower border rather prominent in
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD Ho
profile, its ridges flat and practically bare; vibrissae about on level
with oral margin well above the lower edge of head; parafacial
nearly half as wide as face, bearing two large bristles on lower part
and with coarse black hairs above extending to the lowermost fron-
tals; antennae red at base; arista moderately thickened and taper-
ing toward tip, penultimate segment long; cheek gray pollinose,
clothed with black hairs, about three-fourths the eye height; probos-
cis slender and somewhat exceeding the height of head; palpi absent;
beard dense, pale gray or white. Thoracic chaetotaxy as in hirsuta.
Abdomen wholly black, with rather thin changeable gray pollen
on last three segments; second segment with a pair of median marg-
inal bristles; third bearing a marginal row; fourth with numerous
bristles on apical half; no discals on intermediate segments; geni-
talia with the usual large lateral lobe; inner forceps moderately
long, united, with a narrow slightly raised median line behind, taper-
ing from the base to an acute tip; outer forceps slender beyond a
rather prominent shoulder near the base behind; fifth sternite cleft,
the lobes clothed with black hairs.
Legs black, the tibiae obscurely yellow; middle tibia with four or
five strong bristles on the outer front side; hind tibia bearing a row
of uneven bristles on the outer posterior edge; claws and pulvilli
moderately elongate.
Wings gray-hyaline; venation normal, third vein setulose about
half the distance to small cross vein; costal spine small.
Length, 12 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 50560.
Remarks.—Described from one specimen in the United States
National Museum from East Verde River, Ariz., 4,500 feet, without
collector’s label.
(6) CUPHOCERA GEMINATA, new species
Male.—Front at vertex 0.44 of the head width (one specimen),
widening gradually to antennae; parafrontals yellow with gray
pollen extending to vertex; median stripe reddish yellow, narrower
than one parafrontal on entire length; ocellar bristles present, rather
weak; verticals two pairs, large; frontal bristles seven or eight in
the row, the upper two largest, reclinate and divaricate, the lower one
about on level with middle of second antennal segment; a secondary
row of three frontal bristles outside the lower part of main row;
face and cheeks yellow in ground color, grayish-white pollinose;
antennae red, third segment largely dark, strongly convex in front
and a little longer than the second; arista short, thickened and evenly
tapering to tip, the penultimate segment about one-fourth the length
of third; parafacial black haired and with two strong bristles close
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
to eye on lower part; face somewhat bulging at middle with the
lower edge protuberant, its ridges flat and bare; cheek sparsely
black haired, four-fifths the eye height; apical segment of proboscis
more slender than in the other members of the group, about three-
fourths the height of head; back of head gray pollinose clothed with
gray hairs.
Thorax marked with four narrow dark stripes, which are poorly
defined behind the suture; pleura black haired; scutellum red on
apical half, dusted with gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 2, 3;
dorsocentral, 2, 3; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; humeral,
5; posthumeral, 2; notopleural, 2; presutural, 2; pteropleural, 2;
sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum with 4 marginals (one nearest base
small) and a decussate apical pair; postscutellum gray pollinose;
calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen red, the venter and narrow hind margin of third segment
black, a broad obscure dark median stripe on the intermediate seg-
ments; the pollen gray, rather thin and changeable when viewed in
different angles; first segment without median marginals; second
with one pair and three at the side; third with a marginal row of
about 10; fourth bristly on the apical half above; intermediate
segments without discals; inner forceps short, united, and tapering
sharply from base to apical third, the apex narrow and strongly
convex behind; outer forceps nearly straight when viewed from be-
hind, evenly tapering, shining black beyond the base; fifth sternite
deeply incised, the lobes black, sparsely clothed with black hairs.
Legs black, tibiae largely yellow; pulvilli grayish, shorter than
apical tarsal segment; mid tibia with two large bristles on outer
front side.
Wings gray-hyaline; fourth vein with a rectangular stumpless
bend, shortly beyond which it curves outward continuing in an
oblique direction toward costa, narrowing the first posterior cell
which is open far before the tip of wing; third vein with a series of
bristly hairs extending over halfway to small cross vein; last section
of fifth vein about one-fourth the preceding section; epaulets red;
costal spine not developed.
Length, 8.5 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Remarks.—Described from one male specimen labeled Delfrey,
Calif., December 27, 1930 (C. H. Martin) ; received from Charles H.
Martin, to whom it is returned.
The wider front and the presence of marginal bristles on the sides
of the second abdominal segment readily distinguish the species from
all the other forms possessing ocellar bristles.
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 57
(7) CUPHOCERA AUSTRALIS (Townsend)
Spanipalpus australis TOWNSEND, Rey. Chilena Hist. Nat., vol. 31, p. 164, 1927.
Closely resembles Chiloepalpus (Cuphocera) aurea Aldrich, but
differs in having the propleura bare and no discal bristles on the
intermediate abdominal segments.
Female.—Front at extreme vertex 0.327 of the head width in the
one specimen, widening rapidly to base of antennae; parafrontals
black, subshining, lightly dusted with plumbeous pollen; ocellars
well developed; verticals two pairs, inner ones decussate the outer
divergent; orbital bristles two, proclinate; frontals about nine
arranged in a single row, moderately large, the lower one close to
eye about on level with middle of second antennal segment; para-
facial yellow, this color sharply limited along the lower frontals and
black upward, black haired with a single stout bristle on lower part;
front edge of mouth strongly protuberant, face yellow, with thin
subshining pale pollen, its ridges flat, bearing two or three bristles
next to the vibrissae; basal segments of antennae deep yellow, the
third largely black and obliquely truncate at apex, slightly exceeding
the length of second segment; arista brownish black, third segment
flattened near base, pubescent, penultimate segment long; cheek
yellow, thinly pollinose and clothed with long black hairs, about
two-thirds the eye height; proboscis moderately stout, distal segment
shightly tapering toward tip, shining brownish black; minute or
rudimentary palpi present, yellowish, bearing several black hairs;
back of head with a ruff of golden hairs which are sparser and
somewhat paler on the upper part.
Thorax black, gray pollinose; mesonotum marked with four
black stripes; pleura black haired; scutellum black and_ sub-
shining, lightly dusted with gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Humeral, 5;
posthumeral, 2; notopleural, 2; presutural, 2; acrostichal, 3, 3;
dorsocentral, 8, 4; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; ptero-
pleural, 2; sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum with two marginal and a
smaller slightly upturned decussate apical pair, disk sparsely haired,
bearing a wide-spaced discal and a more closely approximated sub-
apical pair; postscutellum black, thinly pollinose, pale membranous
above; calypters opaque, white, the rims faintly tinged with yellow.
Abdomen shining black, with thin gray pollen, apex of fourth seg-
ment bright yellow, this color extending forward on the median line
about to basal third; first segment without median marginals; second
bearing a rather long stout pair; third with a row of about 12, with
wider space between the median and the next bristle toward the side;
fourth with a pair of discals situated before the middle and nu-
merous bristles behind these on apical half; intermediate segments
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
without discals; genital opening moderately large and elongate,
ovipositor short, retracted.
Legs black, tibiae obscurely reddish; middle tibia with four or five
large bristles on outer front side; fore tarsal segments somewhat
flattened but not noticeably enlarged; claws and pulvilli shorter than
last tarsal seement.
Wings gray-hyaline; fourth vein with a rounded rectangular
stumpless bend; third vein haired almost to small cross vein; first
posterior cell open far before the exact tip of wing; hind cross vein
oblique to fourth, joining it at less than one-third the distance from
bend to small cross vein; last section of fifth vein obviously less than
one-half as long as the preceding section; epaulets reddish; costal
spine not developed.
Length, 10 mm.
Male—Unknown.
Remarks.—Described from one female specimen in the United
States National Museum labeled Puerto Blest., Chile, December 2,
1926 (Shannon).
The type, a female, is in the experiment station at Lima, Peru; I
have not seen it.
(8) CUPHOCERA FLAVICORNIS, new species
Male.—F¥ront at extreme vertex 0.413 of the head width in the one
specimen, widening gradually downward; parafrontal rather broad,
densely gray pollinose and distinctly wider than the yellow middle
stripe; ocellar bristles absent; verticals large, the inner pair decus-
sate and the outer ones divergent; orbitals none; frontals about
seven in the main row with the lowermost bristle situated near the
eye well below the middle of second antennal segment, the two upper-
most bristles strongly divaricate and reclinate, with two supple-
mentary bristles on widest part of front outside the main rows;
entire face including cheeks pale in ground color with uniform
dense silvery pollen; antennae entirely bright yellow, third segment
about twice as long as wide with the apex broadly rounded on front
side; second segment about two-thirds the length of third; arista
brown, moderately thickened and tapering to tip, penultimate seg-—
ment elongate; parafacial with about six small black hairs extend-
ing along the margin of eye and two larger bristles on the lower
part; face slightly bulging at middle, the lower border moderately
protuberant, its ridges flat with one or two bristles above the vi-
brissae; proboscis somewhat exceeding the height of head, apical
segment rather thick at base tapering to tip, labella small; palpi
absent; cheek with sparse black hairs, about four-fifths the eye
height; back of head gray pollinose faintly tinged with yellow above,
clothed with dense pale hairs.
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 59
Thorax black, gray pollinose, marked with four distinct black
dorsal stripes; pleural hairs black; scutellum red, dusted with uni-
form gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 2, 3; dorsocentral, 3,
3; humeral, 6; posthumeral, 2; notopleural, 2; presutural, 2; in-
traalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; pteropleural, 2; sternopleural, 2,
1; scutellum with 4 marginal bristles (the basal one small), besides
a suberect decussate apical and a reclinate discal pair of nearly
equal size, numerous erect bristly hairs on disk; postscutellum
normally developed, gray pollinose; calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen reddish on sides of intermediate segments, the fourth
entirely so; with rather uniform gray pollen extending to the hind
margins of segments two to four; first segment pollinose on the sides
above, without median marginal bristles; second with a stout pair;
third bearing a marginal row of about 10; fourth with numerous
bristles on apical half; no discals on intermediate segments; genitalia
yellow; inner forceps moderately broad at base with a slight median
groove behind, united and tapering to tip; outer forceps as usual,
brownish black; fifth sternite with a broad V-shaped incision, the
lobes blackish bearing a few hairs along the inner margin.
Legs black; middle tibia with a row of five or six large bristles on
outer front side; hind tibia with a scattered row of uneven smaller
bristles on outer posterior edge and others on the inner side; claws
and pulvilli distinctly shorter than the apical tarsal segment.
Wings grayish hyaline; fourth vein with a rectangular bend which
bears a short stump, concave immediately beyond the angle thence
slightly undulating in an oblique direction to costa; first posterior
cell open far before the wing tip; third vein setulose nearly to small
cross vein; last section of fifth vein two-fifths the length of preceding
section; epaulets reddish; costal spine small.
Length, 9.5 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Holotype.—Male, in the Kansas University Museum.
Remarks—Described from one male specimen taken in Pima
County, Ariz., July 27, 1927, by R. H. Beamer.
The species resembles parks?, from which it differs most obviously
in having no ocellars; the hairs on pleura, cheeks, and parafrontals
are entirely black; the parafacials with two stout bristles on lower
part and a few scattered inconspicuous black hairs. The genitalia
show additional differences.
(9) CUPHOCERA BUCCATA, new species
Differs from all other species in having the cheeks wholly pale
haired. The intermediate fore tarsal segments are broadly dilated
in the female sex.
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 83
Female——F¥ront at extreme vertex 0.311 of the head width in the
one specimen; median stripe reddish yellow, narrowed uniformly
toward triangle, at base of antennae about as wide as one para-
frontal; sides of front thinly gray pollinose to vertex, blackish in
ground color; ocellar bristles absent; inner verticals moderately
large and reclinate, outer ones a little smaller, divergent; frontal
bristles about seven in a single row, descending hardly to the middle
of second antennal segment, three anterior ones directed inward, the
others reclinate, upper pair small, slightly behind these outside of the
row a second pair larger and divaricate; orbitals three pairs, pro-
clinate; face silvery pollinose, its lower border protuberant, the
ridges very flat, bare; parafacial with two stout bristles and a few
black hairs on lower part with only pale hairs above; antennae red,
third segment strongly convex in front, slightly shorter than second
segment; arista dark brown, thickened on proximal two-thirds,
penultimate segment elongate; cheek yellow in ground color, silvery
pollinose about one-third the eye height; palpi absent; proboscis
moderately long, apical segment tapering from base to tip; labella
small; beard grayish white.
Thorax black, dusted with gray pollen; mesonotum marked with
four black stripes; pleura clothed with black hairs; scutellum red
on apex, gray pollinose. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 3, 3; dorsocentral,
3,3; humeral, 6; posthumeral, 2; presutural, 2; notopleural, 2; intra-
alar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; pteropleural, 2; sternopleural, 2,
1; scutellum with 3 lateral (median one small), 1 decussate suberect
apical, besides two pairs of weak reclinate bristles on disk behind
the middle; postscutellum gray pollinose, membranous above;
calypters white.
Abdomen black, subshining, with thin gray pollen, which is
changeable in different views, anal segment except on sides near base
red; first segment without median marginal bristles; second with one
rather short stout pair; third with one pair and three at the side;
fourth bearing a row of about eight discals besides a row of weaker
submarginals with still smaller bristles along the margin; interme-
diate segments without discals.
Legs yellow (hind pair missing), tarsi black; mid tibia with two
stout bristles on outer front side near middle; three intermediate
fore tarsal segments broad and flattened, the apical segment less than
one-half as large as preceding one; claws and pulvilli short.
Wings gray-hyaline; fourth vein with an almost rectangular bend,
beyond slightly concave, thence straight to costa narrowing the first
posterior cell which is open far before the wing tip; hind cross vein
oblique to fourth which it joins a little nearer bend than small cross
vein; last section of fifth vein more than half the length of preceding
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 61
section; third vein with bristly hairs extending about halfway to
small cross vein; epaulets red; costal spine not developed.
Length, 7.5 mm.
Male.—Unknown.
Type.—Female, U.S.N.M. no. 50561.
Remarks.—Described from one female specimen in the United
States National Museum labeled Havana, Cuba (Baker), collection
J. M. Aldrich.
(10) CUPHOCERA CONTIGUA, new species
Male—Front at vertex 0.886 of the head width (average of five,
0.38; 0.389; 0.4; 0.88; 0.88), widening rapidly below; parafrontals
yellow on upper part becoming blackish downward, with rather
dense gray pollen which extends to the vertex; median stripe yellow,
narrower than one parafrontal on entire length; verticals two pairs,
large; ocellars absent; frontal bristles descending about to apex of
second antennal segment, lowermost bristle close to eye, the upper two
slightly longer, divergent and reclinate; a secondary row of four or
five frontal bristles outside the main row on widest part of front;
face and cheeks yellow, covered with thick grayish-white pollen;
antennae red, third segment infuscated, rather evenly convex from
base to tip on front edge and only slightly longer than second seg-
ment; arista black, moderately thick, tapering to tip, penultimate
segment elongate; parafacial black-haired with two large bristles
near eye on lower part; face protuberant on the lower border, its
ridges flat and practically bare; apical segment of proboscis tapering
outward, shining brownish black, labella small; palpi absent; cheek
clothed with black hairs, about four-fifths the eye height; back of
head gray pollinose, thickly clothed with pale hairs.
Thorax gray pollinose, with four dark dorsal stripes which are
poorly defined behind suture; pleural hairs black; scutellum red
beyond base, dusted with gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 3, 3;
dorsocentral, 3, 3; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; humeral, 6;
posthumeral, 8 (anterior one small); notopleural, 2; presutural, 2;
pteropleural, 2; sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum with 4 marginal (one
nearest base small), a decussate apical pair, and several weak bristles
scattered on disk; postscutellum black, gray pollinose; calypters
opaque, white.
Abdomen subshining, reddish with a broad dark median stripe on
the intermediate segments which expands on the narrow hind margin
of the third and includes most of the first, the extreme apex of the
fourth also sometimes blackish; dusted with thin gray pollen, which
is changeable in different angles of view; first segment without
median marginals; second with a pair and one at the side; third
bearing a marginal row of 10 or 12; fourth with a discal row
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
and numerous bristles before apex on upper surface; inner forceps
bowed forward near base, short and united, triangular, posterior
surface near base convex, minutely punctate; outer forceps tapering
rather evenly to an acute apex, shining brownish-black; fifth
sternite with a narrow deep incision, the lobes clothed with fine
black hairs,
Legs black, tibiae obscurely reddish; middle tibia with three or
four bristles of unequal size on outer front side. Claws and pulvilli
elongate, the front ones obviously longer than apical tarsal segment.
Wings gray-hyaline, small cross vein shghtly infuscated; fourth
vein with a rectangular stumpless bend, curved inward for a short
distance beyond the angle thence straight in a diagonal direction
to the costa; first posterior cell narrowly open far before the wing
tip; last section of fifth vein about one-fourth the length of preceding
section; third vein setulose to the small cross vein; costal spine not
developed; epaulets reddish.
Female.—Hardly distinguishable from hirsuta, but the sides of the
front are usually darker and more densely pollinose. Front at the
vertex, 0.4 of the head width (average of five, 0.4, 0.41, 0.4, 0.41,
0.38); the usual two proclinate orbitals present with one or two
reclinate bristles between these and the main frontal row; abdomen
usually darker on the sides than in male, anal segment entirely red;
pulvilli short, otherwise similar to male.
Length, 8 to 13 mm.
Holotype.—Male, from Giant Forest, Calif., in Kansas University
Museum.
Remarks.—Described from 22 males and 13 females. In the Kansas
University collection 8 males and 1 female, Giant Forest, Calif., July
28, 1929 (R. H. Beamer and Paul W. Oman) ; 1 male, Big Bear Lake,
Calif., July 26, 1932 (R. H. Beamer); 1 male and 1 female, Jacinto
Mountains, Calif., July 21, 1929 (R. H. Beamer) ; 1 male and 2 females,
Huachuca Mountains, Ariz., July 8, 1932 (R. H. Beamer) ; 2 males
and 5 females, Oak Creek Canyon, Ariz., 6,000 feet, July and August
(I*. H. Snow) ; 2 males and 2 females, Magdalena Mountains, N.Mex.,
August 1894 (Snow) ; 3 males, without locality, labeled “ Col. Snow ”
and one “ Bailey Col., Aug. 90”; 1 female, Oliver, British Columbia,
August 6, 1931 (lL. D. Anderson). In National Museum 1 male, Bead
Lake, Newport, Wash. (M.C. Lane). In J. Wilcox’s collection 2 males,
Antelope Mountain, Grant County, Oreg., August 13, 1932 (D. K.
Frewing), and 1 female, Mount Rainier, Wash., White River Camp
(J. Wilcox). In Charles H. Martin’s collection 1 male, Monrovia
Canyon, Calif., September 18, 1931 (C. H. Martin).
The specimens studied vary considerably in size, but I have been
unable to find any tangible characters to separate additional forms.
The species has been recorded from New York by West under the
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 63
unpublished manuscript name C. stricklandi Curran (New York
State List, p. 819). The allotype female and three paratypes (both
sexes) of Curran’s proposed 7richophora stricklandi are now in the
Kansas University collection and were kindly loaned to me for study
by Dr. R. H. Beamer.
(11) CUPHOCERA HIRSUTA (Townsend)
Deopalpus hirsutus TowNsEND, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 51, pp. 110-111,
1908.
Cuphocera aurifrons REINHARD, Ent. News, vol. 35, p. 54, 1924.
Originally described from a single male specimen from Meadow
Valley, 7,300 feet, Chihuahua, Mexico. The type is in the United
States National Museum. Full descriptions of the species are read-
ily accessible, to which may be added the following additional items:
Front in male 0.362, in female 0.884, of the head width (average of
five specimens measured for each sex). Male genitalia reddish, with
the usual broad lateral lobe; inner forceps united, ordinary in length
with the sides tapering rather sharply to the apical third, apex
narrow and rounded, hind surface on basal half usually flat or
slightly convex sometimes with a narrow shallow median groove;
outer forceps rather stout, tapering shortly before apex, inner sur-
face concave on apical third, in profile bowed backward with a
rather square shoulder near base behind; fifth sternite deeply di-
vided, the lobes reddish bearing a few black hairs along the margin
of the incision.
The conspicuous pale or yellow ground color of the front readily
distinguishes the species from fucata, with which it apparently has
been confused. In Texas hirsuta is the commonest member of the
genus. It has been collected at College Station from April to
November. Additional locality records include Colorado, Kansas,
Ohio, and Illinois.
(12) CUPHOCERA ANDINA (Townsend)
Epicuphocera andina TowNsEnD, Rev. Mus. Paulista, vol. 15, p. 240, 1926.
Male—F¥ront broad, at vertex 0.423 of the head width (one speci-
men), yellow in ground color, the sides subshining, thinly pollinose,
and clothed with black hairs; frontal stripe pale yellow, not very
sharply defined; ocellar bristles absent; inner verticals large and
decussate, the outer ones of nearly equal size, divaricate; frontal
bristles about eight in the row, the upper one largest, suberect, the
lower one at middle of parafacial near level with apex of second
antennal segment; a second row of about four large frontal bristles
outside the lower part of the main row; parafacial black haired with
one stout bristle on lower part, yellow in ground color covered with
whitish pollen; antennae red, third segment mostly black, weakly
convex in front with the apex broadly rounded, about equal the
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
length of second segment; arista brown, thickened as usual and
tapering toward tip, penultimate segment long; face yellow, silvery
pollinose, the lower border prominent and its ridges flat and bare;
cheeks silvery pollinose on yellow ground color, bearing’ three or
four moderately large bristles at middle, about three-fourths the
eye height; proboscis rather long and slender, apical segment taper-
ing toward tip, with a small labella; palpi absent; beard white.
Thorax black, gray pollinose, with four narrow black dorsal
stripes, the outer ones interrupted at suture; pleura clothed with
black hairs; scutellum dusted with gray pollen, apex red. Chaeto-
taxy: Acrostichal, 8, 3; dorsocentral, 3, 3; humeral, 5; posthumeral,
2; notopleural, 2; presutural, 2; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar,
3; petropleural, 2 (large); sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum with 3
lateral, 1 small decussate suberect apical, and a discal pair situated
behind the middle; postscutellum normal, gray pollinose; calypters
opaque, white.
Abdomen black, subshining, with thin changeable gray pollen on
three basal segments, sides of the intermediate ones tinged with
red; anal segment wholly red, covered with dense whitish pollen
to tip; first segment without median marginal bristles; second with
one stout pair; third with a still larger pair and four at the side;
fourth with a strongly arcuate row of about 10 discals, behind these
a submarginal and a marginal row of smaller bristles; no discals
on intermediate segments; genitalia reddish with a large paler
lateral lobe; inner forceps united on entire length and bowed for-
ward, convex at base behind, the surface punctate clothed with fine
hairs, tapering beyond middle to a narrow blunt apex; outer forceps
bowed backward near base and directed inward when viewed from
the rear, shining black on apical half; fifth sternite with a broad
U-shaped incision, the lobes reddish, hightly sprinkled with pollen
and sparsely black haired.
Legs black, tibiae reddish; front claws and pulvilli shorter than
apical tarsal segment; mid tibia with two stout bristles on outer
front side near base; hind tibia with a row of about five wide-spaced
uneven bristles on outer posterior side.
Wings gray-hyaline; third vein with bristly hairs extending
almost to small cross vein; last section of fifth vein distinctly less
than half the length of preceding section; fourth vein with a rounded
rectangular stumpless bend; the apical cross vein undulates slightly
and gradually narrows the first posterior cell which is open far
before the tip of wing; costal spine vestigial; epaulets red.
Female.—F¥ront at vertex 0.434 of the head width in the one speci-
men; orbital bristles two or three proclinate and one divergent re-
clinate pair situated slightly before the uppermost frontal outside
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 65
the row; third antennal segment about one and one-half times as
long as wide; otherwise very similar to male.
Length, 9 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one male and one female in the
United States National Museum, from Verrugas Canyon, Peru, 5,500
feet, July 2, 1913 (C. H. T. Townsend). The type locality is Man-
tucana, Peru; type, female, in the Experiment Station collection,
Lima, Peru.
The species resembles hirsuta but is readily distinguished by the
strong bristles on the middle of the cheek, wider front, and three
marginal scutellar bristles. There are other minor differences.
(18) CUPHOCERA FUCATA (Van der Wulp)
Trichophora fucata VAN DER WuLP, Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 35, p. 198, 1892; Biologia
Centrali-Americana, Diptera, vol. 2, p. 476, 1903.
Cuphocera fucata CoquiLLtert, Revision of the Tachinidae of America, p. 140,
1897.—ALpricH, Catalogue of North American Diptera, p. 483, 1905.
Male—F¥ront at vertex 0.3 of the head width (one specimen),
widening rapidly to base of antennae; parafrontals largely shining
black, gray pollinose below and at outer corners of vertex; median
stripe yellow narrowed toward triangle, where it is less than half
the parafrontal width; ocellar bristles absent; verticals two large
pairs; orbitals absent; frontal bristles on widest part of parafrontal
arranged in two rows, which diverge strongly beneath base of an-
tennae, descending below middle of second segment, uppermost three
bristles in the main row reclinate, the remainder directly inward;
face noticeably bulged at middle, silvery pollinose, in profile concave
above the mouth which is strongly protuberant; facial ridges flat
and bare; parafacial with two stout bristles on lower part and black
hairs extending upward to lowermost frontals; cheek silvery polli-
nose, sparsely clothed with black hairs, about three-fourths the eye
height; antennae reddish yellow, third segment infuscated, strongly
convex on anterior edge and slightly exceeding length of second seg-
ment; arista blackish, penultimate segment about one-fifth the length
of third which is pubescent; palpi absent; proboscis moderately
slender, apical segment tapering from base to tip, labella small; back
of head convex in profile, thickly clothed with pale or grayish-white
hairs.
Thorax black, gray pollinose, marked with four dorsal subshining
black stripes; scutellum black, dusted with changeable gray pollen.
Chaetotaxy: Humeral, 6; posthumeral, 2; notopleural, 2; presutural,
2; dorsocentral, 3, 4; acrostichal, 3, 73; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3;
postalar, 3; pteropleural, 2; sternopleural, 3; scutellum with 3.
laterals besides one smaller decussate apical and a discal pair; post-
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
scutellum normally developed, gray pollinose; calypters semitrans-
parent, white.
Abdomen black, the sides and apex tinged with red, with change-
able gray pollen on all segments, apical third to half of last two
shining in most views; first segment without median marginals;
second bearing a rather short stout pair; third with a marginal row
of 8; fourth with several rows of discals besides the usual marginal
row, intermediate segments without discals; genitalia ordinary in
size; inner forceps short, united, thickened at base, tapering sharply
to an acute tip, yellow; fifth sternite blackish, deeply divided, the
lobes clothed with short, fine hairs.
Legs black, tibiae at middle and the knees yellowish; mid tibia
with two large and two smaller bristles on outer front side; hind
tibia with four or five bristles of varying size on the outer hind edge;
claws and pulvilli normally elongate.
Wings faintly tinged with yellow along the costal margin; veins
bare except third which is setulose almost to small cross vein; fourth
vein with a rectangular bend which bears a short appendage, beyond
the bend concave to costa, which it reaches about one-half the length
of the hind cross vein before the wing tip; costal spine not
developed ; epaulets red.
Length, 8 mm.
Remarks.—Redescribed from one male (cotype) specimen in the
United States National Museum from Atoyac, Vera Cruz, April
(H. H. Smith).
There are a number of references to the species, as “C. furcata”’,
from, the United States; these are all subject to verification. The
shining black parafrontals readily separate it from Azrsuta, with
which it seemingly has been confused. I have not seen any specimens
of the female.
(14) CUPHOCERA BEAMERI, new species
Distinguished from all other known species of this group in having
four sternopleural bristles. In other details the species is very
similar to contigua, from which it differs most essentially in having
the inner genital forceps laterally compressed at the base, rather
slender and uniformly tapering to a narrow apex, behind straight in
profile view with a slight median keel extending from base to tip;
outer forceps as usual. Front (before vertex) 0.881 of the head
width (one specimen), widening rapidly downward; cheek about
four-fifths the eye height, bearing rather coarse black hairs; back
of head thickly clothed with pale-yellowish hairs; front pulvilli
greatly enlarged, about one and one-half times the length of apical
tarsal segment.
Length, 12 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 67
Holotype—Male, in the Kansas University Museum.
Remarks.—One specimen collected in San Diego County, Calif.,
July 4, 1929, by R. H. Beamer.
(15) CUPHOCERA TOROSA, new species
Male.—F¥ront at vertex 0.387 and 0.3873 of the head width in the
two specimens; parafrontals blackish, gray pollinose to vertex;
median stripe yellow, triangular, at middle narrower than one para-
frontal; ocellar bristles absent or hairlike; verticals two pairs, large;
frontal bristles in a double row below the middle, the lowermost
bristles near the eye almost on level with apex of second antennal
segment, two or three uppermost bristles suberect or reclinate the
remainder directed inward and upward; antennae red, third segment
mostly black, strongly convex in front, shghtly longer than the
second segment; arista black, tapering evenly to tip, penultimate
segment long; face silvery pollinose, its lower border strongly pro-
tuberant, the ridges flat bearing one or two bristles above the vi-
brissae; parafacials broad, with two macrochaetae on lower part and
clothed with numerous slender biack hairs except along the inner
margin; cheek with rather dense cinereous pollen, black haired,
about three-fourths the eye height; proboscis equal the height of
head, the distal segment shining brown, tapering apically from base,
labella small; palpi absent; beard grayish white.
Thorax black, gray pollinose, with four indistinct black dorsal
vittae; pleura black haired; scutellum except at base red, thinly
sprinkled with gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 3, 3; dorso-
central, 38, 3; postalar, 3 or 4; intraalar, 3; supraalar, 3; presutural,
2; humeral, 6; posthumeral, 3 (anterior one small); notopleural, 2;
pteropleural, 2 (large); sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum bearing 4
marginals of unequal size, a strong suberect apical pair, decussate
at tip, disk with 10 or 12 erect moderately large bristles besides a
stouter reclinate pair shortly before the apex; postscutellum black,
gray pollinose; calypters opaque, white.
Abdomen black, the sides and fourth segment above obscurely red-
dish, with gray pollen which extends thinly over the upper surface
somewhat denser on bases of last three segments; first segment with-
out median marginal bristles; second with a large pair; third bearing
a marginal row of about 10, large; fourth with a discal row and
numerous erect bristles on apical half; intermediate segments with-
out discals; genitalia ordinary in size, with a large reddish lateral
lobe; the united inner forceps blackish, convex near base behind the
surface punctate and clothed with black hairs, tm profile view
strongly bowed forward beyond middle, the apex tapering to a
narrow rounded tip, smooth and shiny; outer forceps red at base
shining black beyond, tapering to an acute tip, strongly bowed with
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
the convex side in front; fifth sternite black, deeply divided, the lobes
with a few black hairs.
Legs black, tibiae obscurely reddish at middle; claws and pulvilli
elongated; middle tibia with two or three large bristles on outer
front side; hind tibia with a row of about six uneven bristles on outer
posterior edge.
Wings grayish hyaline; third vein setulose two-thirds the distance
to small cross vein; fourth vein with an almost rectangular bend
curving inward beyond thence straight in a diagonal direction to
costa; first posterior cell open far before the wing tip; epaulets black;
costal spine not developed.
Length, 12 to 13.5 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Type.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 50562, from Gold Beach, Oreg.
Remarks.—Described from one male in the United States National
Museum collected at Gold Beach, Oreg., July 12, 1924, by H. A.
Scullen, and one male in the Kansas University Museum collection
taken by R. H. Beamer, San Jacinto Mountains, Calif., July 21,
1929.
(146) CUPHOCERA INCONGRUA, new species
Readily recognized in the male sex by the presence of two strong
proclinate orbital bristles; ocellars and usually the palpi absent;
propleura bare; intermediate abdominal segments without discals.
Male——F ront broad, at vertex 0.883 of the head width (average
of three, 0.38; 0.37; 0.4), yellow in ground color, the sides thinly
gray pollinose and clothed with black fine hairs; frontal stripe pale
yellow, narrower than one parafrontal on entire length; verticals
two pairs, large; frontals about eight in the row which is suddenly
divergent beneath the antennae extending about to level with middle
of the second segment; two or three extra frontal bristles situated
between the orbitals and the main row; face and cheeks yellow in
ground color covered with silvery subshining pollen; antennae red,
third segment mostly dark, about as broad as long and distinctly
shorter than second segment; arista dark brown, evenly tapering,
penultimate segment about twice the length of first; parafacial
broad, with two stout bristles near eye on lower part and clothed
with scattered black hairs except on inner margin; facial ridges
flat, bearing one or two bristles above vibrissae; face moderately
bulged at middle, its lower border strongly protuberant; cheeks
rather sparsely clothed with coarse black hairs, about three-fourths
the eye height; proboscis about equal the height of head, distal
segment narrowed toward tip, shining reddish brown, labella com-
pressed not thicker than proboscis; minute palpi present in one
REVISION OF GENUS CUPHOCERA—REIN HARD 69
and absent in the other two specimens; back of head thickly clothed
with long pale grayish hairs.
Thorax black, gray pollinose, with four dark dorsal vittae which
are distinct before the suture and somewhat less defined behind;
hairs on pleura black; scutellum wholly red, thinly dusted with
gray pollen. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichal, 3, 3; dorsocentral, 3, 4; in-
traalar, 3; supraalar, 3; postalar, 2; humeral, 5 or 6; posthumeral,
3 (anterior one sometimes small); notopleural, 2; presutural, 2;
pteropleural, 2 (large) ; sternopleural, 2, 1; scutellum with three
marginal, a smaller suberect decussate apical and a reclinate discal
pair situated well behind the middle; disk bearing about 10 erect
bristles besides numerous smaller hairs; postscutellum black, pale
membranous on upper part; calypters white.
Abdomen red with a broad black dorsal stripe widening on the
second segment and including most of the first; gray changeable
pollen on most of the upper surface; first segment without median
marginal bristles; second with one pair; third bearing a marginal
row of about ten; fourth with numerous bristles above on apical
half; genitalia reddish black with a large lobe on each side; inner
forceps united and wider than usual, broadly sulcate on the apical
third behind, apex broadly rounded or blunt; inner forceps short,
very slender, terminating in an acute minute hook; penis bowed
forward at middle, the apex prolonged behind and bordered with a
pale membrane; fifth sternite with a broad V-shaped incision, the
lobes reddish, bearing black hairs along the darker inner margins
and finer brown hairs near the middle.
Legs black, tibiae reddish; pulvilli tawny, the front ones distinctly
longer and about equal the last tarsal segment; mid tibia with two
or three stout bristles on outer front side; hind tibia with about
six wide-spaced uneven bristles on the outer posterior edge, and
two moderately large ones near middle on the inner side.
Wings grayish hyaline, small cross vein slightly infuscated;
fourth vein with a stumpless rectangular bend, shortly beyond
which it curves outward, thence almost straight in an oblique di-
rection to costa; first posterior cell narrowly open far before wing
tip; third vein with only four or five hairs near base; last section
of fifth vein about two-fifths the length of preceding section; epau-
lets reddish; costal spine small.
Length, 10 to 11 mm.
Female.—Unknown.
Paratype.—Male, U.S.N.M. no. 50563.
Remarks.—Described from two males in my collection taken at
Balmorhea, Tex., August 4, 1922, by C. S. Rude, and one male
(holotype) in the Kansas University collection from Mescal, Ariz.,
July 28, 1927 (R. H. Beamer).
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
In the structure of the genitalia the species is distinct from all
other members of the genus and shows a rather close relationship
to Peleteria. It is included here mainly on the absence of any
palpi.
SPECIES PREVIOUSLY PLACED IN CUPHOCERA, BUT NOT HEREIN IDENTIFIED
OR REFERRED TO OTHER GENERA
aurea AtpRIcH, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 69, art. 22, p. 25, 1926 (Cuwphocera).
Belongs to the genus Chiloepalpus.
californiensis MAcQuarT, Diptéres exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus, suppl.
4, pt. 2, p. 148, 1851 (Micropalpus).—CoQuiLtETtT, Revision of the Tachin-
idae of America, p. 140, 1897 (Cuphocera). I have not identified this
species. The type is in J. 1. Collin’s collection, Newmarket, England.
erythrostoma Biaot, Annales, no. 41, p. 95, 1888 (Hpalpus).—BrRavrEr, Sitz.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-nat. Classe, vol. 107, p. 504, 1898 (Cuphocera).
This species has not been determined in the material examined.
nitidifrons VAN DER WuLP, Biologia Centrali-Americana, vol. 2, p. 37 (1888)
and p. 477 (1903) (Trichophora).—ScHINeER, Reise der 6esterreichischen
Fregatte Novara, Zool. Theil, Diptera, p. 380, 1868, as Cuphocera macro-
cera (Wiedemann), which (in part) equals Copecrypta nitidifrons (Van
der Wulp) (Aldrich, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 74, art. 19, p. 24, 1929).
ruficauda VAN DER WuLP, Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 10, p. 146, 1867 (Schineria) .—
CoquILteTT, Revision of the Tachinidae of America, p. 139, 1897 (Tricho-
phora).—WILLISTON, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 18, p. 305, 1886 (Cupho-
cera), equals Copecrypta nitens (Wiedemann) (Aldrich, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 74, art. 19, p. 27, 1929).
U.S. GCVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1934
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Washington: 1934
Vol. 83 No. 2975
SOME FOSSIL CORALS FROM THE WEST INDIES
By Joun W. Wetts
Storrow Fellow, National Research Council
In tue United States National Museum are three small collections
of fossil corals from the West Indies, containing a number of new
or otherwise interesting forms: Two collections from the Upper Cre-
taceous and Eocene of Jamaica, made by Dr. C. T. Trechmann and
Dr. C. A. Matley; and one from the Scotland beds of Barbados,
made by Dr. Trechmann. These collections were sent at different
times to Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan for determination, but as he was
unable to work on them he turned them over for report to the
author during his tenure of a Storrow fellowship of the National
Research Council. A preliminary study was carried on under the
direction of Dr. Vaughan at the Scripps Institution of Oceanog-
raphy, and the final work done at the United States National
Museum.
Material from a fourth lot, the Romanes collection from Barbados,
was lent to the author through the courtesy of Dr. H. Dighton
Thomas, of the British Museum (Natural History), and notes on
this are included in the discussion of the Matley collection from
Barbados.
Because the collection contains corals of different ages and from
different areas, the report is divided into four parts as follows:
(1) The Trechmann and Matley collections from the Upper Cre-
taceous of Jamaica (p. 74); (2) the Trechmann collection from the
lower Eocene Richmond beds of Jamaica (p. 93); (3) the Trech-
mann and Matley collections from the middle Eocene Yellow lime-
stone of Jamaica (p. 94); (4) the Trechmann and Romanes collec-
73594—34—-1 71
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
tions from the Scotland beds of Barbados (p. 103). Notes on the
occurrence of the corals are given preceding the first part and at the
beginning of the last part.
The author is deeply indebted to Dr. Vaughan for his careful
guidance in the study of these collections and for his extending to
him the facilities of the Scripps Institution while working there.
To the authorities of the United States National Museum he is
indeed grateful for the full use of the splendid collections and the
library facilities, and for making the photographs used in the plates.
Occurrence of the Upper Cretaceous and Eocene corals of Ja-
maica.—The specimens from the Upper Cretaceous come from beds
to which Trechmann has assigned a Campanian (Maastrichtian ?)
age (the Catadupa beds of R. T. Hill). One series of specimens, all
of Trochocyathus matleyi, new species, comes from near the top of
Blue Mountain Peak from beds that have been shown by Matley
(1929, p. 458) to be Upper Cretaceous. The two specimens from the
lower Eocene in the Trechmann collection are from the Richmond
formation, but these may be derived Cretaceous in origin, accord-
ing to a note by Dr. Trechmann on the labels. The specimens in the
Trechmann and Matley collections from the middle Eocene are from
the Yellow limestone (the Cambridge formation of R. T. Hill). The
stratigraphic relations of the Upper Cretaceous formations, the
Richmond formation, and the Yellow limestone have been discussed
by Trechmann in a series of recent papers (1922a, 1922b, 1923, 1924a,
1924b, 1929).
The Upper Cretaceous formations of Jamaica are now known to
contain the following species and varieties of corals, including those
described as new herein:
Paracyathus (?) sp. Trechmann, 1929,"
Trochocyathus matleyi, new species.
Dichocoenia trechmanni, new species.
Rhabdophyllia quaylei, new species.
Cladocora jamaicaensis Vaughan, 1899."
Dictuophyllia conferticostata (Vaughan, 1899).
Dictuophyllia conferticostata columnaris (Vaughan) .*
Stiboriopsis jamaicaensis Vaughan, 1899.”
Trochoseris catadupensis Vaughan, 1899.
Centrastrea hilli, new species.
Vaughanoseris catadupensis, new genus and species.
Cyathoseris haidingeri Duncan, 1865 (non Reuss) .*?
Mesomorpha catadupensis Vaughan, 1899.7
Favioseris anomalos, new genus and species.
1 Not found in either the Trechmann or Matley coJlections and so not discussed in this
paper.
2 A fragment from Duncan’s specimen is in the National Museum, It does not show the
structure of Cyathoseris but appears to be one of the colonial Leptophylliids in the
neighborhood of Sematethmos Gregory.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS %3
Leptophyllia agassizi Vaughan, 1899.”
Diplaraea (7?) boltonae, new species.
Cyclolites jamaicaensis, new species.
Paracycioseris elizabethae, new genus and species.
Synastrea (?) adkinsi, new species.
Prodiploastrea schindewolfi, new genus and species.
Multicolumnastraea cyathiformis (Duncan, 1865).
Goniopora reussiana (Duncan, 1865).
Goniopora trechmanni, new species.
The following is a complete list, so far as is known to the author,
of the species of corals from the Eocene of Jamaica:
Lower Eocrne (Richmond beds) :
Stylophora contorta (Leymerie) fide Duncan, 1865."
Stylophora species a.
Siylophora species 0b.
Astrocoenia duerdeni (Vaughan, 1899).
?Columnastrea eyrei Duncan, 1867."
MIDDLE EOCENE (Yellow limestone) :
Stylophora cambridgensis, new species.
Astrocoenia jamaicaensis, new species.
Antillophyllia (7?) sp.
Antilloseris cantabrigiensis (Vaughan, 1899).
Antilloseris jamaicaensis (Vaughan, 1899).
Antilloseris (?) sp.
Trochoseris (7?) sp.
Hupsammia clarendonensis, new species.
Dendracis cantabrigiensis Vaughan, 1899.
Actinacis sawkinsi, new species.
Actinacis barretti, new species.
Astreopora walli, new species.
Goniaraea christianidensis, new species.
1Not found in either the Trechmann or Matley collections and so not discussed in this
‘paper.
CORALS FROM THE TRECHMANN AND MATLEY COLLECTIONS FROM
THE UPPER CRETACEOUS OF JAMAICA
Family CARYOPHYLLIIDAE Verrill
Genus TROCHOCYATHUS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
TROCHOCYATHUS MATLEYI, new species
PLATE 2, Figures 5, 6
Description —Corallum small, without basal attachment, tro-
choid, straight, tapering regularly to the base. Calice shallow, with
rounded margin. Wall thin, solid, formed by septal thickening.
Septa slightly exsert, 48 in number, thin, regularly arranged, equal
near the wall, but only those of the first two cycles extending to the
columella, where they are terminated by a crown of thin, elongate
pali. Septa of the third cycle terminating with a crown of pali
just outside of the first palar crown. Septa of the fourth cycle
very short, extending inward, but a short distance from the wall.
Septal margins entire, sides eranulate. Columella poorly developed,
composed of one or two processes. Dissepiments absent. Costae
low, equal, subacute, corresponding to the septa and extending to the
base. No epitheca.
Measurements.—As follows:
| |
Specimen | Height | caleee
| |
| Mm | Mm
Lu(type ie Sate alive vepale ey 3.5 4.0
2: (paratype) -=-22 3. =~ 22 2S 2 seek | 4.0 4.5
3) (paratype); 23) ee eee
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 74478.
Occurrence.—In a hard, calcareous, blue concretionary mudstone
300 feet bclow the summit of Blue Mountain Peak, Jamaica (Matley
collection).
Remarks.—This species is distinguished by its small size and need
only be compared with 7’. woolmani Vaughan (1900a, p. 486)
from the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey, a species having an
attached corallum and fewer septa. Paracyathus (?) sp. Trechmann
is also an attached form and has a larger corallum.
74
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 19
Family EUSMILIIDAE Verrill
Genus DICHOCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
DICHOCGENIA TRECHMANNI, new species
PLATE 2, Fiacures 7, 8
Description.—Corallum massive, tuberous or bulbous in form.
Corallites protuberant above the general surface to a height of 3
mm or more, originally cylindrical in form, but usually distorted
by fission to an ovate or elliptical shape. Corallites united by costae
and a well-developed exotheca; on the surface of the intercorallite
areas the costae are distinct, their upper margins covered by single
rows of granulations. Calices shallow, varying in diameter from 3
mm in the more circular ones to 3 by 4.5 mm in the more elongate
and 3 by 7 mm in those undergoing fission. Septa thick, regularly
alternate in size, slightly exsert, upper margins entire, lightly gran-
ulate laterally. In circular calices there are regularly three complete
cycles, the first and second extending to the columella. In the
distorted calices portions of the fourth cycle are often developed.
Septa much thickened distally to form the corallite wall. Colu-
mella spongy, well developed but not prominent, and appearing
lamellar in the elliptical calices. Endotheca not abundant.
Measurements.—As follows:
Specimen Height Too
Mm Mim
DN (Gy DC) sos one oe eee 62 38
28 (DATALY PO) Soe ae eee oon en 7 44
SkQDALAGYDS) sae e eae eee 30 31
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 74480.
Occurrence.—In the rudistid limestone of the Logie Green section ;
and in the limestones near Catadupa, Jamaica (‘Trechmann collec-
tion).
Remarks.—This species is particularly interesting because it ex-
tends the range of the genus Dichocoenia back into the Mesozoic in
the West Indian region. It differs from D. alabamensis Vaughan
(1900b, p. 139) from the Midwayan Eocene by the lack of develop-
ment of the exotheca and the resulting close union of the corallites
in the latter species. D. tuberosa Duncan (1863, p. 482) from the
West Indian Miocene possesses pali and is a larger species. The
living West Indian species, D. stokes: Milne Edwards and Haime,
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
has calices that project but slightly and are considerably elongated,
with low, rounded, strongly echinulate costae, and pali before the
first three cycles of septa.
Stenosmilia de Fromentel (1870, p. 383), species of which occur
in the Upper Cretaceous of Europe, is very close to, if not identical
with, Dichocoenia. D. trechmanni closely resembles S. proletaria
Oppenheim (1930, p. 487) from the Senonian of Austria (Gosau),
but the costae are not so strong, the corallites are more protuberant,
and the septa are more numerous in the Jamaican form.
Family FAVIIDAE Gregory
Genus RHABDOPHYLLIA Milne Edwards and Haime, 1851
Gregory (1930, pp. 102-103) discusses the relationships of Rhab-
dophyllia, Aplophyllia, and Cladophyilia and finds that the only
difference between the first two genera lies in the incomplete costae
of the second as compared with the complete costae of Rhabdophyllia.
He accordingly proposes to consider Rhabdophyllia a synonym of
Aplophyllia VOrbigny, 1849, because the latter has priority. Duncan
(1884, p. 80) considered them identical but dropped d’Orbigny’s
name for the better known Rhabdophyllia. For the present, however,
I should keep the two genera separate. Rhabdophyllia is very close
to Calamophyllia but possesses a better-developed columella and
lacks the accretion ridges or collarettes of the latter. The species
described below has occasional encircling ridges resembling collar-
ettes, but they lack the regularity of Calamophyllia.
RHABDOPHYLLIA QUAYLEI, new species
PLATE 2, FIcuRES 3, 4
Description.—Corallites tall, cylindrical, or irregularly rounded
in section, with an average diameter of 12.5 mm, dichotomous, in-
creasing by fission, the new corallites projecting upward and out-
ward at a slight angle from the parent corallites. Corallite walls
solid, costate, without an epitheca. The costae alternate in size, cor-
responding to the septa, their margins being acute and granulate.
The septa are variable in number within the calices because of fission
but are more or less constant within the cylindrical corallites; in a
calice measuring 9 by 17 mm there are 81; in a corallite measuring
approximately 10 mm in cross section there are 60. They are about
equal in thickness and regularly alternate in length, so that one-half
of them extend to the center and unite with the columella. They are
laterally granulate and are dentate on their upper margins. The
columella is well developed, spongy, formed by the entangling of
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS Th
the trabeculae of the inner ends of the septa. Endothecal dissepi-
ments well developed.
Type.—u.S.N.M. no. 74481.
Occurrence.—Four specimens are from the base of the rudistid
limestone, where it overlies the Trappean shales about midway be-
tween Cambridge and Catadupa in the railway cut, Jamaica
(Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—This species is distinguished by the unusually large
number of septa and relatively large corallites. It is close to R. nutrix
de Fromentel from the Senonian of France, a species having slightly
smaller corallites and fewer septa. Gerth (1928, p. 5) has described
as Rhabdophyllia sp. a form from the Upper Cretaceous of Cura-
¢ao—from beds that he considers equivalent to those from which the
present species comes—which may be very close to, or identical
with, the present species, although he says that an inner (dissepi-
mental) wall separates it from other Upper Cretaceous species of
the genus.
Genus DICTUOPHYLLIA Blainville, 1830
DICTUOPHYLLIA CONFERTICOSTATA (Vaughan)
Diploria conferticostata VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 239, pl. 39, figs. 1-3.
Leptoria conferticostata VAUGHAN, 1919, p. 194.
Leptoria conferticosta FrLix, 1925, p. 90.
Diploria crassolamellosa DUNCAN, in Duncan and Wall, 1865, pp. 7, 12; 1868,
p. 24.
Ideotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 74477.
Occurrence.—The four specimens in the Trechmann collection are
from the following localities in Jamaica: Rudistid limestone, below
Catadupa Station; limestone, Cambridge-Catadupa railway cut;
dark limestone near igneous intrusion, Mooretown.
Remarks.—This species has been adequately described and figured
by Vaughan (1899). The specimens from the Trechmann collection
are in close accord with Vaughan’s description and figures. They
are all rounded, subglobose forms with the following measurements:
Specimen Height Length Width
Mm Mm Mm
he. Set eae ee Sees 75 90 72
Qxctosesseseses ete 45 54 42
Seance sce se 30 56 53
BE Sie SEEN flee re OA 3 75 39 45
Vaughan noted a very close comparison between this species and
L. flexuossissima (d’Achiardi) from the Eocene of San Giovanni
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Tlarione, Italy, the main differences between the two being the wider
valleys, equal septa, and knoblike fused inner ends of the septa on
either side of the columella in the Eocene form; but it is probably
more closely related to L. reticulata (Goldfuss) from the Maastrich-
tian of St. Petersburg, as it has been recently described and figured
by Umbgrove (1925, pp. 107, 108). In this species the valleys are
about 1 mm in width, with the same width for the collines, and the
septa number 70 to 100 to the centimeter. ZL. konincki Milne Ed-
wards and Haime and ZL. delicatula Reuss from the European Seno-
nian are both separated from the Jamaican species by the lack of
costate grooves between the walls.
Family AGARICIIDAE Verrill
Genus TROCHOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849
TROCHOSERIS CATADUPENSIS Vaughan
PLATE 2, Figures 9, 10
Trochoseris catadupensis VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 242) pl. 39, figs. 5, 6; 1919, pp. 194,
426.—Fe.ix, 1925, p. 120.
?Trochosmilia hilli VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 233, pl. 36, figs. 1-4.
Occurrence.—Specimen 1 comes from the limestone near Cata-
dupa; specimen 2, which possesses two calices, the result of budding,
is from a locality near Catadupa; specimen 3 is from a shale that
underlies the rudistid limestone and that is the equivalent of the
Providence shales near Port Antonio, in the railway cut between
Cambridge and Catadupa (Trechmann collection). Vaughan’s type
specimen came from near Catadupa.
Remarks.—F ive specimens from the Trechmann collection are re-
ferred to this species. Three of them, mentioned above, fit Vaughan’s
description very well. Their measurements are as follows:
Specimen Height aoe ae Calicular diameters
Mm Mm Mm
Wes 56. SoS ee mea Messe oes: 6h eae 17 by 17.
2. Jo sd eecesespese Le eee 20a eee 7 by 9_---| 14by17, 13 by 16.
6S ee Sy SNE GARE O_o 1G2e-eLos" Nese 14 by 21.5.
Vaughan’s ty pele. 262s e es TOSS 3559: Sn ee ek Se 13.5 by 15.
Notes on other specimens.—Two other specimens that almost cer-
tainly belong to this species are much larger and more mature forms.
The following is a description of the better-preserved specimen:
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 79
The corallum is simple, arising from a small pedicellate base,
rapidly expanding, the calice flaring out unequally with an undulate
margin. The outer surface is covered to the base by low, acute
costae, which regularly alternate in size, marked by single rows of
granulations. The wall between them is imperforate and solid, its
upper margin where it meets the reflexed calice. On one side of the
corallum is attached a young compressed individual, which has been
budded off. The calice is convex near the outer margin, but becomes
deep and concave centrally, with a very small, deep fossette. The
septa are very numerous, thin, crowded, irregularly arranged in six
complete cycles and part of the seventh. They are solid, laterally
granulated, lightly beaded on the upper edges, unequal in length
and thickness. About 18 of the thickest and longest septa reach to
the center of the fossette and join the columella. The columella is
very small, deep in the fossette, with a papillose upper surface.
Measurements.—As follows:
. : Basal Calicular
Specimen Height | diameter | diameters
Mm Mm Mm
eR eat eS ee 43 4 42 by 50
SR aE ee ae ea sean 26 10 28 by 32
Plesiotype—U.S.N.M. no. 74491.
Occurrence.—Specimen 4 comes from a locality near Catadupa;
specimen 5 is from the equivalent of the Providence shales in the
Cambridge-Catadupa railway cut (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—The specimen just described is illustrated on plate 2,
figures 9, 10.
A sixth specimen, referred with some doubt to this species, comes
from the rudistid limestone in the Logie Green section. It differs
from the other forms by the presence of an elongate columellar
fossette, but in all other respects is like them. The corallum has
been badly worn and measures 31 mm high and 37 by 63 mm in
calicular diameters.
Trochosmilia hilli Vaughan may be a synonym of this species,
although Vaughan points out that the sides of the costae are perpen-
dicular and that the columella is absent, whereas in 7'rochoseris
catadupensis the costae are acute or rounded. These are the only
observable differences between the two forms. The columella in 7’.
catadupensis is usually very small and deep in the calice and is
rarely visible even in the larger specimens.
73594—34
2
80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83:
Genus CENTRASTREA d’Orbigny, 1849
CENTRASTREA HILLI, new species
Prat 2 MhicuRns wiles?
Description.—Corallum thin, encrusting, 1 to 2 mm thick. The
type specimen is 87 mm long and 21 mm wide. The corallites are
small, short, and united by septo-costae, which are very short, thick,
and rounded, and confluent between calices. The exotheca may fill
the costal interspaces and give the appearance of a thick corallite
wall when the specimen is worn. The calices are shallow, with an
average diameter of 0.75 mm and a distance of 0.7 to 1 mm between
centers. The septa are 12 in number, thick, laminar, and arranged
in two cycles, the first of which reaches the center and joins the
columella. They are much thickened near the calicular margins, and
are united by a few synapticulae and well-developed endotheca. The
columella is styliform, not prominent in the calices, and free within
the corallites.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 74492.
Occurrence—F rom a locality near Catadupa, Jamaica (Trech-
mann collection).
Remarks.—The single specimen upon which the foregoing descrip-
tion is based is a much-worn fragment, and the determination of
the structure is very difficult.
This species is distinguished from other Upper Cretaceous species
of the genus by the very small, close-set calices, and it seems to be
nearer to the Neocomian species C. microphyllia d’Orbigny figured
by de Fromentel (1887, pl. 185, fig. 2). In that species, however,
the septa number 16, octamerally arranged.
VAUGHANOSERIS, new genus
Generic diagnosis —Corallum simple, free, low, and depressed-
conical in shape, with a shallow circular or elliptical calice having a
deep, elongate central columellar fossette. Septa laminar, imper-
forate, not uniting, hghtly dentate on their upper margins, and lat-
erally granulate. Wall indistinct, formed by synapticulae and endo-
theca, perforate. Septo-costae thin, beaded on their edges, united by
exotheca and some synapticulae, covered by a very thin, easily eroded
epitheca. Columella spongy, essential. LEndotheca present. Syn-
apticulae present, mostly near the wall.
Genotype.—V aughanoseris catadwpensis, new species, from the
Upper Cretaceous near Catadupa, Jamaica.
Remarks—Specimens of this genus, which groups with the Agari-
ciidae, look very much like young specimens of Antillophyllia, but
the perforate wall and presence of synapticulae are indicative of its
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 81
fungid nature. It is most closely related to Podoseris Duncan, 2
genus possessing the same general structure but differing by being an.
attached form with uniting septa and a rudimentary papillary col-
umella. It differs from Antilloseris Vaughan by having a thin
epitheca, dissepiments, and a columella. Microsmilia Koby has a
fasciculate columella, lacks dissepiments, has a folded or reflexed
wall, as in 7vochoseris, and is sessile in habit.
VAUGHANOSERIS CATADUPENSIS, new species
PuLate 8, Figures 11-13; PLats 5, Figure 3
Description—Corallum simple, low, depressed conical in shape,
shghtly elliptical in outline, with a small central, nipple-shaped scar
of early attachment on the base. The exterior is partially covered
by a thin epitheca, which is easily eroded away and through which
the septo-costae are distinct. The septo-costae are acute, equal, thin,
beaded on their edges, and united by a well-developed exotheca and a
few synapticulae. The wall is indistinct, irregularly perforate, dis-
sepimental in origin, and separated from the epitheca by the exotheca,
which may be as much as 1 mm in thickness. The calice is shallow,
with a central elongate columellar fossette. The septa are imper-
forate, exsert, laminar, straight, not uniting inwardly, and arranged
in 6 complete cycles (192 septa). Those of the first and second cycles
are equal, lightly dentate on their upper margins, laterally granulated
in close vertical rows and extending to the columella. The remaining
septa are regularly shorter and thinner according to their cycle,
with their upper margins notched by strong teeth. The columella is
spongy, well developed, filling the bottom of the fossette. The
synapticulae are not numerous, occurring mostly near the wall. En-
dotheca present but not abundant.
Measurements.—As follows:
Specimen Height Calicular Depth of
diameters fossette
Mm Mm Mm
ViCype) i sc 5 === ee ee ee 15 30 by 32 3.8
2iparatype)==-s-= 2222 nee 13 28 by 31 4.2
Lype—v.S.N.M. no. 74485.
Paratype—uvU.S.N.M. no. 74486,
Occurrence—Specimen 1 is from a locality near Catadupa; speci-
men 2 comes from the equivalent of the Providence shales under-
lying the rudistid limestone in the Cambridge-Catadupa railway
cut (Trechmann collection).
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
FAVIOSERIS, new genus
Generic diagnosis—Corallum massive, tuberous, pedunculated.
Corallites slightly protuberant, cylindrical, or deformed by fission,
united by septocostae. No true corallite wall, but a ring of well-
developed synapticulae forms a perforate boundary. Septa thin,
imperforate, laminar, beaded on the upper edges, thickened pe-
ripherally near the thecal ring, continuous with the septocostae,
which are trabeculate and perforate, the perforations tending to
become filled up. The upper edges of the costae are rounded and
beaded. Columella absent, the axial space being quite empty. Dis-
sepiments not well developed. Reproduction by fission.
Genotype.—Favioseris anomalos, new species, from the Upper
Cretaceous limestones of Jamaica.
Remarks.—The family position of this genus is somewhat uncer-
tain because its general features are those of the Oulastreids, al-
though the septal structure is close to the Anabaciids in spite of the
laminar septa, which are more characteristic of the Agariciids. The
Oulastreids, however, increase by gemmation, whereas fissiparity
is very marked in Favieseris. The laminar condition of the septa
seems to be due to subsequent filling of the original perforate trabec-
ular framework—a process that has not proceeded so far in the
septocostae as in the septa. No genus of the Anabaciidae seems
close to this form. Sidercfungia Reis is perhaps related, but the
walls of that genus are very poorly developed and the calices have
the habit of Siderastrea. Crateroseris Tomes is supposed to have
imperforate septa and septocostae and therefore groups with the
Agariciidae, but, as Gregory (1900, p. 189) has pointed out, this
apparent imperforate condition may be quite the opposite, in which
case Crateroseris would be near Dimorpharaea and Polyphyllastrea.
Crateroseris as it is now understood is near Favioseris, except that
it increases by gemmation and has more protuberant corallites.
For the present Favioseris is placed in the Agaricudae.
FAVIOSERIS ANOMALOS, new species
PLATE 4, Figures 19, 20
Description.—Corallum massive, tuberous, arising from a narrow
base. The calices are slightly protuberant, not bounded by a true
corallite wall, the margins being formed by the thickened outer ends
of the septa and a ring of synapticulae, as in the Oulastreids and
Sidcrastrea. They are originally circular in outline but are usually
oval or elliptical, owing to the fissiparous mode of increase. The
diameter of the circular calices averages 3 mm, that of the elongate
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 83
ones 2.5 by 4.5 mm. Within the calices the septal margins fall
evenly but steeply to the central fossette, the bottom of which is about
1.2 mm below the calicular margins, or 1 mm below the intercorallite
areas. The surface between the corallites averages 1.5 mm in width
and is crossed by the confluent septocostae, whose upper margins are
heavily beaded, owing to their trabeculate-fenestrate structure. The
septa are imperforate, laminar, thickened peripherally, thinner to-
ward the center, not extending to the center of the corallite, and
laterally granulated with the upper margins dentate. In a circular
calice there are regularly 24 septa, 12 of which are longer than the
rest and reach to the edge of the fossette, which they bound; in larger
calices up to 45 septa can be counted, all regularly alternating in
length. There isno columella. The synapticulae are developed only
in the peripheral region of the corallites. Between corallites there
is some exotheca but there is no endotheca within them.
Measurements.—The holotype is 55 mm high, 32 mm in maximum
diameter, and 16 mm in diameter near the base.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 74484.
Occurrence.—In the limestones near Catadupa, Jamaica (Trech-
mann collection).
Remarks.—This species may be distinguished from Synastraea (?)
adkinsi by its imperforate septa, by the presence of a synapticular
corallite wall, and by the fissiparous mode of increase.
Family LEPTOPHYLLIIDAE Vaughan
Genus DIPLARAEA Milaschewitsch, 1876
DIPLARAEA (7?) BOLTONAE, new species
PLATE 2, Figures 1, 2
Description.—Corallum subcylindrical, compressed near the base,
expanding upwardly, subdividing into several corallites, which re-
main closely united in a single series, separated by constrictions of
the corallite wall and joined inwardly by short, confluent septo-
costae. Between the base and top of the corallum the exterior is
marked by irregular expansions, and in the type specimen midway
between base and top is a small protuberant corallite that has been
produced fissiparously and has remained separate. The exterior is’
covered by a very thin, easily eroded epitheca, through which the
septo-costae are seen. The latter are rounded, subequal, and beaded
on their edges. Between them and extending to the wall are well-
developed exothecal dissepiments. The wall is perforate, indistinct,
and composed of synapticulae and dissepiments. The calices are
shallow and very irregular in outline. There are three on the top
84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
of the type, serially arranged, united directly by the septo-costae, any
intercorallite wall being absent. The septa are slightly exsert, lam-
inar, irregularly perforate as in Leptophyllia, thin, equal, laterally
granulated, united by endotheca and synapticulae. In one calicular
center, 8 by 10 mm, there are 60 septa, all of which extend to the
columella. The columella is parietal, moderately developed, spongy
in appearance in the calices but not prominent when seen in cross
section.
Measurements.—The holotype measures: Height, 42 mm; basal di-
ameters, 8 by 10 mm; diameters 10 mm below calices, 12 by 23 mm;
length and width of series, 29 by 6-12 mm.
Holotype —uvU.S.N.M. no. 74479.
Occurrence —V rom a locality near Catadupa, Jamaica (Trechmann
collection).
Remarks —This species fits the generic characters of Dermosmilia
as discussed by Koby (1889, p. 546). Ogilvie (1897, p. 258) later
considered Koby’s genus a synonym of Diplaraca. WKoby does not
mention the condition of the wall in Dermosmilia, but Ogilvie states
that a true wall is not present, but that septal thickening and exo-
thecal development form an outer wall. In the present species the
septal thickening is not apparent, the septa being of nearly equal
thickness throughout, and the entire structure of the corallum is like
Physoseris Vaughan (1905, p. 396), except for the colonial form
of the corallum. All the species at present referred to Diplaraea,
except D. venezuelensis Gregory, are from the Upper Jurassic, al-
though its nearest relation, Haplaraca Milaschewitsch, a solitary
form, occurs also in the Senonian of Europe (Oppenheim, 1930, p.
26 ff.). D. venezuelensis Gregory (1927, p. 441), from the Urgenian
of eastern Venezuela, is a species with larger branches and more septa,
only a part of the latter, however, reaching to the columella.
Family ANABACIIDAE Duncan
Genus CYCLOLITES Lamarck, 1801
CYCLOLITES JAMAICAENSIS, new species
PLATE 3, Figures 1—4
Description —Corallum simple, free, circular or slightly elliptical
in outline, flat on the base or slightly concave, convex above, with a
circular fossette 2 to 38 mm in depth. Wall of corallum horizontal,
indistinct. The base is covered by a thick, concentrically wrinkled
epitheca. The septa are numerous, thin, straight, not uniting,
trabeculate, and fenestrated, those of the first three cycles, which
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 85
are slightly thicker than the rest, being almost imperforate and
laminar, owing to the filling up of the pores. In mature specimens
there are six complete cycles of septa and a good part of the seventh.
There is no columella. The synapticulae are well developed, par-
ticularly in the lower part of the corallum.
Measurements.—As follows:
1 \
Specimen Height. |yrageeeiies
Mm | Mm
1a(paraty De) aq ae eee eee 6 23) - bys 27
2 (paratype) -._----- eee ee 9 24.5 by 28
3 (paratype))42 S23. 22234 se Td59?})38l iby 34
eeda(MaTratype)= ose a eee oe 16 32; by 3355
[SIE ype) eee ee we 14 28 by 28.5
6, (paratype) =s- so. hess eee ae 13 22.5 by 26
2 (paratype) sasSess2 22 11 22 ~=by.23
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 74488.
Occurrence.—All the specimens come from the Providence shales
at Providence, near Port Antonio, Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—This is the first species of this important and wide-
spread Cretaceous genus to be noted from the West Indian or North
American areas. It groups with C. hemisphaerica Michelin (non
Lamarck, 1801)* of the Senonian of Europe, and is most closely
related to C. digeriensis Milne Edwards and Haime (Fromentel, 1870,
p. 360) from the French Senonian, and from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its larger number of septa (about 124 in C@. ligeriensis,
fide de Fromentel; 192 to 250 in C. jamaicaensis), coralla of about
the same size.
PARACYCLOSERIS, new genus
Generia diagnosis——Corallum simple, free with scar of early at-
tachment, depressed-conical to plano-convex in shape, circular in
outline, the lower surface covered by a strong, concentrically
wrinkled epitheca. Calice shallow or superficial, the latter condi-
tion occurring in younger specimens, with an oval or elongate foss-
ette. Wall of corallum indistinct. Septa numerous, uniting as in
Cycloseris, trabeculate-fenestrate in structure, usually with the pores
well filled, particularly in the larger septa, upper edges marked by
strong, almost lacerate teeth. Columella strong, well developed,
essential, composed of numerous papillae. Synapticulae present
3 Milne Edwards and Haime, aware that this species was not identical with Lamarck’s
species, placed it in the synonymy of C. discoidea (Goldfuss), but Felix, in 1903, pointed
out that it does not belong to Goldfuss’ species and retained Michelin’s name for it.
Oppenheim, in 1930, proposed the name C. michelini for the species.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
within the corallum near the edges of the calice. Dissepiments
absent.
Genotype.—Paracycloseris elizabethae, new species, from the Upper
Cretaceous of Jamaica.
Remarks.—The septal arrangement of this form is distinctive and
much the same as that of many species of /ungia (Cycloseris-form).
The septal structure is no less distinctive—the septa of the lower
cycles are very similar to the laminar septa of the Agariciids except
for the large teeth, which are of a type more often found in the
Funguds. The relationship with the Anabaciidae is shown in the
structure of the septa of the higher cycles—the trabeculate-fenes-
trate or latticework arrangement of the trabeculae characteristic of
Anabacia and Microsolena. ‘The genus is not, however, closely re-
lated to any of the simple genera of this family, except Cyclolites,
from which it is distinguished by the presence of a well-developed
columella and less perforate, uniting septa. Anabacia lacks an epi-
theca and a columella, as does also Trochoplegma. Trocharaea has
a parietal columella but no epitheca.
This form may be intermediate between the Mesozoic Cyclolitids
and the modern Fungiids, possessing as it does many of the char-
acters of both Cyclolites and Cycloseris.
PARACYCLOSERIS ELIZABETHAE, new species
PLATE 3, Figures 5-10; PLate 5, Fieures 1, 2
Description—Corallum simple, free, circular in outline, flat or
convex on the base, convex or concavo-convex above, with a shallow
elliptical fossette in the more mature specimens. The lower sur-
face is covered by a stout, concentrically wrinkled epitheca, to the
central point of which, in the smaller specimen, is attached a foram-
inifer. The septa are numerous, upwardly arched, uniting, mainly
imperforate with the upper margin dentate, laterally spinulose or
granulate. There are six complete cycles and part of the seventh.
Those of the first two cycles are equal, much thicker than the rest,
extending to the columella, their upper edges set with coarse, lacerate,
multitrabeculate teeth, which increase in size toward the center.
The septa of the third cycle, while prominent, are much smaller
than those of the first two, their upper edges being set with smaller
teeth, but they extend to the columella. The arrangement of the
remaining cycles is distinctive. The septa of the fourth cycle, in-
stead of being inwardly fused to those of the third, are fused to
the septa of the fifth cycle, which are nearest the primaries and
secondaries, and the remaining septa of the fifth cycle join those
of the fourth near the latter’s junction with the first set of septa
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—-WELLS 87
of the fifth; the inner ends of the fifth cycle—that is, those nearest
the primaries and secondaries—are fused to the third cycle near the
columella; the sixth cycle fuses to the fifth, and those of the sev-
enth, which are developed near the primaries, fuse to the sixth. The
structure of the septa is trabeculate-fenestrate, the pores being filled
up below, and perforations, except of the upper parts of the septa
of the higher cycles, are rare. The columella is well developed, essen-
tial, elongate, completely filling the fossette, with a papillose upper
surface. Synapticulae are present mainly in the peripheral region.
The wall is indistinct. There are no dissepiments.
Measurements.—As follows:
Specimen Height Diameter Deptt et
Mm Mm Mm
AN(EY DO) a tone knees Loe er 10 29.5 2:7
2 (DELTA GY De) sees see ee 3.5 26 0
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 74489.
Occurrence.—From a locality near Catadupa, Jamaica (Trech-
mann collection). ;
Remarks.—Specimen 2 is an immature one, in which the corallum
is discoid or plano-convex (pl. 3, figs. 8, 9); the septa are much
thinner and more finely denticulate than in specimen 1, upon which
the foregoing description was mainly based.
Genus SYNASTREA Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
SYNASTREA (7?) ADKINSI, new species
PLATE 3, Fiaures 14, 15
Description.—Corallum massive, tuberous, increasing in size by
superposition of concentric layers about 5 mm thick, the exposed
margins of these layers being covered by a thin epitheca. The cal-
ices are distinct, close-set, nearly always separated by an intercoral-
lite groove. Where they are separated to any extent they are cir-
cular in outline, where close-set they are polygonal. The average
diameter within the margins is 2.75 mm; the distance between cen-
ters varies from 5 to 6.5 mm; the maximum height of the margins
above the intercorallite grooves is about 0.3 mm; the average calicu-
lar depth is 0.75 mm, but is often increased by weathering. There
is no corallite wall, and the septocostae are confluent. The septa,
40 to 60 in number, comprise four complete cycles and parts of the
fifth. In structure they are trabeculate-fenestrate near the surface,
73594— 348
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 83
becoming more or less filled up below and appearing lamellar in
longitudinal section as the trabeculae lose their individuality. The
septa of the first two cycles are much thicker and more prominent
than the rest. The columella is well developed, spongy, and papil-
lose on the surface. The dissepiments are absent, but there is a
great development of the synapticulae.
Measurements —Corallum measures: Height, 51 mm; diameter
near base, 15 mm; maximum diameter between base and upper sur-
face, 32 mm.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 74483.
Occurrence—Upper Cretaceous limestone in the railway cut be-
tween Cambridge and Catadupa, Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks—The calicular surface of this species closely resembles
the typical Anabaciids, but the change in the structure of the septa
from trabeculate-fenestrate to more or less laminar is very pro-
nounced, resembling the structure found in Astraraea Felix, but the
wall of the corallum in this genus is solid, imperforate, and costate
(as it is in 7'rochoseris Milne Edwards and Haime) ; at least this is
true of specimens labeled Astraraea media in the National Museum
in a collection of the Gosau corals from Prof. Felix. Synastrea
agaricites (Goldfuss), type of the genus, also from the Gosau beds,
specimens of which are in the National Museum, agrees more nearly
with adkinsi from the standpoint of structure and character of the
exterior, although the filling up of the lower parts of the septa is not
so pronounced. The distinct calices of this species also distinguish
it from other species of Synastrea, most of which have shallow calices
not bounded by a distinct groove, as in Thamnasteria Lesauvage.
Family OULASTREIDAE Vaughan
PRODIPLOASTREA, new genus
Generic diagnosis—Corallum massive, astreiform, forming a
rounded pedunculate mass. Corallites cylindrical, of medium size,
projecting slightly above the common surface, united by confluent
septo-costae and a thin, well-developed exotheca. Septa not numer-
ous, thin, little exsert, not uniting, continuous with the septo-costae,
laminar in structure, very little perforate, and lightly dentate on
the upper edges. Corallite wall porous, synapticular in origin.
Synapticulae poorly developed except in the thecal ring. Endotheca
scanty. Columella absent or very rudimentary. No pali.
Genotype.—Prodiploastrea schindewolfi, new species, from the
Upper Cretaceous of Jamaica.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 89
Remarks.—This genus is created to receive a species from the
Trechmann collection that is closely related to Diploastrea Matthai,
Oulastrea Milne Edwards and Haime, and Cyathomorpha Reuss,
but which differs from all these, as well as from Brachyphyllia
Reuss and Pseudofavia Oppenheim, by the lack of a well-developed
columella. A more or less well-developed essential columella is
present in the five genera mentioned. The septa and septo-costae
are also unusually thin and comparatively few in number for mem-
bers of this family, and there is but a slight thickening of the septa
in the vicinity of the walls. The condition of the upper edges of
_ the septa is not well shown in the specimen, but the septa are lightly
dentate and lack pali or paliform lobes such as are found in
Cyathomorpha and Oulastrea. Diploastrea has strong septal teeth
or notches, but lacks pali. Brachyphyllia has numerous septa, which
unite or fuse inwardly, and a well-developed columella.
PRODIPLOASTREA SCHINDEWOLFI, new species
PLATE 4, Figures 21, 22
Descréption.—Corallum subspherical, pedunculate. Corallites
cylindrical, projecting, united by confluent septo-costae and a thin
exotheca. On the surface between the corallites the septo-costae
are thin, wavering, with rounded beaded edges. The calices are
circular, bounded by a thin, well-defined, perforate synapticular
wall, rather deep, crateriform, with an average diameter of 3.5 mm,
although they may be as small as 2.5 mm. They are but slightly
elevated above the intercorallite areas on the upper surface of the
corallum, becoming higher on the sides and toward the base, the
average distance between them being 3.25 mm. ‘The septal arrange-
ment is irregular, there being 24 to 32 septa, depending on the size
of the corallite. They are thin, laminar, imperforate, regularly
alternating in length so that half of them extend nearly to the center
of the corallite, slightly exsert, lightly dentate on their upper mar-
gins, which descend rapidly to the bottom of the calice. There is no
true columella, although the inner edges of a few of the larger septa
may meet to form a straggly parietal axis. Endotheca scarce.
Synapticulae well developed only near the wall. Exotheca well
developed.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 74476.
Occurrence—In the limestone of the Upper Cretaceous in the
Cambridge-Catadupa railway cut (Trechmann collection).
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Family ACROPORIDAE Verrill
Genus MULTICOLUMNASTRAEA Vaughan, 1899
MULTICOLUMNASTRAEA CYATHIFORMIS (Duncan)
Heliastraea exsculpta DUNCAN (non Reuss), in Duncan and Wall, 1865, pp. 7,
8, 11; 1868, p. 24.
Heliastraea cyathiformis Duncan, in Duncan and Wall, 1865, pp. 7, 8, pl. 1,
figs. la, b; 1868, p. 24.
Multicolumnastraea cyathiformis VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 236, pl. 38, fig. 1; 1919,
pp. 194, 486.—FELix, 1925, pp. 252-253.
Occurrence.—In the rudistid limestone in the Logie Green section,
Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—One very poorly preserved specimen from the Trech-
mann collection is referred to this species. It is a low-branching
corallum with short stubby branches, which are usually compressed,
with average diameters of 8 by 10 mm, closely packed together.
The corallites are somewhat smaller than in the specimens described
by Vaughan. Vaughan gives an average diameter of 2 mm, whereas
in the specimen examined by the author they are rarely more than
1.25 mm. The intercorallite areas are crossed by the septo-costae
when the corallites are close together; when they are distant the
costae merge into a porous, reticulated coenenchyme.
Gerth (1928, p. 3) has described a species of this genus, M. parvila,
from the Upper Cretaceous of Curacao, which has calices not over
1 mm in diameter.
Vaughan (1919, p. 486) states that Muliicolumnastraea is very
close to Actinacis, the main point of distinction being the presence
of several coarse columellar tubercles in the former.
Family PORITIDAE Dana
Genus GONIOPORA Blainville, 1830
GONIOPORA REUSSIANA (Duncan)
PLATE 4, Figure 18; PLATE 5, Fieures 4, 5
Porites reussiana Duncan, in Duncan and Wall, 1865, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 2; 1868,
p. 25.—VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 249.
Goniopora jamaica 1 Bernarp, 1906, p. 159.
Plesiotype—U.S.N.M. no. 74490.
Occurrence.—In the Upper Cretaceous limestones in the Cam-
bridge-Catadupa railway cut, Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—One specimen from the Trechmann collection is a
good example of this poorly known species. The form of the coral-
lum and size of the calices agree well with Duncan’s description.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—-WELLS 91
Vaughan (1899), after repeating Duncan’s original description,
adds:
The usual number of cycles of septa is three; the arrangement into cycles
does not appear perfectly regular and uniform, so Duncan’s figures must be used
with a qualification. In the best preserved portions there is no granulate
area on the summit of the wall between the ends of the septa. Apparently
the upper edge of the wall is acute in perfect material. Diameter of the calices
2.5 to 4 mm; the usual diameter is slightly less than 3 mm. The specimen
does not permit the details of the pali (?) to be made out. It seems quite
probable that the species is a Litharaea, and not Porites.
Bernard in his discussion (1906) adds practically nothing to our
knowledge of this species, but questions whether the supposed type
in the Museum of the Geological Society of London is the same as
the specimen figured and described by Duncan in 1865, adding (p.
160) : “ There is not a character in the drawing [Duncan’s] which
agrees in the remotest with the calices of the specimen.”
Details regarding the structure of this species can now be added
from the well-preserved specimen in the Trechmann collection. The
walls between the calices, where they are acute, are marked by a
single row of granulations, but where there is some separation, the
walls are rounded and may have 2 to 4 rows of granules. The septa
are almost always 20 in number, arranged in a modification of the
typical septal formula of the recent members of the genus that have
24 septa, as it is given by Bernard (1903, p. 21); this is best ex-
plained by plate 5, figures 4 and 5, representing the formulas of
recent Gonzopora and G. reussiana. There are three trabecular ele-
ments between the wall and a palus. There are five tubercular pall.
The columella consists of a single tubercle surrounded below the
floor of the calice by a ring of synapticulae uniting the palar tra-
beculae. The under surface of the corallum, where exposed by the
superposed, laminar growth layers, is covered by a thin epitheca.
Measurements.——The diameters of the branches of the specimen
are 12 by 15, 11 by 13, and 11 by 15 mm.
GONIOPORA TRECHMANNI, new species
PLATE 3, Ficures 16, 17
Description.—Corallum massive, with a flat or concave base, grow-
ing upward by the addition of superimposed layers into a hemi-
spherical or subspherical mass. The corallites average 1.8 mm in
diameter and are embedded in a porous reticulate coenenchyme 0.5
to 15 mm apart. There is no definite corallite wall, and the outer
ends of the septa merge with the coenenchyme. The calices are
polygonal in outline, of moderate depth, bounded by a rounded
reticular intercalicular ridge. The septa are well developed, always
az PROCEEDINGS GF TEE Watwisl MUSEUM me a
12 ia number near De columeila, but equenciy breamehing uear he
pemphery => iat Ge emgmal number ef =pts may have beem a>
many as 1 They are equal @ Sze. Sim, weeguiariy perforsied_
with ther inner ends ending abruptiy. leasing an awal space abeut
25 mm in Gameter. whteh is parually filed by a weak, lax columella
formed by a few scageiing mds and attached t Ge mmer ends ef
te septs. The interseptal leeuii ar= mostiy open. The upoer mar-
Measurements A= failaws-
— Heigae Bei Meee
it: ans inns
ee St Zz ars 23
2a =, ae
Seige =z t= Les
Tupe—L SNL re, ES
Poraype—L_ SSM no. T2495 (specimen 2)_
eee eee lane coats be ee ee
Catadnpa cabway cut (Treehmann csileetem). Speemen 2 = irom
some af Prowieme= gear Port Sotemme. James (Trechmaom
coilestion ) -
Zenertsz—_Wen ecmens af Gis ese: leek very much ie
JActnacs, Tat De pelyronal_ nenessert eslices, a= well ac the sirue-
tural fstures. indicate 4 pesiion mt Genzepgerz, the number af sepia
removing i& tom Porites. The species. however, shows few aiimitzes
wit the Senontan and Wasastrechizan pecies at Gomagerst (Laza-
ardex). Der i= t related t& € reusmama (Duncan). fom wiih &
eat Ge distmemshed by Ge emailer eslice: md wer =o, wat
sopareitiy oe pal. [bis probably nearer t He species umersied
ftom the Cetomamnan af Hohemis by Bernard (1903, pm 136, 198).
4 summary of the saliems features of these forms. gether with te
Jamaican Mestss. follows:
Namie
ae fcaiiees 6 ofsenra Pali
ie i
& wtesetint eas? EZ ms Je ae
& erie (Pott ze =a tires
teem, es = Nooo
| CORLLS FHOM TSE TEECHWENN COLLECTION ROW TSE LOWES
EOCENE SICSWOND FORMATION OF jemerTe
Gennes STTLAP SO, Sopverce= 1
TTP SES gece =
Bpermet.—_L BEIM uo. 456.
ee eee ee ee ee eee ee
a of te Eicon’ beds ot Pot Mere ond mex
qpetes, EG et memed a posse bere Oe ee See
ie masse... ij 2 cIrvet supeylise Segment oe mech
44 am @ bees. ws Gee ey om Te eee =
mae worm. and Ge comedies of oe odie ee Se os
aesne 0€735 aun 2) G@emeer, Gist 8S op im =(Sepe, fo
ber, ameted op te columels: scoters: oie me pe
Ghee Delow Ghee os os ae cee Gee eee
SUT SEL 7 eee ¢
Syermen—_L SSM mn. 2252.
Gomerens —The SpecInet ESCs WiGh Ge Weesete one. a oe
ongiemm ft Ge Excheend fe &@ Pot Mens Jem
(Trecmmem colesamn }-
Zemria—Auier eeme om we Tresomem coliesuor =
Blbses Wolb Some GOUI I tis Sanus EB = pe co 2 Geese
feet oe eee os 8 com, 2 os a, os oe. ee
Sumaok Dresmies Bed woo De ooelie aee So
O73 we 1 mm & Semester. bounded by 2 sod cosvime vull Same.
8 @ wom. 2 ee he poder, Se es wel Ge iped a
oe. SEE S rior ( _ The snes
CORALS FROM THE TRECHMANN AND MATLEY COLLECTIONS.
FROM THE MIDDLE EOCENE YELLOW LIMESTONE OF JAMAICA
Family SERIATOPORIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime
Genus STYLOPHORA Schweigger, 1819
STYLOPHORA CAMBRIDGENSIS, new species
PLATE 4, FIGURES 38, 4
Description—Corallum branching, basal portion unknown.
Branches small, compressed or cylindrical. Calices small, superfi-
cial, ranging in diameter from 0.75 mm in the younger ones to 1 mm
in older calices, spaced 0.25 to 0.5 mm apart. Septa, 12 in number,
the six primaries distinct, well developed, extending to the columella,
equal in size, and often exsert above the calicular margins; second-
aries very short or rudimentary, present as mere ridges in the
younger corallites. The columella is small, styliform, tubercular, not
attaining the same height as the upper margins of the primary septa.
The coenenchyme is dense, its surface covered with small tubercular
granulations, which may be so arranged as to form an indistinct
median ridge. The size of the branches varies from a diameter of
6.5 mm, in the more cylindrical ones, to 6 by 10 and 9 by 11 mm, in
the more compressed ones.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 44283.
Occurrence.—The five specimens come from the Yellow limestone
in the Cambridge district (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—This species is closely related to S. compressa Duncan
(1873, p. 551), a species occurring in the upper Eocene of St. Bar-
tholomew, and may be possibly only a variety, but the more closely
set, nonsalient calices, separated by a more strongly granular coenen-
chyme with a faint median ridge, appear sufficient to separate this
Jamaican form.
Duncan (1865, p. 8) identified a Stylophora from the Richmond
beds of Port Maria with S. contorta (Leymerie), a European species,
which might be the same as the present species, but it is certainly
not identical with Leymerie’s species as it is described by Milne
Edwards and Haime (1857, p. 185). Duncan’s specimen might also
be identical with our Stylophora species a, which comes from the
same horizon at the same locality.
94
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 95
Family ASTROCOENIIDAE Koby
Genus ASTROCOENIA Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
ASTROCOENIA JAMAICAENSIS, new species
PLATE 4, Figure 12
Description.—Corallum more or less massive, upper surface irregu-
larly convex, sending up short protuberances. Corallites polygonal,
closely fused by their walls in the lower part of the corallum, but
often becoming slightly separated and cylindrical on the apices of
the protuberances. Calices shallow, polygonal or circular in shape,
separated by the fused corallite walls on which the upper ends of
the septa of adjoining calices meet, producing low granulations or
spines. Septa, 20 in number; 10 much larger than the rest and
extending to the columella, the others more or less rudimentary.
They are slightly granulate laterally, and the upper margins, which
slope at first gently, then abruptly, toward the columella, are very
lightly dentate. The columella is styliform, appearing in the bottom
of the calice as a round or slightly compressed tubercle.
Dissepiments sparsely developed.
Measurements.—As follows:
| Calices
Specimen Length | Width | Height
Maximum | Minimum
diameter | diameter
Mm Mm Mm Mm Mm
I(t) Bae as 83 59 50 4 2
ZI(DALBLY DS) sen eee eee 15 13 22 4 2
Bil(paratyipe) 22 as eee 20 12 32 3 2
Specimen 1 represents a nearly complete corallum, whereas 2 and
& are protuberances from a larger specimen.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 44284.
Oceurrence.—Specimen 1 comes from the Velates schmiedeliana
bed of the Cambridge formation at Spring Mount; specimens 2 and
3 are from the Yellow limestone in the Cambridge district (Trech-
mann collection).
Remarks.—This species is readily distinguished from the other
species of this genus of the West Indian Tertiary, except A. decatur-
ensis Vaughan (1919, p. 348) (lower and middle Oligocene), by
the constant decameral arrangement of the septa. In A. decatur-
ensis the arrangement is usually octameral, as in the other species of
the West Indies, but it may be decameral occasionally. Comparison
with some other decameral species follows:
96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Diameter
Species of Astrocoenia Horizon Locality Giicalivas Septa
Mm
blanfordi Duncan _.=.-.-==----- Lower Eocene-_-_------- Sindee 2 -4.5 10/10
clautensis: Dainelli=—= 2 —- -- 2 2_ f MOCANG S22. 22 aes. 0 aly eee 2. 5-3. 5 10/10
spongilla Oppenheim_____-_-_- Middle Eocene-_-__-_-_--_- Bosnias_2--- 1 -2 10/10
YOMAICAENSTS) NOWee eens Seek | eee GO2 Ss eee Jamaica..-_- 2 -4 10/10
Family FAVIIDAE Gregory
Genus ANTILLOPHYLLIA Vaughan, 1932 (—ANTILLIA of authors)
ANTILLOPHYLLIA (7?) species
Specimen.—U.S.N.M. no, 44285.
Occurrence—In the Yellow limestone at Spice Grove, Man-
chester Parish, Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—A single poorly preserved specimen is very doubtfully
referred to this genus. It is a large corallum, subcylindrical or
subcornute, curved, measuring 65 mm in length, with a maximum
diameter near the top of 43 mm. The calice is filled with a tough
matrix, and the upper edges of the septa are concealed for the most
part, although a portion of one appears to be dentate, but the
characters of the dentations cannot be determined. The exterior is
devoid of an epitheca, which may have been worn away, and the
costae, united by some exotheca, alternate in size and appear to be
granulate or beaded on their edges. The wall is not distinct but
is apparently solid. The septa are of medium thickness, laminar,
imperforate, 90 to 100 in number, half of them extending to the
center, where they unite with the large spongy columella. Endo-
theca abundant.
Family AGARICIIDAE Verrill
Genus ANTILLOSERIS Vaughan, 1905
ANTILLOSERIS CANTABRIGIENSIS (Vaughan)
Turbinoseris cantabrigiensis VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 245, pl. 40, figs. 5-7.
Antilloseris cantabrigiensis VAUGHAN, 1919, p. 194.—Frnrx, 1925, p. 144.
Ideotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 44286.
Occurrence.—In a bed of small corals in the Yellow limestone in
a road cut on the Rock River main road near Beckford, Clarendon
Parish, Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—Twenty specimens from the Matley collection have
been identified by Dr. Vaughan with his species. Their measure-
ments are as follows:
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 97
Specimen Height Maxam
|
Mm Mm
WGP Sete ssS524e' SARS 9.0 6.5 by 7.0
DUNS OSS Nes Ae 11.5 8.0 by 8.5
Be eee eye ea 17.0 6.5 by 10
pS eS ee ee be ee 18. 5 8.0 by 9.5
Bis ae bee te EE ee 20.5 9.0 by 10
Giese ee eo et 21.0 7.0 by 8.0
Menta 2 ae a ad BANE TAS 22.0 8.0 by 9.0
Sasa ee RE eae 23.0 6.0 by 11.5
be oe ee eee ee ae 25.0 6.0 by 9.0
LQ eat Pte ke ay 25.5 9.5 by 11.0
UDP a a St el 26.5 9.0 by 10.0
12 eee ee ee eer 26.0 6.0 by 10.0
1S 22 fes PA ee 27.0 7.5 by 10.5
Sa es er aed Ce saree oli 26.5 7.5 by 9.5
tL ae eee ee 27.5 10.0 by 11.5
1G Ses ek UE Le oe ee 39.0 10.0 by 11.0
Ti oe BE oe 8 22. 5? 6.0 by 11.0
it ee eee ee 24. 0? 9.0 by 12.0
OUP See eae 8 26. 0? 9.0 by 10.5
D0 eee Ls A Loran Hee 22.5? 9.0 by 12.0
(The last four specimens are imperfect, the bases having been
broken off.)
From this tabulation it will be seen that in this species lateral
growth ceases after a maximum diameter of 9-10 by 10-11 mm has
been reached, although the height may extend to as much as 39 mm.
(Those specimens having diameters greater than the maxima re-
corded have been laterally compressed and distorted.)
ANTILLOSERIS JAMAICAENSIS (Vaughan)
Turbinoseris jamaicaensis VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 246, pl. 40, figs. 8-10.
Antilloseris jamaicaensis VAUGHAN, 1919, p. 194.—IWrnix, 1925, p. 144.
Homeotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 44287.
Occurrence——In the Yellow limestone on the Nottingham road
near the turn to Gentle Hill, Manchester-St. Elizabeth boundary,
Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—One specimen is referred to this species. It is con-
siderably larger than Vaughan’s figured specimen but fits his de-
scription of the internal structure well. It is much larger than any
of the specimens referred to A. cantabrigiensis and measures: Height,
47 mm; maximum diameters, 14.5 by 17.5 mm.
ANTILLOSERIS species
PLATE 4, Figures 8-10
Description—Corallum simple, short, conical, slightly compressed.
Calice deep. Exterior of corallum costulate and devoid of an epi-
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
theca. Wall indistinct, perforate, and synapticulate. Septa nu-
merous, thin, imperforate, in five complete cycles and part of the
sixth, the fifth and sixth cycles often uniting, the rest free at their
inner ends, their upper margins with prominent dentations and their
sides granulate, united by numerous synapticulae. The septa of the
first two cycles are equal, more prominent than the rest in the calice,
their inner ends sometimes uniting in the center.
Measurements.—The specimen measures: Height, 6.5 mm; diam-
eters, 9.25 by 10.5 mm; depth of calice, 3.25 mm.
Specimen.—U.S.N.M. no. 44288.
Occurrence.—In the Yellow limestone on the bridle trail near
Whitney Valley, 144 miles from Peace River, Clarendon Parish,
Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—The preceding is a description of a small coral occur-
ring with Lupsammia clarendonensis in the Peace River district and
of which there is one specimen in the Matley collection. It prob-
ably represents a new species, but owing to the lack of other and
more satisfactory specimens, it is not now named. It is distin-
guished from the other species of this genus occurring in the Eocene
of the West Indian region by its relatively broad, low shape and
deep calice; most of the species of the genus are taller, more cylin-
drical forms, except A. cyclolites (Duncan) of the upper Eocene of
St. Bartholomew, which is much broader and flatter. A. antillarum
(Duncan) approaches the Jamaican form but has a more compressed
corallum.
Genus TROCHOSERIS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849
TROCHOSERIS (7?) species
Description —Corallum simple, apparently free, with a broad, sub-
cylindrical, slightly convex base, becoming compressed and elliptical
in outline but not flaring outward near the calice. Wall apparent-
ly solid. Costae not preserved in the specimen. Calice superficial,
with a long, narrow, shallow fossette. Septa, about 200 in number,
strongly exsert, imperforate, unequal, laterally granulate, upper
margins not preserved. The first four cycles are equal, much
thicker than the rest, and extending to the center. Those of the
fifth cycle also extend to the center. The remaining septa are thin
and extend one-third to two-thirds of the distance to the columella.
Columella thin, lamellate, spongy, papillate on top, not prominent
in the fossette. Synapticulae well developed, abundant. Endo-
thecal dissepiments developed in the vicinity of the wall.
Measurements—The specimen measures: Height, 34 mm; basal
diameters, 40 by 45 mm; calicular diameters, 30 by 59 mm.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—-WELLS 99
Specimen.—U.S.N.M. no. 44289.
Occurrence.—Probably from the Yellow limestone at Williams-
field, St. James Parish, Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—This specimen very likely represents a new species but
it is in very poor condition as a result of much surface wear, which
has almost destroyed the wall and has obliterated the upper mar-
gins of the septa. The generic affinities are doubtful until better
specimens can be found.
Family EUPSAMMIDAE Milne Edwards and Haime
Genus EUPSAMMIA Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
EUPSAMMIA CLARENDONENSIS, new species
PLaATH 4, FicuRES 6, 7; PLATE 5, FIcuRE 6
Description—Corallum simple, free, small, short, turbinate or
subhemispherical, with a shallow, slightly elliptical calice and a
nipple-shaped scar of early attachment at the base. The exterior is
not well shown by either of the specimens, but no epitheca appears
to have been present. The wall is porous, synapticulate, and of some
thickness. The septa are imperforate and laminar, with a few scat-
tered pores. Their arrangement is characteristic of the Kupsam-
mids, the septa of the first two cycles being free and straight, extend-
ing to the center; the septa of the fourth cycle fusing to the third
cycle near the columella, producing a delta-shaped group of septa;
and the fifth cycle fusing to the fourth. About three-fourths of the
sixth cycle is developed. The columella is well developed, spongy,
and joined to the inner ends of the first three cycles of septa. The
distal ends of the septa are lost in the synapticular tangle of the
wall. The synapticulae are well developed and are most abundant
near the wall. There are no dissepiments.
Measurements—As follows:
Specimen Height Diameters
Mm Mm
(UY DO) oa er ae 6.5 10.5 by 12
2i(paraty pe) ease! 6 Se or eee 6.5 9 by 10
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 44290.
Paratype—U.S.N.M. no. 44291.
Occurrence.—In the Yellow limestone on Peace River, Clarendon
Parish (type specimen); and on the bridle trail near Whitney
Valley, 14% miles from Peace River, Clarendon Parish (Matley
collection).
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 83
Remarks.—This species is readily distinguished by the low sub-
hemispherical corallum with a small point of early attachment and
by the septal arrangement. The only American species to which
it might be related is /’. conradi Vaughan (1900b, p. 1883) from the
upper Eocene of Virginia and Mississippi, which has a much
thicker wall and four cycles of septa.
Family ACROPORIDAE Verrill
Genus DENDRACIS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849
DENDRACIS CANTABRIGIENSIS Vaughan
Dendracis cantabrigiensis VAUGHAN, 1899, p. 248, pl. 41, figs. 3, 5, 6 (non 4);
1919, p. 194.—Fettx, 1925, p. 268.
Occurrence.—Specimen 1 is from the Yellow limestone at Spring
Mount; specimens 2 and 3 are from the same formation in the
Cambridge district, Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks —Two small fragments and a small block containing
several fragments, all from the Trechmann collection, have been
identified by Dr. Vaughan with his species. There are no notable
departures from his published description.
Measurements.—As follows:
: : Diameter
Specimen Length Diameter oficalices
Mm Mm Mm
Nis ee Sos Seis oe bee bas 24 4 1.0
Dek a ee soe Se 30 5 1.3
Bi Set bea eee 37 4 by 6 1.0
Genus ACTINACIS d’Orbigny, 1849
ACTINACIS SAWKINSI, new species
PLATE 4, FIGURE 5; PLATE 5, FIGURE 7
Description.—Corallum massive, upper surface convex, marked
by low rounded gibbosities, under surface irregularly concave, the
whole being composed of superimposed laminar layers. Corallites
small, 1.2 to 1.5 mm in diameter, separated by less than their own
diameter of coenenchyme. The coenenchyme is composed of per-
forate septo-costae, which are united by synapticulae to form a
porous reticulum. Corallite walls distinct, very porous, formed by
a single ring of large synapticulae connecting the thickened outer
trabecular elements of the septa. The septa are straight, well de-
veloped, less in thickness than the interseptal loculi; they are al-
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 101
ways 24 in number, forming three complete cycles. The septa of
the first cycle are free, extending nearly to columella, two larger
ones lying in the same plane and dividing the corallite. The inner
ends of the third cycle fuse near or at the inner ends of the second
cycle, which is equal in length to the first. The full number of pali
is 12, arranged in two crowns, but several of them may be missing.
The interseptal loculi are open. The columella is styliform, well
developed, often slightly compressed in the same plane as that of
the two directive septa.
Measurements.—As follows:
Specimen Length Width Pe
Mm Mm Mm
MG CGy pe) tesa ee 114.5 45 44
2i(DALALYDO)= see saan aaa aa 76 68 39
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 44294.
Occurrence.—Both specimens are from the Velates schmiedeliana
bed of the Yellow limestone at Spring Mount, Jamaica (Trechmann
collection).
Remarks.—This species may be distinguished from A. alabamiensis
(Vaughan) (1900b, p. 194; 1919, p. 486) (middle Oligocene), to
which it is probably related, by the presence of three complete cycles
of septa and styliform columella, A. alabamiensis having but 20 septa
and a columella composed of septal processes.
ACTINACIS BARRETTI, new species
PLATE 4, Fiaures 1, 2
Description —Corallum branching, basal portion unknown, the
branches compressed and blunt. The average thickness is 6 mm,
and the width varies from 7 to8 mm. The type represents a branch
that bifurcates 832 mm from the lower extremity, and each of the
branches thus produced again divides. The corallites are small,
not more than 1 mm in diameter, slightly projecting, and separated
by less than their own diameter of coenenchyme. The coenenchyme
is perforate, synapticulae uniting the perforate septo-costae to form
a@ porous reticulum. Corallite walls very little developed, a few
synapticulae forming a peripheral ring by uniting the swollen outer
ends of the septa. Between the wall and the surrounding coenen-
chyme is an interspace traversed by nothing except a very few
trabecular expansions uniting the septa and septo-costae. The full
number of septa is 24, arranged in three complete cycles as in A.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
sawkinsi, except that 4 to 8 of them may be lacking in some calices.
They are short, tapering rapidly from a considerable thickness at
the wall to a fine inner edge. Those of the first cycle are equal
and free and end in a crown of pali around the columella. The sec-
ond cycle is joined near the inner ends by the third cycle and ter-
minates in a second crown of pali just outside the first. The
columella is a small columnar style in the center of the corallite.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 44295.
Occurrence.—In the Yellow limestone in the Cambridge district,
Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—This species is distinguished from A. sawkinsi, with
which it occurs, by its smaller corallites, by the narrow space around
the corallites, and by the subnormal number of septa in many of the
corallites. Its branching rather than massive growth-form is also
a distinction.
Genus ASTREOPORA Blainville, 1830
ASTREOPORA WALLI, new species
PLATE 4, FIGURE 13
Description.—Corallum forming branches, which may be more or
less palmate in form. Palmate portions about 10 mm thick. The
basal part of one branch measures about 11 by 21 mm. The calices
are not preserved in the specimens. The corallites are cylindrical or
slightly compressed, averaging 1 mm in diameter, spaced about 0.3
mm apart. The septa are usually 6 in number, but a few rudi-
mentary ones may also be developed. They are short, rarely extend-
ing more than halfway to the center of the corallite. At the periph-
ery they are expanded to form the corallite wall, which is irregularly
perforate. Septo-costae are present, corresponding to the septa, but
not much developed and nonconfluent. There is no columella.
Uniting the corallites are numerous irregular perforate tabulae
forming a loose coenenchyme.
Type—uU.S.N.M. no. 44296.
Occurrence—In the Yellow limestone in the Cambridge district,
Jamaica (Trechmann collection).
Remarks.—This is the first species of Astreopora to be described
from the Eocene of the West Indian region, although several have
been noted from the Oligocene by Vaughan. It is distinguished
from these later species by the smaller size of the corallites Ughter
coenenchyme, and lack of a columella.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—-WELLS 103
Family PORITIDAE Dana
Genus GONIARAEA d’Orbigny, 1849
GONIARAEA CHRISTIANIAENSIS, new species
PLATE 4, Ficure 11
Description.—The type is a small distal fragment of a branch
measuring 17.5 mm in length and 4 mm in diameter. ‘The calices are
diamond shaped, shallow, looking upward toward the tip of the
branch, and measuring 4 mm on the long diameter parallel to the
axis of the branch and 2.75 mm on the shorter. The walls are thin,
with acute upper edges. The septa number 12, all reaching to the
columella. The columella is small, styliform, and much thickened
below the calice. No pali can be discerned. The structure of the
septa is obscure, but a section across one end of the branch shows
them to be perforate.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 44297.
Occurrence.—In the Yellow limestone of the Christiania district,
Manchester, Jamaica (Matley collection).
Remarks.—This species is very close to G. clinactina (Michelotti)
of the middle Oligocene of Monte Grumi, specimens of which are
in the National Museum, the only observable difference being in the
shghtly larger calices of the Jamaican form.
The single poorly preserved specimen upon which the species is
based does not show the characters of the form so well as could be
desired. The normal shape of the calices, that is, of the calices on
the thicker main branches of the corallum, is probably not diamond
shaped, but hexagonal or pentagonal, if we may judge from G@.
clinactina.
CORALS FROM THE TRECHMANN AND ROMANES COLLECTIONS
FROM THE SCOTLAND BEDS OF BARBADOS
Seven specimens of corals were collected by Dr. C. T. Trechmann
from a fossiliferous conglomerate band (evidently Bed “b” of
Trechmann’s 1925 paper) in the Scotland beds of the Island of
Barbados, British West Indies. These were submitted to Dr. T. W.
Vaughan for determination and by him turned over to the author for
description. The material from the Romanes collection consists of
four specimens—three of Madracis decactis (Liyman) and one of
Trochocyathus sp. All the specimens are fragmentary, and, while
at least two new species are represented and possibly a third, none
has been described as such.
The Scotland beds have been the subject of a paper by Dr. 'Trech-
mann (1925) in which he has tentatively established them as being
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
of middle or upper Eocene age. A still more recent paper by Dr.
Matley (1932) considers the question of the age of these beds, and,
after a summary of the evidence offered by various authorities, gives
them an upper Eocene age. He lists the following preliminary
determination of the corals by Dr. Vaughan:
Asterosmilia cf. hilli Vaughan,
Stephanocoenia (7?) sp.
Madracis (?) sp.
Pavona sp.
(The Stephanocoenia % sp. is discussed in the present notes as
Madracis decactis.) He mentions also that R. B. Newton deter-
mined the coral genera Paracyathus and Astrocoenia in the Romanes
collection. (In the present notes the Paracyathus is considered as
Trochocyathus and the Astrocoenia as Madracis decactis.)
Though it is not the purpose here to enter any controversy regard-
ing the age of the Scotland beds, the evidence given by these small
collections of corals indicates an age younger than Eocene, perhaps
early Miocene.
Genus MADRACIS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1849
MADRACIS DECACTIS (Lyman)
PLATE 4, FIGURE 16
Astraea decactis LYMAN, 1859, p. 260.
Madracis decactis Vrerriti, 1864, p. 45.—Grecory, 1895, p. 258, fig. 1.
Specimens.—U.S.N.M. no. 44301; Brit. Mus. (N.H.) nos. R29689,
R29690, R29691.
Occurrence.—In a conglomerate band in the Scotland beds on the
Spa Estate, 2 miles southwest of Bissex Hill, Barbados (Trechmann
and Romanes collections).
Remarks.—Seven specimens are referred to this species. The
calicular surface is not preserved in any specimen, but the internal
structure corresponds exactly to that of specimens from the Miocene
of the Dominican Republic in the National Museum. The corallites
average 1.5 mm in diameter and are closely packed together. There
are 10 well-developed septa that reach the columella and 10 rudi-
mentary septa that appear on the interior of the corallites as spines
projecting into the corallite cavity. The dissepiments are well de-
veloped and horizontal. The specimens represent fragments from
larger coralla.
M. decactis ranges from Miocene * to Recent.
4 Vaughan and Woodring, 1921, pp. 99, 183, 152, 157 (Miocene); p. 167 (Pleistocene).
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 105
MADRACIS (7?) species
PLATE 4, Ficures 14, 15
Description—A fragmentary specimen is doubtfully placed in this
genus. The branch is about 6.5 mm in diameter and is marked by
what appears to be an axial corallite, a feature not present in
Madracis. The calices are shallow, widely separated, and not pro-
jecting, except the axial corallites, which occupy the tops of conical
protrusions indicating the formation of a new branch. Their diam-
eter varies from 1.8 mm to 2 mm. There are 10 well-developed
septa, which join the broad styhform columella. Between them are
10 very rudimentary septa. The surface of the coenenchyme between
the corallites is not costulate but finely striate and granulate. The
coenenchyme is very dense to a depth of 0.75 mm, the interior of
the branch being cellular or open in the region of the axial corallite.
Snecimen.—U.S.N.M. no. 44802.
Occurrence.—In a conglomerate band in the Scotland beds in the
Spa Estate, 2 miles southwest of Bissex Hill, Barbados (Trechmann
collection).
Remarks.—tt is unfortunate that the single specimen of this inter-
esting form is not more complete, because the apparent presence of
an axial corallite separates it from the genera of the Seriatoporidae,
the rest of the characters linking it to Wadracis. Tf the axial coral-
lite is really present it would indicate a new genus bearing approxi-
mately the same relation to Madracis as Archohelia does to Oculina.
Trenchmann’s Stylocoenia (%) sp. (1925, pl. 24, fig. 47) appears to
be a Madracis, but his figure is not clear enough to identify the
species.
Genus TROCHOCYATHUS Milne Edwards and Haime, 1848
TROCHOCYATHUS (7) species
Specimen.—Brit. Mus. (N.H.) no. R29688.
Occurrence.—in a conglomerate band in the Scotland beds on the
Spa Estate, 2 miles southwest of Bissex Hill, Barbados (Romanes
collection).
Remarks—One specimen, placed doubtfully in this genus, is a
portion of a conical corallum of a caryophylld coral that has lost
both calice and base. The exterior is worn away. The septa number
40 and appear to alternate regularly in size. The longer ones bear
pali, which form two crowns around the columella. The columella
is well developed and fascicular.
{t is not unlikely that this is a species of Paracyathus, but the lack
of a basal portion of the specimen prevents the settling of this point.
Paracyathus henekeni Duncan (1863, p. 426) of the lower Miocene
of San Domingo is a much smaller species.
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus ASTEROSMILIA Duncan, 1867
ASTEROSMILIA species cf. A. HILLI Vaughan, 1919
Specimen.—U.S.N.M. no. 44303.
Occurrence—In a conglomerate band in the Scotland beds on the
Spa Estate, 2 miles southwest of Bissex Hill, Barbados (Trech-
mann collection).
Remarks.—One specimen is placed in affinity with this species.
The only differences between it and typical specimens from the
Dominican Republic are that the wall is somewhat thicker and the
costae more regularly alternating in size in the Barbados specimen.
A, hilli Vaughan (1919, p. 355) occurs in the Miocene of Costa
Rica, Jamaica, and the Dominican Republic.
Genus PAVONA Lamarck, 1801
PAVONA species
PLATE 4, FIGURE 17
Description —The specimen is a single much-worn fragment of
a unifacial frond, measuring 20 by 25 by 12 mm. The noncalicular
surface bears alternating costae numbering 8 to 10 in a space of
2mm. The worn calicular surface bears scattered calices, which
range from 1.5 to 2 mm in diameter, separated by a distance of 3.5
to 4 mm between centers, united by regularly alternating septo-
costae. The centers are circumscribed by a ring of strongly de-
veloped synapticulae separating them from the intercorallite areas.
Within the calices there are from 20 to 24 septa, about 10 of which
extend to the columella. The columella is trabecular, formed by
the fused inner ends of the longer septa.
Specimen.—U.S.N.M. no. 44304.
Occurrence.—In a conglomerate band in the Scotland beds on the
Spa Estate, 2 miles southwest of Bissex Hill, Barbados (Trechmann
collection).
Remarks.—This specimen probably represents a new species of
Pavona, but the material is too scanty for further treatment. P.
panamensis Vaughan, from the upper Oligocene of the Canal Zone,
differs by having larger calices in definite series with subequal,
larger septo-costae. P. pennyt Vaughan, from the Miocene of
Trinidad, has larger calices with fewer main septa and a larger
total number of septa as well as a compressed styliform columella.
Pavona occurs in the upper Oligocene and Miocene of the Carib-
bean region and is living in the Indo-Pacific.
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 2
WEST INDIAN FOSSIL CORALS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 109.
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 3
WEST INDIAN FOSSIL CORALS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 109.
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 4
WEST INDIAN FOSSIL CORALS.
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 110.
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 5
Ak ih
¥64 656365545526 ihe
a &
YW @
Z
WEST INDIAN FOSSIL CORALS,
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 11
.
LITERATURE CITED
BERNARD, Henry MEYNERS.
1903. Catalogue of the madreporarian corals in the British Museum (Natural
History), vol. 4, 206 pp., 14 pls.
1906. Idem, vol. 6, 173 pp., 17 pls.
DUNCAN, PETER MARTIN.
1863. On the fossil corals of the West Indian Islands, pt. 1. Quart. Journ.
| Geol. Soe. London, vol. 19, pp. 406-458, 4 pls.
| 1868. On the fossil corals (Madreporaria) of the West-Indian Islands, pt.
| 4, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 24, pp. 9-33, 2 pls.
1873. On the older Tertiary formations of the West-Indian Islands. Quart.
| Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 29, pp. 548-565, 4 pls.
1884. A revision of the families and genera of the sclerodermic Zoantharia,
Ed. & H., or Madreporaria (M. rugosa excepted). Journ. Linn.
Soe. London, vol. 18, pp. 1—204.
DUNCAN, PETER MARTIN, and WALL, GEORGE PARKES.
1865. A notice of the geology of Jamaica, especially with reference to the
District of Clarendon; with descriptions of Cretaceous, Eocene,
and Miocene corals of the island. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lon-
don, vol. 21, pp. 1-15, 2 pls.
FELIX, JOHANNES.
1903. Studien iiber die korallenfiihrenden Schichten der oberen Kreideforma-
tion in den Alpen und den Mediterrangebieten, Theil 1: Die
Anthozoén der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen. Palaeontographica,
vol. 49, pp. 163-360, 67 figs., 9 pls.
1925. Fossilium catalogus, pars 28: Anthozoa eocaenica et oligocaenica,
296 pp.
FROMENTEL, LouIS HpoUARD DE.
1870. Paléontologie francaise ou description des fossiles de la France,
Terrain crétacé, vol. 8, Zoophytes, pt. 25, pp. 337-884, 12 pls.
1887. Idem, vol. 8, Zoophytes, pt. 33, pp. 609-624, 12 pls.
GERTH, HEINRICH.
1928. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der mesozoischen Korallenfaunen von Stida-
merika. Leidsche Geol. Meded., vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 1-16, 1 fig., 2 pls.
GREGORY, JOHN WALLER.
1895. Contributions to the palaeontology and physical geology of the West
Indies. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 51, pp. 255-3812, 2
figs., 1 pl.
1900. The corals, in “ Jurassic fauna of Cutch.” Pal. Indica, ser. 9, vol.
2, pt. 2, pp. 1-195, 26 pls.
1927. Some Lower Cretaceous corals from eastern Venezuela. Geol. Mag.,
vol. 64, pp. 440-444, 1 pl.
1930. The fossil fauna of the Samana Range and some neighbouring areas,
pt. 7: The lower Eocene corals. Pal. Indica, new ser., vol. 15, pp.
79-128, 6 pls.
Kosy, FREDERIC LOUIS.
1889. Monographie des polypiers jurassiques de la Suisse, pt. 9. Abh.
Schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 16, pp. 457-582, 10 pls.
107
i08 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 83
LYMAN, THEODORE.
1859. [On a new species of coral (Astraea decactis).] Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., vol. 6, pp. 260-263.
MATLEY, CHARLES ALFRED.
1929. The basal complex of Jamaica, with special reference to the Kingston
district; with petrographical notes by Frank Higham. Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 85, pp. 440-492, 5 figs., 3 pis.
1932. The Old Basement of Barbados, with some remarks on Barbadian
geology. Geol. Mag., vol. 69, pp. 366-373, 2 figs.
MILN® EpwArps, HENRI, and HAIME, JULES. .
1857. Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires ou polypes proprement dits, vol. 2,
jo0 Pp.
OGILVIE, MARIA MatTirpA (Mis. Gordon).
1897. Die Korallen der Stramberger Schichten. Palaeontographica, suppl.
2, pt. 7, pp. 73-282, 12 pls.
OPPENHEIM, PAUL.
1930. Die Anthozoen der Gosauschichten in den Ostalpen, xxvili--576 pp.,
48 pls.
'TTRECHMANN, CHARLES TAYLOR.
1922a. The Cretaceous and Tertiary question in Jamaica. Geol. Mag.,
vol. 59, pp. 422-431, 3 figs.
1922b. The Barrettia beds of Jamaica. Geol. Mag., vol. 59, pp. 501-514,
3 pls.
1923. The Yellow limestone of Jamaica and its Mollusca. Geol. Mag., vol.
60, pp. 3857-367, 5 pls.
1924a. The Carbonaceous shale or Richmond formation of Jamaica. Geol.
Mag., vol. 61, pp. 2-19, 2 pls.
1924b. The Cretaceous limestones of Jamaica and their Mollusca. Geol.
Mag., vol. 61, pp. 885-410, 5 pls.
1925. The Scotland beds of Barbados. Geol. Mag., vol. 62, pp. 481-504,
4 pls.
1929. Fossils from the Blue Mountains of Jamaica. Geol. Mag., vol. 66,
pp. 481-491, 1 fig., 1 pl.
UMBGROVE, J. HERMAN F.
1925. De Anthozoa uit het Maastrichtsche Tufkrijt. Leidsche Geol. Meded.,
vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 83-126, 2 figs., 4 pls.
VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND.
1899. Some Cretaceous and Eocene corals from Jamaica. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 227-250, 6 pls.
1900a. Trochocyathus woolmani, a new coral from the Cretaceous of New
Jersey. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1900, pp. 486-437,
3 figs.
1900b. The Eocene and lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States,
with descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species. Monogr.
U.S. Geol. Surv., vol. 89, 268 pp., 24 pls.
1905. A critical review of the literature on the simple genera of the
Madreporaria Fungida, with a tentative classification. Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 28, pp. 371-424.
1919. Fossil corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, with
an account of the American Tertiary, Pleistocene, and Recent
coral reefs. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 103, pp. 189-524, 21 figs., 85 pls.
FOSSIL CORALS FROM WEST INDIES—WELLS 109
VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND, and WooDRING, WENDELL PHILLIPS.
1921. Tertiary and Quaternary stratigraphic paleontology: Chap. 6 of
‘
‘A geological reconnaissance of the Dominican Republic.’ Geol.
Surv. Dominican Republic Mem., vol. 1, pp. 89-168.
VERRILL, ADDISON EiMory.
1864. List of polyps and corals sent by the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy
to other institutions in exchange, with annotations. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 29-60.
Fieures 1, 2.
1-4.
11-13.
14, 15.
16, 17
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATH 2
Diplaraca (?) boltonae, new species: 1, Calicular surface of
type; 2, lateral view of type. X 1.
. Rhabdophyllia quaylei, new species: 3, Lateral view of para-
type; 4, calice of type. X 1.
. Trochocyathus matleyi, new species: 5, Lateral view of type,
Xx 4; 6, lateral view of type, X 1.
. Dichocoenia trechmanni, new species: 7, Corallum of type, X 1;
8, calices of type, X 2.
. Trochoseris catadupensis Vaughan: 9, Calice of large specimen;
10, lateral view of same. X 1.
. Cenirastrea hilli, new species: 11, Calicular surface of holotype,
X* 4; 12, calicular surface of holotype, X 1.
PLATE 3
Cyclolites jamaicaensis, new species: 1, Calicular view of type;
2, basal view of type; 3, lateral view of type; 4, lateral view
of paratype. X 1.
. Paracycloseris elizabethae, new genus and species: 5, Calicular
view of type, X 1; 6, basal view of type, X 1; 7, lateral view
of type, X 1; 8, lateral view of paratype, X 1; 9, calicular
view of paratype, X 1; 10, calicular view of type, X 2.
Vaughanoseris catadupensis, new genus and species: 11, Calic-
ular view of type; 12, basal view of type; 13, lateral view
OL type os 1
Synastrea (7?) adkinsi, new species: 14, Calices of holotype,
X 2; 15, corallum of holotype, X 1.
. Goniopora trechmanni, new species: 16, Calicular surface of
paratype, X 4; 17, corallum of paratype, X 1.
110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
PLATE 4
Eocene
1,2. Actinacis barretti, new species: 1, Corallum of type, X 1; 2, transverse
section of corallites of type, X 4.
3,4. Stylophora cambridgensis, new species: 8, Corallum of type, X 1; 4,
ealices of type, * 4.
5. Actinacis sawkinsi, new species: Transverse section of corallites of type.
x 4.
6,7. Eupsammia clarendonensis, new species: 6, Calicular view of type; 7,
lateral view of type. X 1.
8-10. Antilloseris (?) sp.: 8, Calicular view, X 2; 9, calicular view, X 1; 10,
lateral view, X 1.
11. Goniaraea christianiaensis, new species: Holotype. X 2.
12. Astrocoenia jamaicaensis, new species: Calices of type. X 2.
13. Astreopora walli, new species: Transverse section of corallites. X 4.
Tertiary
14,15. Madracis (?) sp.: 14, Fragment of corallum, X 2; 15, fragment of
ecorallum, X 1.
16. Madracis decactis (Lyman): Worn fragment of corallum. X 1.
17. Pavona sp.: Worn calicular surface. X 2.
Cretaceous
18. Goniopora reussiana (Duncan): Calices. X 4.
19, 20. Favioseris anomalos, new genus and species: 19, Corallum of holotype,
X 1; 20, calices of holotype, X 2.
21,22. Prodiploastrea schindewolfi, new genus and species: 21, Calices of holo-
type, X2; 22, corallum of holotype, X 1.
PLATE 5
1. Paracycloseris elizabethae, new genus and species: Diagram of septal
arrangement. X 4.
. Fungia (Cycloseris) patella (Ellis and Solander): Diagram of septal
arrangement (seventh cycle not shown). X 38.
3. Vaughanoseris catadupensis, new genus and species: Transverse section.
x3: ;
4. Goniopora reussiana (Dunean): Diagram of septal formula.
5. Typical Goniopora: Diagram of septal formula, (After Bernard, 1903.)
6. Hupsammia clarendonensis, new species: Transverse section of paratype
showing septal arrangement. X 8.
7. Actinacis sawkinsi, new species: Diagram of septal and palar arrange-
ment. X 15.
bo
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1934
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Jae INCRE
ats ay
iC E cs
( nao
STV TOO,
inoue
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Washington : 1934
Pastel by the
Vol. 83 No. 2976
FOSSIL HARES FROM THE LATE PLIOCENE OF
SOUTHERN IDAHO
By C. Lewis Gazin
Assistant Curator, Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, United States National
Museum
Amone the fossil remains of late Pliocene mammals from lake
deposits near Hagerman in southern Idaho are a number of speci-
mens representing leporid types. Three distinct species are recog-
nized, two of which are referred to the genus Hypolagus. The third
may represent Ali/epus, a lagomorph previously known from the
Neocene of Asia. Comprising the material are a well-preserved
skull with the atlas and right ramus of the mandible associated,
four fragmentary jaws, an assortment of isolated teeth, and a few
limb bones. The greater part of the National Museum material was
collected by Elmer Cook, of Hagerman, from various localities south
of the Plestppus shoshonensis quarry. A few specimens, however,
including the Adilepus? jaw, were encountered in the quarry during
operations there by Smithsonian Institution parties.
A third species of Hypolagus is represented in collections made
by an expedition from the California Institute of Technology at a
locality near Grand View in southwestern Idaho. The fauna from
Grand View is not identical with that from Hagerman, and although
the difference may be attributed to the geographic separation of the
localities, it seems likely that the two are of slightly different age.
Presumably, the Grand View occurrence is of later date. The
Grand View lagomorph material was loaned to me for study through
the kindness of Dr. Chester Stock.
72738—34 111
112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM von. 88
Upper Pliocene lagomorphs are relatively little known, and hereto-
fore the occurrence of these forms in the Idaho beds has not been
recorded. The number of species here recognized is noteworthy, a
diversity approaching that of the rabbits and hares now living in
southern Idaho. The recent fauna in the vicinity of Hagerman
includes the white-tailed and black-tailed jack rabbits (Lepus town-
sendii townsendii and L. californicus deserticola), the sage cottontail
(Sylvilagus nutialli grangert), and the pigmy rabbit (Brachylagus
idahoensis). 'To the north, in the mountainous portion of the State,
are found the snow-shoe rabbit (Lepus bairdii bairdii) and the pika
(Ochotona princeps lemhi). A second pika (Ochotona schisticeps
goldmanz) is recorded from the lava beds to the northeast of Hager-
ITN. ip OR
WAY Sel ABN TOM EN
C Wey wy V
Figure 1.—Hypolagus, near vetus (Kellogg): a, Fragment of
right ramus of mandible (U.S.N.M. no. 12620) ; b, fragment of
right ramus of mandible (U.S.N.M. no. 12621). Lateral views
x 1, occlusal views X 2. Hagerman lake beds, Upper Plio-
cene, Idaho.
man. A marked diversity of lagomorphs is also found to the south
in the Basin and Range province.
Drawings for all the figures herein were made by Sydney Prentice.
HYPOLAGUS, near VETUS (Kellogg)+
Figure 1 e
Three fragmentary mandibles, a number of isolated teeth, and a
few limb bones from the vicinity of Hagerman, Idaho, are recognized
as belonging to a species near, or possibly identical with, Zypolagus
vetus. H. vetus is the type species and was originally described from
the Pliocene beds at Thousand Creek in northwestern Nevada. It
appears likely that the Hagerman material is specifically distinct
from the form occurring in the earlier Pliocene beds of Nevada, but
the few differences observed in the incomplete material at hand do
not warrant recognizing a distinct form.
1 Kellogg, L., Univ. California Pub]. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 5, pp. 486-437, 1910; see
also Dice, L. R., Univ. California Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 181-182, 1917.
PLIOCENE HARES FROM IDAHO—GAZIN 113
Comparison between the Hagerman specimens and topotype ma-
terial of H. vetus in the collections of the California Institute of
Technology shows the Idaho form to be very nearly the same size as
H. vetus, comparable in this respect with specimens of Lepus town-
sendit. Two of the
jaw portions appear
to be somewhat more
robust than in Z.
vetus and in U.S.N.M.
no. 12620 (fig. 1a);
the lower tooth row
is slightly longer and
the individual teeth
relatively a little
wider. Moreover,
several of the third
lower premolars,
though similar in pat-
tern to those of HZ.
vetus, are a little
larger and somewhat
more rounded antero-
internally, giving the
anterior portion of
the tooth a relatively
greater width. Two
isolated P? from near
Hagerman show a
deep anterior re-
entrant enamel fold
directed postero-exter-
nally and a much
shallower groove ex-
ternal to this, much
1 ‘ 2 Th Ficurp 2.—Hypolagus limnetus, new species: Skull
pein H vewus Q and mandible, type specimen (U.S.N.M. no. 12619) ;
upper molariform dorsal, ventral, and lateral views of skull and
teeth are similar to lateral view of right ramus (reversed) of mandi-
: ble; X 1. Hagerman lake beds, Upper Pliocene,
those in the Nevada Idaho, ;
specimens.
The Hagerman form appears somewhat more advanced than the
Thousand Creek Hypolagus vetus, as suggested by the slightly
greater relative width of the lower teeth in one of the jaws and per-
haps by the greater average robustness of the jaws of the Idaho form.
Tn all probability a single line of descent is represented, the Middle
Pliocene form in Nevada giving rise to the larger of the late Plio-
114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor. 88
cene types occurring at Hagerman. As to whether this line led to
any of the large species of Lepus there is no certainty. As yet no
types have been described from the Pliocene or Pleistocene of North
America clearly bridging the seemingly trivial, yet apparently per-
sistent, dental characters cited by Dice as distinguishing Hypolaqus
from Lepus and Sylvilagus. Moreover, it is interesting to note that
fossil materials recognized as including both Hypolagus and Lepus
have been found in an early Pleistocene occurrence at Anita, Ariz.?
HYPOLAGUS LIMNETUS, new species
FIGURES 2, 3
Type—Skull, right ramus of mandible, and atlas, U.S.N.M. no.
12619.
Locality —T. 7 8., R. 13 E., about 2 miles south of the Plesippus
quarry, near Hagerman, Idaho.
Horizon —Hagerman lake beds.
Specific characters.—Size near that of Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri,
much smaller than Hypolagus vetus. Rostrum relatively short and
cranial portion elongate. Cranium shallower posteriorly and less
depressed with respect to the rostrum than in S. nuttalli grangert.
Posterior nasal opening dorsoventrally deep and transversely con-
stricted. Bullae very large. Basi-occipital narrow and elongate.
Teeth about equal in size to those of S. nuttalli grangert. Anterior
upper incisors strongly recurved with anterior groove more nearly
median in position. P? with two unequal reentrant folds and P; with
anterior external reentrant fold relatively deep.
Material—The skull (fig. 2) belonging to the type is remarkably
well preserved and includes the entire dentition. However, the speci-
men lacks the nasals, parietals, the left and part of the right zygoma,
and the right bulla. The atlas and greater portion of the right ramus
of the mandible were found in position with the skull, the ramus
incomplete only in the region of the angle. In addition to the type a
few isolated teeth and some fragments of limb bones are recognized
as belonging to this species.
Description—In size Hypolagus limnetus is only shghtly smaller
than the sage cottontail (Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri) now living
on the Snake River Plains, although considerably larger than the
pigmy rabbit (Brachylagus idahoensis). Compared with the sage
cottontail the fossil skull has a relatively shorter rostrum and an
anteroposteriorly longer basicranial region. The cranial portion of
the skull is not so depressed posteriorly, and the supra-occipital is dis-
2Hay, O. P., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, pp. 628-631, 1921; see also Dice, L. R..
Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, vol. 16, pp, 379-382, figs, 8-11, 1932.
115
PLIOCENE HARES FROM IDAHO—GAZIN
tinctly shorter dorsoventrally. The tympanic bulla is of consid-
erable size, much larger than in S. nuttalli grangeri and nearly as
large relatively as in B. idahoensis. The space between the bullae
is less than in the cottontail and the basi-occipital is about one-
fourth longer. The ectopterygoid fossae are about the same dis-
tance posterior to the cheek teeth as in S. nuttalli grangert but much
farther forward from the foramen magnum, apparently because of
the greater inflation of the bullae. The posterior nasal opening is
relatively deep and distinctly narrower transversely than in Sylvi-
lagus, much as in Romerolagus. The palatines form a more distinct
ledge or ridge inward from the posterior molars on each side than
in Sylvilagus. The palatines on either side of the nasal opening
are nearly parallel in the fossil, whereas in Sylvilagus the widest
portion of the opening is to the front, converging posteriorly. The
bony palate between the grinding teeth is short
as in Sylvilagus, the palatal processes of the
palatines being more reduced than in Rom-
erolagus. Only a part of the right jugal is
preserved in the fossil, but this portion is a
little deeper than in S. nuttalli grangeri, and
anteriorly the outward flare of the ventral sur-
face is less pronounced. The postorbital proc-
TIGURE 3.
Hypola-
esses are broken away, but on both sides the
length of the break is short, suggesting that
the process consisted only of a backward-pro-
jecting spur.
The upper teeth in the fossil are nearly identi-
cal in size with those in Sylvilagus nuttalli gran-
geri, although the diastema between the incisors
and cheek teeth is much shorter. The principal
gus limnetus, new
species: a, Left
superior denti-
tion; b, right in-
ferior dentition;
ty pe specimen
(U.S.N.M. no.
12619); occlusal
views, X 2. Ha-
german lake beds,
Upper Pliocene,
Idaho.
incisors are more recurved than in the cottontail,
and the groove on the anterior surface is more nearly median in posi-
tion. The small posterior incisors show no differences other than
being directed backward to a greater degree. The enamel pattern of
P? (fig. 3a) differs from that in the recent Idaho cottontail in having
only two reentrant folds on the anterior surface. Both folds are
relatively shallow, the more lingual fold being the deeper. In S. nut-
tall grangeri there are three distinct anterior folds, the middle fold
being deeper than the others, and in addition there is a very shallow
groove near the external margin. The succeeding molariform teeth
in the fossil resemble very closely those in the cottontail. The
erenulated medial lingual folds in these teeth extend almost as far
externally as in S. nuttalli grangeri.
The mandible shows about the same proportions as in Sylv-
lagus nuttalli grangeri, although the diastema between the incisor
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 88
and P; is a little shorter and the anterior surface of the ascending
ramus rises more steeply, placing the condyle slightly higher and
a little farther forward than in the living rabbit.
As is true in the upper dentition, the size of the lower teeth can be
closely matched in specimens of Sylvilagus nuttalli grangeri. The
lower incisor shows a longer bevel, apparently accompanied by a
slightly more acute cutting edge; also the posterior surface of the
incisor does not show the slight longitudinal concavity or groove
commonly present in S. nuttalli grangeri. P; (fig. 8b) shows the
pattern typical of Hypolagus in which the posterior of the two
external reentrant folds extends only about halfway across the tooth,
there being no reentrant from the internal surface. The anterior
external fold, however, appears more deeply impressed than is usual
in Hypolagus. In Sylvilagus and Lepus the posterior external re-
entrant fold extends nearly or entirely to the internal surface of
the tooth, and the anterior surface of the anterior column is com-
monly complicated by one or more shallow reentrant folds or grooves.
The molariform lower cheek teeth of the fossil show no important
characters distinguishing them from these teeth in the sage cottontail
of Idaho.
Comparison —Hypolagus limnetus is distinctly smaller and less
robust than Hypolagus vetus, or the large Hagerman form close to
H. vetus. The lower jaw is slenderer, shallower, and has teeth
about one-fourth smaller. The two enamel folds on the anterior
surface of P* are much shallower at the stage of wear observed than
in H. vetus, whereas the lingual reentrant folds on the upper molari-
form teeth appear somewhat more deeply impressed; also the an-
terior external fold on P; appears to be deeper than in ZZ. vetus.
Hypolagus edensis Frick,’ from the Eden Pliocene beds in south-
ern California, is apparently somewhat smaller than H. limnetus.
The anterior external enamel fold of P; in WH. edensis appears rather
deep, but is placed more nearly on the anterior surface of the tooth.
Also, the figures of the lower molariform teeth show them to be
more rounded internally than in 7. “imnetus.
Hypolagus browni (Hay)* from the early Pleistocene occurrence
at Anita, Coconino County, Ariz., is a small species, intermediate
in size between Hypolagus limnetus and Brachylagus idahoensis.
The anterior portion of a skull, U.S.N.M. no. 10197, of H. browni
shows few differences other than that of size from the skull of ZH.
limnetus. The upper molariform teeth in the two species are similar,
although the median fold in each of the teeth appears somewhat more
crenulated in //. limnetus. The lower jaw of H. browni is distinc-
tive in that the ascending ramus rises much less steeply than in ZH.
® Prick, Childs, Univ. California Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 12, p. 348, figs. 52, 53, 1921.
4Hay, O. P., op. cit., pp. 630, 631, 1921; also Dice L. R., op. cit., 1932.
PLIOCENE HARES FROM IDAHO—GAZIN 117
limnetus, and the condyle is considerably lower and somewhat more
posterior in position. The first cheek tooth of H. brown is rather
distinctive and apparently shows some variation in the enamel
pattern between specimens. In three lower jaws the posterior ex-
ternal fold in P, extends slightly more than halfway across the tooth
and near its inner extremity shows one to three plications. A fourth
specimen, that figured by Dice, shows an enamel lake near the lingual
side of P;, opposite the posterior external fold.
There is in the Anita collection a jaw portion exhibiting all cheek
teeth except M;, a specimen not examined by Hay or by Dice since
the matrix has only just been removed. The jaw corresponds closely
in size with those recognized as Hypolagus browni, but P, is a little
larger and the posterior reentrant fold extends completely across
the tooth and is open internally. . Sey
ee pciicnur. fu. L {Unidentified tapeworm larva_-_______.___- 1
Amphicaecum parvum_-_-_------------------ 1
Anchoviella epsetus....------------- L 3 | Rhaphidascaris anchoviellae__--..__-______- 3
L 2) |e eee Ree ee nee ee eet Seca eee eae eee Eee
MentaculaniQuepidaes wes anal eee 1
IBOOTEMMOTIN- 252-2. o-oo <—=asa===—- U 4 |) Unidentified tetrarhynchid ---___._-_____. 1
SCOlec DICUnONeCiSe =n een eee ee ee 3
GQOCZiCNINUL OE sa onsen a esha en eae 1
Tentacwlarnia lepidd == ae eee 1
L 3 1)Gymnorhynchus gigas---.------_---.-_____- 1
Scoler; pleunonectissa—= ss2s2> nou eee 2
aCe ieigs ese tee F Tentaciulaniquepida sss: oe een 2
Gymmnorhynchus gigas: ._<-22=---22-2__=- 2
U Bul (GUANO Le Ses ee ek ee Se eee ee 1
Scoleamleunonechisesas= sme eect noe 3
Gorgorhynchus gibber_..--------.---.---.-_- 2
{Agamonema vomitor..-.-------222----2---2 1
ce ui | Dichelyne diplocaecum-------.-.-----.-_--- 1
Fundulus heteroclitus_.......------- U 20 [-Agamonema immanis — --.----------------- 3
| Contracaecum robustum_.-.--..--.--.------ 5
Glossocercus cyprinodontis_--_-.._-...-.__- 15
L 100) |\\Contnacaccwmcollieriss oat 23 so ee ae 20
Eerinotonivatiegatis’..... vsti! Atactorhynchus verecundus weoses eset 2
Agamonema immanis_-..-------------.--- 3
U 40) |\\Contnacaecwm: collieri= 2 es ee 6
Atactorhynchus verecundus-_--.-_.--.--_-_-- 10
Mollienesia latipinna_-.------------- L PAU Bs Na aa Ge A AE SS ee ee a He ene
| Scolenjspazt 2-225) A cen oe eee ee 1
Paralichthys lethostigmus..-.-------- U Dal NCOninacAeciuNVUiCOLiCKt ace ae 1
Lae ieetmeies OWOCiNCLUS ee. eee 1
Rhipidocotyle transversdle_---------------_- 2;
Merri ieouidt [vosrner a U 6 Wnidentified fluke. S24. -s22=2 2222-2 8s 2
Cysticercoides menidiae_.-...-.-.--..--..._- 2
Rhaphidascaris anchoviellae--.-_-_-_----__- 1
OMG Si iiss Ae he L 18 | Contracaecum robustum_...--.-.----------- 16
U Sh Bee: G02 52 eee Be ee ee 5
Polynemus octonemus-_-..---------- L 3 | Rhadinorhynchus tenuicornis__-......__-__- 1
Lecithochirium microstomum-_-_.---------- 3
MOOR INTGs eptiis...-.- 2-2. L 3 IPONNOCHECUMTIChVUNt= — «sae ae en ecee sees 2
IPS SECUNGIWI = = tate ewes on nw sneer eee 1
Rhaphidascaris anchoviellae_--.------------ 1
L 16 Eee ee eee ae ee eae aaa ee eee ene
Lagodon rhomboides....-.----------- U Fi as yen ea Anh ee «Oia
Archosargus probatocephalus_.------ L Deas eI en Se 2 Re ee eee a eee Se ml nee See
L ace: Collierizeten. a ees ee I
Sciaenops ocellatus.......----------- Dichelynefastigatuss==-2- 202 eee ree es 1
U 1 | Beare eee or eS ah ee ee ce a od ena |v ee
Seinetiscaihins. _ : Rhadinorhynchus tenuicornis_.-.-.--.------ 2
L 16 | Rhadinorhynchus tenuicornis_.-.-.--------- 12
EMcropogon undulatis ns == U 7 | Gymnorhynchus gigas_.-------------------- 1
Eriscion nebulosus....-.------------ L 4 | Unidentified tapeworm larva_--._-_------- 1
1L, lower; U, upper.
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 83
Class TREMATODA
Family BUCEPHALIDAE Poche, 1907
RHIPIDOCOTYLE TRANSVERSALE, new species
PLATE 6, FIGURE 1
Description of immature forms encysted in Menidia.—Size 0.45
by 0.24 mm to 1.22 by 0.5 mm. Body oval with broadest region
near middle. Anterior half of body covered by minute spines in
transverse rows; posterior part of body with spines inconspicuous,
embedded in cuticle. Anterior sucker with its forward-projecting
structure cuspidor-shaped; sucker 160u to 185, in diameter, base of
sucker 200 to 265 from anterior end. Very young specimens have
a mass of glandular material in anterior end of body (=“ cystogen-
ous organ” of Tennent, 1906, and “ penetration organ” of Wood-
head, 1929). Anterior sucker develops in midst of this mass, and
vitelline follicles from posterior part of it. Pharynx about two-
fifths length of body from anterior end, about 90 to 100» in di-
ameter, without prepharynx. Intestine egg-shaped or nearly
spherical, in large specimen about 310. in diameter. Testes round
or oval, side by side or diagonally situated, somewhat posterior to
center of body; size variable, up to 175, in diameter. Cirrus pouch
about 250 to 350u long and 70» to 125» in diameter, with a small
seminal vesicle at its proximal end, about 50u long. Genital atrium
large, in a large specimen 180» long and 120» in diameter, often
nearly filled by the partially everted cirrus. Ovary smaller than
testes, usually oval, up to 95u by 130,, situated beside or diagonally
in front of anterior testis. Developing uterus present in older
specimens, with several twists or loops, entering genital atrium be-
side cirrus. Vitelline follicles 32 in number, arranged transversely,
and not separated into two distinct groups but connected across
median line just posterior to anterior sucker.
Host.—Menidia menidia.
Location.—In walls of intestine.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39516; paratypes, no.
39517.
Remarks.—Rhipidocotyle transversale differs from other members
of the genus in the form of the anterior sucker and its forward-
projecting structure and in the arrangement of the vitellaria, which
in all other forms are arranged in two lateral groups. It appears to
be identical with the form figured by Linton (1901, pl. 34, figs. 367,
368) as “ Gasterostomum sp. from Tylosurus marinus”, but it is not
the same as the one that he recorded from this host at Beaufort,
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 127
N. C., and that Tennent (1906) erroneously referred to as Gastero-
stomum gracilescens; the Beaufort form is apparently Bucephalopsis
haimeana.
The last-mentioned species was recorded by Tennent (1906) in a
metacercarial state in washings from the stomach and intestine of
Menidia. When viscera of infected Menidia were fed to carnivorous
fishes, some further development of the young flukes took place.
The first intermediate host of this parasite was found to be the
oyster, and it is not improbable that the same is true of the species
here described. The method of infection of Menidia is uncertain;
the occurrence of the young flukes in the walls of the intestine makes
it highly probable that the cercariae, liberated from sporocysts in a
bivalve host, are swallowed by the Menidia. In the case of a re-
lated fresh-water bucephalid, Bucephalus papillosus (referred to the
genus Phipidocotyle by Eckmann, 1932), the cercariae liberated
from fresh-water mussels (Unionidae) penetrated the flesh of young
bass at the base of the fins and encysted there (Woodhead, 1929).
Family HEMIURIDAE Liihe, 1901
LECITHOCHIRIUM MICROSTOMUM, new specics
PLATE 6, FIGURES 2, 3
Specific diagnosis—Specimens with ripe eggs and caudal append-
age retracted are 2.75 to 4.8 mm long, with maximum width of 0.875
to 1 mm. One individual with extended caudal appendage meas-
ures 3.76 by 0.63 mm; appendage about 1 mm long. Cuticle without
spines or rings. Maximum width at about level of vitelline glands
or behind them. Oral sucker 140 to 200u in diameter, without in-
ternal lateral protuberances. A deep sinus present on ventral sur-
face of body between ventral sucker and genital opening, and a spe-
cial small round depression, characteristic of genus, just anterior to
ventral sucker. Ventral sucker 365 to 540; ratio between size of
oral and ventral suckers, 1:2.5 to 1:2.8. Pharynx round, 70u to
1104 in diameter, contiguous with oral sucker, and followed by
swollen, nearly spherical esophagus about same size as pharynx.
Intestinal ceca pass laterally to sides of body, at right angles to
long axis of body, then turn and pass posteriorly, ending at about
level of retracted appendage. Disposition of genital glands as usual,
testes close together and obliquely situated. Ovary farther behind
testes than testes are behind ventral sucker. Yolk glands at level
of or immediately behind ovary, each with three or four lobes, which
are scarcely if any longer than wide. Uterus fairly voluminous, oc-
cupying most of space around testes and between testes and ovary,
and with loops extending posterior to ovary and yolk glands, on left
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
:
side in two specimens, on right in one (pl. 6, fig. 2). Uterus forms
metraterm at level of ventral sucker, the two parts separated by a
well-developed sphincter (pl. 6, fig. 3). Metraterm pursues fairly
straight course to sinus on ventral surface of body, then bends ven-
trally and joins prostatic part of vas deferens to form thick-walled
hermaphroditic duct. Prostatic part of vas deferens saclike, con-
stricted into two portions and connected with large trilobed seminal
vesicle by narrow duct surrounded by numerous prostate cells. Eggs
16p by 12p.
Host.—Trichiurus lepturus.
Location.—Stomach.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen —vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39518; paratype, no
39521.
Remarks.—Only one other species of this genus as restricted by
Looss (1907) has hitherto been described from American fishes with
sufficient accuracy to be specifically recognizable, namely, L. synodi
Manter (1931), although some of the forms referred by Linton
(1898, 1901, 1905) to Distomum monticellit may be species of Leci-
thochirium and may even be identical with the form here described.
L. microstomum differs from ZL. synodi in the greater relative differ-
ence in size of the suckers, in the presence of a bladder in the pro-
static part of the vas deferens just behind the hermaphroditic duct,
and in the larger size of the eggs. These flukes were found in small
numbers in two out of three specimens of 7’richiurus lepturus.
UNIDENTIFIED DISTOME
PLATE 6, FIGURE 4
A. few specimens of an unidentified distome, which may be iden-
tical with Linton’s “ Distomwm sp. from Menidia notata” (1901, pl.
32, figs. 357, 8358), were found in Menidia menidia along with Rhipi-
docotyle transversale. The specimens were extremely fragile, with
a tendency to stick to glass during the process of preparation, and
were so densely crowded with eggs that no organs except the suckers
and pharynx could be identified. The flukes are about 0.48 to 0.7
mm long, with greatest transverse measurement from dorsal to ven-
tral side through ventral sucker. Ventral sucker in large specimen
(0.7 mm long) 140, oral sucker 70, pharynx 50pn. Eggs about 22
by 12n.
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—-CHANDLER 129
Class CESTODA
Family TETRARHYNCHIDAE Cobbold, 1864
TENTACULARIA LEPIDA, new species
PLATE 7
Specific diagnosis Head and neck very long and slender, with an
annular constriction immediately behind contractile bulbs where
neck joins tail-like blastocyst. Two lateral heart-shaped bothria,
emarginate behind, about 550» long, and 450p to 550” wide at pos-
terior end. Head and neck anterior to bulbs (pars vaginalis) 2.5 to
3mm long. Just behind bothria neck only about 135p to 170p broad
in lateral view; neck flares a little in bulbar region, reaching diam-
eter of 320n to 540p at postbulbar constriction. Tail-like blastocyst
1.5 to 2.5 mm long, nearly cylindrical, with diameter of 300 to 350p.
Contractile bulbs about 400» to 500p long and about 120» broad, very
close together, and collectively forming pear-shaped body. Each
bulb with dense mass of fibers on inner wall; thickness of these
muscular masses increases to a maximum at a point about two-thirds
distance from anterior to posterior end, and then decreases again.
A few fibers cross through central area between bulbs, holding latter
together in a compact manner. Appearance and structure of bulbs
as in plate 7, figures 1, 2, 5, and 6. Slender proboscis retractors at-
tached anteriorly on inner wall of bulbs. Proboscides estimated to
be between 1.5 and 2 mm long, cylindrical, with diameter of about
45u to 50u, armed with hooks of various kinds, form and arrange-
ment of which are shown in plate 7, figure 4. Largest hooks in each
spiral arranged in two groups of five hooks each, three elongate and
only moderately curved, and two shaped somewhat like a cat’s claw
and sheath. At point where claw joins sheath these hooks very
broad dorsoventrally and very thick. On side of proboscis opposite
these two sets of hooks a single row of small round plates, in a con-
tinuous series, two plates to each whorl of hooks. On either side of
this row of plates a close group of three slender spines, and between
these and the three slender hooks of each group of five a single very
slender spine. Maximum length attained by any hooks about 20y.
Little difference in size or arrangement of hooks on different parts of
proboscides. Proboscis sheaths coiled in characteristic manner
throughout length of neck. Numerous granular bodies in neck about
20» in diameter; these begin about one-fourth length of neck behind
_ bothria and continue to anterior ends of contractile bulbs, being
somewhat more numerous posteriorly; granular bodies for most part
apparently round and sessile (pl. 7, fig. 3) but actually attached to
walls of neck by slender stalks, and closely similar to granular bodies
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 85.
figured by Southwell (1930, fig. 57, B), on bulbs of his Gymnorhyn-
chus malleus. Similar granular bodies are described and figured by
Linton (1897) in the neck of his Rhynchobothrium speciosum (=
Tentacularia speciosa).
Type host —G@aleichthys felis.
Location —Attached to mesenteries.
Locality — Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39519; paratypes, no.
39520.
Remarks—Only the encysted larvae of this form have been found;
these occur in moderate numbers attached to the mesenteries of two
species of catfish, Galeichthys felis and Bagre marina. The scolex
and tail-like postbulbar portion appear to be free in the cysts, since
when the cysts are broken and pressure is applied, the enclosed larva
emerges entirely unattached. The cysts are usually pear-shaped and
2 to 4 mm long.
Tentacularia lepida is closely related to 7’. speciosa (Linton, 1897)
and to 7’. spiracornuta (Linton, 1907). 7’. speciosa has recently been
transferred to a new genus, Lintoniella, by Yamaguti (1934), but
the reasons for its establishment seem to me inadequate. If, however,
this genus is accepted, both spiracornuta and lepida should be placed
in it. The armature of the proboscides of depida is strikingly sim-
ilar to that of spiracornuta as figured by Southwell (1930) and that
of speciosa as figured by Yamaguti (1934), but depida is much
smaller than either of these, with differences in the proboscis hooks,
proboscis sheaths, and contractile bulbs that clearly indicate specific
distinctness.
GYMNORHYNCHUS GIGAS (Cuvier, 1817)
PLATE 8, Figures 1-4
Southwell (1930) has shown that this is the correct name for a
tetrarhynchid that has hitherto been known as Synbothrium fragile
Diesing, 1850, or Syndesmobothrium fragile Diesing, 1855. Linton
(1897) described a second species of Synbothrium (S. filicolle) that
he obtained in the larval state from a considerable number of fishes.
In 1908 he briefly described an adult tetrarhynchid from a sting
ray and assigned it to the same species. This adult, however, was
probably incorrectly identified, for the dimensions given for the
head, contractile bulbs, and other parts do not correspond with those
of the larvae. Southwell believes that Linton’s S. filicolle and Die-
sing’s S. fragile, as well as S. hemuloni MacCallum, 1921, are all the
same species, and with this I agree. Southwell, however, also con-
siders 7’etrarhynchus platycephalus Shipley and Hornell, 1906, to be
the adult of the same species. This, I believe, is a mistake, for the
characters of the head of this worm are strikingly different from
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 131
those of Gymnorhynchus gigas. Further remarks on Tetrarhynchus
platycephalus will be found in the discussion of Gymnorhynchus
malleus.
Three specimens of larval tetrarhynchids (U.S.N.M. no. 39522)
from Galveston Bay fishes have been assigned to this species; two
were found encysted on the mesenteries of Galeichthys felis, a single
one in each of two hosts, while the third was found encysted in the
body cavity of a croaker (Micropogon undulatus). When the cysts
were burst the very characteristic larvae were freed; these larvae
consist of a head and neck, followed by a nearly spherical vesicle
into which the head and neck may be withdrawn, and then a long
tail-like portion. Such larvae, probably all belonging to the same
species, have been figured under the names Gymnorhynchus reptans
and Anthocephalus macrourus by Bremser (1824); under the name
Pterobothrium heteracanthum by Diesing (1855); as a “ Tetraboth-
rium larva” by Linton (1887); as a Syndesmobothrium filicolle by
Linton (1889); and as Gymnorhynchus gigas by Southwell (1930).
The larvae reported by Southwell that lack a vesicle in the neck
should not, I think, be referred to this species. Dollfus (1929b) con-
siders Pterobothrium Diesing, 1850 (later renamed Synbothriwm and
still later Syndesmobothrium) as a valid genus distinct from Gym-
norhynchus, but his reasons for doing so are not clear.
Since there is so much confusion with respect to this species it
seems desirable to describe some of the details of the specimens
found in Galveston Bay fishes, and then to point out the features
actually characterizing the species.
The vesicle in which the scolex lies measures, in my specimens,
2.5 to 3.5 mm in length and is about three-fourths as wide as long.
The relations of scolex, vesicle, and “tail” are precisely as de-
scribed by Linton in 1887. The tail is several centimeters in length
and about 0.75 mm in breadth. The four bothria are mobile, spread-
ing from the front of the head, each with a sucking disk; they
measure about 300 in an anteroposterior direction, while the width
of the head across the bothria is about 450n to 470n. The neck
anterior to the contractile bulbs (pars vaginalis of Pintner, 1913)
is 2.4 mm long and about 200 broad, widening out in the bulbar
region to about 400, (pl. 8, fig. 1). The neck is slightly dilated
just anterior to the bulbs, where the proboscis sheaths are coiled.
The postbulbar region is shorter than the pars vaginalis but varies
in my specimens from about 0.5 to 1.5 mm, according to the state
of contraction. The bulbs are elongate and of nearly uniform
width, measuring about 1 to 1.3 mm in length by about 135p in
width. The total length of the proboscides, judged by the extent
of the inverted spines, is about 3 mm; the diameter, exclusive of
the spines, is about 604. The proboscis sheaths are straight in the
99742359
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
greater part of the neck, becoming thrown into coils just anterior
to the bulbs. The spines on the proboscides, as far as observable
in the everted part, are arranged in two groups of five each. Near
the base of the proboscis one set of five spines in each whorl con-
sists of recurved clawlike spines, tending to become straight and
elongate, at first one or two in a set, in more distal whorls all of
them. Many of the spines near the base have more or less well-
developed prongs (pl. 8, fig. 4). After the first six or eight whorls
all the spines tend to become elongate, only slightly curved, and to
have their prongs flattened out (pl. 8, fig. 3). Near the base these
elongate spines are about 50n to 60 long, but they gradually grow
larger until they reach a length of about 110n. At about 900 from
the base the spines in one series of five change rather suddenly, in
the space of two or three whoris, to very stout, strongly curved,
clawlike spines with stout bases, the spines in the other series re-
maining broad, flat, elongate, and slightly sinuous (pl. 8, fig. 2).
Examination of the inverted part of the proboscis shows that at
least some clawlike spines continue nearly to the tip, but the form
and arrangement of the spines in this part of the proboscis could
not be made out clearly.
Following are the characters that I think should be possessed by
a specimen before it can be correctly assigned to this species: Larvae
with “blastocyst ” divided into an anterior oval or spherical vesicle
containing the head (unless pressed out) and an elongate, posterior
tail-like portion. Head when pressed out of vesicle remains attached
to it unless broken. Bothria four, spreading out anteriorly and
each with a sucking disk directed forward. Head and neck 3 or
more mm in length, and about 200 broad in narrowest region;
contractile bulbs about 1 mm or more in length and about one-
tenth to one-eighth as wide as long. Proboscis sheaths nearly
straight in anterior half or two-thirds of length of neck, but thrown
into coils just anterior to bulbs. Retractile muscles of proboscides
attached near anterior end of bulbs. Proboscides about 3 mm in
length. Spines on proboscides arranged in two groups of five. On
basal portion of proboscides, except first six or eight rows, spines
slightly curved and bladelike, frequently notched at tip, and reach-
ing maximum length of about 110%. About 1 mm from base, spines
in one set of five change to a stout clawlike form, which is main-
tained in at least one set of spines to tips of proboscides.
GYMNORHYNCHUS MALLEUS (Linton, 1924)
Piate 8, Figures 5, 6
The larvae of this species were described and figured by Linton
(1897) as V'etrarhynchus erinaceus. These larvae were transferred
by Linton in 1905 to the genus Synbothrium, and in 1924 were as-
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 133
signed to the species S. matlewm, the adult of which he described in
that year, parasitic in the ray Dasybatis centrura. The larvae were
found in a number of salt-water fishes, including G‘aleichthys mil-
berti. Southwell (1930) referred to this species some adult speci-
mens, which he found in rays in Ceylon. Two specimens (U.S.N.M.
no. 39523), which I have assigned to this species, were obtained from
the mesenteries of Galeichthys felis.
My specimens seem to agree fairly closely with Linton’s descrip-
tion and figures of this species except for the smaller size. Unfor-
tunately the proboscides are only slightly exserted, so a full compari-
son of their armature with that described and figured by Linton is
not possible. So far as can be seen, however, my specimens agree
with Linton’s.
The cysts have an enlarged egg-shaped anterior end measuring
about 4 to 5 mm in length and 2.5 mm in breadth. Behind this ante-
rior portion there is a long tail-like appendage. The scolex and neck,
and a bulblike expansion of the body behind the neck, are contained
in the enlarged anterior. portion of the cyst. The tail consists of
a slender prolongation of the body covered by a loose thin sheath,
which is a part of the cyst wall. The tail in one specimen is about
17 mm long and in the other about 50 mm. The bothria spread out
at right angles to the long axis, giving the hammerlike appearance
that has been described and figured by Linton. The breadth of the
head across the bothria is about 850, and the length of the both-
ridial portion of the head only about 350u. A proboscis emerges
from near the outer extremity of each bothrium, but none of the
proboscides are exserted far enough to show more than one or two
basal rows of hooks. The visible hooks consist of very stout thorn-
shaped hooks, slender recurved hooks, and numerous minute spines.
The proboscides are about 2 mm in length, with a diameter at the
base of about 40u. The short thick neck is about 560» in diameter.
The contractile bulbs are about 1.2 mm long and 270, abroad.
Shipley and Hornell (1906) described and figured under the name
Tetrarhynchus platycephalus an adult tetrarhynchid that had the
head shaped strikingly like @. malleus, but in which the hooks as de-
scribed are like those of G. gigas. In Shipley and Hornell’s worm,
however, the short proboscides are nearly straight within the head
and posteriorly pass to the posterior extremity of the contractile
bulbs, in which they lie coiled. In my specimens no such condition
exists; the retractor muscles of the proboscides are attached to the
anterior ends of the bulbs. It seems certain, therefore, that 7’. platy-
cephalus is identical with neither @. gigas nor G. malleus, but
should be recognized as a third species of Gymmnorhynchus, G. platy-
cephalus.
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
Superfamily PHYLLOBOTHRIOIDEA Southwell, 1930
SCOLEX PLEURONECTIS Miiller, 1788 (S. POLYMORPHUS Rudolphi, 1819, of many writers)
Larval cestodes of this species have been found in a great num-
ber of different marine fishes and show a considerable variation in
size and form, but the variation among the individuals in a single
host and changes that are thought to take place with age make it
extremely difficult, and at present impossible, to separate different
species with any degree of accuracy. These worms have been consid-
ered to be the larval forms of various tetraphyllidean worms by dif-
ferent authors; among the supposed parent worms are species of
Acanthobothrium, Calliobothrium, Onchobothrium, Echeneiboth-
rium, and Phoreiobothrium. Experimental feedings of the larvae
to elasmobranch hosts have been made by Monticelli (1888) and
Curtis (1911). Monticelli, feeding larvae from a flounder (Arno-
glossus) near Naples to a species of Zorpedo, obtained young speci-
mens of Calliobothrium filicolle, which he believed to have developed
from the larvae fed. Curtis, on the other hand, fed larvae obtained
from Cynoscion regalis at Woods Hole, Mass., to Carcharias littoralis
and obtained young specimens of Phoreiobothriwm triloculatum,
which he believed to have been derived from the experimental feed-
ing. Southwell (1925) sums up the situation as follows: “ There
ean, I think, be little doubt that the name Scolex polymorphus does
not indicate a definite species; it is a group name which includes a
number of different species in the final host.”
Linton in his various papers has noted the occurrence of these lar-
val cestodes, which he lists under the name Scolex polymorphus, in
over 60 widely diversified species of fish. In some hosts (e. g., Cyn-
oscion regalis in New England) they were found in almost every
specimen examined and in enormous numbers, either in the cystic
duct and gall bladder or in the intestine, or in both. The forms de-
scribed from various fish hosts are by no means all alike. They dif-
fer in size, in the form of the sucker, or “myzorhynchus ”, at the
anterior end between the bothria, in the size and shape of the both-
ria, in the presence or absence of cross partitions, or “ costae”, on
the bothria (one to four in number when present), and in the pres-
ence or absence of red pigment patches. Linton (1905) records
this parasite from Galeichthys milberti at Beaufort, N. C. Twelve
specimens were obtained from the cystic duct near its junction with
the intestine. Of these Linton says: “The specimens contracted
freely between 4 and 8 mm in length. At rest, with bothria re-
tracted, the length was about 12 mm. There was no indication of
costae on the bothria nor of the red pigment patches often noted in
these larval cestodes.” Similar specimens were found in the intes-
tine of another host of the same species.
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 135
My specimens were found in three of five specimens of Galeichthys
jelis taken at Evergreen Beach in Galveston Bay and in two of three
specimens taken in the Gulf of Mexico near Bolivar Point, Galveston.
Similar larvae were found in several specimens of Bagre marina.
In most instances the parasites were present in moderate numbers,
from 8 or 10 to 30 or 40, attached to the cystic duct, free in the gall
bladder, or free in the chyle of the intestine. While living they were
extremely active, extending to a length of 6 to 8 mm and becoming as
slender as a thread, with a shght enlargement just behind the head,
and contracting down to less than 1 mm in length. There was a very
marked tendency, when the worms contracted slightly from a fully
extended condition, for the body to bulge conspicuously just behind
the head. After fixation the worms contracted to a length of 2 to
4.5 mm, with a maximum diameter behind the head varying from 0.1
to 0.6 mm. Across the widest region of the bothria the head meas-
ures 0.4 to 0.65 mm. The bothria are 0.23 to 0.3 mm long and about
half as wide. ‘The apical sucker, or “ myzorhynchus ”, is flat anteri-
orly and rounded posteriorly, about as long as wide, and about 0.07
mm in diameter.
Family PROTEOCEPHALIDAE La Rue, 1911
PROTEOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS, new species
PLATE 9, FIGURES 3-6
Specific diagnosis —Total length 20 to 88 em, with maximum
diameter of about 1 mm when relaxed, but up to 1.8 mm in contracted
regions. Head not clearly demarcated from strobila; maximum di-
ameter, shortly behind suckers, about 780» (pl. 9, fig. 6). Suckers
face anterolaterally and are about 285 in diameter without deep
grooves between them. Anterior end with vestigial sucker. Segmen-
tation begins immediately behind scolex. Narrowest part of neck
about 6654 broad. Proglottids in various regions of strobila with
measurements in millimeters as follows:
Length Breadth
OMIM OMMANLETIOT Cl Cas i ree Mel RIOT ee See 0. 045 0. 75
Lop mim; rromvanterioriends.1) ste Sao es 0.1 OR
25am trompantenlior, endsai2 Ss tn pel, ares 0.3 1
OUEmMmMy trommanterionsend s. = net 2 OG 1,33
(oMMecLOMP Anterior endas. 22222222 eee ee Me 1.8
OO AMM LrOMmamMuGri Ol eM aes sae enmes ee es 2 0. 75
MoneseseMproglottid = Sass Ale NS ee Se ee 2. 65 1
In relaxed condition all proglottids over 100 mm from anterior end
longer than broad. Posterior segments split on mid-ventral line, and
with tendency to pull apart at junctions, remaining attached only at
lateral margins, leaving fenestrae between them. Calcareous gran-
ules very numerous, angular in outline, and about 5y in diameter.
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genital pore marginal. at bottom of well-developed sinus, irregu-
larly alternating, one-fourth or less of length of proglottid from
anterior end. Testes $0 to 100, about 50 to 70» in diameter, occupy-
ing greater part of proglottid between vitellaria, except space oc-
cupied by other organs. Vas deferens forms dense mass of coils
lying median and slightly posterior to cirrus pouch (pl. 9, fig. 3).
Cirrus pouch large, 450p to 530» long and 240 to 265p broad, of
variable shape. Aiter entering pouch vas deferens makes about
three loops, then rather suddenly enlarges to form cirrus. Retracted
cirrus extends almost to proximal end of pouch and then twists for-
ward and distally to junction with vas deferens; wall thick and
thrown into conspicuous corrugations. Exserted cirrus extremely
long, up to 1.5 mm when fully exserted, about 100u in diameter at
base, tapering to diameter of 40» at truncated tip (pl. 9, fig 5).
Vagina, opening just anterior to cirrus, forms crescentic curve with
convex side forward, about 3800p long (pl. 9, figs. 38, 5). Distal 40p
or 50u of duct with moderately thick walls, rest of curve surrounded
by powerful sphincter muscle, thickest on middle of convex side of
curve; maximum diameter of vagina through sphincter about 90, to
110» with narrow lumen, not more than 5p or 6p» in diameter when
open. At end of curved sphincter region vagina opens into ex-
panded thin-walled tube with lumen usually about 80, to 90m in
diameter at junction with sphincter, sometimes bulged to diameter
of 120n. This tube passes toward median line of segment, curving
posteriorly, and then passes back to ovary, its direction frequently
interrupted by kinky folds. When empty, diameter of this portion
of vagina only about 20u to 25u but frequently expanded to a di-
ameter of 40u or 50». Coils not noticeably more numerous just an-
terior to ovary. Behind ovary oviduct and vagina thrown into
several transverse loops, which could not be successfully followed.
Ovary bilobed, usually of rather characteristic shape (pl. 9, figs. 3,
4), its posterior border almost straight, extending to vitellaria on
each side; anterior border a deep-swinging curve, each end not quite
reaching vitellaria, having lateral borders nearly straight and at
right angles to posterior border but with anterior tips bent inward.
Greatest anteroposterior diameter of ovary, from tips of anterior
curve to posterior border, about 400% to 450u. Vitellaria extend
from near anterior border of segment to near posterior border of
ovary on aporal side, and from posterior side of cirrus pouch to pos-
terior border of ovary on poral side, only rarely any follicles present
anterior to cirrus pouch. Uterus spreads laterally, maintaining al-
most straight lateral borders; about 15 to 20 incomplete septa on
each side tend to divide uterus into lobes (pl. 9, fig. 4).
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 134
Type host—Lepisosteus osseus.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39525.
Remarks.—This species comes strikingly near to P. ambloplitis
Leidy as described and figured by Benedict (1900), although it looks
much different from specimens examined by me taken from Microp-
terus dolomieu in Douglas Lake, Mich., and referred to that species
by LaRue. No other member of the genus Proteocephalus except
P. ambloplitis as described by Benedict has a vaginal sphincter even
approaching that of the species here described (LaRue, 1914).
P. australis differs from P. ambloplitis as described by Benedict
in the following particulars: In P. ambloplitis all the segments,
except sometimes a few square posterior ones, are broader than long;
in P. australis all proglottids beyond 75 to 100u from head are
longer than broad, some over two and one-half times longer. In
P. ambloplitis the scolex is sharply set off from the neck, which in
Benedict’s figures appears to be only 300u to 400» broad, and the
suckers are separated by deep sulci; in P. australis the scolex is
hardly broader than the neck, and there are no sulci between the
suckers. In P. ambloplitis the inner longitudinal muscles are ar-
ranged in 50 to 60 distinct bundles; in P. australis these muscles are
not distinctly segregated into bundles. In P. ambloplitis the vas
deferens is intricately coiled in the cirrus pouch, and the protruded
cirrus measures about 500n to 700u in length; in P. australis the vas
deferens has only about three loops inside the cirrus pouch, and
the protruded cirrus has a length of 1.5 mm. In P. ambloplitis the
vitellaria are described and figured as extending anterior to the
cirrus pouch on the poral side; in P. australis they rarely do this.
In P. ambloplitis the ovaries are described as retort-shaped and
figured as narrow anteroposteriorly; in P. australis each lobe lat-
erally is about as broad anteroposteriorly as it is transversely. So
far P. ambloplitis has been recorded from various species of bass
and from the bowfin (Ama calva) in fresh-water lakes and streams
while P. australis was found in a gar in the highly brackish water
of Galveston Bay. Two specimens were found in one of three
host specimens examined.
PROTEOCEPHALUS ELONGATUS, new species
PiLatE 8, Figures 7, 8; PLATE 9, Figures 1, 2
Specific diagnosis —Total length about 560 mm. Head 675 to
7654 in diameter with an apical prominence, very prominent suckers
and deep sulci between suckers extending back on neck to a point
about 800. to 900u from anterior end (pl. 8, fig. 7). Suckers about
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
320u in diameter. Head sharply constricted behind suckers. Neck
long, segmentation beginning to show faintly at 5 to 9 mm from
anterior end, with minimum width of 360p to 4502. Proglottids at
first much broader than long, but relative length rapidly increasing
until, at a distance of 4 cm from head, they may be approximately
square if in an uncontracted state. Even mature segments 10 or
12 em from head vary greatly in measurements according to state
of contraction, some being broader than long (1.8 mm broad by 1.2
mm long), others longer than broad (1.2 mm broad by 2.1 mm long).
Ripe segments longer than broad, varying in breadth from about
1.2 to 1.5 mm and in length from 2.8 to 4.7 mm.
Genital pores marginal, without papillae, irregularly alternating,
about one-fifth to two-ninths length of segment from anterior end.
Testes very numerous, about 200 to 225 or more, 60% in diameter,
arranged almost all in one plane, and filling in greater part of space
between vitellaria anterior to ovary, although soon crowded out
of middle portion of segment posterior to cirrus by developing uterus
(pl. 9, fig. 1). Was deferens forms dense mass of coils lying between
cirrus pouch and median line of proglottid. Cirrus pouch roughly
three-eighths width of segment, measuring about 480» to 580 in
length by 260 to 325 in diameter. Retracted cirrus bent upon
itself in pouch; ejaculatory duct capable of great distention, which
makes the walls appear thin instead of thick and muscular (pl. 8,
fig. 8, A). Everted cirrus about 6004 to 650 long, with bulblike
enlargement of proximal half; diameter through bulb about 180,
(pl. 8, fig28,'B)
Vagina opens anterior to cirrus and lies close along anterior wall
of latter. It is provided with an elongated muscular sphincter,
somewhat reminiscent of that of P. ambloplitis, extending from gen-
ital pore to about half length of cirrus pouch. Musculature not
nearly so thick as in P. ambloplitis, thickest near middle of its
length and gradually disappearing instead of ending abruptly as in
ambloplitis (pl. 8, fig. 8; pl. 9, fig. 1). Whole vagina, including part
with muscular wall, may be greatly distended, although the sphincter
causes a sheht constriction in it (pl. 8, fig. 8, A). In young mature
segments vagina, after reaching middle of proglottid, passes almost
straight posteriorly to ovary, although in older proglottids it has a
few kinks (pl. 9, fig. 1). Over bridge of ovary vagina has shght
club-shaped enlargement from which lower vagina emerges and
after one or two loops enters oviduct near middle of its length (pl. 9,
fig. 2). Oviduct originates in oocapt attached to bridge of ovary.
Just before entering ootype oviduct is jomed by a common vitelline
duet, which has a reservoirlike enlargement before it branches to go
to opposite sides of segment. Shell gland surrounding ootype an
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 139
irregularly shaped mass of cells. Vitellaria arranged in two narrow
lateral bands extending throughout length of proglottid on both
sides. Uterus grows out from midline in form of numerous pouches
separated only by wall-lke partitions; pouches 20 to 30 on each side
extending laterally in ripe proglottids to vitellaria.
Type host—Lepisosteus osscus.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39526.
Remarks.—This worm differs from all other members of the genus
except P. ambloplitis and P. australis in the size and extent of the
vaginal sphincter, but the musculature of this organ is very much
thinner than in either of these species. It differs further from both
these species in having a slender unsegmented neck several muilli-
meters long.
Three specimens of this worm were found in a specimen of Lepisos-
teus osseus, along with two specimens of P. australis. In one worm
some interesting abnormalities occurred. In a group of six mature
segments, three abnormalities were found. Onesegment had a genital
pore, cirrus pouch, and transverse portion of the vagina duplicated
on opposite sides of the segment. In this case the mass of coils of
the vas deferens was also duplicated, but the two transverse vaginas
met to form a single tube in the middle of the segment. In another
segment two cirrus pouches, each with its accompanying coil of the
vas deferens, lie one immediately behind the other on the same side
of the segment, but only a single vagina, anterior to the first cirrus
pouch, is present. In another segment the vagina opens posterior
to the cirrus instead of anterior, as is the case in every other instance.
Family DILEPIDIDAE (?) Railliet and Henry, 1909
GLOSSOCERCUS, new collective group of tapeworm larvae
Definition —Larval tapeworms consisting of two parts separated
merely by a constriction: (1) Head and neck and (2) long, slender,
tonguelike tail. Head provided with four suckers and armed rostel-
lum. Posterior part of neck with an oval cavity with a ductlike
extension passing into tail, where it continues as an ill-defined cen-
tral cavity partially filled with loose parenchyma. A pair of ex-
cretory tubes become conspicuous in posterior part of neck and pass
through whole length of tail, usually becoming markedly wider just
behind neck. Scolex retractile into anterior part of neck. Strong
muscle fibers pass from neck back into tail. Found free in body
cavity of small fish. Probably larvae of tapeworms of family
Dilepididae, parasitic in fish-eating birds.
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
GLOSSOCERCUS CYPRINODONTIS, new species
PLATH 10, FicurEes 1-5
Specific diagnosis —Length of head and neck about 4 to 7 mm, ac-
cording to state of contraction; of body 9.5 to 12.5 mm. Maximum
diameter of scolex (pl. 10, fig. 4) about 630, of neck (when relaxed)
about 280 to 300n, and of tail about 0.8 to 12 mm. Suckers oval,
about 175» long and 155 wide. Rostellum very muscular, when re-
tracted shaped like cone with rounded sides, about 1754 wide and
about the same in depth. Hooks (pl. 10, fig. 5) in two rows of 10
hooks each, the larger ones 180p long, with blade 100u long; guard
(or ventral root) 554 measured from dorsal contour of hook to base,
and with breadth of about 25» across base; root shorter than blade
with expanded proximal end about 202 broad. Smaller hooks 130,
long, with more curvature than long hooks; guard 42» from dorsal
contour of hook to base, and with transverse breadth of about 30z
across base; root expanded at proximal end to transverse width of
about 20u. Oval cavity in posterior part of neck (pl. 10, fig. 3, A)
about 500u long and 2004 wide. Longitudinal muscles in well-defined
bundles (pl. 10, fig. 3, BB). Tail shaped like an elongated willow leaf,
its broadest point shortly behind junction with neck, thence tapering
to a rounded point at posterior end (pl. 10, fig. 1). Excretory tubes
in tail are very conspicuous and may be over 100, broad.
Type host—Cyprinodon variegatus.
Location.—Body cavity.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39527; paratypes, no.
39528.
Remarks.—These worms, up to two or three in a host, were found
in about 80 percent of a dense swarm of top minnows (Cyprinodon
variegatus) in a pool on Galveston Island. No specimens were
found in individuals of the same species taken in the upper part of
Galveston Bay, but one young specimen was found in a Pundulus
heteroclitus in the upper bay. The worms were found free in the
body cavity of the fish, although in a few instances they were seen
coiled up in a delicate membranous cyst, which burst as soon as
touched. ‘The worms are extremely active, and capable of contract-
ing and stretching to a remarkable extent. So far as I have been
able to find, no larvae in any way resembling this one have hitherto
been described, although the Gryporhynchus larvae come nearest to
them. ‘The nature of the scolex suggests the probability of the adult
belonging to a member of the Dilepididae, but no form with a scolex
conforming with that of this species in details of structure has so
far been described in fish-eating birds. The nearest approach is
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 141
Dilepis kempi Southwell, 1921, from a cormorant in Assam. In this
the hooks are similar, but the scolex and suckers are markedly
smaller.
CYSTICERCOIDES MENIDIAE, new species
Specific diagnosis.—Small oval cysticercoids 200% to 300 long
and 150» to 1854 broad. Evaginated scolex about 155 broad and
1354 long, with poorly defined suckers but provided with 20 (or
187) hooks in a double row, the short hooks 50m long, the long ones
about 70p.
Host.—Menidia menidia.
Location.—Intestinal wall and mesenteries.
Locality Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specitmen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39530.
Remarks.—A few of these small tapeworm cysts were obtained
from a silversides along with specimens of the gasterostome Rhipi-
docotyle transversale. tis probably the larvae of an avian parasite
of the family Dilepididae, but I have not been able to identify the
hooks with those of any North American species.
Class NEMATODA
Family ASCARIDAE Cobbold, 1864
Subfamily ANISAKINAE Railliet and Henry, 1912 (emend. Baylis,
1920)
CONTRACAECUM COLLIERI, new species (= C. MICROPAPILLATUM?)
PLATE 10, FIGuRES 6-8
Specific diagnosis —Body reddish, robust, bluntly rounded at head
end, conical at caudal end. Length 18 to 26 mm, with maximum
diameter of 600, to 750u. Head without distinct lips, but truncated
and with pair of slight liplike elevations, one of which bears boring
tooth, which is not pointed but resembles a knoblike papilla.
Shortly behind head body conspicuously annulated for distance of
about 2002, beyond which annulations (pl. 10, fig. 7) become indis-
tinct. Diameter through posterior part of striated region about
240u to 250u. Esophagus 2 to 3 mm long with diameter of about
75, followed by appendix about 450u to 590 long. Anterior diver-
ticulum of intestine 1.45 to 1.9 mm long. Anus 180» to 200u from
posterior end of body.
Type host—Cyprinodon variegatus.
Location.—Body cavity.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39531.
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 8%
Remarkse.—These relatively large worms are fairly common in
Cyprinodon variegatus in Galveston Bay. Usually one but some-
times two specimens occur in a single host, and in one instance two
of these and one of the huge Agamonems immanis described below
were found in a single Cyprinodon not over % inches in length.
Four specimens were found in the body cavity of one of two
Pardlichthys lethostigmus examined, Ten specimens freshly re-
moved from infested Cyprinodom were fed to each of three domestic
mallard ducks. When no eggs were found in the feces by the end
of three weeks the ducks were killed and examined, but no trace
of worms of the genus Contracaccum was found.
CONTEACAECUM KOBUSTUM, new species (=C. MICROCEPHALUM?)
VPriare 10, Ficures 9, 10
Specific diagnosis—Vaody blood-red, robust, tapering in anterior
fourth, bluntly conical at posterior end. Length 20 to 26 mm, with
maximum diameter of 1 mm. Head without distinct lips, but with
conspicuous pointed boring tooth about 40p in length. Just behind
head cuticle conspicuously marked with annulations, which are very
close together and end rather abruptly after about 1245p to 150p,
Diameter through posterior part of striated region about 3225p to
250» Esophagus about 2.5 mm long with diameter of about 160p,
followed by appendix about 1.12 to 1.15 mm long. Anterior diver-
ticulum of intestine 2.6 to 2.9 mm long. Anus 1235p to 150p from
posterior tip. Caudal end of body indistinctly annulated and ter-
minated by demarcated conical lobe.
Type howe—Mugil cephalus.
Locition.—¥anbedded. in kidneys.
Locality. —Galveston Bay, Vex.
Lype spemen-—U,5.N.M, Helm, Coll, no, 69523,
Rhomarke,—Vhis worm is common in mullets during the summer
months and accounts for the popular reputation of mullets being
“wormy.” It is also fairly common in Mundulus heteroclitus in
summer, It ig a much stouter worm than (, collieri, more tapering
anteriorly, is much Jess distinctly striate’ posteriorly, and has a
different boring tooth, a longer and broader esophagus, a longer
esophageal appendix, and a differently shaped tail.
Fourteen specimens freshly removed from infected mullets were
fed to cach of two domestic mallard ducks, She feces of the ducks
were then examined for ova every other day for three weeks, with
nevative results, The ducks were then killed and examined, but no
trace of worms of the genus Contracaccwm was found.
Lhe relation of these two species of Contracaccum to the adult
species known from American fish-eating birds is uncertain until
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—-CHANDLER 143
successful infection experiments have been performed. I can find
no reference in descriptions of C’. spiculigerum to the deep striations
in the neck region, which is a conspicuous feature of both the species
described above, but these striations are mentioned by Cram (1927)
in C. microcephalum of ducks and ciconiiform birds and in @,.
micropapillatum of pelicans, as well as in C. multipapillatum of
South American ciconiiform birds and in (’. tricuspe of similar birds
in Asia and Africa. Cram considers C. guadricuspe Walton a syno-
nym of @. microcephalum. In his description of C. quadricuspe,
Walton (1923) mentions that the tail ends abruptly in a terminal
spine, which is also a character of C’. tricuspe, but it is neither men-
tioned nor figured by Gedoelst (1916) in his description of Kathleena
arcuata, a species that Baylis and Daubney (1922) found to be
identical with Rudolphi’s microcephalum. C. robustwm has a termi-
nal papillalike structure such as Walton figures for his C. quadri-
cuspe, but the esophageal appendix is longer than in Walton’s quad-
ricuspe and similar to the dimensions given for mécrocephalum. C.
collieri, on the other hand, has no papilla at the end of the tail and
has a much slenderer esophagus, shorter appendix, and shorter
cecum, in which respects it suggests the possibility of its being the
young of C. micropapillatwm. As noted above, however, both species
were fed to domestic mallard ducks without resulting infection.
AMPHICAECUM PARVUM, new species
PLATE 11, FieurE 1
Specific diagnosis—Body small and slender, 6.7 mm long, with
maximum diameter of 230. Diameter fairly uniform for most
of length of body, tapering in anterior fourth and more abruptly at
tail end. No striations on cuticle. Head truncated, 60, across at
anterior end. No larval boring spine, but mouth flanked on each
side by bladderlike structure, which may be forerunner of a lip.
Esophagus about 830 long, followed by a more or less spherical
bulb about 15 in diameter and a large hollow appendix 1.06 mm in
length. Diameter of esophagus about 56, of appendix about
80u. Intestinal cecum about 300 long and 60 in diameter. Anus
1354 from posterior end. Tail conical, ending in truncated papilla-
hike structure about 10, in diameter.
Type host—Dorosoma cepedianum.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39535; paratype, no.
39536.
femarks.—In the possession of a posterior esophageal bulb in-
stead of a ventricle and of a large hollow esophageal appendix, this
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
form obviously belongs to the genus Amphicaecum, which Walton
erected in 1927 for some larval forms obtained by Leidy from the
weakfish (Cynoscion regalis). Walton presents no measurements
but gives a diagram of the digestive system of a 15 mm specimen.
In this it is clear that the intestinal cecum and esophageal appendix
are smaller relative to the esophagus than in my specimens, and the
two are therefore believed to be specifically distinct.
RHAPHIDASCARIS ANCHOVIELLAE, new species
Specific diagnosis—Females 4 to 6 mm long, with maximum di-
ameter of 160u to 250u. Head truncated, 60n to 72 in diameter.
Esophagus, in specimens 5 to 6 mm long, about 600 to 750 long
and 90 to 100% broad, with a small bulblike posterior ventriculus
from which springs a posterior flattened appendix 310, to 420 long
and about 25» in diameter dorsoventrally and about 60» in diam-
eter from side to side. Ventriculus about 30p to 50n long and 90u
broad. Vulva 1.2 to 1.5 mm from anterior end. Ovejector directed
posteriorly, dividing into two posteriorly directed uteri about 630p
from vulva. Uteri loop forward, but not anterior to vulva, and
then pursue a wavy course backward, ending near anus. Anus
about 240 to 300% from posterior end. Tail bluntly conical, ter-
minating in a spine.
Males about 4 to 5.8 mm long with diameter of about 165p to 235y.
Esophagus 410p to 500u long and 65 in diameter, with ventriculus
30 long and 50u broad, and posterior appendix 240n to 280, long.
Reproductive tube extends anteriorly to about 350 behind end of
esophagus and pursues a wavy course posteriorly to cloaca, which
is 902 to 120u from posterior end. Tail abruptly conical at tip and
terminated by a spine.
Specimens in anchovy immature with reproductive tubes present,
but without adult lips and without spicules in males.
Host.—Anchoviella epsetus.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39537; paratypes, no.
39538.
Remarks.—These immature worms correspond in the structure of
the alimentary canal with members of the genus Rhaphidascaris.
Their specific identity is uncertain, since they are immature, but
until the adult stage can be obtained by infection experiments it
seems advisable to designate this species by a new name, even though
it may subsequently fall into synonymy.
A few specimens of a larval form probably identical with this spe-
cies from the anchovy were found in Menidia menidia, and also in a
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 145
specimen of 77ichiurus lepturus, along with the two forms of larval
Porrocaecum described below. The specimens from 7richiurus are
slightly larger than the Rhaphidascaris in the anchovy, with rela-
tively shorter and stouter esophagus, but this might easily be ac-
counted for by a slightly greater age. The specimens from 7'richi-
urus (all females) are 6.4 to 7.2 mm long, with a maximum diameter
of 230 to 255u. The esophagus is 700p to 735 long, with a di-
ameter of 110 to 115y; and the diverticulum is 350, to 375yp long.
The anus is about 265 from the tip of the tail.
PORROCAECUM TRICHIURI, new species
Specific diagnosis Length 6.85 to 8.4 mm, with maximum di-
ameter of 135 to 180u. Head 65, in diameter; diameter at anus
65u. Tail 105u to 1830p long, conical, rounded at tip, and conspicu-
ously striated, the striations about 4p apart. Esophagus anterior to
ventriculus 875y to 910u long with a maximum diameter of 60 to
654; ventriculus 340» to 415y long and 90 in diameter. Intestinal
diverticulum 530, to 680u long, with diameter of 50 to 60 at base,
tapering to rounded point at distal end. Only larval forms found,
with boring tooth present and no development of reproductive sys-
tem. Enclosed in delicate sheaths.
Type host.—Trichiurus lepturus.
Location.—Mesenteries.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39539; paratypes, no.
39540.
PORROCAECUM SECUNDUM, new species
Specific diagnosis —Length 8 mm, with maximum diameter of
1604. Head 65, in diameter; diameter at anus 65p. Tail 130,» long,
conical, rounded at tip, and conspicuously striated, the striations
about 4 apart. Esophagus anterior to ventriculus 910» long, with
maximum diameter of 85; ventriculus 820 long and 110, in di-
ameter. Intestinal diverticulum 900, long, more bluntly rounded
distally than in P. trichiuri. Only a single larva found, with bor-
_ ing tooth present and no development of reproductive system.
Type host.—Trichiurus lepturus.
Location.—Mesenteries.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39541.
Remarks.—This worm differs from the larval P. trichiuri in the
greater length of the ventriculus (which in this species is nine-tenths
_ the length of the anterior part of the esophagus, while in all of five
specimens of P. trichiuri it is only about two-fifths as long) and in
_ the larger size of the intestinal diverticulum.
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
GOEZIA MINUTA, new species
PLATE 11, FicurEs 2-4
Specific diagnosis.—Body 3.1 mm long, nearly cylindrical, bluntly
rounded at head end, bluntly conical at caudal end, and slightly
narrower at end of anterior third of length than either before or
behind this region (pl. 11, fig. 2). Maximum diameter 280p. Cuticle
provided with rows of spines for entire length. Spines largest and
rows farthest apart in second fourth of body length, where they are
spaced as much as 224 apart. Just behind head annulations only 6p
apart; in the middle esophageal region and again in third fourth of
body length, about 154 apart; much closer in posterior region. In ~
anal region the spines minute and directed forward instead of back-
ward. Lips provided with prominent lateral papillae. Diameter
across lips 110u. Body constricted behind lps to diameter of 85p.
Caudal appendage bluntly rounded, about 284 long and 138 broad
(pl. 11, fig. 4). Esophagus 360» long, cylindrical, about 65y in
diameter for two-thirds its length, then widening out to diameter of
about 90u. Esophageal appendix a long, narrow tube about 850, in
length (pl. 11, fig. 3). Anterior cecum of intestine about 180. long
and 115» broad. Spicules approximately equal, about 345 long.
Cloaca about 45y from posterior end, exclusive of caudal appendage.
Host.—Bagre marina.
Location.—Stomach.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no, 39542.
Remarks.—Only a single specimen, a male, has been found. Four
of the five species of Goezia hitherto described were described in the
early days of parasitology, and the descriptions are entirely inade-
quate from a modern point of view. The only well-described species
is G. gavialidis Maplestone, 1930, and only a single female of this
form was found. It is by no means certain that the form here de-
scribed is not identical with some of the earlier species, but it would
not be possible to identify it with any one of them at present. It
seems best for the present, therefore, even though the name may
eventually fall into synonymy, to consider it a distinct species.
Family CUCULLANIDAE Barreto, 1916
DICHELYNE FASTIGATUS, new species
PLATE 115 Fieurms 15-7
Specific diagnosis—Small, fairly stout nematodes, with body
tapering fairly evenly in both sexes from esophageal region to tail.
Cuticle in cephalic region thickened to about 30u. Female 4.6 mm
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—-CHANDLER 147
long, with maximum diameter, at posterior end of esophagus, of
390n. Esophagus 720, long, anterior portion about 320» long. Di-
ameter 180 across expanded anterior end, 78 at narrow neck,
where anterior and posterior parts join, 1354 across bulb. Lips
1704 broad, with finely fluted rather than serrated margins, and
three papillae. Intestinal diverticulum reaches to about junction
of two parts of esophagus. Vulva situated 58 percent of body
length from anterior end. Anus about 180, from tip of tail. Tail
conical, about 564 broad at anus, terminated by spine, which, as
pointed out by Van Cleave and Mueller in the case of D. robusta,
apparently has the structure of a sensory papilla. About in middle
of postanal region a pair of conspicuous lateral papillae. Male
5.75 mm long, with diameter of about 380u. Esophagus 675 long,
136 broad at expanded anterior end, 70» broad at neck, and 100
broad through bulb. Cloaca 135, from tip of tail, with conspicuous
lips. Caudal papillae arranged much as in PD. cotylophora. Four
pairs of papillae postanal, three pairs adanal, and four pairs pre-
anal. Most posterior pair of postanal papillae ventral near tip of
tail, next pair dorsal, next pair lateral, and next pair ventral. Two
pairs of adanal papillae large and ventral, situated on sides of genital
prominence immediately in front of and behind cloacal passage;
third pair small and situated laterally. First pair of preanal pa-
pillae situated close to anterior pair of adanal papillae, other three
pairs spaced out roughly 150, 400u, and 700» from cloaca. Ventral
sucker practically absent, although its position is faintly indicated
by slight flattening in curvature of body. Spicules about 1 mm
long, tubular, 30% broad near base, and about 10» broad near tip.
Tip beveled off like tip of a hypodermic needle. A well-developed
troughlike gubernaculum present, about 120» in length.
Type host.—Sciaenops ocellatus.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality — Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. 39543.
Remarks.—Only two individuals of this species were found, a
male and a young female. The species closely resembles ). cotylo-
phora (Ward and Magath, 1916) but differs in the absence of the
ventral sucker, in the somewhat longer spicules, in the slightly
different arrangement of the caudal papillae in the male, and in the
considerably greater diameter of the body relative to the length.
In the thickness of the body and absence of a sucker it resembles
D. robusta (Van Cleave and Mueller, 1932), but differs from that
form in the length of the spicules and arrangement of caudal papillae
in the male. It differs from D. fossor Jagerskidld, 1902, in its
smaller size, shape of esophagus, presence of cloacal lips, form and
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
arrangement of papillae, and length of spicules. From D. mauri-
tanicus (Gendre, 1927) it differs in body form and in the thickness
of the cuticle. (For description see Térnquist, 1931.) Linton
(1901) figured and briefly described a female cucullanid from
Paralichthys dentatus, which is clearly a Dichelyne. In 1905 he
reported parasites that he considered similar from Sciaenops ocel-
latus, Paralichthys albiguttus, Leiostomus wanthurus, and Lophop-
setta maculata, and in 1907 from Haemulon carbonarium and Neo-
maenis griseus. In 1901 he described a male from Fundulus hetero-
clitus and figured the posterior end, which is provided with a sucker.
Barreto (1922) put all these records and figures together and called
the collection Cucullanus lintont. Tornquist (1931) called attention
to the improbability of a single species of cucullanid occurring in
such a wide range of hosts. As remarked above, Linton’s form
from Paralichthys dentatus is clearly a Dichelyne, but there is no
positive evidence that the other forms are, since no mention is made
of the presence or absence of an intestinal diverticulum.
The measurements given by Linton for the form from Sciaenops
ocellatus correspond fairly well with those of the species here de-
scribed, and it is not unlikely that Linton actually had this species.
His Dichelyne from the flounder is, however, distinctly different in
shape of head and tail, position of vulva, and other details. His
form from Leiostomus wanthurus differs in having the vulva an-
terior to the middle of the body but agrees in this respect with the
form from Haemulon carbonarium. The figure of a female from
Neomaenis griseus, on the other hand, shows the vulva well posterior,
and the shape of the body shows this form to be distinctly different
from the form from Paralichthys figured in 1901.
It seems evident to me that Linton’s various records do not apply
to a single species but probably to several. Barreto’s “ Cucullanus
lintoni”, therefore, must either be discarded as a nomen nudum or
limited to some one of Linton’s forms. Barreto reproduces the fig-
ures of the forms from Hacmulon and Neomaenis from Linton’s
plates 2 and 3 (1907). Of these figures, Linton’s figures 11 and 11a
of plate 2 (Barreto’s pl. 36, figs. 1, 3) show characters that are of
taxonomic value and that would probably serve to identify the
species. If Barreto’s name “Jintoni” is retained, therefore, it is
suggested that it be limited to the form from Neomaenis represented
in Linton’s figures 11 and lla and that forms from other hosts be
ascribed to that species only when a restudy of Linton’s specimens,
or additional material, shows them to be cospecific. For Linton’s
form from Paralichthys dentatus, represented on his plate 7, figures
57-61 (1901) and referred to by him as “ Ascaris (?) sp.” on p. 481,
the name Dichelyne cylindricus is suggested.
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 149
DICHELYNE DIPLOCAECUM, new species
Specific diagnosis—Body short and thick, its widest point about
one-third of body length from anterior end; head end bluntly
rounded, posterior end tapering to pointed tail. Length of young
female 4 mm, maximum diameter 525u. Vulva posterior to middle
of body length, dividing body about 11:9. Anus 175y from pos-
terior end. Tail conical, terminated by short conical spine, 105m in
diameter at anus. Cuticle finely striated, 50. thick in middle eso-
phageal region, 35y thick throughout most of body. Nerve ring
360. from anterior end. Excretory pore 6654 from anterior end.
Esophagus 800 long, 145. broad just behind mouth, narrowing to
(5p about 850» from anterior end, then club-shaped, with maximum
diameter about 120n. Intestine ribbon-shaped, with transverse axis
much bent and folded, and with two flat folded anterior diverticula,
one dorsal and one ventral, the former somewhat the larger, reaching
nearly to nerve ring.
Type host.—Ictalurus furcatus.
Location.—intestine.
Locality —Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39544.
Remarks.—Only two young females were found. This species
differs from all other known members of the family Cucullanidae in
having two intestinal diverticula. Tornquist (1931) erected a new
genus Cucullanellus for a group of small spindle-shaped cucullanids,
which differ from typical members of the genus Dichelyne in having
a ventral instead of a dorsal diverticulum. The present species,
with both a dorsal and a ventral diverticulum and a body form inter-
mediate between that typical of Dichelyne and Cucullanellus, re-
spectively, makes it appear unjustifiable to separate these two genera,
and Cucullanellus is, therefore, reduced to the rank of a subgenus of
Dichelyne.
INCERTAE SEDIS
AGAMONEMA IMMANIS, new species
PLATE 11, Ficurres 11-13
Specific diagnosis —Very long, cylindrical, and blood-red except
in esophageal region, which is whitish and clearly differentiated.
Length 110 to 155 mm, with maximum diameter of about 900.
Anterior end bluntly rounded, with no distinct lips, but with minute
boring tooth. Vestibule about 200, long. Esophagus 20 mm long,
about 200 broad at anterior end, gradually widening to nearly 600p,
where it almost fills space inside of body. Posterior end with chitin-
ous rectum about 1 mm long, 200» wide where it joins intestine, and
about 40u wide at anus, which is terminal (pl. 11, fig. 18).
150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Type host—Fundulus heteroclitus.
Location.—Peritoneal cavity.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39545.
Remarks.—These relatively huge immature nematodes are fairly
common, coiled up in the body cavities of both Cyprinodon varie-
gatus and Fundulus heteroclitus, some of which are only about half
as long as the worms. Usually one but occasionally two specimens
occur In a single host.
AGAMONEMA VOMITOR, new species
PLATE 12, Figures 1-4
Specific diagnosis —Length 7.3 to 9.6 mm, with diameter of 165y
to 250u, uniform for most of length. Cuticle finely striated except
on dorsal side of tail, where there are coarse corrugations. Head
90u to 110u in diameter, capable of partial retraction so that cuticle
may form a slight collarette. Two lateral lips, each with a promi-
nent median papilla (pl. 12, figs. 1, 2); breadth of lips 32 to 38n.
Anus 135 to 1754 from posterior end, the tail with minute knob-
like termination (pl. 12, fig. 4), actually longer in small specimens,
presumably males; esophagus 1.5 to 2.2 mm long, with diameter of
65 to 954, not divided into two regions; entire membranous lining
of esophagus peculiar in being torn loose and turned inside out,
remaining attached to mouth, when living specimen is cleared in
carbolic acid and exposed to pressure under cover glass (pl. 12,
fig. 3); esophageal lining when so everted has diameter of 45, in
bulblike anterior expansion, then narrows to 22y, and then gradually
widens to about 50u. Nerve ring 1604 to 200% from anterior end.
Excretory pore about 1004 to 120» behind nerve ring. No trace
of reproductive tubes present.
Host —-Ictalurus furcatus.
Location.—Stomach.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen —vU.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39547; paratypes, no.
39548.
Remarks.—Several dozens of these immature nematodes were
found in the stomach of a specimen of Jctalurus furcatus, a catfish
ordinarily found in fresh water. The relationships of the worm are
doubtful, but the lips and general appearance suggest affinity with
the Physolopteridae.
“ej
—— — rl
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 151
Class ACANTHOCEPHALA
Family NEOKCHINORHYNCHIDAE Travassos, 1917
ATACTORHYNCHUS, new genus
Generic diagnosis—Body small, stout, ventrally curved, with
greatest diameter behind middle. Proboscis very small, armed with
about eight diagonally transverse rows of hooks, about eight in num-
ber in anterior rows, about twice as many and half as large in
posterior rows, the arrangement strikingly irregular. Hooks U-
shaped, with large rod-shaped roots and slender spines, only tips of
which project through cuticle. Proboscis sac about twice as long as
proboscis. Retractor muscles of proboscis sac attached behind mid-
dle of body. Lemnisci very long and large, extending about to
middle of body, one containing one nucleus, the other two. Testes
large, subglobular, contiguous; syncytial cement gland in contact
with testes. Well-developed cement reservoir and seminal vesicle,
the latter with two ducts.
Type species —Atactorhynchus verecundus, new species.
Remarks.—The only other genera in the family Neoechinorhyn-
chidae with more than four horizontal rows of hooks on the pro-
boscis are Zanaorhamphus Ward, 1918, and Pandosentis Van Cleave,
1920. Tanaorhamphus has a large, elongate proboscis with 20 or
more transverse rows of large hooks, and a body that is cylindrical
or enlarged anteriorly, while Pandosentis has a short cylindrical
proboscis with hooks that are not U-shaped but bent at right angles,
remarkably short lemnisci, and short retractor muscles.
ATACTORHYNCHUS VERECUNDUS, new species
PLATE 12, FicurES 5-7
Specific diagnosis—Body robust, bluntly rounded posteriorly,
tapering to small proboscis anteriorly, and with maximum diameter
behind middle of body. Females up to 6.5 mm in length, with
maximum diameter about 0.63 mm. Males up to 4.5 long, usually
smaller, with maximum diameter of 0.6 mm or less. Proboscis very
small, nearly cylindrical, but slightly expanded distally, about 0.15
mm long and 0.06 mm in diameter. Hooks arranged irregularly in
about eight diagonally transverse rows, the first four or five of
which, occupying anterior two-thirds of proboscis, with about eight
hooks each; last two or three rows smaller and with more hooks,
last row having about 16, which are about half the size of anterior
hooks. Hooks U-shaped, with broad, bluntly rounded roots and
slender sharp points, only tips of which project through cuticle.
$52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
Measured from top of bend both points and roots about 18p to 19p
long in hooks at anterior end of proboscis and only 9p to 10p long
in hooks of posterior row. Proboscis sac about twice length of
proboscis. Retractor muscles of sac long and slender, attached pos-
terior to middle of body, so anterior end of body can be, and fre-
quently is, retracted. Lemnisci long, about half length of body, in
males terminating at about anterior margin of anterior testis.
Testes in posterior half of body, contiguous, 300u to 400 long and
about two-thirds as wide. Syncytial cement gland just behind
testes, sometimes smaller, sometimes larger, in size; number of
nuclei not determined. Cement reservoir bag-shaped, just behind
cement gland. Seminal vesicle rounded, dorsal to anterior end of
cement reservoir, and connected with genital aperture by two ducts.
Eggs in uterus of female 27, to 30 long and 12, to 13» broad.
Host.—Cyprinodon variegatus.
Location.—Intestine.
Locality.—Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39549; paratypes, no.
695950.
Remarks—This parasite was found in about 30 to 40 percent of the
specimens of Cyprinodon variegatus taken in the upper parts of
Galveston Bay in August and was present in fairly large numbers in
some hosts. Highteen specimens of this fish taken on Galveston
Island early in March yielded only two female worms, one in each
of two hosts.
Family CENTRORHYNCHIDAE Van Cleave, 1916
ARHYTHMORHYNCHUS DUOCINCTUS, new species
PLATE 12, Ficures §, 9
Specifie diagnosis—Salmon colored when living, body spindle-
shaped, quite abruptly narrowed posteriorly, 3.2 to 4.2 mm in length,
with maximum diameter of 0.77 to 1.05 mm. Proboscis spindle-
shaped, 6854 to 900n long, 160% to 200 in diameter anteriorly,
285 to 310u through bulged region, 200n to 240u at base. Proboscis
hooks arranged in 18 or 19 longitudinal rows of 15 or 16 hooks each.
Anterior hooks moderately slender, sharply bent at base, blade nearly
straight, 53 long and 13» to 15 in diameter; hooks on bulged area
shorter and heavier, more evenly curved, 474 long and 19, in diam-
eter; posterior hooks slenderer, gently curved, 50n long and 8, to
10 in diameter. Neck unarmed, in form of truncated cone, 360, to
400u long. Anterior part of body with two bands or girdles with
fine transverse striations, and armed with spines in fairly regular
quincunxial arrangement; anterior band shortly behind neck, with
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—CHANDLER 153
about five or seven transverse rows of 50 to 60 spines each; posterior
band of 10 to 13 transverse rows of 80 to 90 spines each. Spines all
about 20n long. Anterior band 150, to 200u broad, posterior band
1802 to 300~ broad, separated by distance of about 75y to 150p.
Proboscis sac very large, 1.45 to 1.75 mm long, with diameter of
250u to 300u. Lemnisci not recognizable. Testes just behind pro-
boscis sac in posterior part of broad region of body, close together
or separated by less than 75p, with diameter of 135p to 1454. Cement
glands four, long and slender, extending from testes to near posterior
end of body (about 1 mm).
Host.—Paralichthys lethostigmus.
Location.—Body cavity.
Locality.— Galveston Bay, Tex.
Type specimen.—U.S.N.M. Helm. Coll. no. 39551; paratypes, no.
39552.
Remarks —One of two specimens of Paralichthys lethostigmus
examined contained eight immature specimens of this worm, attached
to the mesenteries. The worms are in all probability the young of a
species that matures in a fish-eating bird. Another form of strik-
ingly similar general appearance, A. hispidus, was described by
Van Cleave (1925) from a Japanese frog; it has been suggested by
Fukui (1929) that A. fuscus Harada, 1929, obtained from Japanese
night herons, may be the adult of this form. More recently Dollfus
(1929a) has described an Arhythmorhynchus (A. siluricola) from
two African catfishes, but I have not had access to this paper.
Witenberg (1932) has erected a new genus, Southwellina, with Van
Cleave’s A. hispidus as type. This genus is differentiated from
_ Arhythmorhynchus by the spindle-shaped instead of cylindrical body
and by having four instead of two cement glands. Since Van Cleave
omits any reference to the cement glands in A. hispidus, Witenberg
_ must either have re-examined Van Cleave’s material or have ac-
cepted A. fuscus as a synonym of it. However, A. fuscus has the
_ typical Arhythmorhynchus body form. I have seen no reference in
_ the literature to the number of cement glands in members of the
genus Arhythmorhynchus other than in A. fuscus, which has four.
_ Lthe (1911) merely describes the cement glands as “ auserordent-
_ lich lang und diinn, fadenférmig ”, but his figure of A. frassoni sug-
gests more than two glands. Van Cleave (1916) in a revision of
_ the genus in which he describes two new species, repeatedly refers
_ to the cement glands as long and slender but makes no mention of
_ their number.
In my opinion the genus Southwellina cannot be considered valid
in the present state of our knowledge of these forms; therefore the
species here described, which would fit that genus perfectly, is
154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 83
placed in the genus Arhythmorhynchus. It seems probable that
the immature forms of Arhythmorhynchus found in the body cav-
ities of their second intermediate hosts, frogs or fishes, differ from
the adults in the relatively undeveloped condition of the posterior
part of the body, which presumably elongates after the parasites
have reached the intestines of their definitive hosts. The four
cement glands of these young forms may possibly fuse into two
when they elongate in the adults, but it is more probable that in the
adult worms the attenuated glands, closely applied to each other,
have not had their number accurately determined except in the
case of A. fuscus. A similar error has been made in the case of
Gorgorhynchus medius (see Chandler, 1934), and it would seem
advisable to reinvestigate the number of the cement glands in the
genera Centrorhynchus and Prosthorhynchus.
GORGORHYNCHUS GIBBER Chandler, 1934
This species was found for the first time in two of three specimens
of the marine catfish (Galeichthys felis) at Bolivar Point near the
entrance from the Gulf of Mexico into Galveston Bay. It is a
form close to H'chinorhynchus medius Linton, 1907, adults of which
were found only in Mycteroperca apua, although encapsuled imma-
ture specimens were found among the viscera of a number of spiny-
rayed fishes. Linton’s species was transferred by me (1934) to a
new genus Gorgorhynchus, of which the present species, G. gibber,
was made the type.
RHADINORHYNCHUS TENUICORNIS Van Cleave, 1918
This species, which Linton has recorded from a large number of
species of marine fishes, was found in about 75 percent of the
croakers (Micropogon undulatus), in two of three “spots” (Leio-
stomus wanthurus), and in one thread-fin (Polynemus octonemus)
taken in Dickinson Lake in the lower part of Galveston Bay, but
it was not found in any of seven croakers or three spots taken in
the upper reaches of the bay. I have published elsewhere (Chand-
ler, 1934) a more complete description of this parasite than has
hitherto been available.
LITERATURE CITED
Barreto, ANTONIO LUIS DE BARROS.
1922. Revisio da familia Cucullanidae Barreto, 1916. Mem. Inst. Os-
waldo Cruz, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 68-87, 14 pls.
BAYLis, Harry ARNOLD, and DAUBNEY, ROBERT.
1922. Report on the parasitic nematodes in the collection of the Zoological
Survey of India. Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 263-347, 75
figs.
BENEDICT, HARRIS MILLER.
1900. On the structure of two fish tapeworms from the genus Proteoce-
phalus Weinland 1858. Journ. Morph., vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 337-3€8,
1 pl.
BREMSER, JOHANN GOTTFRIED.
1824, Traité zoologique et physiologique sur les vers intestinaux de l’homme,
574 pp., 12 pls. (atlas).
CHANDLER, ASA CRAWFORD.
1934, A revision of the genus Rhadinorhynchus (Acanthocephala) with
descriptions of new genera and species. Parasitology, vol. 26,
no. 3, pp. 352-358, 1 pl.
CRAM, ELOISE BLAINE,
1927. Bird parasites of the nematode suborders Strongylata, Ascaridata,
and Spirurata. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull, 140, xvii+465 pp., 444 figs.
CURTIS, WINTERTON CONWAY.
1911. The life history of the Scolex polymorphus of the Woods Hole region.
Journ. Morph., vol. 22, pp. 819-853, 2 pls.
DIesinG, KARL Moritz.
1855. Sechzehn Gattungen von Binnenwiirmern und ihre Arten. Denkschr.
Akad. Wiss. Wien., math.-nat. Classe, vol. 9, pp. 171-185, 6 pls.
DotiFus, Ropert PH.
1929a. Helmintha. I. Trematoda et Acanthocephala. In T. Monod’s ‘ Con-
tribution & l’étude de la faune du Cameroun.” Faune Colonies
Frangaises, vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 73-114, 23 figs.
1929b. Sur les tétrarhynches. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 54, pp. 308-342.
EcKMANN, F.
1932. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Trematodenfamilie Bucephalidae. Zeit-
schr. Parasitenk., vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 94-111, 8 figs.
FuxkuI, TAMAO.
1929. On some Acanthocephala found in Japan. Annot. Zool. Japon.,
vol. 12, pp. 255-270, 36 figs.
GEDOELST, LOUIS.
1916. Notes sur la faune parasitaire du Congo Belge. Rev. Zool. Afri-
caine, vol. 5, fase. 1, pp. 1-90, 20 figs.
HarabdA, ISOKITI.
1929. Ueber eine neue Species der Acanthocephalen. Jap. Journ. Zool.,
vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 195-198, 1 pl.
LARUE, GEORGE ROGER.
1914. A revision of the cestode family Proteocephalidae. MLllinois Biol.
Monogr., vol. 1, nos. 1, 2, 350 pp., 16 pls.
155
156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
LINTON, EDWIN.
1887. Notes on two forms of cestoid embryos. Amer. Nat., vol. 21, pp.
195-201, 1 pl.
1889, Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes of New England, with descriptions.
of several new species. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for
1886, pp. 453-511, 6 pls.
1891. Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes of New England, with descriptions
of several new species, pt. 2. Rep. U. 8S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries
for 1887, pp. 719-899, 15 pls.
1892. Notes on Entozoa of marine fishes, with descriptions of new species,
pt. 3: Acanthocephala. Rep, U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries for
1888, pp. 528-542, § pls.
1897. Notes on larval cestode parasites of fishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 19, pp. 787-824, 8 pls.
1898. Notes on trematode parasites of fishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 20,
pp. 507-548, 15 pls.
1901. Parasites of fishes of the Woods Hole region. Bull. U. S. Fish
Comm., vol. 19, pp. 405-492, 34 pls.
1905. Parasites of fishes of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bull. U. 8S. Bur.
Fisheries, vol. 24, pp. 321-428, 34 pls.
1907. Notes on parasites of Bermuda fishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33,
pp. 85-126, 15 pls.
1908. Helminth fauna of the Dry Tortugas. I, Cestodes. Carnegie Inst.
Washington Publ. 102, pp. 157-190, 11 pls.
1924. Notes on cestode parasites of sharks and skates. Proce. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 64, art. 21, 111 pp., 18 pls.
Looss, ARTHUR.
1907. Beitraige zur Systematik der Distomen. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst.),
vel. 26, no. 1, pp. 63-180, 9 pls.
LUHE, MAx.
1911. Acanthocephalen, Stisswasserfauna Deutschlands, vol. 16, 116 pp.
MANTER, HAROLD WINFRED.
1931. Some digenetic trematodes of marine fishes of Beaufort, North Caro-
lina. Parasitology, vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 896-411, 25 figs.
MAPLESTONE, PHILIp ALAN.
1930. Parasitic nematodes obtained from animals dying in the Calcutta
Zoological Gardens, pts. 1-8. Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 32, pt. 4, pp.
385-412, 38 figs.
MONTICELLI, FRANCESCO SAVERIO.
1888. Contribuzioni allo studio della fauna elmintologica del golfo di Napoli.
I, Ricerche sullo Scolex polymorphus Rud. Mitt. Zool. Station
Neapel, vol. 8, pp. 85-152, 3 figs., 2 pls.
PINTNER, THEODOR.
1918. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Tetrarhynchoideen. Sitz.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. Klasse, vol. 122, abt. 1, no. 2, pp.
171-253, 15 figs., 4 pls.
SHIPLEY, ARTHUR EVERETT, and HORNELL, JAMES.
1806. Report on the cestode and nematode parasites from the marine fishes
of Ceylon. Rep. Pearl Oyster Fisheries of Gulf of Manaar, pt. 5,
pp. 42-96, 6 pls.
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES—-CHANDLER 157
SOUTHWELL, THOMAS.
1925. A monograph on the Tetraphyllidea with notes on related cestodes.
Liverpool School Trop. Med. Mem., new ser., no. 2, xv + 3868 pp.,
244 figs.
1930. Cestoda, vol. 1. In “The Fauna of British India, Including Ceylon
and Burma”, xxxi + 391 pp., 221 figs., 1 map.
TENNENT, Davip HILT.
1906. A study of the life-history of Bucephalus haimeanus; a parasite of
the oyster. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 49, pp. 685-690, 4 pls.
TORNQUIST, NILS.
1931. Die nematodenfamilien Cucullanidae und Camalanidae. Gdodteborgs
Kungl., Vet. Vitt.-Samh. MHandl., ser. B, vol. 2, no. 3, 441 pp.,
14 figs., 17 pls.
VAN CLEAVE, HARLEY JONES.
1916. A revision of the genus Arhythmorhynchus, with descriptions of two
new species from North American birds. Journ. Parasit., vol. 2,
pp. 167-174, 2 pls.
1920. Two new genera and species of acanthocephalous worms from Vene-
zuelan fishes. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, pp. 455-466, 2 pls.
1925, Acanthocephala from Japan. Parasitology, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 149-156,
11 figs.
VAN CLEAVE, H. J., and MUELLER, JUSTUS FREDERICK.
1932. Parasites of the Oneida Lake fishes, pt. 1: Descriptions of new gen-
era and new species. Roosevelt Wild Life Ann., vol. 3, no. 1, 71
pp., 14 pls.
WALTON, ARTHUR CALVIN.
1923. Some new and little known nematodes. Journ. Parasit., vol. 10,
pp. 59-70, 2 pls.
1927. A revision of the nematodes of the Leidy collection. Proce. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 79, pp. 49-163, 7 pls.
Warp, Henry BALDWIN.
1918. Parasitic roundworms. Chapter 16 in Ward and Whipple’s “ Fresh-
water Biology ”, pp. 506-552, figs. 811-855.
Warp, H. B., and Macatu, THOMAS Byrpb.
1916. Notes on some nematodes from fresh-water fishes. Journ. Parasit.,
vol. 3, pp. 57-64, 1 pl.
WITENBERG, GEORGE.
1932, Akanthocephalen-Studien. II, Ueber das System der Akanthoceph-
alen. Boll. Zool. Napoli, vol. 3, pp. 253-266, 2 figs.
WoopDHEAD, ARTHUR WH.
1929. Life history studies on the trematode family Bucephalidae. Trans.
Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 48, no. 8, pp. 256-275, 1 pl.
YAMAGUTI, SatTyv.
1934, Studies on the helminth fauna of Japan. Pt. 4, Cestodes of fishes.
Jap. Journ. Zool., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 1-112, 187 figs.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 6
| 0.3 mm
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES.
1. Rhipidocotyle transversale. (a. s., Anterior sucker; c. g., eystogenous glands; g. a., genital atrium;
i, intestinal sac; ov., ovary; ph., pharynx; t., testis; w., developing uterus; v., vitellaria; s. v , seminal
vesicle; c. p., cirrus pouch.)
2, 3. Lecithochirium microstomum: 2, Ventral view; 3, median longitudinal section through anterior,end
(€, esophagus; h. d., hermaphroditic duct; m., metraterm; p. c., prostate cells; ph., pharynx; p. p.,
prostatic part of vas deferens; sph., sphincter of metraterm; s. v., seminal vesicle; v. d., ventral
depression; v. s., ventral sinus).
4. Unidentified distome from Mcenidia menidia.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOw. 83 PLATE 7
500
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES:
1, Removed from cyst; 2, enlarged to show course of proboscis sheaths; 3, portion of
4, opposite views of one whorl of hooks on pro-
ss sections through contractile bulbs at
Tentacularia lepida:
pars vaginalis, much enlarged to show granular bodies;
boscis; 5, contractile bulbs (p. r., proboscis retractors); 6, cro
levels indicated by A, B, and C in figure 5.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 8
1mm
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY RISHES:
1-4. Gymnorhynchus gigas: 1, Head and neck, showing attachment to spherical vesicle of blastocyst; 2,
portion of proboscis about 1 mm from base, showing two whorls of spines; 3, portion of proboscis
about 0.75 mm from base, showing parts of two whorls of spines; 4, spines from near base of proboscis,
A, two or three rows proximal to B.
5, 6. G. malleus: 5, Entire larva in cyst; 6, head and neck.
7, 8. Proteocephalus elongatus: 7, Scolex; 8, A, vagina and cirrus pouch with cirrus retracted and vagina
distended, and B, same with cirrus exserted and vagina not distended.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
SS Peer a wySn to sl t Sees hee
arn
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES.
1,.2. Proteocephalus elongatus: 1, Proglottid slightly past maturity; 2, female genital organs in posterior
part of proglottid (/. vag., lower vagina; oc., oocapt; od., oviduct; ot., ootype; sh. gl., shell gland;
ut., uterus; uw. vag., upper vagina; y. d., yolk duct; y. r., yolk reservoir).
3-6. P. australis: 3. Proglottid well past maturity; 4, ripe proglottid; 5, vagina and cirrus pouch, with
cirrus exserted; 6, scolex.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 10
WwW |
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES.
1-5. Glossocercus cyprinodontis: 1, Entire specimen; 2, anterior end with scolex inverted; 3, neck region
(A, median longitudinal section, showing cavity in neck and conspicuous excretory tubes; B,
lateral longitudinal section, showing bands of muscle fibers); 4, scolex; 5, large and small hooks.
6-8. Contracaecum collieri: 6, Anterior end of body; 7, head; 8, posterior end of body.
9, 10. C. robustum: 9, Head; 10, posterior end of body.
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PEATE 1
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES.
. Amphicaecum parvum: Anterior end.
4.
1
2-4. Goezia minuta: 2, Male; 3, male, anterior end; 4, male, posterior end.
5-7. Dichelyne fastigatus: 5, Female; 6, anterior end of male; 7, posterior end of male.
8-10. D. diplocaecum: 8, Young female; 9, anterior end; 10, posterior end of female.
11-13. Agamonema immanis: 11, Anterior end; 12, head; 13, posterior end.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 FLATE 12
PARASITES OF GALVESTON BAY FISHES.
1-4. Agamonema vomitor: 1, Head, dorsal view; 2, head, lateral view; 3, head, showing cuticular lining of
esophagus ejected from mouth; 4, posterior end.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued |
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington: 1935 No. 2978
ON THE REPTILIA OF THE KIRTLAND FORMATION OF
NEW MEXICO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
OF FOSSIL TURTLES
By Cuarues W. GItmore
Curator, Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, United States National Musewm
THE PRESENT paper records the results of a study of a small
collection of reptilian specimens in the United States National Mu-
seum from the Kirtland formation of New Mexico. It is a third
contribution on this subject, as I have considered this fauna in two
previous articles (Gilmore, 1916 and 1920). The materials were
acquired (1) by a field party from the National Museum working
under my direction, which spent the summer of 1929 collecting in the
San Juan Basin; (2) by purchase of a small lot of turtles from C. H.
Sternberg collected in 1923; and (3) by gifts from individuals or by
transfer from the United States Geological Survey of a small but
varied assortment of specimens. Study of these shows the presence
of several new species of turtles, and other well-preserved specimens
contribute to a better understanding of forms previously known.
The recovery of additional though incomplete dinosaurian spec-
mens is of interest in showing the presence of forms other than those
previously reported. It is proposed to review briefly those dino-
saurian species that are now in other museums but that have been
described since the appearance of my 1920 paper. Thus all the new
information relating to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the Kirtland
formation is brought together in this one article.
116009—35——1 159
160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
DISCUSSION OF GENERA AND SPECIES
Order DINOSAURIA
Since I reviewed the fauna of the Kirtland in 1920, notable ad-
vances have been made in our knowledge of the Dinosauria of this
period. The discovery of well-preserved specimens has shown the
presence of a new genus of the Ceratopsia, of which two species,
Pentaceratops sternbergit Osborn and P. fenestratus Wiman, have
been named. The presence of a chasmosaurid ceratopsian appears
to be indicated by a fragmentary specimen. ‘The genera Ceratops
and Monoclonius, to which fragmentary specimens have previously
been referred as occurring in this formation, should now be dropped
from further consideration in that connection. Although it is quite
evident that unrecognized ceratopsian genera are present here, better-
preserved specimens are necessary before their affinities can be deter-
mined. At this time those specimens referred to Ceratops and Mono-
clonius have no significance except to indicate the presence of a
ceratopsian with fenestrated frills. It is quite possible that some
of the specimens so referred in the past may pertain to Pentaceratops.
The family Hadrosauridae is represented by the two genera A7ito-
saurus and Parasaurolophus; the latter is of especial interest, as
its first occurrence outside of the Belly River of Canada is now
recorded. |
The discovery of Parasaurolophus, Gorgosaurus, and a chasmosau-
rid dinosaur in the Kirtland formation known elsewhere only in the |
Belly River is strong evidence in support of the idea of the equiva- |
lence in age of these widely separated geological formations.
Family DEINODONTIDAE
GORGOSAURUS species
A specimen (U.S.N.M. no. 8346) collected by Dr. J. B. Reeside, Jr., |
in 1915, consisting of a left dentary, I described in a previous paper _
(Gilmore, 1916), but at that time I was unable to identify it. Com-
parison of this bone directly with a dentary of Gorgosaurus libratus |
Lambe from the Belly River of Canada now shows such close re- |
semblances in size, shape, and other characteristics down to the small- |
est details as to leave little doubt of their being congeneric. Likewise, —
the number of alveoli (13) is in agreement with Lambe’s (1917) de-
termination from a number of specimens that the dentary in this |
genus bears 13 or 14 teeth.
REPTILIA OF KIRTLAND FORMATION—GILMORE 161
Family HADROSAURIDAE
Subfamily HADROSAURINAE
KRITOSAURUS NAVAJOVIUS Brown
Another occurrence of Avitosaurus navajovius is recorded by
U.S.N.M. no. 8629, consisting of the posterior half of the skull, the
left ramus, axis, and third and fourth cervical vertebrae. This speci-
men was collected by Dr. J. B. Reeside, Jr., in the Kirtland forma-
tion, 4 miles southwest of Kimbetoh, San Juan County, N. Mex., in
1916.
It is slightly smaller than the type of the species, but agrees
closely with it except in one particular—none of the teeth of the
dentary show papillae, but all have smooth borders. The precise
number of tooth rows in the dentary cannot be determined from this
specimen, although it shows them to be more than 40.
Subfamily LAMBEOSAURINAE
PARASAUROLOPHUS TUBICEN Wiman
PLATE 138, Figure 1
The presence of crested hadrosaurians in the Kirtland formation
was recognized by me in 1919 on meager materials, but the descrip-
tion of Parasaurolophus tubicen by Dr. Wiman (1931) is the first
generic recognition of the Lambeosaurinae in these beds. The type
specimen, now preserved in the Paleontological Institute of the
University of Upsala, Sweden, consists of a partially disarticulated
skull, with the posterior half of the characteristic overhanging crest
formed by the frontals and premaxillaries, which leaves no uncer-
tainty as to the proper assignment of this specimen. It was col-
lected in San Juan County, N. Mex., in 1921, by C. H. Sternberg.
U.S.N.M. no. 18492, consisting of a posterior half of the right
maxillary with teeth, left femur, posterior end of the left ilium, and
the almost complete articulated tail, is, on account of the tall spinous
processes on the anterior caudal vertebrae, provisionally referred to
this same genus and species. This specimen was collected in T. 25
N., R. 13 W., about 6 miles north of Hunter’s Store (Bisti P. O.),
by N. H. Boss in 1929. The uncertainty of its reference is due to
the incompleteness of the specimen on which the genus was estab-
lished by Parks (1922), which had only the first four vertebrae of
the tail present.
Since the National Museum specimen lacks the spinous processes
of these particular vertebrae, little of value remains for direct com-
162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
parison. Of the two hadrosaurian genera now known from this
formation, A7itosaurus may be dismissed from consideration, as the
spines on the anterior caudals of a larger individual (Parks, 1929)
do not have the elongated proportions of Parasawrolophus. The
only other possible assignment, so far as known at the present time,
is that this tail might pertain to the genus Hypacrosaurus, but more
diagnostic materials are required to establish such a suggestion.
Furthermore, Zypacrosaurus is an Edmonton genus, although since
it has been recognized in the Two Medicine formation of Montana,
no good reason exists why it might not also be found to occur in
the Kirtland formation.
The tail shown in plate 13, figure 1, was found articulated and is
complete except for the possible loss of a vertebra or two at the
distal termination. There are 68 caudal vertebrae present. These
were in series with the posterior sacrals of which there are three
centra preserved. The posterior end of the left ilium was retained
in articulated position, as shown in plate 13, figure 1. All the verte-
brae posterior to its hinder border are regarded as caudals. The
spinous processes are largely missing on the first six caudals, and
the chevrons on all anterior to the tenth. The first complete spine
found on the eighth vertebra has a length of 481 mm (about 19
inches). The ninth is 479 mm, and as they become progressively
shorter in a posterior direction, the presumption is that the missing
anterior spines would progressively increase in length. Based on
the progressive rate of change in the known spines it would be a con-
servative estimate that the first caudal spine would have a height of
516 mm (about 2014 inches).
Parks gives the length of spines in the first four vertebrae of
the type of Parasaurolophus walkeri as 415, 410, 400, and 390 mm,
respectively. Thus the Kirtland specimen exceeds P. walkeri in
spine development, although the femur of the latter is shghtly longer,
measuring 1,032 mm, as compared with 985 mm for the specimen
under consideration.
The great dorsoventral depth of the tail is strikingly illustrated
by a vertical measurement taken across the fourteenth vertebra.
Ifrom spine top to chevron tip it measures 3114 inches. The seventh
caudal has a spine 875 mm and a centrum 69 mm long; the tenth
vertebral centrum is 65 mm long.
There are transverse processes on the first 16 vertebrae, but these
are so poorly preserved as to be unworthy of description. As the
principal features of this series are clearly set forth in plate 13,
figure 1, further description of the tail is unnecessary.
The posterior half of a right maxillary, partly filled with teeth,
was found in the block carrying the sacral portion, and it is pre-
GILMORE 163
REPTILIA OF KIRTLAND FORMATION
sumed to belong to this same individual. The teeth of the functional
series are much worn and extend but little below the alveolar border
on the internal side. They have smooth borders, with strong median
carinae, and none shows evidence of being papillate. In the present
state of our knowledge concerning the teeth of the Hadrosauridae,
the dentition of this specimen gives no assistance in its identification,
especially since the teeth of the contemporary forms have not as yet
been adequately illustrated or described.
The left femur preserved with this specimen is in an excellent
state of preservation, except for the loss of portions of the head.
It is typically hadrosaurian and differs from the femur of P. walkeri
in having the posterior extremity of the fourth trochanter precisely
at mid length, whereas in P. walkeri it is well below the middle.
Although this specimen is provisionally referred to P. tubicen,
it may eventually be found to belong to a form as yet unrecognized
in the Kirtland formation.
Family CERATOPSIDAE
PENTACERATOPS STERNBERGII Osborn
PLATE 138, FIGURE 2
The genus Pentaceratops was established by Professor Osborn
(1923) on a well-preserved skull found by C. H. Sternberg in the
Fruitland formation. In 1929, George F. Sternberg collected a
nearly complete right squamosal (U.S.N.M. no. 12002) (see pl. 13,
fig. 2) in SW.V, T. 24 N., R. 18 W., San Juan County, N. Mex.,
from the Kirtland formation, which Lull (1933) identifies as per-
taining to this species, thus recording the presence of P. sternbergii
in the Kirtland formation. A second specimen (U.S.N.M. no. 12743),
consisting of a supraorbital horn-core and parts of a squamosal from
this same locality and formation, is quite certainly referable to
P. sternbergii. The horn-core in size, shape, and curvature closely
resembles that of the type specimen. The two other known speci-
mens (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. nos. 1624 and 1625) are said to have
come from the Fruitland formation.
PENTACERATOPS FENESTRATUS Wiman
This species was founded (Wiman, 1930) on a crushed but essen-
tially complete skull, collected by C. H. Sternberg on the north
branch of Meyers Creek, 1 mile south of Kimbetoh Wash, San Juan
_ County, N. Mex., from the Kirtland formation. . Collected
by A. C. Silberling..
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Similar to ?E. grangeri but slightly smaller, external
cusps of M,; more numerous, and P, more elevated above M,;. P3
present. Also similar to E. cochranensis, but notch in anterior base of
P, much more pronounced. Length P, (mean of 3 specimens) 5 mm.
Length M, (2 specimens) 2.9 mm. Ratio length P,: length M,
(2 specimens) 1.7. Ratio length M,: width M, (type) 2.4. Serra-
tions P, (3 specimens) 13-15, type 14. Cusps M, (2 specimens)
10-11: 6, type 10:6.
?ECTYPODUS SILBERLINGL, new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9798, left lower jaw with incisor and P,-M2.
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Pale-
ocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
DNagnosis.—(Type specimen unique.) Similar to EL. musculus but
smaller and more cusps on M,. Size close to ?Ptilodus sinclairi, but
M, significantly longer absolutely and relative to its width and with
more cusps. Length Py3.8mm. Length M,2.8mm. Ratio length
P,: length M, 1.4. Length M,: width M, 2.6. Serrations P, 12.
Cusps M, 9:5 (or perhaps, counting rudiments, 10:6). Crest of P,
relatively low.
6 Named for Dr. Walter Granger for his work on the Paleocene of North America and Asia.
7 Named for Dr. L. S. Russell for his work on the Paskapoo.
8 Named for A. C. Silberling, who collected most of the mammals herein described.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON Dor
Genus PARECTYPODUS Jepsen
* ?PARECTYPODUS JEPSENI,! new species
Type-—U.S.N.M. no. 9769, left lower jaw with P,-M;. Col-
lected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Pale-
ocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—(Type specimen unique.) P3 absent and no notch in
base of P;. Distantly suggestive of Parectypodus simpson, but very
distinct, with fewer serrations on P,, absolutely and relatively longer
M,, and markedly different cusp formula of M;. Length P, 4.3 mm.
Length M, 3.1mm. Ratio length P,: length M; 1.4. Ratio length
M,: width M, 2.2. Serrations P, 11. Cusps M, 7:6. Py, long
and low.
Order INSECTIVORA
Family 7DELTATHERIDIIDAE
Subfamily DIDELPHODONTINAE
GELASTOPS,” new genus
Type.—Gelastops parcus, new species.
Distribution. Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Resembling Didelphodus in the known parts but canine
more erect, premolars more crowded, trigonid of M, longer relative to
talonid, trigonids of M..; shorter and more elevated, M, and partic-
ularly M; smaller relative to M,. M? (referred) extremely short and
wide, paracone and metacone slightly more external than in Didel-
phodus, metaconule vestigial, no trace of hypocone.
GELASTOPS PARCUS,!! new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 6148, right lower jaw with canine, Mi, Ms,
and alveoli. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Referred specimens from Gidley Quarry,
type probably from same level, Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon,
Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.-—Sole known species of genus as defined above. My
(type) length 3.5 mm, width 2.3mm. Mz, (referred specimen) length
2.5 mm, width 2mm. M,; (type and one referred specimen) length
2.7-2.9 mm, width 1.8-1.9 mm. M7? (referred specimen) length 2.7
mm, width 5 mm.
9 Named for Dr. G. L. Jepsen for his work on the Paleocene of Wyoming.
10 Tedagrés, peculiar-+ay, aspect.
1 Parcus, thrifty, small. From its scanty remains and its small size. Gidley noted this as new but left
no designation or diagnosis.
228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 88
Family LEPTICTIDAE
Genus PRODIACODON Matthew and Granger
PRODIACODON CONCORDIARCENSIS,"” new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9637, left lower jaw with P., P.,, M3, and
alveoli. Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality—Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Much smaller than Prodiacodon puercensis. Py, with
paraconid projecting more anteriorly and median, talonid with 3
cusps (4 in P. puercensis). Ms with trigonid slenderer, paraconid
more median, talonid less elongate, and 3 (not 4) talonid cusps.
P, length 2 mm, width 1.1mm. Ms; length 1.9 mm, width 1.2 mm.
(The species may not belong in Prodiacodon, but it is evidently closely
allied to it, and the specimen is insufficient basis for a generic
definition.)
Genus LEPTACODON Matthew and Granger
LEPTACODON LADAE,!3 new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9640, right lower jaw with P,-M;. Collected
by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Pale-
ocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Slightly larger than LZ. tener or L. packi and slightly
smaller than L. siegfriedti, structurally closer to the former (subgenus
Leptacodon) than to the latter (subgenus Leipsanolestes). Py, elongate,
paraconid median, metaconid very small but in the same position as
in L. tener, talonid as in that species. Molar paraconids smaller than
in L. tener but distinct and internal. Hypoconulids of M,_3 more
projecting than in L. tener. Talonid of M; more elongate and ento-
conid smaller. Length M,_; in type 4.5 mm.
LEPTACODON MUNUSCULUM,| new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9819, left lower jaw with M, and M3. Col-
lected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Pale-
ocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Slightly smaller than Leptacodon tener, paraconids
more reduced and more strictly internal, talonid of Mz; relatively
narrower. M, length 1.2mm. M,; length 1.1 mm.
12 Concordia, union + arz, fort + -ensis. From the Fort Union Group.
18 Ladae, Latin genitive of Adéas,a Greek (Laconian) athlete famous for his agility and speed, this
species presumably having the same qualities.
4 Munusculum, a small gift.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 229
EMPERODON," new genus
Type.—Emperodon acmeodontoides, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—P, with distinct, subequal paraconid and metaconid, a
deep vertical posterior groove between the latter and the posterior
crest from the protoconid, the latter crest with a vaguely cusplike
swelling (smaller than in Acmeodon), external wall of protoconid
concave verticallv, talonid bicuspid. Molars ieptictid, ef. Prodiaco-
don, but paraconids relatively large and internal, cf. Acmeodon.
EMPERODON ACMEODONTOIDES,'6 new species
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 9850, right lower jaw with P,, Mo, and
part of P;. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. P, (type) length 2.8 mm,
width 1.9 mm. M, (type and one referred specimen) length 2.9-3
mm, width 2.2-2.8 mm. M, (referred specimen) length 2.9 mm,
width 1.9 mm.
Family NYCTITHERIIDAE
Although very distinct from any other known genus, the following
form is more conveniently placed in this family than any other.
STILPNODON,!’ new genus
Type.—Stilpnodon simplicidens, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont...
Diagnosis.—P, with very high, slender main cusp, minute rudimen-
tary anterior basal cuspule, no metaconid, simple nonbasined talonid
with one cuspule. Ms; reduced, distinct, low, nearly median para-
conid, trigonid erect and moderately elevated above talonid, proto-
conid large, trigonid nearly as long as talonid, talonid short.
STILPNODON SIMPLICIDENS,|5 new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9629, left lower jaw with P3., M3, and
alveoli.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. P, length 1mm. Mg
length 1.2 mm.
1)"Euanpos, deformed +ééots, tooth. From its peculiar Py.
% Acmeodon(t) + -oides, from its resemblance to Acmeodon.
17 Lridavas, glistening +ddovs, tooth.
uw Simpler, simple + dens, tooth. From the simple Px.
12697 —35——2
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Family PANTOLESTIDAE
The following genus, fairly common in the quarry collections, is
evidently allied to Pentacodon, but the pertinence of it and Pentacodon
to the Pantolestidae is not well established. Another form is gener-
ically indistinguishable from Palaeosinopa and surely belongs in the
Pantolestidae, but is not closely related to Pentacodon or Aphronorus.
APHRONORUS,” new genus
Type.—Aphronorus fraudator, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Generally similar to Pentacodon. P, with anterior end
less produced downward than in Pentacodon, talonid more distinctly
basined, with second cuspule more distinct. Mz; less reduced rela-
tive to M,. Trigonid of My,» relatively shorter and entoconids
relatively higher than in Pentacodon. Three talonid cusps of M3
more distinct. P* with metacone well differentiated but smaller
than paracone, protoconule distinct. M! and to less degree M? slen-
derer and more transverse than in Pentacodon, more leptictid in aspect.
APHRONORUS FRAUDATOR,” new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 6177, left lower jaw with P.-M;. Collected
by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry (one specimen from Silberling
Quarry), Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain
Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of the genus. Much smaller than
Pentacodon inversus. Lengths of lower teeth, in millimeters: P, (10
specimens) 3.2-3.8, M, (10 specimens) 2.8-3.1, M, (12 specimens)
2.5-2.9, M3 (7 specimens) 2.6-2.9.
Genus PALAEOSINOPA Matthew
PALAEOSINOPA DILUCULI,*! new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9810, left lower jaw with P,-M;. Collected
by A. C. Silberling..
Paratype.—U.S.N.M. no. 9553, left upper jaw with P*-M®* (some-
what broken). Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality.—Gidley and Silberling Quarries, Fort Union,
Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Much smaller than any other known species of Palaeo-
sinopa. P, strongly trenchant, with large anterior basal cusp and
incipient basining of talonid. Molar cusps high and slender. M'?
with smaller hypocones than in most advanced species. Metacone
of M? distinct. Length M*? 6.1 mm.
19“Avpwy, crazy -+épos, mountain. From the locality; also in analogy with the many American fossils
named for mountain ranges.
2 Fraudator, deceiver. From its resemblances to various different families (as Arctocyonidae, Leptic-
tidae, and Hyopsodontidae), resemblances of which the majority must be deceitful.
4 Diluculi, of the dawn. From its great age.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 231
Family MIXODECTIDAE
The following genus is so distinctive that it may not belong in this
family, but it compares more nearly with Mizodectes, Cynodontomys,
and their respective allies than with other genera known to me.
EUDAEMONEMA,” new genus
Type.—Eudaemonema cuspidata, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Dental formula 5>-q3-° Median incisor much enlarged.
Canine reduced, but larger than lateral incisor or P;. P,-, small, one
rooted. Py, submolariform, comparable with Cynodontomys, with
distinct paraconid, large, high metaconid, and basined, tricuspid
talonid. Molar structure nearly as in Mizodectes (or Indrodon) but
trigonids more elevated and all six cusps sharper and more distinct.
EUDAEMONEMA CUSPIDATA,* new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9314, left lower jaw with C, P.-Ms, and roots
or alveoli of all other teeth. Found by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and localityx—Gidley Quarry (and one specimen from
Silberling Quarry), Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy
Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus as defined above. My,-3
(type) 10.9 mm.
Order PRIMATES
Dr. Gidley (1923, op. cit.) published thorough descriptions of the
Fort Union Primates, and this is the only part of his projected memoir
that can be considered as definitively completed by him. The rapid
advances in knowledge during the past 12 years, nevertheless, neces-
sitate reconsideration of his conclusions. These do not affect taxon-
omy, the sole concern of this paper, except in requiring the generic
separation of one of Gidley’s species. Gidley foresaw that this species
was probably generically distinct, but with proper conservatism did
not give a name that would require fuller validation by later research.
The family position of these primate genera is dubious and requires
more detailed discussion than can be given here.
PALENOCHTHA,”™ new genus
Type.—Palaechthon minor Gidley, 1923.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
E i Patty Ouse :
Dragnosis.—Dental formula probably 753° Anterior lower
dentition shorter than in Paromomys or Palaechthon and apparently
22 Bidarpdrnua, a piece of good fortune. Analogous with Olbodotes (“bearer of bliss’).
23 Cuspidata, cuspidate. I borrow the name from a label by Gidley, * Indrodon or new genus, cuspidatus”’,
on a specimen probably of this species. There is no manuscript by him definitely referring to this form.
The specimens referred to this species are highly variable—Gidley’s labels suggest that he was inclined to
place them in several different genera and species—but they seem not to be clearly separable specifically.
“4 Anagram of Palaechthon.
232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
with one more tooth absent, probably P2. P, of about the same length
relative to M, as in Palaechthon, but relatively higher, with no trace
of the metaconid and only a very vague rudiment of the paraconid.
M,-» similar to Palaechthon, but M; with smaller third lobe and un-
divided hypoconulid. Upper molars comparable with Paromomys and
Palaechthon but very slender, transverse, and more triangular,
posterointernal expansion much weaker, inner base not bilobed, and
M? shorter relative to M?.
Order CARNIVORA
Family ARCTOCYONIDAE
Gidley (1919, op. cit.) placed most of the Fort Union and some of
the Torrejon arctocyonines in a new genus, Neoclaenodon. Thorough
restudy with greatly augmented materials shows that the separation
from Claenodon is not valid. It was based essentially on one specimen
of each supposed genus, and analysis of many specimens shows that
a generic distinction does not exist. Among many other points this is
emphasized by the fact that Gidley defines Neoclaenodon as having the
premolars more reduced than in Claenodon, and Matthew (ms.) says
they are less reduced in Neoclaenodon.
There is a new species of this group, collected since Dr. Gidley’s
death, and a new genus based on a new species recognized but not
published by him.
Genus CLAENODON Scoit
CLAENODON VECORDENSIS,® new species
Type —U.S.N.M. no. 13781, left M?*. Collected by A. C.
Silberling and G. G. Simpson, 1932.
Horizon and locality —tLocality 9, 300 feet above base of the
recognized Fort Union, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont. (This is about
900 feet below the Gidley Quarry, but probably still in the Middle
Paleocene.)
Diagnosis —M? similar to that of C. silberlingi in outline but 10 to
20 percent larger, somewhat more transverse, hypocone vestigial, and
strong, crenulated internal cingulum. M4! relatively as large as in C.
ferox and similar, but metacone smaller, external border more evenly
rounded, and hypocone present although rudimentary. M? length
9mm, width 13.5 mm. M? length 6.7 mm, width 10 mm.
DEUTEROGONODON,” new genus
Type.—Deuterogonodon montanus Gidley, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
% Vecors, crazy+—ensis, geographical adjectival suffix.
26 Aeirepos, second, subsequent +ywvia, angle +ddovs, tooth. Named in analogy with Protogonodon.
IER
SaaS
RS
SEES
carer
ae
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 233
Diagnosis —Dentition basically arctocyonid and resembling Proto-
gonodon and Claenodon. Distinct, small hypocone on M?-° (at least),
cingula almost completely circling these teeth. Small but well-
defined mesostyle present. Parastyle of M? a distinct, strongly
projecting cusp. Lower molars with trigonid only slightly higher
than talonid, metaconid smaller than but as high as protoconid.
Paraconid very small, subconical, on anterior slope of metaconid.
Talonid basin open with continuous crescentic lophid differentiated
into three apices. Enamel wrinkled, but little or no tendency to
form accessory cuspules.
DEUTEROGONODON MONTANUS Gidley, new species, ex ms.27
Type.-—U.S.N.M. no. 6160, part of right maxilla with M?® com-
plete and broken M'~?, and left lower jaw fragment with talonid of
M, and most of M,. If these should prove not to be of one individual,
the upper jaw is to be taken as type and the lower as a paratype.
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype.—U.S.N.M. no. 6161, isolated right Mo.
Horizon and locality —Locality 25, about 400 feet below Gidley
Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain
Field, Mont.
Diagnosis —Gidley: ‘Somewhat larger than P. [Protogonodon]
pentacus (Cope).”
Simpson: Sole known species of genus as defined above. M7?
median width 14.6 mm. M? length 10 mm. Mz, (paratype) width
10.5 mm, length 12.6 mm.
The following new genus is in several ways transitional between
the so-called arctocyonine and oxyclaenine creodonts. It helps to
emphasize the fact that a separation of more than subfamily rank,
at most, is unjustified between these two groups. Among the smaller
and more strictly carnivorous forms, the oxyclaenines proper, there
are two new sharply distinct species of Chriacus, two new genera
probably allied to Chriacus, and a species related to Yricentes and
tentatively retained in that genus but so distinctive that it may be
necessary to create another genus for it when it is better known.
PROTHRYPTACODON,”’ new genus
Type.—Prothryptacodon furens, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis —Canine semiprocumbent, root extending beneath pre-
molars (as in Thryptacodon). Py. spaced widely. Py, similar to
37 Dr. Gidley’s notes contain two drafts of a description of this species, in both of which it is referred to
Protogonodon. On one the words ‘‘new genus’’ have later been written under ‘‘ Protogonodon,” but there
is no generic name or diagnosis. Dr. Gidley thus recognized both genus and species as new, but only the
Jatter can be published as by him.
28 IIpo, before + Thryptacoden.
234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Thrypiacodon. Molar trigonids higher than in Thryptacodon, para-
conids reduced and in nearly same position as in Thryptacodon, but
more distinct, higher on crown, trigonids less basined and with fewer
accessory cuspules. Only one distinct inner talonid cusp, the ento-
conid (two in Thryptacodon).
PROTHRYPTACODON FURENS,” new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9260, right lower jaw with P,-M; and alveoli.
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry (referred specimen from
Silberling Quarry), Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy
Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. Measurements of type
in millimeters:
P, M; M2 M3;
Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
Genus CHRIACUS Cope
CHRIACUS PUSILLUS,*! new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9270, right lower jaw with P,-M,. Collected
by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality.—Gidley and Silberling Quarries, Fort Union,
Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Much smaller than C. pelvidens, lower premolars high
and slender. Anterior basal cusp and talonid of P, relatively small.
Trignoid of M, short. Ms; slightly reduced. Measurements of type
in millimeters:
2% Furens, raging.
80 Pusillus, puny.
rt
eS
ee ee
Sib
iy
4
4
2
a
i
5 ai Seem de
at
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 935
CHRIACUS PUGNAX,3! new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 13782, right lower jaw with M,_, and alveoli.
Collected by A. C. Silberling and G. G. Simpson, 1932.
Horizon and locality —Locality 78, Fort Union, probably Middle
Paleocene (older than Gidley Quarry), Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Much larger than C. pusillus, about the size of C. pel-
videns, but molars markedly wider, trigonids less elevated, talonid of
M, notably wider than trigonid. M, length 7 mm, width trigonid
4.9 mm, width talonid 5.9 mm.
METACHRIACUS,” new genus
Type.—Metachriacus punitor, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis —Premolars like Chriacus. Molar trigonids less ele-
vated, paraconids reduced but near metaconids, trigonid basin with
crenulated anterior margin, accessory cuspules also tending to develop
elsewhere, especially on notched metaconid-entoconid crest. Molars
wide and heavy, especially M3.
METACHRIACUS PUNITOR,® new species
Type.-—U.S.N.M. no. 9288, left lower jaw with M,-3. Collected
by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype-—U.S.N.M. no. 9286, right lower jaw with P;—-M;
(M, and M; broken). Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality—Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis—Heel of P, squarely truncated, inner side nearly
basined, with two cuspules. Molars relatively weak, crenulation
moderate. Measurements of type in millimeters:
M, M; M;
Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
METACHRIACUS PROVOCATOR,* new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9278, left lower jaw with P.-M;. Collected
by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality——Locality 51 (probably referable specimen
from locality no. 24, near same level, both below Gidley Quarry),
Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis—Heel of P, more pointed, only one distinct cusp.
Molars very broad and heavy, crenulations pronounced. Measure-
ments of type in millimeters:
31 Pugnaz, combative. 383 Punitor, avenger.
32 Mera, prefix of change of condition, etc. +-Chriacus. 34 Provocator, one who challenges to combat.
236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 82
P, | M; M, M3
Length Width | Length
|
|
Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
|
| Ont 5. 2 ca. 6.5 4,0 |
SPANOXYODON,*» new genus
Type.—Spanoxyodon latrunculus, new species.
Iistribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Symphysis long, subcylindrical, with procumbent
canine. P,, absent. P;-M, closely similar to Chriacus but meta-
conid of P, larger and paraconid of M, more median than in the geno-
type and probably other species of Chriacus.
SPANOXYODON LATRUNCULUS, * new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9287, left lower jaw with canine alveolus and
P;-M,. Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality.—Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. Measurements of type in
millimeters:
P; P, M, M,
Length Width | Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
3. 8 2.3 5. 0 2. 8 5. 2 3. 9 5. 8 4.5
|
Genus TRICENTES Cope
TRICENTES LATIDENS # Gidley, new species, ex. ms.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9269, left lower jaw with canine and P.—Ms3.
Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
35 Saves, few +dtds, pointed +68ovs, tooth. From the reduced premolars.
3% Latrunculus, a small bandit.
47 Latus, wide + dens, tooth, in allusion to the wide talonids, Dr. Gidley’s notes are sketchy and were
clearly only preliminary, but they plainly distinguish the species and apply a name toit. I designate as
type a specimen surely conspecific with that suggested in the notes and much better preserved. It seems
almost certain that this change was intended by Gidley, although not clearly made in his notes.
ee ee ee eee ee a OR ee
SS Se ee a” et) ee ee er ee ee
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 237
Diagnosis.—Gidley: ‘‘About the equivalent of 7. subtrigonus in
size but presents the following differences: (1) The teeth are more
massive, (2) the molars are relatively wider especially in the region
Ol piney wneelin yt aut (sie t, ebuthe q ore) ict => cS
Pe as oe ae a ie ere le late
oO oO ces o o kK o o
Wyeast = 4 Bey Relist nee dpe ee eveinta ee P| el
Family MIACIDAE
There are at least four very distinct species of miacids in the collec-
tion. One is poorly known and near Didymictis haydenianus, from
which it cannot properly be distinguished. Of the others, one cer-
tainly represents a new genus and the other two may be referred to
Didymictis, although sharply distinct from other species of that
broadly drawn genus.
ICTIDOPAPPUS,* new genus
Type.—Ictidopappus mustelinus, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Differing from Didymictis in the relatively smaller and
much simpler P3.4 and relatively lower and longer trigonid of M,, from
Viverravus in the wider and more triangular P, and more definitely
basined talonids, and from other miacids in the absence of M3. P,
shorter than M, but nearly as high, relatively wide, subtriangular,
not markedly trenchant, paraconid and metaconid barely indicated,
talonid very short, vaguely cusped, no other cuspules and no cingulum.
ICTIDOPAPPUS MUSTELINUS,® new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9296, right lower jaw with P;—M, and talon-
id of M,. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleocene
horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis—Sole known species of the genus as defined above.
Measurements of type in millimeters as follows:
38 ?'Ixris, weasel-+-pamzos, grandfather. Also in analogy with Viverravus.
® Mustelinus, relating to or resembling a weasel.
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83. ,
P; P; M,
Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
Genus DIDYMICTIS Cope
DIDYMICTIS TENUIS,‘) new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9297, part of left lower jaw with broken P,
and complete M,. Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleocene
horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis —Much smaller than any comparable miacid. Py, with
short high main cusp and single posterior cusp, both subconical,
M, with very elevated trigonid, hypoconid and entoconid about
equally high and distinct. M, length 2.9 mm, width 1.8 mm.
DIDYMICTIS MICROLESTES,#! new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9301, left lower jaw with P,-M;. Collected
by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry (and one referred specimen
from Silberling Quarry), Fort Union, Middle Paleocene horizon,
-Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Generally similar to D. haydenianus but much smaller,
anterior cusp of P, higher and more trenchant, heel of P, with one
central cuspule and one very small marginal posterior cuspule, posterior
end of P, relatively wider and more transverse, talonid of M, almost
as wide as trigonid. Measurements of type in millimeters as follows:
Py M, M2
Length | Width | Length | Width | Length | Width
Order CONDYLARTHRA
Family PHENACODONTIDAE
Most of Dr. Gidley’s manuscript notes refer to this group, and he
evidently planned a preliminary paper onit. There are three separate
40 Tenuis, feeble. Gidley notes that two or three new species of this genus or family are present, but his
records contain no exact reference to these species.
41 Mixpés, small+Ansrns, plunderer.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON 239
drafts of part of his brief account of the phenacodonts. None is com-
plete, it is not certain which is most recent, they are not consistent
with each other, and they have notations for further study never made
or, at least, recorded. It is thus improper to publish these notes as
they stand and impossible to edit them in such a way as to be sure of
representing Dr. Gidley’s views correctly. I have therefore studied
the group de novo, but have incorporated as many of Gidley’s names
and diagnoses as possible.
Genus TETRACLAENODON Scott
TETRACLAENODON SYMBOLICUS Gidley, new species, ex ms.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 6169, part of right lower jaw with M, and
alveoli of P3., and M,. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype—(Added by Simpson.) U.S. N.M. no. 6168, jaw fragment
with right M,.. and an isolated left P;. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Diagnosis.—Gidley: ‘This species is smaller than FE. [ Tetraclaenodon]
puercensis, being about intermediate in size between that species and
E. minor [Tetraclaenodon pliciferus|. The lower molars are propor-
tionately narrower transversely than those of the former species and
the lower jaw is much shallower. This last character may be due in
part, however, to a less mature condition of the specimen which rep-
resents a young individual with the first true molar just coming into
use. The striking similarity in detail of the lower molars with those
of E. [T.] puercensis is a notable feature of the species and separates
it clearly from E. minor [T. pliciferus]. The more notable points of
similarity are the slight roughening and wrinkling of the enamel sur-
face and a tendency of the teeth to break up into small cuspules.” #
Simpson: Intermediate between Tetraclaenodon pliciferus and T.
puercensis in size but nearer the former both in size and structure.
The only constant difference from T. pliciferus is greater size, inade-
quate for specific differentiation were it not correlated with wide geo-
graphic separation. Crenulations perhaps slightly more pronounced
and paraconid weaker than in 7. pliciferus, but these are highly vari-
able characters of doubtful taxonomic value. M,, 3 specimens, length
7.5-7.9 mm, width 6.3-6.4 mm. Mb, 2 specimens, Jength 7.8—8.2 mm,
width 7mm. Ratio trigonid width : talonid width M, 1.01-1.06.
?TETRACLAENODON SUPERIOR, “ new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 11918, part of left lower jaw with talonid
of M,, unworn M2, and M;in capsule. Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Locality 11 or 13, about 3,000 feet above
the Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle or perhaps Upper Paleocene
horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
42 This appears to be a good distinction from figures of 7’. pliciferus, but actual specimens of the latter do
not differ markedly from 7. symbolicus in this respect.—G. G. S.
4 Superior, higher, in reference to its stratigraphic position.
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Diagnosis.—Molars about as long as in T. symbolicus, but markedly
narrower. Crenulation slight. Paraconid vestigial, trigonid broadly
basined with crenulated anterior margin. External cingulum absent.
M, length 7.7 mm, width 6.2 mm. Ratio trigonid width: talonid
width M, 1.13. This species may belong to Gidleyina (infra).
GIDLEYINA, new genus “4
Type.—G. montanensis Gidley, new species.
Distribution.—Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Closely resembling Ectocion, but upper premolars
with much smaller metacones, first and second molars with smaller
mesostyles and hypocones, protoconules of P?~* and M'~? slightly more
united by lophs to protocone. Among Middle Paleocene genera
closest to Protoselene, but sharply distinguished by large postero-
internal protocone on P*, distinct conules on P*, and other details.
GIDLEYINA MONTANENSIS Gidley, new species, ex ms.
Type.—Princeton no. 12048, part of left maxilla with P°-M? and a
probably associated right P?.
Horizon and locality.—Locality 68, about 1,000 feet above Gidley
Quarry, Fort Union, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Gidley:* ‘‘Parastyle and mesostyle prominent, meso-
style angular and continuous with the ectoloph; P* with internal
cingulum and with low but well-defined lophs connecting the summit
of the protocone with the protoconule and base of the metacone,
respectively.”
Simpson: Measurements in millimeters as follows:
pe re ps M! M?
Length | Width | Length | Width! Length | Width | Length |Width | Length | Width
——_——| | | | |. |_|. | |
4.5 3.1 5.9 5.8 7.0 9.0 6.9 9.9
?GIDLEYINA SILBERLINGI Gidley, new species, ex ms.‘6
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 6166, partial left lower jaw with P;—Ms.
(Three other fragments are included in the same lot and probably are
44 In one draft of Gidley’s notes the genotype is referred to Huprotogonia, in another to Ectocion, and in
another to a new genus. Even supposing the last to be his latest opinion, as it probably was, I cannot
validate Gidley’s authorship of the genus as the name he uses is preoccupied. It is appropriate that a genus
that he recognized and one of the most important in the collection that he worked on for so long should be
named for Dr. Gidley. (Gidleya Cossman, 1907, is a fossil bovid.)
46 Much of the diagnosis consists of measurements, which I replace with new figures.
45 This species was at first referred to Muprotogonia and then to Ectocion by Gidley. Probably he finally
recognized its probable pertinence to the genus I have called Gidleyina, but this does not appear in his notes.
Only enough of his diagnosis is quoted to validate his authorship of the species; it is based on reference to
Euprotogonia [ Tetraclaenodon] and is therefore not fully apropos.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON DAL
conspecific, but more than one individual is present, and I exclude
all but the principal specimen from the type material.—G. G. 5.]
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Locality 27, about 500 feet above the Gidley
Quarry, Fort Union, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis—Gidley: ‘““* * * Jaw relatively long and slender,
especially anteriorly; the teeth proportionately narrow transversely
* %* * with a decided tendency to selenodonty * * *. The
paraconid in the molars is vestigial or lacking, and P, is submolari-
form * * * the heel * * * having the crescentic form of
that of the molars, while the metaconid is large and as high as the
protoconid.”
Simpson: Not directly comparable with Gidleyina montanensis.”
Generically distinct from any other described lower jaws. Differing
from all species of Hctocion in the crescentic talonid crest of P3, less
molariform P,, and some details in the molars, from Tetraclaenodon
in the talonid basin and crescent of P3, somewhat less distinct molar
paraconids, smoother enamel and fewer crenulations, and from
Protoselene in the much more molariform P3_,. Measurements in
millimeters as follows:
P; P, M, M2 M;
Length |Width| Length |Width| Length |Width| Length |Width| Length | Width
Family HYOPSODONTIDAE
Hyopsodontids are very abundant in the quarry collections. The
most typical and common Torrejon genus, Mioclaenus, has not been
identified in the collection, but there is a distinctive species tenta-
tively referable to the Torrejon genus Ellipsodon, and there are three
new genera. All these, even including the species placed in Ellipso-
don, show a more marked resemblance to the later hyopsodontids, or
to the hyopsodontines as opposed to the mioclaenines, than do the
Torrejon forms. They thus tend in a very important way to corrob-
orate Matthew’s union of the frequently separated supposed fam-
ilies Mioclaenidae and Hyopsodontidae, and they make even a sub-
family distinction between the two groups impractical on present data.
47 This may be the lower dentition of G. montanensis, but this cannot be demonsirated, and there is some
indirect evidence against it, making even generic identity uncertain. In view of these doubts it seems
practical and warranted to follow Gidley and list this important form as a species.
242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus ELLIPSODON Scott
ELLIPSODON AQUILONIUS,‘5 new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9280, right lower jaw with P;-M; and alveoli.
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype-—U.S.N.M. no. 9567, right upper jaw with P?-M ?.
Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley and Silberling Quarries, Fort Union,
Middle Paleocene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Closest to Ellipsodon acolytus among previously named
species. Teeth in general somewhat slenderer in build. Metaconid
of P, more distinct. Talonid of M; more elongate and narrow. Re-
sembles Litaletes in the advancing molarization of Py, but generally
nearer to Ellipsodon. Measurements of type in millimeters:
P; P, M, M, M;
Length | Width} Length} Width| Length| Width} Length} Width! Length; Width
LITALETES,*” new genus
Type.—Lutaletes disyunctus, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Resembles the most primitive species of Hyopsodus
(oe. g., H. simplex) in the molarization of P44 and presence of a small,
distinct hypocone separate from the protocone. Differs in the rela-
tively larger M%, rudimentary protocone of P, smaller hypocones
than any typical Hyopsodus, protoconid-metaconid crest less oblique,
and paraconid generally less reduced.
LITALETES DISJUNCTUS,* new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9323, right lower with C—M; (M; broken).
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype —U.S.N.M. no. 9324, right upper jaw with P®-M?.
Collected by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. Measurements of type
in millimeters:
‘8 Aquilonius, northern. Dr. Gidley recognized this species, and there is a rough draft of a diagnosis
probably of this form, but the diagnosis and designation of type are ambiguous, and as there is no name
in his notes or labels he cannot be quoted as author.
9 Airds, simple +4Aérys, grinder. From the simple molars and in analogy with Haplomylus, Litomylus,
and other genera.
50 Disjunctus, disconnected. From its deviation from other members of the family.
NEW PALEOCENE MAMMALS—SIMPSON YAZ
LITOMYLUS,*! new genus
Type.—Litomylus dissentaneus, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Lower teeth generally similar to Protoselene but rela-
tively narrower and more lightly built. P, with sharp anterior blade,
rudimentary anterior cuspule low on the crown, low well-defined
metaconid separated from protoconid by a distinct pocket, talonid
relatively shorter and lower than in Profoselene. 'Talonid of Mz; less
elongate. Molar paraconids vestigial and median as in Protoselene;
unlike Ellipsodon or Litaletes.
LITOMYLUS DISSENTANEUS,®*? new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9425, left lower jaw with P;-M;. Collected
by A. C. Silberling.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. Measurements of type
in millimeters:
P3 Py M, M, M3
a a ct a
3 el eal clas eee ce eel es a
= o a irs Ses a te =i ro
o iS o = o o o =
na S Bese MnP een eR J ea aS S
HAPLALETES,*® new genus
Type.—Haplaletes disceptatrix, new species.
Distribution.—Middle Paleocene, Fort Union, Mont.
Diagnosis.—P3 with small basal paraconid and rudimentary meta-
conid. (P, unknown.) Protocone distinct on P* and large on P*.
Rudimentary metacone on paracone slope of P*. M,_» and particu-
51 Airds, simple +nbdos, millstone. From the simple molars and in analogy with Haplomylus, Litaletes,
and others.
82 Dissentaneus, disagreeing. From its disagreement with the more common mioclaenines.
83 ‘Ardéos, Simple +déXérns, grinder. From the single molars and in analogy with Haplomylus, Litaletes,
and others.
244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 82
larly M; short and broad, with very slightly elevated trigonids and
low blunt cusps, paraconids vestigial, median, not fusing with meta-
conids, external cusps lower than internal. M!'~' similar to Litaletes,
but protocones relatively smaller and hypocones relatively larger.
HAPLALETES DISCEPTATRIX,* new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 9500, right lower jaw with P;-M;. Collected.
by A. C. Silberling.
Paratype.—U.S.N.M. no. 9555, right upper jaw with P?-M?’. Col-
lected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Sole known species of genus. Dimensions of type in
millimeters:
P; Py M, M, M;
Length | Width | Length | Width| Length | Width} Length | Width} Length Wiath |
f
f
Order AMBLYPODA
The only periptychid so far found is an anisonchine apparently
indistinguishable from the Torrejon Anisonchus sectorius. The ab-
sence of Periptychus, so abundant in contemporaneous beds elsewhere,
is striking and emphasizes the poor representation of the macrofauna.
in contrast with the remarkable variety of the microfauna.
Family PANTOLAMBDIDAE
Genus PANTOLAMBDA Cope
PANTOLAMBDA INTERMEDIUS, new species
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 8384, left lower jaw with M,.. and alveoli of
C-—P,, associated with symphysis fragment with right I,.. and alveoli
of left I,.3. Collected by Dr. J. W. Gidley.
Horizon and locality —Gidley Quarry, Fort Union, Middle Paleo-
cene horizon, Crazy Mountain Field, Mont.
Diagnosis.—Intermediate in size between P. bathmodon and P.
cavirictus. P, with one large root, close to canine, followed by short
diastema. P2.4 2-rooted. Lower molars closely resembling those of
P. cavirictus but entoconid more distinct. M, length 13.2 mm, width
11.2 mm. M, length 14.8 mm, width 12.1mm. (The widths may
have been reduced somewhat by corrosion.)
4 Disceptatriz, one who decides. From its apparently decisive evidence of union between the hyope
sodonts and mioclaenines.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1938
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
a Az
WHOS,
457 HSO) Or p
Noe
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2982
FIVE NEW GENERA AND TWO NEW SPECIES OF
UNSTALKED CRINOIDS
By Austin H. Ciark
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, United States National Museum
sr
In revising the genera and species of the large comatulid family
Antedonidae, it was found that a more precise definition of certain
generic groups was desirable. This is made possible by the creation
of three additional genera the recognition of which will assist in bring-
ing out more clearly the true interrelationships of the species in the
groups concerned. In addition to these three genera there are de-
scribed herein a new genus based upon a hitherto undescribed species
from the northeastern Pacific and a genus that has long been used by
the author but never formally diagnosed.
A small West Indian comatulid recorded from the Blake collection
by Dr. P. H. Carpenter as Antedon hagenii was for a long time a
mystery, as none of the specimens were received by Hartlaub when,
after Carpenter’s death, the Blake collection was sent to him. This
now turns out to be a species quite different from Coccometra hagenit,
and it is described below as Compsometra nuttingi. It is assigned to
the genus Compsometra with some misgivings, but until more adequate
and more extensive material is available it seems better to place it
here than to create a new genus for it.
46083—36 245
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus COMPSOMETRA A. H. Clark
COMPSOMETRA NUTTINGI, new species
Antedon hagenii (part) P. H. Carpenter, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, no. 4,
pp. 154-156 (pp. 4-6 of separate), 1881 (Dominica to Grenada; 75-291
fathoms; Barbados; Grenada).
Antedon hageni (part) P. H. Carpenter, Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. 26,
pt. 60, pp. 22, 54, 207, 367, 368, 373, 377, 1888 (Caribbean Islands).—A.
Aaassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 15 (reprinted as ‘‘Three Cruises of
the Blake’’), pt. 2, p. 124, 1888 (Dominica to Grenada; 75-291 fathoms).
Coccometra hagenti (part) A. H. Cuarx, Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., vol. 9,
no. 5, pp. 8, 26, 27, 1921.
Description.—The centrodorsal is hemispherical, or low and
broadly rounded conical, with a broad area free of cirri and covered
with relatively large papillae from the center of which the low,
rounded, conical, dorsal pole protrudes.
The cirri are XXV-XXX, 9-11, 3.5 to 5 mm long. The first
segment is not so long as broad; the second is longer than broad,
strongly constricted centrally with the distal end prominent; the
third is about four times as long as the median width with the terminal
fourth expanded; the fourth is the longest, about five times as long as
the median width; the fifth is about as long as the third; and the
sixth is about three times as long as the median width. The seg-
ments following decrease in length to the second before the last,
which is twice as long as the median width, the antepenultimate,
which is half again as long as broad, and the terminal, which is slightly
longer than broad and bears a blunt opposing spine. The distal
ends of the third and following segments are expanded and produced
all around into a thin transparent border that overlaps the base of
the segments succeeding; this becomes less prominent on the short
distal segments.
The 10 arms are 25 to 40 mmin length. The earlier brachials have
the central portion of the distal edge strongly produced and armed
with several stout webbed spines. Beyond the second syzygy the
brachials are constricted centrally and have produced and spinous
distal ends. The distal brachials are much elongated and very
strongly constricted centrally; the syzygial unions are also much
swollen.
The distal intersyzygial interval is usually two muscular articu-
lations.
P, is long and slender, evenly and gradually tapering and becom-
ing very delicate distally. It is composed of 18 to 20 segments of
which the first is about as long as broad, the second is slightly longer
than broad, the third is twice as long as the median width, strongly
constricted centrally, and the remainder are much elongated, four or
five times as long as the median width, with swollen proximal ends
and the distal ends strongly flaring and spinous.
NEW UNSTALKED CRINOIDS—CLARK 247
P, is about two-thirds as long as P; and is much stouter basally,
though becoming very slender in the distal half. It is composed of
11 to 12 segments of which the first is short, the second is longer than
broad, and the third and following are much elongated with expanded
and spinous distal ends. There is a long ovate gonad on the third—
fourth or third—-fifth segments. The following pinnules are similar.
The lower and middle pinnules have the distal ends of the segments
strongly produced and armed with prominent spines. The distal
pinnules are very slender.
Type.—From the University of lowa’s Barbados—Antigua Expedi-
tion station 15; Barbados. U.S.N.M. no. E. 4289.
Range.—West Indian Islands, from Cuba to Grenada; from
shallow water to 532 meters.
Remarks.—This new species, which heretofore has been confused
by the author and others with the very different Coccometra hagenii,
appears to be most closely related to Compsometra parviflora of the
East Indies.
ANNAMETRA, new genus
Annametra A. H. Cuark, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 82, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 618, 647, 648,
681, 723, 1921; The Danish Ingolf-Exped., vol. 4, no. 5, Crinoidea, p. 41
(range), p. 52 (in key), 1923.
Diagnosis.—-A genus of Antedoninae in which P; is of the same
length and character as the succeeding pinnules; P, and P, have 18
to 32 segments; P, is shorter than P, though similar to it; and the
cirri are short and stout, strongly recurved distally, resembling the
cirri of Antedon petasus, with 10 to 16 segments.
Genotype.—Cominia occidentalis A. H. Clark, 1915.
Range.—Cape of Good Hope; southern Japan; 0-47 meters.
Included species —Annametra occidentalis (A. H. Clark); A. minuta
(A. H. Clark).
CARYOMETRA, new genus
Diagnosis.—A genus of Zenometrinae in which the centrodorsal is
elongate conical with its sides not divided into radial areas, bearing
beneath each radial three columns of cirrus sockets of which the
median ends at about the middle of the centrodorsal; the cirri are long
but delicate with rather numerous (30-35) segments of which the
longest proximal are two to three times aslong as broad and the fifteenth
and following are about as broad as long, or broader than long, with
small terminal dorsal spines; the elements of the IBr series and the
lower brachials are not in lateral contact, and their edges are smooth;
and all the pinnules are present.
Genotype.—Adelometra tenuipes A. H. Clark, 1908.
Range.—Off Habana, Cuba; 386 meters.
Included species.—Caryometra tenuipes (A. H. Clark).
248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
EOMETRA, new genus
Diagnosis.—A genus of Zenometrinae in which the centrodorsal is
small, conical with somewhat swollen sides, about as high as broad at
the base, almost completely covered with cirrus sockets, which are
arranged in 10 closely crowded columns of 2 or 8 each; the cirri are
slender and only slightly curved distally, gradually tapering to a fine
point, with all the segments except the basal much elongated and
without dorsal processes; the elements of the [Br series and lower
brachials are smooth and not in lateral contact; all the pinnules are
present; P; and P, are similar, the latter the longer; P; and the pinnules
following are much longer than P».
Genotype.—Psathyrometra antarctica A. H. Clark, 1915.
Range.—Antarctic; 2,725 meters.
Included species.—Eometra antarctica (A. H. Clark).
BOLEOMETRA, new genus
Diagnosis.—A genus of Bathymetrinae in which the first six or
seven segments of P; are as broad as, or broader than, long; there
are not more than 30 cirrus segments; and the brachials and pinnule
segments have smooth distal edges.
Genotype.—Antedon clio A. H. Clark, 1907.
Range.—Southwestern Japan; 195 meters.
Included species.—Boleometra clio (A. H. Clark).
RETIOMETRA, new genus
Diagnosis.—A genus of Bathymetrinae in which P, is much elon-
gated, about twice as long as P2, and composed of 20 to 30 segments;
P, resembles the succeeding pinnules and bears a large gonad; the
brachials have slightly produced and spinous distal ends; the centro-
dorsal is low hemispherical; and the cirri are short with 11 to 20
segments of which the longest are not more than three times as long
as broad and the distal do not bear dorsal spines.
Genotype.—Retiometra alascana, new species.
Range.—Southeastern portion of Bering Sea and the Gulf of
Alaska; vicinity of Marion Island (southeast of the Cape of Good
Hope); 91-1,270 meters.
included species—Retiometra alascana, new species; Retiometra
exigua (P. H. Carpenter).
RETIOMETRA ALASCANA, new species
Description.—The centrodorsal is very low with a broad bare dorsal
pole about one-third the diameter of the centrodorsal in width; the
45 to 60 cirrus sockets are closely crowded and increase slowly in size
from the vicinity of the bare dorsal pole to the periphery.
NEW UNSTALKED CRINOIDS—CLARK 249
The cirri are XLV-LX, 11-12, 7 or 8 mm long. The first segment
is half again to twice as broad as long; the second is nearly twice as
long as broad; the third and fourth are nearly three times as long as
the median width, slightly constricted centrally; and those following
slowly decrease in length so that the antepenultimate is not quite twice
so long as broad, at the same time losing the median constriction so
that they appear slightly broader in lateral view. The penultimate
segment is half again as long as broad. The opposing spine is small,
terminal, and directed obliquely forward; its dorsal profile makes
practically a straight line with that of the penultimate segment.
The terminal claw is about as long as the penultimate segment,
rather stout at the base, evenly tapering, and evenly and strongly
curved.
The distal edges of the radials are even with the rim of the centro-
dorsal. The IBr, are extremely short, about six times as broad as
long in the median line, just in contact basally, with the lateral edges
so strongly convergent as to make almost a straight line with those
of their neighbors. The IBr, (axillaries) are triangular, broader than
long, the anterior angle, which is not produced, approximately a right
angle, the anterior sides only slightly concave, the lateral angles
extending far beyond the anterolateral angles of the IBr,, yet widely
separated from those of the adjacent axillaries, and with a slight well-
rounded process in the median portion of the proximal border.
The 10 arms are 55 to 75 mm in length. The first brachials are
very short, twice as long exteriorly as interiorly, with the proximal
half of the inner edges of those of each arm pair in contact and the
distal halves diverging at first in a straight line, which later turns
abruptly upward in a slightly rounded right angle. The second
brachial is much larger and is irregularly quadrate. The first syzygial
pair (formed of the third and fourth brachials) is slightly longer
interiorly than exteriorly, and about as broad as the median length.
The next five brachials are almost oblong, and about half again as
broad as long. The following brachials become almost or quite
triangular, about as long as broad, and gradually wedge-shaped and
elongate distally. The distal edges of the brachials are slightly
produced and finely spinous, giving the profile of the arm a regularly
serrate appearance.
Syzygies occur between brachials 3+4, 9+10, and 14+15, and
distally at intervals of 2 (rarely 3) muscular articulations.
In the type specimen P, is 10 mm long with 20+ segments, slender
but not attenuated; the first segment is short, the second is about as
long as broad, the fourth and fifth are twice as long as broad, and the
distal are about four times as long as broad. The elongated segments
have somewhat abruptly produced and overlapping distal ends,
which are armed with very fine spines. P, is 8 mm in length with 13
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
segments of which the first is broader than long, the second is about
as long as broad, the third is twice as long as broad, and the remainder
are much elongated with produced and finely spinous ends. P3 is
similar to P,, and the pinnules following are similar. After P; the
gonads gradually become smaller, disappearing after Pip.
Type-—From Albatross station 3330; north of Unalaska (lat.
54°00/45’’ N., long. 166°53’50’’ W.); 642 meters; bottom tempera-
ture 3.22° C.; black sand and mud; August 21, 1890. U.S.N.M.
no. EK. 1141.
Range.—Southeastern Bering Sea and the Gulf of Alaska; 291
(?197)-1,270 meters. This species is usually found associated with
the very much larger Florometra asperrima.
U.S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2983
NOTES ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ENODIA
AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FRITILLARY FROM
PERU
By Austin H. Ciark
Curator, Division of Echinoderms, United States National Museuin
THe capture at Virginia Beach and at Princess Anne, in Princess
Anne County, Va., on September 23 and 24, 1934, of a series of
about 380 specimens of a satyrid butterfly belonging to the genus
Enodia brought up the question of the proper application of the
names that have been proposed for the species of this genus.
In 1781 Johan Christian Fabricius (Species insectorum, vol. 2, p.
82, no. 363) described Papilio portlandia in the following terms:
Portlandia 368. P. N. G. alis dentatis fuscis, posticis supra ocellis quinque
coecis, Subtus septem pupillatis.
Habitat in America meridionali. Mus. Dom. Yeats.
Paruus. Alae anticae fuscae versus apicem fascia flauescente maculis
tribus ocellaribus atris. Posticae fuscae maculis quinque atris iride
flauescente absque pupilla. Subtus fuscae strigis obscurioribus. Antiecae
versus apicem fascia lata apice bifida alba et in hae ocelli quatuor atri
iride flaua, exterioribus pupilla alba. Posticae fascae versus apicem
alba et ocello vnico ante fasciam, sex pone fasciam atris vltimis duobus
connatis iride flaua pupillaque oblonga argentea.
This may be translated:
P. N. G. with brown dentate wings, the posterior above with five blind ocelli,
below with seven pupiled ocelli. Habitat in southern America. In the [John
Pattison] Yeats collection. A small species. Fore wings brown, toward the
46082—36 251
Zoe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You. 83
apex with a yellowish band with three black eye-spots. Hind wings brown
with five black spots tinged with yellowish and without pupils. Beneath
brown with darker stripes. Fore wings toward the apex with a broad white
band bifurcated apically in which are four black eye-spots tinged with yellow,
the outer with a white pupil. Hind wings with a white band toward the apex,
a Single eye-spot in front of the band, and behind the band six, the last two
twinned, tinged with yellow and with an oblong silver pupil.
Fabricius listed portlandia between (Vanessa) itea from New Zea-
land (362) and (V.) cardui (364), indicating that he regarded it as
a nymphalid related to these two species. In its general appearance
it certainly does resemble a nymphalid more than it does most satyr-
ids. The locality “America meridionalis” given by Fabricius means
simply “southern America.”
In 1787 Fabricius (Mantissa insectorum, vol. 2, p. 45, no. 439)
changed the name portlandia to iortlandia, This was probably
merely a typographical error.
Jacob Hiibner did not mention Fabricius’ portlandia, which he
seems to have been unable to identify, possibly having been misled
by the position between two species of Vanessa in which it was
placed by that author.
Sometime between 1806 and 1818 (Sammlung exotischer Schmet-
terlinge, vol. 1) Hiibner described and figured Papilio (Oreas Mar-
morata) andromacha. This appears to differ in no way from
Fabricius’ portlandia, of which it is generally conceded to be a
synonym. In 1818 (Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge, p. 61,
no. 587) Hiibner listed this species as Hnodia andromacha.
In 1821 (Index exoticorum lepidopterorum, p. 1) Hiibner substi-
tuted the specific name androcardia for andromacha, giving no expla-
nation for the change. He wrote simply “Andromacha Pap. nym.
f. Oreas marmorata: Enodia Androcardia.” It is possible that the
name was changed because of an earlier Papilio (Parnassius)
andromacha of Fabricius (Systema entomologiae, p. 466, no. 102,
1775), which is Acraea andromacha of the Australian region.
Thomas Say in 1859 (American entomology, vol. 1, p. 81, pl. 36)
published a detailed description and colored figures of a specimen of
Hipparchia andromacha from Arkansas.
In 1878 Ferdinand Heinrich Herman Strecker (Butterflies and
moths of North America, p. 148, no. 299) described a specimen from
Texas as
ab. a. ¢—Spots on upper surface of primaries very small and almost obsolete,
the transverse lines entirely wanting. In the cells (excepting the discoidal)
accompanying the veins are broad furry fuscous lines connected inwardly,
open outwardly, leaving sagittate spaces of the brown ground colour in the
middle of each cell. Mus. Strecker.
In 1888 W. H. Edwards (The butterflies of North America, ser. 8,
pt. v, Debis 1) published a detailed account of the life history of
BUTTERFLIES OF GENUS ENODIA—CLARK 253
Debis portlandia with colored figures of both surfaces of each sex
and of the early stages, and gave a survey of the occurrence, habits,
and distribution, which covers all the forms. His figures of adults
represent the form found in the mountains of West Virginia.
In 1897 (Ent. News, vol. 8, no. 10, p. 236) Dr. Henry Skinner de-
scribed Debis creola from specimens sent to him by G. R. Pilate, who
had captured them at Opelousas, La., on July 3, 1897. He said that
this was probably what Dr. Strecker described as aberration a, based
on a specimen from Texas, and added that Dr. A. G. Butler had
recognized this species and that there were specimens in the British
Museum from the Godman and Salvin collection, and that the great
development of the male sexual patch seemed to him to be of specific
importance. Dr. Skinner compared his new species with porilandia.
In 1926 (Ent. News, vol. 37, no. 2, p. 42) Dr. Skinner said he knew
of ercola only from the type and allotype in the collection of the
Philadelphia Academy and the perfect figure in Holland’s Butterfly
Book. He said that typical portlandia was well figured by Edwards
and that the Academy had some nice specimens from as far north as
Miniota, Manitoba. The form occurring at Gainesville, Fla., Mobile
and Chickasaw, Ala., and Macon, Ga., he called andromacha.
In 1982 (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 26, no. 5, pp. 234-255) Dr.
A. Glenn Richards, Jr., considered in some detail E'nodia portlandia,
E. p. andromacha, and FE’. creola. He examined the male genitalia of
all three and found no constant morphological differences. “Any two
slides, even of the same form,” he said, “will show a number of small
differences, but these minute gaps are all bridged over in a series of
preparations so that we can account for all differences on a basis of
individual yariation.” He remarked: “The distinctions between the
northern and southern races of portlandia are slight and intangi-
ble, southern specimens being larger and presenting a somewhat dif-
ferent aspect (the value of a separate racial name seems superfluous).
Creola, however, is separated in the male by the sex scaling and more
triangular fore wing, but I can not separate possible females of this
species from large females of andromacha, and know no one who can
distinguish them in this sex.” He wrote that he found ecreo/a and
andromacha flying together along a shady river trail southeast of
Athens, Clarke County, Ga., and from a single “play-group” several
times took a series of andromacha along with a single specimen of
creola.
In 1935 I recorded (Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 37, no. 5,
pp. 115-116) a typical male of Hnodia creola from the Edward T.
Owen collection in the United States National Museum that had been
taken in Michigan by David Bruce, of Brockport, N. Y., a female of
this form from Palos Park, Il., dated July 9, 1911, and another
female without data. These individuals are smaller than those from
254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
Georgia in the National Museum collected by Dr. Richards and are
also smaller than the two figured by Dr. W. J. Holland, which I have
been permitted to examine through the courtesy of Dr. Hugo Kahl,
of the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh, Pa.
On September 1-38, 1935, I found Hnodia creola fairly common
along the western border of the Dismal Swamp (Nansemond escarp-
ment) in Nansemond County, Va., from Suffolk southward, and also
farther west. Here it occurs in company with /#. portlandia, in some
places in about equal numbers. East of the Dismal Swamp, and in
the wetter woods generally, only £. portlandia was found. In life
both sexes of 2. creola are easily distinguishable from the correspond-
ing sexes of /’. portlandia at some distance. Belligerent males of £.
creola are extremely quick in their movements, resembling vanessids.
The specimens from Princess Anne and Virginia Beach (pl. 22,
figs. 8, 4) agree so closely with portlandia as described by Fabricius,
and with andromacha as figured by Hiibner, as to leave no doubt
of their identity. Twenty additional specimens in the collection
of the United States National Museum (of which 13 are in the
Barnes collection) agree with them. These are from the following
localities:
MISSISSIPPI: Vicksburg, George Dorner, September 1908 (1).
ALABAMA: Chickasaw, Mobile County, W. C. Dukes, May 21, 1921 (1); June
19, 1921 (4) ; 20, 1922 (2) ; 25, 1922 (2) ; August 1, 1920 (1) ; 8, 1920 (2);
15, 1920 (1) ; October 22, 1922 (1).
Froripa: Gainesville, May 1922 (2).
SourH Carontina: Charleston (1).
New Jersey: Palisades, George P. Engelhardt, July 20, 1908 (1).
AMERIQUE SEPTENTRIONALE: From the Boisduval collection (1).
The form called E'nodia portlandia andromacha by Richards is
the same as that represented by these specimens.
A quite distinct form is that referred to as ab. a 6 by Strecker,
as Debis creola by Skinner, and as H’nodia creola by Richards (pl. 22,
figs. 5,6). This form is now known to range from northern Tlinois,
Michigan, and Virginia southward to northern Georgia, southern
Louisiana, and Texas. It is still rare in collections.
A third form, occurring in the East from southern New Hamp-
shire southward to the higher altitudes of North Carolina and pos-
sibly farther (pl. 22, figs. 1, 2) is lighter, less brightly marked, and
usually smaller than true portlandia. This is the form referred to
as portlandia by Skinner and Richards, and by American authors
generally. It is locally frequent in the mountains of Virginia,
where its quick and active movements and its habit of keeping gen-
erally low down in the underbrush distinguish it rather sharply
from the less active and commonly high flying true portlandia of
the coastal region. Since none of the names that have been pro-
posed for species of this genus is applicable to it, it may be known as
en ae ee be ee
BUTTERFLIES OF GENUS ENODIA—CLARK 255
ENODIA PORTLANDIA ANTHEDON, new subspecies
PLATE 22, Ficures 1, 2
Diagnosis—In general similar to 2. p. portlandia (Fabricius) ;
wings beneath without white; ocelli of fore wings beneath in a
straight line; ocelli of hind wings beneath each with a circular white
pupil. From /’. creola (Skinner) it differs in the absence of white
beneath; in having the post-medial line on the under side of the fore
wing with a single angle, at vein 4; in the somewhat less produced
primaries, especially of the male; and in the absence of the broad
furry band on the upper surface of the primaries in the male.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 51137 (William Barnes collection), from
Lava, Sullivan County, N. Y., taken in June.
A fourth form, ranging from central Maine and Quebec westward
to Manitoba seems to be worthy of recognition. It may be known as
ENODIA PORTLANDIA BOREALIS, new subspecies
Diagnosis —Closely resembling #. p. anthedon; upper surface
darker, with the dark margin of the hind wings broader and more
uniform; lower surface darker and more brownish, usually with the
ground color less varied and sometimes quite uniform, with only
faint indications of a narrow lighter line enclosing the rows of spots
on the fore and hind wings; on the hind wings the dark band be-
tween the light line enclosing the row of spots and the fine sub-
marginal light line is, beyond the fourth and fifth spots, broader—
usually much broader—than the distance between the submarginal
line and the edge of the wing.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 51138 (William Barnes collection), from
Hymers, Ontario, July 1-7.
Twenty-two specimens are at hand from the following localities:
MANITOBA: Miniota, June 17, 1928, H. Gibbon (1); July 1, 1922 (1); July 10,
1920 (12). Winnipeg, July 1-7 (1); no date (1).
OnTARIO: Hymers, July 1-7 (2).
QuEBEC: Meach Lake, Ottawa County (1); somewhat intermediate between
this and the preceding form.
MAINE: Sebec Lake, July 16-23 (1); July 24-31 (2) ; more or less intermediate
between this and the form preceding.
Enodia portlandia borealis is very variable, but it seems always
to be distinguishable by the broader dark border on the hind wings
above and by the relatively broad dark area between the row of spots
and the submarginal light line on the hind wings below.
The interrelationships of the forms included in the genus E'nodia
are shown in the following key:
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
KEY TO THE FORMS INCLUDED IN THE GENUS ENODIA
@. Male with the fore wings more pointed than those of the female,
above with a broad furry band interrupted at the veins and
by long triangles in the interstices; under side of fore wings
with post-medial line irregular, interrupted above vein 6, out-
wardly oblique between veins 6 and 4, and usually slightly in-
dented on vein 5; on hind wings below the fourth ocellus is
smaller than theyfifth 22-222 wf teh ne eee creola (pl. 22, figs. 5, 6)
a’, Sexes practically alike; under side of fore wings with post-
medial line more or less oblique from costa to vein 4, or just
above it; on hind wings below the fourth ocellus is larger
than the flth= 258s Ss ee ee ee ee ee ee ae portlandia
b*. Wings beneath with the rows of ocelli edged with white inte-
riorly and more or Jess completely exteriorly; on the fore
wings a white band runs from the costa to the region of
the second ocellus, and beyond this a narrower white band
runs from the costa to the upper part of the first ocellus;
row of ocelli on under side of fore wings curved; second and
third ocelli on under side of hind wings with elongate pupils,
and fourth usually without a pupil.
portlandia portlandia (pl. 22, figs. 3, 4)
b*. No white on wings beneath; row of ocelli on under side of
fore wings below straight; all the ocelli on hind wings
below have similar circular pupils.
c¢. Dark border on hind wings above narrow and tapering
anteriorly; on the hind wings below the dark band be-
tween the light line bordering the fourth and fifth spots
and the submarginal light line is little, if at all, broader
than the distance between the submarginal light line
and the margin of the wing___-portlandia anthedon (pl. 22, figs. 1, 2)
@. Dark border on hind wings above broader and more uni-
form, not narrowing appreciably anteriorly; on the
hind wings below the dark band between the light line
bordering the fourth and fifth spots and the submarginal
light line is broader, usually much broader, than the
distance between the submarginal light line and the edge
of the wing; ground color below browner and usually
more) uniform .2 232 sul Ce be ee ee portlandia borealis
Although when typically developed the four forms included in the
genus H'nodia are quite different, three of them are very closely
related. On the basis of the available material it appears that typical
portlandia intergrades more or less with anthedon, and the latter
intergrades with borealis, the relations between the three suggesting
the relations between Cercyonis alope pegala, C. a. alope, and C. a.
nephele occurring in the same general regions.
Richards said that creola intergrades with portlandia. It agrees,
however, more closely with anthedon, as is evident from the straight-
ness of the row of ocelli on the under side of the fore wings, the
absence of clear white beneath, and the fact that all the ocelli on
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 22
1, 2. Enodia portlandia anthedon, new subspecies, 3, type specimen. Lava, Sullivan County, N. Y.,
taken in June. U.S.N.M. no. 51137 (William Barnes coll.); upper (1) and under (2) sides.
3, 4. Enodia portlandia portlandia (Fabricius), 9, Princess Anne, Va.; A. H. Clark, September 24, 1934.
U.S.N.M.; upper (3) and under (4) sides.
5, 6. Hnodia creola (Skinner): 5, 3, western edge of Dismal Swamp, about 8 miles south of Suffolk,
Nansemond County, Va., A. H. Clark, September 1, 1935, under side, U.S.N.M.; 6, 2, western edge
of Dismal Swamp, near Suffolk, Va., A. H. Clark, September 2, 1935, under side, U.S.N.M.
7, 8. Brenthis hana, new species, 2, type specimen. Chanchamayo, Peru, on the eastern slope of the
Andes. U.S.N.M. no. 51139 (William Schaus coll.); upper (7) and under (8) sides.
BUTTERFLIES OF GENUS ENODIA—CLARK 257
the under side of the hind wings are pupiled (compare figs. 2, 5, and
6, pl. 22). Judged from the specimens at hand, and from my experi-
ence with it in life, creola is readily distinguishable in both sexes
from portlandia and its two forms and is a perfectly valid species.
For the privilege of studying the material in the National Museum
collection I am under deep obligations to the late Foster H. Benja-
min, who also was so good as to go over the literature with me and
to assist me in other ways.
Dr. William Schaus has called my attention to an apparently new
fritillary from Peru in his collection, now in the National Museum,
and has been so kind as to suggest that I describe it. This new frit-
illary may be known as
BRENTHIS HANA, new species
PLATE 22, Ficures 7, 8
Description—Expanse, 41 mm. Distance from tip of fore wing
to center of thorax, 24mm. Antennae, 12 mm long.
Head thickly beset with long golden-brown hairs, becoming silky
white on the frons and beneath and behind the eyes. Sides of palpi
with a broad band silky white, heavily scaled and without hairs.
Upper, inner, and lower sides of the palpi with very long golden-
brown hairs, darkest above, lighter below, becoming whitish toward
the base below. Antennae yellowish brown, the club darker.
Thorax black with numerous long golden-brown hairs. Abdomen
above black with a sparse investiture of long golden-brown hairs,
which laterally become brownish-gold scales; beneath the scales
become more densely packed and lighter, and are interspersed with
numerous long whitish hairs.
Fore wings roundedly pointed, the outer border convex in the
apical third, becoming straight in the lower two-thirds. Hind
wings well rounded, curving slightly more sharply around the end of
vein 4 than elsewhere, and with a slight indication of an anal lobe.
Wings above dull yellowish fulvous, in the basal portion slightly
infuscated and with numerous long golden-brown hairs, the veins
and markings uniform dark yellowish brown.
Costal border of fore wings brown, with numerous fulvous scales
in the proximal half. Outer margin of wings narrowly dark brown.
Parallel to the dark border and near it on the hind wings is a narrow
dark brown scalloped line, these two dark lines being separated by a
fulvous line slightly wider than the inner dark line interrupted by
the dark veins. This is repeated on the fore wings, but here the
brown is more extensive so that the effect is that of a broad brown
border with rather small crescentic fulvous spots that become still
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
smaller and more triangular apically. Each interspace, except the
uppermost on the hind wings, bears a conspicuous oval dark spot dis-
tant from the inner dark line, in the middle of the interspace, about
as far as that is from the outer edge of the wing. On the fore wing
the spot between veins 2 and 3 is the largest, those on either side of
this being slightly smaller, and the three nearer the apex much
smaller, the middle one larger than the other two. On the hind
wings the most anterior spot is very small, the next is larger, the
following is small, though larger than the first, the two succeeding
are large again, and the last is very small. Beyond the inner ends
of these spots and the same distance from them as the submarginal
line is a moderately broad continuous line, broadened at the veins and
narrowed in the middle of the interspaces so that the dark submar-
ginal spots lie each in the center of a ight oval patch bordered by the
dark veins and the concave borders of the lnes on either side of
them.
On the fore wings from the costal border somewhat beyond the
middle a rather broad dark line runs directly inward to vein 5, then
diagonally outward to vein 4, where it meets the line just described
in a rather narrow point. Midway between the inner end of this
line and the end of the cell a heavy dark line crosses the interspace
between veins 4 and 3; just beneath the end of the cell a similar
line crosses the interspace between veins 3 and 2; just touching the
inner side of the lower end of the last a similar lne, turning out-
yard in its lower half, crosses the interspace between veins 2 and 1;
just below the origin of vein 2 a similar line, turning inward in-
stead of outward in its lower half, runs between veins 2 and 1.
The two lines crossing the interspace between veins 2 and 1 are con-
nected by a line parallel to the veins in the middle of the inter-
space. The end of the cell is crossed by a broad dark bar, broadest
at the ends, with some light scales in the middle of its basal portion.
In the outer half of the cell, touching the costal border though not
quite reaching the vein below, is a broad 8-shaped figure with a
few light scales in the middle of its lower half.
On the hind wings a well-defined, narrow, almost straight dark
line runs from the basal third of the costal border parallel to the
inner margin to vein 4, where it approaches very near the line
within the row of submarginal spots; at this point it turns at
approximately a right angle and runs toward the inner margin of
the wing as far as vein 1. Within this line the markings of the
wing are obscured by dark infuscation and long hairs; but the dis-
tal portion of the cell and the inner ends of the interspaces above
and below the cell are light.
On the under side the fore wings are lighter and more yellowish
than above, becoming pale reddish cinnamon apically. The markings
BUTTERFLIES OF GENUS ENODIA—CLARK 259
of the upper side are for the most part only very faintly indicated
in slightly darker fuscous yellow; but the post-medial line is nar-
rowly and sharply defined in dark brown, the spots in the three
lowest interspaces are reproduced in dark brown, there is a narrow
brown band across the end of the cell with a very fine curved line
beyond it, and there is a chevron-shaped mark or incomplete circle
in the middle of the outer half of the cell. The outer half of the
costal margin, a narrow marginal line on the outer border, and the
veins where they cross the pale reddish cinnamon apical area are
silky white—almost silvery. A narrow but conspicuous line of the
same silky white color runs from near the apex downward and
sharply inward nearly to vein 6.
Hind wings beneath pale reddish cinnamon with the veins and
a narrow marginal line conspicuously silky white and the costal
margin light silky grayish. The markings of the upper side appear
very faintly indicated on the lower. A long light fuscous-yellow
band occupies the interspace beyond the end of the cell, running
from near its outer end to just within the cell. The inner ends of
the two interspaces beneath the end of the cell are dark brown,
and the inner ends of the two interspaces above the end of the cell
are obscurely dark brown.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 51139, from Chanchamayo, Peru, on the
eastern slope of the Andes.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2984
POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM AMOY, CHINA
By Aaron L. TREADWELL
Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
C.C. A. Monro (1934) has listed 40 species of polychaets from the
coast of China, most of which were from Amoy and collected by Dr.
T. Y. Chen, of the University of Amoy. The following report is
upon a smailer coijlection of annelids, also made by Dr. Chen, from
the neighborhood of Amoy and presented by him to the United States
National Museum. It comprises but 31 specimens yet represents
21 species. Eight are apparently new: Two species of polynoids,
Lepidonotus minutus and Lepidasthenia ocellata; a leodicid, Marphysa
orientalis; four nereids, Nereis (Neanthes) linea, N. (Neanthes) orientalis,
N. (Nereis) amoyensis, and N. (Leptonereis) distorta; and a cirratulid,
Cirratulus branchiatus. Only five-—Chloeia flava, Lysidice collaris,
Marphysa sinensis, Nereis (Neanthes) oxypoda, and Nephthys sinensis-—
are common to both collections.
The material on the whole is well preserved, but since in most cases
only one individual of a species is present, there is a degree of un-
certainty in the diagnosis of new species. Monro made similar
comment on the collections he studied.
Family AMPHINOMIDAE
Genus CHLOEIA Savigny
CHLOEIA FLAVA (Pallas)
Aphrodita flava Pallas, 1766, p. 97-102, pl. 8, figs. 7-11.
One specimen (Chen no. 21).
49206—36——1 261
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Family POLYNOIDAE
Genus LEPIDCONOTUS Leach
LEPIDONOTUS MINUTUS, new species
Two very small specimens, both tightly coiled so that measure-
ments are hard to get, but they are about 7 mm long and 2.5 mm wide.
From their small size I at first thought that they must be young,
but since one contains mature eggs they obviously are adult. There
are 12 pairs of elytra, completely covering the body.
The prostomium is longer than wide, its posterior margin over-
lapped by the nuchal fold, and is unusual in having no lateral bulgings
or curves, the posterior diameter being only a little greater than the
anterior. There are two pairs of subequal eyes, both pairs visible
from above and situated rather in front of the middle of the prosto-
mium (fig. 18, a). The cirrophore of the median tentacle is a trifle
larger than those of the lateral, and its style extends only a short
distance beyond the lateral ones. All are of uniform diameter except
at the ends, where they narrow to form very delicate tips, those of the
lateral ones being longer than that of the median. The basal two-
thirds of each style is darker than the apex, but there is no definite
pigmentation. The palps are not very large and reach to only a
short distance beyond the tentacles. The tentacular cirri are very
similar to the tentacles.
In the parapodium (fig. 18, 6) is a heavy dorsal cirrus that extends
beyond the setal lobe. The notopodium is recognizable only by the
position of the acicula and the small tuft of setae arising direct from
the body wall. The posterior lip of the neuropodium is truncate at
the end, and from there its ventral margin extends downward as also
a straight line, making an angle of about 45° with the end. The
anterior lip, into which the acicula extends, is more conical. The
ventral cirrus is slender and does not reach the end of the parapodium.
In the notopodium are two kinds of slender colorless setae. Both
have slender stalks and carry two rows of fine-toothed plates. In one
kind the stalk is short and ends in a rounded apex, being free from
plates for an appreciable distance from the end. In the others, which
are more than twice as long as the first, the stalk is drawn out into an
exceedingly fine point, and toothed plates extend nearly or quite to
the end. This point is difficult to determine with accuracy, since the
stalk becomes very slender and the plates exceedingly small. It is
quite possible, in fact, that the terminal denticulations are, as have
been described in other species, fine teeth and not toothed plates.
It may be that the shorter of these setae are really broken specimens
of the longer type, but the ends seem too well rounded and entire for
that. The neuropodial setae are of only one kind, all much heavier
than the notopodial (fig. 18, c). They widen near the ends and then
POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM CHINA—TREADWELL 263
narrow to a blunt point. On the concave surface of the terminal
portion are about six toothed plates.
The elytra overlap on the mid-dorsal line of the body. They are
oval in outline, and the greater part of the surface is covered by pig-
K
m
0
FIGURE 18.—New species of LEPIDONOTUS, LEPIDASTHENIA, and MARPHYSA.
a-d, Lepidonotus minutus: a, Prostomium, X 20; 6, parapodium, X 27; c, seta, & 185; d, elytron,
x 465.
e-h, Lepidasthenia ocellata: e, Prostomium, X 10; f, parapodium, X 15; g, slender toothed seta,
X 185; h, ventral seta, < 68.
i-o, Marphysa orientalis: i, Anterior end, X 4; j, first parapodium, X 22.5; k, tenth parapodium,
X 22.5; 1, middle parapodium, X 18; m, compound seta, X 185; n, maxilla, X 9; 0, half of
mandible, X 9.
ment patches, which are denser near the point of attachment and
extend to the outer lateral margin, leaving the other margins clear
(not shown in fig. 18, d). Blunt spines are scattered at about equal
264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
distances over the entire surface (fig. 18, d@). On the posterior margin
is a row of papillae of varying sizes, but the rest of the margin is
entire.
Type-—U.S.N.M. no. 20112 (Chen no. 19).
Genus LEPIDASTHENIA Malmgren
LEPIDASTHENIA OCELLATA, new species
The type and only specimen is 85 mm long and has a prostomial
width of 1 mm. From here the body widens to the tenth somite,
which is 5 mm wide. The somites immediately behind the tenth
show a slight narrowing, and this narrower width is retained through-
out the greater part of the body, the narrowing at the region of the
pygidium being rather abrupt. Remains of three very slender anal
cirri persist in the specimen.
The head region is covered by two translucent white elytra, which
extend from their attachment on the second setigerous somite to
about half the length of the terminal joints of the tentacles. Each
half of the prostomium is flask-shaped, the ‘‘sheulder’” of the flask
being a little higher on the inside than on the outside (fig. 18, e) and
each half is continued to form a cirrophore for the corresponding
tentacle. The tentacular style is slender, about twice as long as
the prostomium, and acuminate at the tip. The cirrophore of the
median tentacle is a little stouter than that of the laterals, and the
style is somewhat longer. The palps are relatively rather slender.
The tentacular cirri are very similar to the median tentacle in size
and form. All cirri are slender and sharp-pointed and somewhat of
a translucent white in color, although especially toward the ends they
carry patches of porcelain white.
Ventrolateral to a line drawn from one eye to the other on either
side (in preserved material) is a brownish pigment patch, and the
entire dorsal prostomial surface as far as the cirrophores has a faint
brown tint. On the inner side of the first parapodium where this
parapodium comes into contact with the side of the prostomium are
a number of fine dark lines forming a definite pigmented patch. On
the dorsal surface of the first setigerous somite is a pigment patch,
and fine pigmented lines occur on alternate somites (the ones that do
not carry elytra). These at first are somewhat irregular, but by the
eighteenth somite the dorsal surfaces have definite pigment patches
formed of fine lines arranged longitudinally. Seen --"-QOBJINS ZULIVOM 4B eJ-2q ‘W}SUd'T
5 TG o Pena eae | LO ie | toe ota LS¢ GSP I. 1¢ ¢ 6F o GR OGies ee. |g ine i ees aoe ea oe ke en td WoeMjoq oyeled JO YIPIM
08 © QL 4 GIL GTZ GLo GL 0 € 22 GLO hee ar ot nea gece anemic ~~] JO SIOp1Og IB[OIATB IOII94SOd 4B YAPTA B[ZZNJL
4 o6 GZI ° GOT » Sr SIL £01 Z ‘06 601 *6 ie RS kote > gee eee | ME ans td PUL s] Uo9MJoq BUIe\selq
= oST 066 0 CGLGiO. ted Olah ie Re 086 ofG 00% olS CG ee ae eel (souly [eTueIOIseq nee [elovyiseq U908M49q) s[suB [eJBl[edoruRID
Oo SIT» FOL OGies s| rye ete ae OIL » 86 60T 80T P60 cee eae Lo 5 ae aaa --~“tUnUseUL WeUTeIOJ JO
eA OSpe 10110}UB 0} JOWIOA JO OSpa IOTI0}SOd Jo o[ppru WOT soUBISICy
Set epee pen eons JUG) SUIPNOXS JoJOUIVIp esJoAsMBIY “eg
62 « "8% z08 62 © bE && 218 Z'G8 QC eR peo [Rane ee een gee JoJoUIVIP JOTIe}sodo19}UB ‘Ey
ee F08 1°98 Z6 188 68 98 1 '¥6 Saat ae bale Sas Ree Ede nee CO JAS SU Ive MC cMOlea SIAL HAT Ug ato
£6 68 ¥6 £6 oor Sor 86 LOT LOT BSE SoCo eae ie tae se doBJINS SUIVAM SuOTR “Fq-7q “YSUI'T
O8T » 891 I8T gst 281 O61 FSI OG | ae ae a | aa ae be oe ae ddRJINS SuJIvEM SuOTB “PYF “YyASUe'T
O6T + LT 881 SST G61 S61 681 SOG etal eS ee i a re eee TToeare Suoye “Wg “yysue'T
OIT © IIL» go °S6 Let 5°96 16 £86 201 CO aS Sa a ee a ee fq pus t] useajoq BUle}sVId
£8 » 1&2 218 18° 9 6L 8. i 7 L°€8 LSC Oca a Al ae aaeee See tee pea &q pue tg wavemjoq Mel jo yydeq
16 8°08 06 66 © F6 8°88 06 OOT OSS Say Rear a see ae eae eas TW pue tq ueemjeq mel jo yydoq,
SgT 801 LIT Ga SEI O21 O2T pL Sa Senay pee area ek eee ®JAL JO Jops0q JoOlI0ysod ye Mvl yo yIdeq
flo 09 » $09 6S 9°19 £9 » 09 OL POSS sans goer, kates a ear ae a stsAqdurds JO YIPLAA
64% T¥G PIs L9G 99s GGG £26 896 POG AY sleep eae ee gee ect eseq 0} ofApUod UIOI e[qIpUBU JO WYSIOH
LoP ILh eo GLP 203 OLY £6P ILb Z8P OOPS Oe a ee eee 9[Apuod Jo
ULSIVUL 1OT10}SOd 0} JOSIOUT [¥1JU9O JO OSBq WOIJ O[qIPUBUT JO 4YSUO'T
46 ‘(0d44) oe © © ‘(ed 44) é Bo) 2 3 ein BUlUy
90901 ‘ou | ‘seczI ou | ‘Zeszr ‘ou | gg6IT ‘ou | ‘FOGZT “OU | ‘ELgzT ‘OU | ‘gcczT ‘Ou | ‘TFSZI ‘Ou | ‘OggZT ‘Ou
“sny “Jeuy} “WWN'S'O | “A N’S'D | (AU N'S'O
1008 snnbay
‘WN'S'O | (WN'S'O | CI N'S'D | CWUN'S'O | CANS
sisuauoysoys snddisajq
qUoUIOINSvO TL
UoYyYyuap LoLsafuUr PUD aIqupuDU fo (s1a}IUYJUU U2) SJuamainspayy—Z ATAV J,
8
4
°
p
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
318
*poqyeUyysy » ‘eyemrxoiddy o
OS Capers terete aia te ciety ous Go ene L0Z © 902 9 LOGO ok | a net tsa ge ar eta > Se Sp EAR at TR pe hee B1JU90 SUO[B POINSBET UINIIVS JO 44ZUe'T
oP LE PS eral ene es 68 9& Cree all nce esac ae > gear Iequin] PIG} JO UINIZUID WO 9dBJINS Iv[NdI}IB JOTI9}ZUB SSO1NB YYPIAA
OE © SOE © ORG icra i See tenants cic | cae 062 0 COB oe Chal ates pameeaaec aay modo URLS nha ns RR RL RRR ERIC Sdl1IS IeqUIN] peiepnoryse Jo yysue'T
8E 0 LOND atl oecaigin ss a POO ee ee eats ray cE GO eaten sd || Pike ba Tes ga eras s [@SIOp YJANOJ JO UINIZWOO WO BdBJIMS IB[NII4IG IOTI9JUB SSOINOW YIPIMA
006 © ODA Nene ese mamas =. Caer ha asec scenes OI8 0 G8L o OGloves Vite sages tc ocat dee okies weuo at Gienk ap eanE pea ~~"solJes [BSIOp pezenorzse Jo yu]
089 ° OOD tor See | statiaerase a 899 0 COS Siam ee ai iar state teen eee ca cag es aio ado Giga or mie aoe ae car ae ae Sr Sanaa RSI “-"S9L1OS [BOIAI9O pezelNoijie Jo yyZue'yY
6-L-G090T' OU} 92002 “OU | SLgZT “OM | ELgzT OU | QgIzZI ‘ou | FELET ‘OU | ZELET ‘OU
‘snyy ‘Joury|‘snyy ‘woury| “W'N's"a | ‘WC N'S'a | ‘WN'S'0 | WN SO | CNS"
JUSWEINSvI PAL
14)998 suaprud
snnby -UL18 “qr
ea eS ee eee
apigajziaa fo (Suajawmijium U2) SJuamainsvayyY—'g AIAV I],
Sisuauoysoys snddisag
319
FOSSIL HORSE REMAINS FROM IDAHO—GAZIN
¢ 18 € #9
gg £69
£09 OF
Tg PLP
€€ SE
6°19 ¢‘0¢
8ho 8h 0
og GSP
If LE
909 o eo
66 © 98 »
OLT 6LT
OS: Sat aa rie
£ GP FE
G98 GE
8°99 OF
L4¢ PE o
9¢ o 1S
8&S o 9S 0
LL #9 o
¢°18 c8
81 0 08 0
PEE FEE 0
82F 63F
¢ 86 $8 0
68 08 o
TOL LOT
96% 182
ELT o C6T o
OSE €Le
8-9090T “OW | 92002 ‘Ou
197098 suapio
snnby -yduis “J
9 ‘OF
9 *6E
ge
oF
98
621
LLI 9°
£ SE
£08
£ ep
o'Te
o 8h
OFG
09
GPL
LL
TZ&
STP
£8
9L
88 »
082 ©
9LT
pge
LLS¢1 ‘OU
“Sn, ‘JOULY|'SNyy ‘Joury) “WN'S'
cB
o°18
PE
bop
06 2
o'F8 o
26 2
816 ©
PSI 0
Z9E »
€LGoT “ou
09
€°p9
0g
Gly
8°08
9LGZT ‘ou
WN'S'D | CANS’
G69
9°69
€ LP
GSP
Té
8h
6°LP
LIP
9¢
1g
Z'98
O8T
£61
6 98
LCE
GLP
oe
#96
P6LET “OU
€°LZL
9Té
cOP
T6LET “Ou
‘eJeUNIXxOIddy o
DSQOI SES Cleese sea a eer ea aes an gen ane aee os a eas jooy JO UPI 4sezReTH
09 o “SOI}IUI9I}XO IOII0}SOd U99A\4J9q SUI] 0} JoOY JO AJTWI9I}XO IOTI0}U UOT; GOULISICL
einai m>=="""=-TedIBdBJOUI PIG} JO ddvJINs Ie[No4I1e [euTxo1d JO YIPIM
OSG tea PaO W NES aie see Sa aan ere ie te eaten meee aes [edivoejeu P1Iyy JO YASUE] 4SO}BEIH
8°e9 evU[N pus SNIpel JO doVJINS IB[NdT}IV [eISIp JO YIPIM
6°62 pone Wy ete ee RT SNIPe1 JO ddVJAMS IvlNd14IVB [BUTXOId JO YIPIM
GHIS rp el irae eh gts sera eee arrears ei ----Y0J0U PIOUIZIS ULOIJ WOURII[O Jo Y4ZUN'T
OER ser ullip armen, OpIs JOUUI SUOTS poIMsvoU sodvJIns IvlNoIyIV W98M4eq SNIPel JO yysUeT
OSh = |e Ree eee aa ee Re oe ree --BU[N PUB SNIPeI pasny JO YASUO] 4S94Be1p)
CEO Gere a) saeco “snioumny jo eApuoorde pus a[ApUod Jo sovJINS IOUUI Sso1OB doUeySTC
CSL SF ao. gel ccao wee tae Toro rts eeeerrnen==="=-sniominy JO edvjIns Iepnoryie [eSIp JO YIPIM
COT ek vot epee as ince Leeper ae SB eee snieumny JO pue [euIxo1d JO TIPIM
SCP ere lie sarap a toe alia spn ---9[Apuod JOUUL 0} pvey WOIJ snjisuINyY Jo q4sUe'T
hod “hae MEPL ae | cod ge a Ge legen i inte ena eeeena GLC GOSP OUT PEMt ano] GOap)
SEB Oy int il dir paee tee ial ae a ee ee teal eae eee e[ndeos Jo 443Ue[ 4JsoyBeIp
G6LET “OU
“WN'S'D | CAUN'S'O | “WN'S'0
sisuauoysoys snddisajyq
JUOTIGANSBO JT
quy asof fo (s1ajawmiyjum Ur) sjuamamnsvap_yY—' ATA,
a 9€6)'391440 ONILNIYd LNAWNUYSAOS ‘S‘N ‘oyemmxoiddy -
iS 6 OL ¢ ‘09 g ‘8g FG o eis tas: 6°89 29 bof? allen FDS tape ing tare wip oe Py ieee Gc ee ne ae aed ee en a as ip Jooy JO [IPI 4seqyReIDH
ILo LG o & ‘09 OD caine eal | aie a 9 °F9 LTS 9 "Fg ~~SAI}TU1901}x9 IO}Ie4sod U9IM4eq OUI] OF Jooy Jo A4I1W1914X0 JOO] UB WOT 9oULYSICT
19 LY Tg OF Ope eta, San eae pa 90S G ‘OF Oba ey Se | Sc ere eee a Jooy JO Aj1U1014x9 10119}UB 04 ssad0i1d JOSsUa}xe TIO Y eouRysicy
o'8F If OF» SSGh sae Stee aes 8 68 SOF CnGh eae | paces oor pr a Pe Se xuveyd puodes Jo doRJANS IB[NOYAB [BISIP JO TIPIM,
9°SE o'1g GE 0 Less | aoe 1 Te Tae DG rata ot | eect tae ear dene recast xuvjeyd puodes Jo puod yermrxoid jo y3doq
G F9 L'8h 8h o She Be a artarsoc cs 5 2 9F L°Ly ONG Peas aoe po at Sere gee ere Pe ROL Ae ee, xuvjeqd puooes jo pue jeurrxoid Jo YIP,
Sg co '6P 0 6h 0 & 0G Se 2 tee cae clea eae nar oa a LP clr OO pee aeet | aneeraes Sk tees oe eR ria tak, na ae Gag Oe Cpe aE Ps xuvjeyd puodes jo q43ue'T
jc3 8'PP L OF Sho 88 v'OF 8& 68 GF ORs — ai eosin coh ie girs can xuvyeyd 4siy JO odvJINS IB[NII4IV [VISIP SSOIOB YIPT AA
5 oP o LE 8E o L'8& aS ¥ SE 8°L4E QUA SO retenerces Wienke Seon aa an Ser par wea REE ae ea xuvyeyd ysig JO pus [eurrxoid jo yydeq
s! 9°19 Co 83g o ‘6F & ‘0g LY 6P OB TG 5 hearers | rn ata in ee ied et ake xuryeyd sig Jo pus [eurrxoid Jo YIP,
L°l18 0 8Lo 8Z 9°62 L°6L € 82 & 08 OB Sa Br mas mo Si pace ee Nea nk a he a eee a xuv[eyd ysig Jo yysue'T
a 006 91Z » GIG GO) Geta i eerie sare he eee 12Z 0 610 Ss Bata Soy Waal patie tas ata Eas leepes Sas GA euoq 4uI[ds 19yn0 Jo yAsuN'T
s FSI TL STZ SIG teens penitent cereal acd wage a 616 (O) See tas (Eaten § eae iat airs Ral ee nage ceed euoqg 4urtds Jouut Jo q4su9'T
oO If 9€ o LE o L'9& 8°SE GPE Gog LOS RE asters cio aan [BSIBJCIOUI PIG JO OIVJANS IB[NdTqIV [VISIp JO [ey ssoloe yAdaq
a 8 EE €€ FE o I'1é Cabs 0& c 08 TG 8 falcata d| eae aerate aa [BSI] VJOUL PITY] JO soVJANS IBN, 1V [VASTp JO WoT}10d JeuUT Jo yAdeqy
=" JoJUBYIOI} 10}B9IS JO WOTJIOd IOIIejUB PUB PREY SSOIOB INUIOJ JO UIPIA,
me Z8E 0 998 » 098 O10 0 aoeege esas LPS TUBie layla! aa es ca passes en aae eran conaas e[ApUoo JoUUY 0} pkey WO InWaJ Jo YASUE]
6-2
-go9or ‘ou |,.94002 ou | 22002 ou | gzger ou | serzr‘ou | gzezr ‘ou | zezer ‘ou | g6zer ‘ou
‘snyy doury| SUA Jeury|snyy “Joury| “W'N’S'A | “W'N’S'D | “W'N'S'O | ‘WN'S'O | ‘WN'S'0
qUSTMOMSvE TT
1]098
snnbx suapriydurs snddisajq SiswaUoysoys snddisajq
320
quir pury fo (Ssdajawmarjuue U2) syuaWainsvayy—G AIA,
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS; VOL. 83) (PEATE 23
1. View of Plesippus quarry and fossil-bearing beds to the south as seen from the desert rim near Hagerman,
Idaho.
2. View of the quarry during removal of plaster-encased blocks of Plesippus bones. Material can be seen
in place in right foreground.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83, PLATE 24
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Skull and mandible, type specimen, U.S.N.M. no. 11986: 1, Dorsal view; 2, lateral view. About two-
elevenths natural size. Hagerman lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 25
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.,
Skulls: 1, U.S.N.M. no. 12542, lateral view; 2, U.S.N.M. no. 12542
’
palatal view. About two-elevenths natural size.
» palatal view; 3, U.S.N.M. no. 12573,
Hagerman lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
U S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 26
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Skull (immature), U.S.N.M. no. 12494: 1, Dorsal view; 2, lateral view; 3, palatal view. About one-fifth
natural size. Hagerman lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
eae ae
}
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL 83 PLATE 27
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Mandibles: 1, U.S.N.M. no. 12560 (immature); 2, U.S.N.M. no. 12558; 3, U.S.N.M. no. 12573. Lateral
views. About one-fifth natural size. Hagerman lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 28
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Mandibles: 1, U.S.N.M. no. 12560 (immature); 2, U.
S.N.M. no. 12553; 3, U.S.N.M. no. 12573. Occlusal
views. About one-fifth natural size. Hag
german lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
83 PLATE 29
VOL.
PROCEEDINGS
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
‘ouRp]
‘
3Ued
DOT
Jeddn ‘speq exe] UBIMIESe A “azIs [eINyeU J[RY-8U0 JNoGy
‘s[BAYOIAY] pUR [BAYISeq PaSNy JO SMTA TesIOpP puR S[PAYOJLIGD PUB S[VAYOTAJS JO SMOTA [RIOYwT “ErezT ‘ou ‘WHN'S'2
“SISNANOHSOHS SNMddiSaqd
ba be
GG
eT OU IW'N §"/n ‘T :sauog ploAy
en
“ouept
‘guas0l[g Jeddn ‘spoq oye] URUIESeH] “AZIS [PANIVU SYIWIE4XIS-8eIY] INOGW ‘“SMOIA [VIOYwT “Z6LET “OU TW NSA ‘Z ‘POLET “OU INN'S" ‘T :0B1G9}10A [esIOd
*“SISNAHNOHSOHS SNMddISA1d
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 30
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 31
U.S NATIONAL MUSEUM
auo ynoqy
‘oyepy ‘auso01[g Jeddn ‘spaq oye] UBUIese yy
‘OU TANS" ‘0BIqozI0A [RIOVS PUR IequINy ‘Z
“OZIS [BIN}eU
‘MBIA [RIO}R]
“SISNANOHSOHS SNMddIS3A1d
SL9¢T “OU “TA N’S'
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83' PLATE 32
6
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Limb bones: 1, Femur, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 2, femur, U.S.N.M. no. 13815; 3, humerus, U.S.N.M. no. 13795;
4, humerus, U.S.N.M. no. 13814; 5, tibia and fibula, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 6, tibia and fibula, U.S.N.M.
no. 13791; 7, radius and ulna, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 8, radius and ulna, U.S.N.M. no. 13791. Views of
humerus are posterior; all others are anterior. All about one-sixth natural! size. Hagerman lake beds,
upper Pliocene, Idaho.
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOE.83. PLATE 33
PLESIPPUS SHOSHONENSIS.
Limb bones: 1, Femur, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 2, femur, U.S.N.M. 13815; 3, humerus, U.S.N.M. no. 13795;
4, humerus, U.S.N.M. 13814; 5, tibia and fibula, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 6, tibia and fibula, U.S.N.M. no.
13791; 7, radius and ulna, U.S.N.M. no. 13795; 8, radius and ulna, U.S.N.M. no. 13791. All lateral views
All about one-sixth natural size. Hagerman lake beds, upper Pliocene, Idaho.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued |
\3 PI
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
_ |
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2986
A NEW GENUS-AND SPECIES OF TREMATODE FROM THE
LITTLE BROWN BAT AND A KEY TO THE GENERA OF
PLEUROGENETINAE
By RaupH W. Macy
College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minn.
Amone the intestinal parasites of a little brown bat (Myotis
lucifugus), collected on February 12, 1934, at St. Peter, Minn., by
Gustav Swanson, were 11 specimens of a hitherto undescribed
trematode, which was found to belong to a new species of a new genus
of Lecithodendriidae. Although the species appears to be more
closely related to the members of the Pleurogenetinae than to those of
any other group, it can not be referred to any of the existing genera of
that subfamily.
GLYPTOPORUS, new genus
Diagnosis.—Pleurogenetinae: Suckers subequal; testes entire,
situated at level of ventral sucker; intestinal ceca short, reaching
only to testes; cirrus sac large, mostly lateral and anterior to ventral
sucker; genital pore anterior to ventral sucker and slightly to left of
median line of body. Seminal receptacle present. Ovary entire,
pre-equatorial, and on opposite side of acetabulum to cirrus sac.
Vitellaria pretesticular, follicles large and filling region between ceca
and oral sucker, with tendency toward a single field. Uterus filling
large portion of body. Excretery vesicle V-shaped.
Genotype.—Glyptoporus noctophilus, new species.
This genus may be distinguished from other genera in the subfamily
as shown in the key (p. 323).
49207—36 321
322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
GLYPTOPORUS NOCTOPHILUS, new species
Specific diagnosis.—Body elliptical, posterior extremity sometimes
attenuate, 0.45 (0.48, 0.53) ! mm jong and 0.32 (0.29, 0.38) mm wide.
Cuticula without spines. Oral sucker subterminal, 0.075 (0.066,
0.08) mm long and 0.097 (0.088, 0.09) mm wide. Pharynx 0.03
(0.03) mm long and 0.04 (0.039) mm wide. Esophagus evidently
very short (possibly absent). Intestinal ceca short, simple, extend-
vit
0.17172
FiGuRE 25.—Glyptoporus noctophilus, new genus, new species: Dorsal aspect, camera lucida. vit, Vitel -
laria; c, cecum; ov, ovary; sr, seminal receptacle.
ing laterally to anterior margins of testes. Ventral sucker 0.07
(0.07, 0.073) mm long and 0.076 (0.08, 0.078) mm wide, pre-equatorial.
Testes ovate to pyramidal, average length 0.066 (0.066, 0.057) mm,
average width 0.062 (0.049, 0.049) mm, placed near body margins
and at level of ventral sucker. Cirrus sac large, usually about a
third as long as entire body, length 0.153 (0.156, 0.145) mm (distance
between extreme anterior and posterior levels rather than actual
total length), width 0.056 (0.066, 0.063) mm, mostly anterior and
lateral to ventral sucker, strongly recurved. Seminal vesicle volumi-
nous, much convoluted, and ending in a narrow ejaculatory duct.
Genital pore anterior to ventral sucker and slightly lateral to mid
line of body, closer to ventral sucker than to pharynx. Region
1 The first measurement given is of the type; the next two are of the paratypes.
NEW TREMATODE FROM LITTLE BROWN BAT—MACY 323
immediately surrounding genital pore with minute radiating lines,
thus resembling a small genital sucker. This character, however, is
more evident in some examples than in others. Ovary oval to
pyriform, entire, 0.071 (0.06 0.082) mm long and 0.072 (0.06, 0.063)
mm wide, situated on right side of mid line of body and at level of
ventral sucker and testes. Seminal receptacle posterior to ventral
sucker, 0.035 (0.034) mm in diameter. Vitellaria consisting of coarse
follicles, fields reaching from testes to oral sucker, arranged either in
slightly separated bilateral groups or in a single field entirely across
the body dorsal to the pharynx. Uterus extensive, filling posterior
two-thirds of body. Eggs 0.018 to 0.02 mm long and 0.011 to 0.012
mm wide. Excretory bladder V-shaped.
Host.—Myotis lucifugus (LeConte).
Location.—Intestine.
Locality —St. Peter, Minn.
Specimens.—Type, U.S.N.M. no. 8947; paratypes in author’s
collection.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF PLEUROGENETINAE
1. Ceca long, uterus usually both post- and pre-acetabular_-___-_____-_-_-- 2
Ceeaishorts uterus postacetabulars.. 2 222022550 Pe ee eee 4
2. Genital pore marginal and pre-acetabular__----- Pleurogenes Looss (1896)
Genital. pore yatiside ofacetabulum:.2 222025 = =e te Se 3
Genital pore somewhat lateral, pre-acetabular.
Loxogenes, in part (see Krull, 1933)
3. Cirrus sac club-shaped, extending around acetabulum; acetabulum twice as
largerasroralksuckenun. sae see St ie ee Parabascus Looss (1907)
Cirrus sac oval; suckers subequal___---_-_- Postorchigenes Tubangui (1928)
PaiGenivalipore marpinal 249 et aed ye bh kek eos ee 5
Genital poreimac mareinaliy fe ee ey ee Bee ee ke 8
Sam Genitaljporespretesticulare sie ee YES eh eh Se i el ee 7
Genwalunore postiesticulame: as sey 288) eis Ss ee ee sd ok 6
6. Genital pore pre-acetabular__________-_-----=-- Prosotocus Looss (1899)
Genital pore: postacetabular: 2255. se ose Brandesia Stossich (1899)
(eaOvanye postacetayWlans ee. lee wove ete Cryptotrema Ozaki (1926)
Ovaryapre-acetabulars = S22 a) oe ese Pleurogenoides Travassos (1921b)
8. Genital pore lateral to acetabulum ____-_-__--- Limatulum Travassos (1921b)
Genitalipore mou lateral to acetabulum: 522° 52 oho 22ers 9
9. Genital pore at posterior tip of pharynx and not in vicinity of acetabulum,
Phaneropsclus Looss (1899)
Genital pore closer to acetabulum than to pharynx_--_---_-_---------- 10
10. Acetabulum equatorial or postequatorial.
Loxogenes, in part, Stafford (1905)
Ncetapulumupre-equatorialss 2202 82252 2s eee ee eee ae 11
11. Testes and ovary lobed; ovary on same side of acetabulum as cirrus sac,
Mosesia Travassos (1928)
Testes and ovary entire; ovary on opposite side of acetabulum to cirrus sac.
Glyptoporus, new genus
The long ceca of Loxogenes bicolor Krull (1933) appear to me to be
sufficiently unique in this group to require a division of the genus on
that character.
324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
LITERATURE CITED
KRULL, WENDELL HENRY.
1933. Loxogenes bicolor, a new pigmented fiuke from the frog, Rana clamitans
Latr. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 52, no. 1, pp. 47-50, 1 pl.
Looss, ARTHUR.
1896. Recherches sur la faune parasitaire de Egypte. Premiére partie.
Mem. Inst. Egypt., vol. 3, fase. 1, pp. 1-252, 16 pls.
1899. Weitere Beitrige sur Kenntniss der Trematoden-Fauna Aegyptens,
zugleich Versuch einer natiirlichen Gliederung des Genus Distomum
Retzius. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst.), vol. 12, pp. 521-784. 9 pls.
1907. Notizen sur Helminthologie Aegyptens, VII. Ueber einige neue
Trematoden der agyptischen Fauna. Centralbl. Bakt., Parasit.,
und Infekt., abt. 1, vol. 48, pp. 478-490, 7 figs.
Ozaki, YOSHIMASA.
1926. On two new genera of frog trematodes, Cryptotrema and Microlecithus,
and a new species of Pleurogenes. Journ. Fac. Sci. Imp. Univ.
Tokyo, sect. 4 (Zool.), vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 33-44, 8 figs.
STAFFORD, JOSEPH.
1905. Trematodes from Canadian vertebrates. Zool. Anz., vol. 28, pp. 681—
694.
Stossicu, Micuéue.
1899. Los membramento dei Brachycoelium. Boll. Soc. Adriatica Sci. Nat.,
vol. 19, pp. 7-10.
Travassos, Lauro.
1921a. Contribuigées para o conhecimento da fauna helmintolojica brasileira,
XII. Sobre as especies brasileiras da sub-familia Brachycoelinae.
Arch. Ese. Sup. Agr. Med. Vet., vol. 5, no. 1-2, pp. 59-67, 3 pls.
1921b. Contribuigées para o conhecimento da fauna helmintolojica brasileira,
XV. Sobre as especies brasileiras da familia Lecithodendriidae
Odhner, 1911. Arch. Esc. Sup. Agr. Med. Vet., vol. 5, no. 1-2,
pp. 73-79, 5 pls.
1928. Contribuicio para o conhecimento dos Lecithodendriidae do Brasil.
Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 21, fase. 1, pp. 189-199, 3 pls.
TuBANGuI, Marcos A.
1928. Trematode parasites of Philippine vertebrates. Philippine Journ.
Sci., vol. 36, pp. 351-371, 5 pls.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 193€
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2987
TWO NEW COTTID FISHES FROM THE WESTERN PACIFIC,
WITH A REVISION OF THE GENUS STLENGIS JORDAN
AND STARKS
By Rour L. Bouin
Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University, Pacific Grove, Calif.
THE EXTENSIVE collections made by the United States Bureau of
Fisheries steamer Albatross in the northwestern Pacific during the
cruise of 1906 contain several new species of cottid fishes, two of
which are herein described. The drawings for the plate were made
by the late William Sackston Atkinson under the direction of the
late Dr. Charles Henry Gilbert. The text figures of scales were
drawn by me. I am greatly indebted to Dr. George S. Myers, of
the United States National Museum, for detailed information con-
cerning the type and only known specimen of Stlengis osensis.
In their review of the Cottidae of Japan, Jordan and Starks!
described two rather closely related species under the names Stlengis
osensis and Schmidtia misakia. The two new genera to which these
fishes were allocated were distinguished from each other by the
character of the squamation alone, there being three longitudinal
scale bands in Silengis and one in Schmidtia. Stlengis distoechus, the
new species described below, is an intermediate form having two
bands of scales.
While the three fishes show marked differences in squamation, the
strong tendency to reduce and modify scales, which is expressed by
1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, pp. 231-335, 43 figs., 1904.
48592—36 325
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
the bewildering variation in this regard throughout the entire family,
lessens the apparent evolutionary significance of changes in these
structures. Stlengis osensis, with its three bands of scales, approxi-
mates most closely the hypothetical, completely scaled, ancestral
type. The differences that have occurred in the squamation of the
other two species have been loss variations of a type that may occur
readily and are of comparatively minor importance. Indeed, in the
course of extensive studies on the Cottidae, I have found several
instances where such loss variations result in striking reductions of
sealed areas with the increase in age of the individual. Orthonopias
triacis Starks and Mann and Clinocottus analis (Girard) present
excellent examples.
In spite of the marked differences in squamation, the many simi-
larities of the three species point to their rather close relationship
and indicate that they form a circumscribed evolutionary line com-
parable in all respects to such genera as Icelus, Myoxocephalus, and
Gymnocanthus. It seems advisable, therefore, to group these three
fishes together in the single genus Silengis.
Genus STLENGIS Jordan and Starks
Stlengis JORDAN and Starks, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, p. 236, 1904.
Schmidtia JORDAN and Starks, zbid., p. 237.
Schmidtina JORDAN and SraRks, zbid., p. 961.
Genotype.—Stlengis osensis Jordan and Starks.
Diagnosis.—Dorsal and ventral body profiles forming almost
straight lines from anterior end of first dorsal (deepest point of body)
to caudal peduncle but bulging slightly under each of the median fins.
Head markedly depressed, its width at base of upper preopercular
spines much greater than depth at same point. Jaws about equal;
maxillary extending to or slightly beyond middle of pupil, its pos-
terior width exceeding that of narrow suborbitals. Anterior nostrils
in short tubes; posterior nostrils with borders little if any elevated,
difficult to distinguish from mucous pores. Orbit large, its diameter
greater than length of snout. Interorbital space flat or slightly
convex; top of head gently concave, with a pair of low, rounded,
parieto-extrascapular elevations at the posterior border of the shallow
depression. Nasal spines sharp, slightly curved, their length equal
to a little more than 0.5 posterior width of maxillary. Preopercle
armed with 4 spines, the upper one long, extending to or very slightly
beyond subopercular margin, with a simple or bifid tip and 8 to 5
recurved barbs along its upper margin; lower preopercular spines
simple, about as long as barbs of antlerlike spine; the upper one of
these simple spines directed backward, the middle one backward
and downward, the lower one downward and forward. A minute
spinous point at lower angle of subopercle and another at posterior
NEW FISHES FROM WESTERN PACIFIC—BOLIN 327
angle of interopercle; these spines frequently difficult to see but
readily located by touch in alcoholic specimens. No other spines
on head. Pores of head well developed; those on suborbitals divided
into two almost equally prominent series bordering the suborbital
chain dorsally and ventrally; anterior pore of the mandibular series
unpaired, opening on the median ventral surface of the symphysis.
Gill membranes broadly united, free from isthmus. Branchiostegals
6. Teeth in moderately broad, villiform bands on premaxillaries,
dentaries, vomer, and palatines. No slit behind the last gill. Gill
rakers in the form of short tubercles.
Origin of first dorsal directly over or very slightly behind dorsal
end of gill opening; first two spines with approximate bases. Second
dorsal separated from first by a narrow but definite interspace.
Origin of anal under first, second, or third dorsal ray. Pectorals
extending to perpendicular from first or second anal ray. Pelvic
base very slightly behind lower end of pectoral base; fin of 1 spine
and 2 rays, the imner one the longer. Caudal slightly rounded.
Anus in front of anal origin at a distance about equal to diameter
of pupil, located just anterior to a very small, bluntly conical, genital
papilla. Sides of body with 1, 2, or 3 longitudinal bands of large
ctenoid scales, each band only one scale in width. No cirri present.
Remarks.—It is difficult to estimate the exact degree of relation-
ship of the three fishes comprising this genus. However, the fact
that Stlengis misakia has progressed farthest in the reduction of
scales, and that in this species the pores of the lateral line system on
the head have remained small and those of the mandibular series
become encircled by small supernumerary openings, while in the
other two species they have become markedly enlarged and remained
simple, indicates that S. misakia is the most isolated form. While
this species was probably the first to split from the ancestral stock,
the pronounced differences occurring in the other two species suggest
that they were derived from a branching of the primitive line soon
after the splitting off of S. misakia.
The preopercular armature, the ventral fins, and the structure of
the scales indicate that this genus is most closely related to Icelinus
Jordan, of the western coast of North America.
KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF THE GENUS STLENGIS
a!. Sides of body armed with a single band of scales; main pores
of mandibular series surrounded by small supernumerary
ODENIN Smarr ek teloy pups ale oe Ne AL ie Dyes ee Et ayy pie ei. Lie eye crt misakia
a. Sides of body armed with 2 or 3 bands of scales; pores of mandi-
bular series simple.
b!. Sides of body with 2 bands of scales; anal fin with 10 or 11
ELS eee ee eee Ret ee Tele ei ere ese Ee en ene the distoechus
b?. Sides of body with 3 bands of scales; anal fin with 14 rays___-_-.-- osensis
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
STLENGIS OSENSIS Jordan and Starks
Stlengis osensis JORDAN and Srarks, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, p. 236, fig.
1, 1904; Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm., vol. 22, p. 590, fig., 1902 (1904). —Jorpan,
TaNAKA, and SnypxER, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 38, p. 255,
fig. 189, 1913.
Diagnosis.—Orbit 3.0 in head. Pores of head large and promi-
nent, those of mandibular series simple. Dorsal VIII, 15; anal 14;
pectorals 20. Sides of body with 3 longitudinal bands of strongly
ctenoid scales; the dorsal band extends from level of sixth dorsal
spine to caudal base and contains 27 scales; the middle band, follow-
ing the lateral line, extends to just beyond end of second dorsal and
contains 27 scales; the ventral band extends from just anterior to
anal origin to caudal base and contains 24 to 25 scales.
Unfortunately the values given in the type description for the fin
ray and scale counts are in error. The figure is correct with regard
to these structures.
STLENGIS DISTOECHUS,? new species
Fiaure 26; Puate 34, A
Diagnosis.—Orbit 2.6 (2.5-2.6) in head. Pores of head large
and prominent, those of mandibular series simple. Dorsal VIII
(VITI-IX), 16 (146-17); anal 11 (10-11); pectorals 17 (16-18). Sides
of body with 2 bands of ctenoid scales; the dorsal band extends from
level of fifth or sixth dorsal spine to near base of upper caudal rays
and contains 26 (23-28) scales; the band along lateral line extends to
caudal base and contains 36 (34-37) scales.
Body slightly depressed anteriorly, slightly compressed posteriorly ;
distance from origin of first dorsal to pelvic base 2.1 (2.0—-2.1) in
head; width at upper end of pectoral base 2.0 (1.9-2.0) inhead. Least
depth of caudal peduncle 2.3 (2.2—2.4) in orbit.
Head 2.9 (2.8—2.9) in standard length; snout short, 2.0 (1.9-2.1) in
orbit, forming an angle of 133° (129°-139°) with frontoparietal
region, of 67° (60°-72°) with chin. Maxillary extending slightly
beyond middle of pupil. Eye large, diameter of orbit 2.6 (2.5-2.6) in
head. Interorbital width about equal to width of suborbitals.
Upper preopercular spine with a simple or bifid tip and 3 or 4 re-
curved barbs along its upper margin. The variation in the tip of the
spine, together with the well-known facts of spine development in
other genera, leaves no doubt that the number of barbs is a function
of age. The three lower preopercular spines are all simple except
in one specimen, where the middle one is narrowly bifid on both sides.
Pores of head large, 3 prominent ones along dorsal border of suborbi-
tals between anterior margin of orbit and base of suborbital stay;
pores of mandibular series simple, without circlet of supernumerary
openings.
2 From dloro:xos, two-rowed.
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 34
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
‘sotloods pue snued Mou
\
‘
aN
KX Ds?
sdoida] 897000198
‘
x NIN N
CS NNW
Nx ox SS nC yA ~
) SS \ SN SS \A .
_ ‘seloods Mau ‘si yov0}sip stbUa]IS ‘VW
NEW FISHES FROM WESTERN PACIFIC —BOLIN 329
Base of first dorsal 2.3 (2.0-2.5) in head; fin of 8 (8-9) spines; first
spine 1.5 (1.3-1.7) in fourth or fifth spine, which is longest, being 2.6
(2.3-3.0) in head. Base of second dorsal 1.1 (1.0—1.1) in head; fin
of 16 (16-17) rays; first ray 1.9 (1.5-2.3) in sixth ray, which is longest,
being 2.0 (1.9-2.1) in head. Anal origin under second or third
dorsal ray, its posterior end under fourth ray from end of second dor-
sal; base of fin 1.5 (1.4-1.6) in head; fin of 11 (10-12) rays; first
ray 1.8 (1.6—1.9) in sixth or seventh ray, which is longest, being 2.8
(2.6-2.9) in head. Pectoral base 3.1 (3.0-3.3) in head; fin of 17
(16-18) rays; longest ray 1.4 (1.4-1.5) in head. Pelvics extending
to or slightly beyond anus, their length 1.7 (1.7-1.9) in head. Caudal
with 8 (8-9) split rays; length of fin 1.4 (1.3-1.4) in head.
A single series of 26 (23-28) large scales forming a band along
base of dorsal fins, having its origin under fifth or sixth dorsal spine
and extending on the dorsal surface of the caudal peduncle to or
almost to base of upper caudal rays. Each of these scales in the form
of a roughly oval, deeply embedded plate from which rises another
smaller strongly ctenoid plate inclined posteriorly. Lateral line
armed with 36 (34-37) deeply embedded scales in the form of short
tubes, their free posterior margins strongly ctenoid.
TaBLE 1.—Measurements of Stlengis distoechus
Percent of standard
Measurement length
Grigia: on first dorsal to pelvic base..-- 2-2 17. 2 (16. 7-17. 5)
Origin of;second) dorsal. to anal origin. 2. 2-22-2222. 13. 6 (13. 1-14. 6)
beast depth of caudal peduncle. 2. 0 2 5. 8 ( 5. 5 6. 0)
Distance between dorsal ends of pectorals____.---____- 18. 0 (17. 6-18. 3)
Head (snout to tip of subopercular flap) ________----_-- 35. 2 (34. 6-36. 3)
DIATE SEAOL: OTL ey oo sae se oer plies my ae a 13. 6 (13. 1-14. 2)
Snout (tip of premaxillaries to edge of orbit)._________- 6.7 ( 6. 3— 7. 2)
Maxillary (from median line just above upper lip) _____-_ 13. 4 (12. 9-14. 0)
Shout. to origin ofefirstydorsal soe ys ee 31. 7 (30. 4-82. 6)
Base of first dorsal (from first to last spine)____________ 15. 3 (18. 8-17. 2)
SHout toroligin Ol/second dorsal 72a ee, eS 50. 5 (49. 8-51. 5)
BASCTOMSECOM GN COTS) aeereathas es a a eet Me ES ee ea OA 33. 5 (32. 7-34. 3)
DSOUb COAT al Oia = coer se ean he) Oe Decca I a as els 52. 5 (51. 1-53. 8)
NES ASSL O bes any [oe maa ta Oey esate atta ee ht ee a LR aa a ce 24. 2 (22. 0-25. 8)
Snout to dorsal end of pectoral base________________-_- 34. 6)(33. 5—35. 5)
Snout to ventral end of pectoral base____.___________- 26. 6 (26. 0-27. 4)
Wigthrofypectoral base tae h eee AAO koran 11. 3 (11. 1-11. 8)
engi ofspectorala(longest ray) see Ps Pe 24. 4 (23. 8-25. 6)
SNOUieorpCivAe DASE: c..BiAtu Ge. LOT. a LOIRE 26. 9 (26. 6-27. 5)
henothrotnpelwacs: wet ei loesk repairer. POE wiih i euey eat! 20. 4 (19. 0-21. 6)
enptihvwoamenu dala t innate fe uN an Coos oe 25. 4 (24. 8-27. 0)
STOU GEL ORS TNS ema nei ver tras MEENA va ag gp See yp ce 47. 0 (46. 4-48. 0)
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
The color of all the specimens has bleached out during their quarter
of a century in alcohol to a pale brownish yellow. The dorsal, anal,
and pectoral fins show faint indications of darker markings, while the
pelvics and lower rays of the pectorals seem to have been silvery white.
Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 94728, 52 mm in standard length, 65 mm
in total length; from Albatross station 4968, off the coast of Waka-
yama, Japan, lat. 33°24’50’’ N., long. 135°38’40”’ E., in 253 fathoms.
Paratypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 94729, 3 specimens, 48.5-51.5 mm in
standard length; from the same station. Nat. Hist. Mus. Stanford
Univ. no. 28727, 1 specimen, 50.5 mm in standard length; from the
same station.
FIGURE 26.—Stlengis distoechus, new species: a, External, and 6, internal view of lateral line scale; c, scale
from dorsal band.
STLENGIS MISAKIA (Jordan and Starks)
Schmidtia misakia JoRDAN and Starks, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, p. 237,
fig. 2, 1904.
Schmidtina misakia JoRDAN and Starks, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 27, p. 961,
1904; Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 22, p. 590, fig., 1902 (1904).—Jorpan,
TANAKA, and SnyprER, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 33, p. 255,
fig. 190, 1913.
Diagnosis.—Orbit 3.1 (3.0-3.4) in head. Pores of head moderate
in size; the main ones of the mandibular series surrounded by a circlet
of small supernumerary openings. Dorsal IX (IX—XI), 16 (15-17);
Anal 13 (12-14); Pectoral 17 (15-18). Lateral line armed with 36
(36-37) scales, the scale band extending to base of caudal fin. No
other scales present.
ASTROCOTTUS,? new genus
Genotype.—Astrocottus leprops, new species.
Diagnosis.—Preopercle armed with 3 short simple spines. Gill
membranes broadly united, free from isthmus. Branchiostegals 6.
Teeth in broad villiform bands on premaxillaries, dentaries, and
3 From &orpov, constellation + Cottus.
NEW FISHES FROM WESTERN PACIFIC—BOLIN Sal
vomer; none on palatines. No slit behind last gill. Gill rakers in
form of short tubercles. Anal fin longer than second dorsal; pelvics
I, 3. Head and body almost completely covered with strongly
ctenoid scales.
This monotypic genus appears to be quite isolated. In some re-
spects it resembles Ricuzenius Jordan and Starks, in others Stelgistrum
Jordan and Starks; but in each case the relationship is remote.
ASTROCOTTUS LEPROPS,! new species
FiaurEe 27; Puate 34, B
Diagnosis.—Body depressed throughout, deepest at base of pelvics,
the distance from origin of first dorsal to pelvic base 1.9 in head,
width at dorsal end of pectoral base 1.6 in head. Ventral body con-
tour practically straight, dorsal contour forming an even gently convex
C
b
FIGurRE 27.—Astrocottus leprops, new genus, new species: a, External, and 6, internal view of lateral line
scale; c, scales from dorsal part of body.
curve from deepest point to very slender caudal peduncle, the least
depth of which is 2.7 in orbit.
Head 3.3 in standard length; snout 1.2 in orbit, moderately steep,
forming an angle of about 65° with chin. Lower jaw slightly shorter
than upper, barely included; maxillary reaching slightly beyond
anterior margin of pupil. Anterior and posterior nostrils both in
short heavy tubes about equal in length to nasal spines. Size of eye
moderate, diameter of orbit 3.2 in head. Suborbital width moderate,
3.0 in orbit. Interorbital space flat, narrow, about 2.0 in posterior
width of maxillary. Top of head gently concave. Nasal spines
small, their length equal to 0.5 interorbital space. Three simple
preopercular spines, all very short; the upper one slightly curved
upward; the middle one broad and triangular; the lower one a simple
obtuse expansion of the preopercular border. No other spines on
head. Pores of head inconspicuous; those of suborbital series in a
fairly definite row along the ventral margin, with small supernumerary
pores just above; a wide band of numerous small pores on preopercle
4 From \empés, scaly + oy, face.
332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
with a large pore on the margin below each spine; mandibular series
made up of groups of small irregularly placed pores; the anterior one
on the median line of the symphysis large, simple, and unpaired.
Origin of first dorsal very slightly behind a perpendicular from the
posterior end of subopercle (“‘opercular flap’’); base of fin 1.6 in head;
fin of 10 spines, the first two with approximate bases; first spine 1.8
in fourth spine, which is longest, being 2.2 in head. Second dorsal
separated from first by an interspace about equal to diameter of pupil;
its posterior end over base of third ray from end of anal; base of fin
3.0 in standard length; fin of 15 rays; first ray 1.2 in fifth ray, which
is longest, being 2.2 in head. Origin of anal about under origin of
second dorsal, base of fin 2.7 in standard length; fin of 17 rays; first
ray 1.2 in middle rays, the fourth to thirteenth rays subequal and
longest, being 2.9 in head. Pectoral base 2.7 in head; fin of 20 rays;
longest ray 1.1 in head, extending to level of third anal ray. Base of
pelvics behind lower end of pectoral base at a distance about equal
to diameter of pupil; middle ray longest, outer ray shortest; length of
fin 2.6 in head, extending about 0.5 distance to anal origin. Caudal
truncate; with 9 split rays; its length 1.4 im head. Anus in front of
anal origin at a distance 1.5 in diameter of orbit; located just anterior
to the base of a short, heavy, bluntly conical genital papilla, which is
depressed in an abrupt pit extending 0.5 distance to anal origin.
Head and body almost completely scaled; many small scales occur-
ring on anterior, dorsal, and posterior portions of eyeball. Small
naked areas surround the anterior nostrils, others occur between nasal
spines and posterior nostrils. Lips, chin, lower half of suborbitals,
interopercle, lower portion of preopercle and subopercle, and branch-
iostegal membranes naked. A narrow naked strip surrounds the
dorsal fins and extends along the dorsal surface of the caudal peduncle.
A similar naked strip occurs ventrally, extending from just anterior to
pelvic base to base of caudal fin. The portion of the body below the
lateral line, which is covered by the pectoral fins, is naked; this area
is separated from the ventral one by a narrow band of scales. The
general body scales are in the form of more or less oval, deeply
embedded plates from which arise V-shaped or semicircular ctenoid
ridges inclined posteriorly. The scales above the lateral line are very
irregular in size and position. Below the lateral line the arrangement
is more regular, with a tendency toward imbricated rows, larger scales
occurring near the lateral line, smaller ones ventrally. Lateral line
armed with 34 large scales, each in the form of a short tube with large
dorsal and ventroposterior expansions, the outer arch of the tube
with a strongly ctenoid dorsal ridge and posterior margin. A long
5 Additional specimens of this species, recently discovered in the unworked collections of Stanford Univer-
sity, show that the first two dorsal spines are entirely detached from the rest of the fin. Both the artist
and I had mistaken the lack of membrane between the second and third spines of the type specimen for 4
tear in the fin. The membrane between these spines is, however, normally absent, and the figure errs in
this respect.
NEW FISHES FROM WESTERN PACIFIC—BOLIN 333
slender cirrus, its length about equal to diameter of pupil, at upper
posterior margin of each orbit; a pair of similar cirri on top of head in
line with the supraorbital cirri and just anterior to dorsal end of gill
opening.
TABLE 2.—Measuremenis of the holotype of Astrocottus leprops
Measurement Mm
Stame@ancalen gb lieyecte te = eye ace nies cere te ees te ay Pe ey elas 48. 0
NIL plet Gh eal ee a er ee eee oll 58. 4
Originrol first ‘dorsaluto pelvic base=-=22 2 2 So ee eee den
Oniginiof second dorsal topanal origin: 22.2 2-— 2222223222. 222.22 -- 6. 4
ieast;depth of caudal peduncles !* <2 222 2 ke Sek Lee So See 3 1.9
Distance between dorsal ends of pectoral bases______------------- 9. 0
TFET a ol ean serps eevee O0y Neepawa My reat afl ey eg aE ahs Daw Des 14. 6
Diameteroorpitysas sae oe ee eee ee een 4.6
SST UU Ge te are ea alee ett Ec eRe AY aye ANNI Pe hs ee A gh ne ta 4.0
AN eassol egy et ee ena Scart ee NU ee eS cere Sel he a 5. 2
SuouLtoOOniein Otirst Gotpals Wie Ja ek ee 14.8
IB ASCO Le tUGS UHC OTS Late sated reat ae eager ee 9. 4
Snout, covorgin Of second: dorsals. =. 2220S See a ee Le 25. 5
IBascroisecondid orga ea wer si as eae ee See ae Se 16.5
SHOULECORAT AINONI Gare Art tape rea EE Oe 24. 5
IBASerOlga my Diner epe eee ee ee ae ee ee ae ee eae A i iS
Snomtitororsal endiof pectoral baseso-- 22. a a eee see 13. 9
Snout vonventralvend ob pectoral bases 2.20 2— ee ee eee 9.9
Wadthotepectoralibase es ean - ee meee oo ene ee aes ce ae D:D
Wenepia@ne Pecloraleccs £ Ji ks 8a Uses bee i es ele Bee Ou ee 13. 5
Sroltistorpenvic paseae pae Boe sek ee oe aS ee 13. 0
MBE et Tim Ese Vlas eres ea ae ee oe Ns ak ee Se 5. 7
Meni Ol CANM ale == in ae el ee ee a as ee a eee 10. 4
SHOULICORATIUS Serre ee eam nus Same, RE me Ne Oe LEDS ERE il 21.0
General body color in alcohol, brownish yellow. A broad reddish-
brown bar extends downward and backward from eye. A patch of
similar color on top of head, traversed by a narrow whitish cross
band, which gives off a short median extension anteriorly. Back
crossed by 4 wide reddish-brown cross bars; the first one, under the
posterior half of first dorsal, extending downward and forward
toward axilla; the second one, under middle of second dorsal, bor-
dered dorsally by whitish anteriorly and posteriorly, extending to
halfway between lateral line and anal; third bar, under posterior
part of second dorsal, interrupted at lateral line, extending to near
anal; fourth bar covering posterior half of caudal peduncle. There
is a slight indication of an additional bar under the anterior end of
first dorsal; only its posterior margin can be made out, the bar fading
334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
into the general ground color anteriorly. Belly silvery. Dorsals
and caudal faintly barred with pale, reddish brown. A brownish
patch on base of upper pectoral rays, which are coarsely barred with
pale brown, a silvery spot on base of middle rays, and streaks of white
onlowerrays. Pelvics and anal colorless.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 94730; from Albatross station 4808,
Tsugaru Strait, Japan, lat. 41°35’50’’ N., long. 140°36’45’’ E., in
47 fathoms. ‘This is the only specimen known.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington: 1936 No. 2988
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA
By Epwarp W. Berry
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
In 1920 and 1921 I published brief papers on Tertiary Venezuelan
plants’ that had been collected by Charles F. Bowen in 1919. Sub-
sequently I received collections from the same and additional locali-
ties made by Harold F. Crooks and R. A. Liddle in 1921, by Dr.
L. W. Stephenson and Dr. James A. Tong in 1923 and 1925, and
by H. G. Kugler in 1925. These received preliminary study and
were reported upon at the time, but no mention of them has appeared
‘im print. Although they do not add greatly to the Tertiary floras
of Venezuela, they include a number of new and interesting forms,
and since large or well-preserved collections of fossil plants from
this region are not apt to be accessible in the near future, it is im-
portant that the known occurrences be available as an aid in solving
the problems of correlation in this and other regions in northern
South America and the Antilles.
In the present paper fossil plants are discussed from localities
as follows:
KOCENE
In 1920 I described a remarkable fruit of Hntada—the sea-bean—
from dark shales. This was collected by C. F. Bowen at Mesa Pablo
about 8 kilometers southwest of Escuque, State of Trujillo. Beds
of similar age in the District of Sucre, State of Zulia, contain leaves
1 Berry, E. W., Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 50, pp. 310-3138, fig. 1, 1920; Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 59, pp. 5538-579, 4 figs., 3 pls., 1921.
50992—36——1 335
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vonuea
of several species of terrestrial plants preserved in a soft reddish
sandstone. These are described herein; they were collected by Drs.
L. W. Stephenson and J. A. Tong.
MIOCENE
LOCALITY 1: PALMAREJO
This locality is in the District of Mara, State of Zulia. It is
on the west side of the lake, 20 kilometers north of the city of
Maracaibo, the exposures being in the lake cliffs. The matrix is
a somewhat sandy laminated clay. The collectors were H. F. Crooks
and R. A. Liddle. The age of the plants is Miocene and is perhaps
shghtly younger than the others.
LOCALITY 2: ZAPAYARI—EL PLAN ROAD
About 114 kilometers south of Rio Grande, District of Bolivar,
State of Zulia. Yellowish to red soft argillaceous fine-grained
sandstone, often highly ferruginous. Collected by Dr. L. W. Ste-
phenson, Dr. J. A. Tong, and W. D. Miller, December 5, 1923.
LOCALITY 3: RIO PALO NEGRO
North of Hato Venado, District of Bolivar, State of Zulia. Gritty
yellowish sandstone. Collected by Dr. L. W. Stephenson, Dr. J. A.
Tong, and W. D. Miller, December 3, 1923.
LOCALITIES 4 AND 5: LA VICTORIA
This covers two localities in the District of Miranda, State of
Zulia, both in a yellowish to reddish sandstone matrix. One on the
La Victoria-Catanaja Road, about 214 kilometers north of La Vic-
toria (locality 4), and the other 314 kilometers south of La Victoria
and half a kilometer southwest of El Rudal ranch house (locality
5). The age indicated is lower or middle Miocene. The collectors
were Drs. L. W. Stephenson and J. A. Tong.
LOCALITY 6: EL MENE
This is in the District of Acosta, State of Falcon. The exact
locality is 2 kilometers northeast of El Mene. The matrix is a
slightly brownish, finely sandy, and relatively hard clay. The plant
material is abundant and matted in certain thin layers and inclined
to be fragmentary and poor. It was collected by H. G. Kugler in
1925. This horizon is said to belong to the sandy part of the lower
Salada series of Wiedenmayer’s paper of 1924 and is considered
by Liddle (1928) a part of the Cerro Pelado formation and lower
Miocene in age.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 337
LOCALITY 7: BETIJOQUE
This is in the District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo. The exact
locality is 100 meters east of the Sabana de Mendoza Road in the
northern outskirts of the town and about 600 meters north 2° east
of the main church steeple in Betijoque. The matrix is a soft light-
colored clay, and the plants are on the whole well preserved. Nine
species collected by Bowen were described from here in the 1921
paper, and the present contribution adds about as many more. There
has been some difference of opinion regarding the age, but so far
as I know it has not appeared in print, and there cannot be the
slightest doubt that the plant horizon is lower or middle Miocene
In age.
LOCALITY S: LA SALVADORA
This locality is along the trail 4 kilometers northwest of La Salva-
dora and between 40 and 48 kilometers south of Betijoque in the
State of Trujillo. The matrix is a yellowish sandy micaceous clay
from which seven species were described in 1921 and is of approxi-
mately the same age as the preceding.
Of these eight localities in Venezuela from which determinable
fossil plants of Miocene age have been collected, one is in the State
of Falcon, two in Trujillo, and five in Zulia. None has yielded a
prolific flora, the number of species varying from 2 at Rio Palo
Negro and south of La Victoria to 12 at La Salvadora and 18 at
Betijoque. The last is not only the most prolific but also represents
the best preservation, and more extensive and careful collecting prob-
ably would at least triple the number of forms recognized.
Because the present collections do not represent a greater number
of forms and so can not be considered a reasonable sampling, it is
impossible to deduce any reliable ecologic considerations or to insti-
tute any adequate comparisons between localities. The only ferns
recognized comprise two species, and these both come from Betijoque
and have not been collected at any of the other Venezuelan localities,
although one of these was first described from the Cauca Valley
in Colombia.
The total number of species from the Miocene of Venezuela re-
corded herein is 40, and some of these are based on scanty and frag-
mentary material. Twenty-one, or more than half, of these have
not been found outside of Venezuela. Of these 21 only the follow-
ing are confined to a single locality in Venezuela:
338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
SPECIES LOcALITY
A GREAS CAICICOlIOiOUM = 22 = ee eee 4
Anthouthus: venecuelensis—— 2 2- eee
BiGnONMiarGulend 2 = a ae ee eee
Blechnun DELIjOQUWenstsa =~ = == s ke ee ae eee
IBULSCINECS, VENCCUCLONG == ee ee
Lequnnosites. entadajormis= === ee
Leguminosites venezuelensis’ ___--=_=- = ek
Hecuminous pod.) Se ee eee a
PLCONOCOMD NLOCEN TCO 2 2 ss a2 see ee ee
POGGCiLES SW Mia eee a a ee
RRAZOPNON Gs CO OWCT Ss 2 = aa 2 ee ee See ee
SWNAGUOG. NO GOIN CWa 5 se ee eee
SODMORG SQLUEEOTON = 2 os ee eee eee
ZOMG a PS eee ae Lee ee eee a ee) 2 ee ae
AartIAPrP AN ADWMDWANAK EH
Of these 14 forms, several—such as the flower Antholithus, the
fern Blechnum, the grass fragment Poacites, the leguminous leaflets
Leguminosites and Sophora and pod, and the supposed fragment
of a cycad pinnule (Zamia)—are the sort of things dependent for
their presence as fossils largely on accidents of preservation, and
therefore they are of slight value in questions of composition,
ecology, or age.
The following 21 species, or half the total number known from the
Miocene of Venezuela, are not known from other regions:
SPRCIES LOCALITY
AGKT AS) (GALCIGCOLE ONC == ee ee ee eS
ANONG "SPNGCTOCOMPOILES = ee
Antholithwus veneZuelensis Se ee ee eee
Apocynophyllum salvadorensis_____-----------+---- ad
BIGNONIG. CUONGS SS See ae eS
Blechnum:s UVGtiyjoqduensis 2-22 = ae Se
Burserites, Venezuelan ==— === 2 See eee
Chrysobalanus venezuelanus______________--.___-— 6
Combretum: StepNensoniz2 a == ee 4,
TUG GS IS pps ee Wea Sa Ce Es ee ee eee 1
Leguminosites entadaformisa2 2 ee
Leguinunosites venezuelensisa 2
DLesuminous pod=+ 22324924242 =e See eee
Perse@ ‘SPai-o 22 a ee ee ee ee ee 1
‘Pleonotoma-miocenied == 222. se ee
POdCitES TSpL ahs. te 28 ee eee
RiZOphOT@ “COW Naas ee a ee ee
SiIMNGrwod NOGeNi CO =. = ee ee
SODNOTOxMNOTONG === =e he ee eee 1, 6,
Sophora: salwadoranag.___ oe
LGOMia: Wo) asp eas 2.2 =e Ee eee
~
2S
ADNAN ARPNDHATNADARDADAHK
Some of these, as the Znga, Persea, Poacites, and Zamia (7%), are of
slight significance because of incompleteness, and the first three rep-
resent widespread types.
Twenty-three of the 40 species recorded from the Miocene of
Venezuela have been found at but a single Venezuelan locality, al-
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 309
though 10 of these are known from localities in adjoining regions.
Those from a single locality are distributed as follows: 1 each at
localities 1 and 2; 2 at locality 6; 4 at locality 4; 10 at locality 7;
and 5 at locality 8. The large number at locality 7 is due in part
to the larger total of species from there and to the presence of rare
things like the flower and small leaflets, which are in part due to
the finer matrix. Five of those recorded from this locality have an
outside distribution. Eleven are recorded from two Venezuelan lo-
ealities, and six of these have an outside distribution. Four are
known from three Venezuelan localities, and two of these have an
outside distribution. One is recorded from four Venezuelan locali-
ties, and this is found also in Colombia and northwestern Peru. Two
species are present at five Venezuelan localities; one of these, Anona
guppy, is also present in Colombia, and the other, Zrzgonia varians,
is present also in Colombia and Peru.
There seems to be no question but that these Venezuelan floras are
of Miocene age. Whether they are lower Miocene, as Dr. L. 5. Ste-
phenson and others believe, or whether they are slightly younger and
possibly middle Miocene, as I have been inclined to think, or whether
all eight localities are of the same or different ages is impossible to
determine with the present material.
A glance at the accompanying table of distribution (table 1) shows
that only 14 of the 40 species have been found at but a single local-
ity. The other 26 occur at two or more Venezuelan localities, and
19 of them at localities outside of Venezuela. The details are given
in the table, but a summary may be useful:
Eleven species are recorded from locality 1, and seven of these
are known from Trinidad, Colombia, Central America, Ecuador,
Peru, or Puerto Rico. Six species are recorded from locality 2, and
four of these are known from Colombia, Central America, Ecuador,
or Peru. Two species are recorded from locality 3, and both are
known from Colombia and one from Peru. Nine species are recorded
from locality 4, and three of these are known from Colombia and a
fourth from Trinidad. Two species are recorded from locality 5,
and one of these occurs in Colombia and the other at four Venezue-
lan localities. Twelve species are recorded from locality 6, and
eight are known from Colombia, Ecuador, Trinidad, Peru, or Puerto
Rico. Eighteen species are recorded from locality 7, and 11 of these
are known from Central America, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, or
Puerto Rico. Seven species are recorded from locality 8, of which
five are peculiar to this region, one is also from localities 1 and 6,
and one occurs in Colombia and northwestern Peru.
Locality 8, therefore, is the only one in Venezuela that might be
of different age from the other seven. My impression is, and in the
absence of more data it can not be considered other than such, that
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
all the localities, although not precisely synchronous, are not very
different in age and might range, say, through the lower Miocene
(Burdigalian) or through a part of the lower Miocene and into the
lower middle Miocene (Helvetian).
TABLE 1.—Distribution of Miocene plants from Venezuela recorded in this paper
Species
Achras calcicolafolia______-
Anona guppyi-_--_--------
Anona sphaerocar poides__-
Antholithus venezuelensis -..
Apocynophyllum salvador-
Bignonia zuliana________--
Blechnum betijoquensis . -_-
Burserites venezuelana_-___-
Cassia longifolia_____--___-
Cassia-zuliangs 2-22
Chrysobalanus venezue-
Combretum stephensoni___-
Condaminea grandifolia (?)-
Coussapoa villosoides
Ficus betijoquensis_.______-
Heliconia elegans_________-
Flernandia tongi_____-_____-
Pg ar eisste ee
inga:sp l=: <3 AE Sarno = See
Leguminosites entadaformis_| ---
Leguiminosites venezuelen-
S15) ep ee eee
Leguminous pod .-_---_----
Meniscium wolfi
Nectandra areolata___.____- x
Palmophyllum sp_-_.----- x
Persemicoriaceds_<.2 2. no ie
PerseaiSp 2 eee x
Piperites cordatus____.-_-- —
Pleonotoma miocenica
P0acites'Sp-4.. 225 =
Rhizophora boweni____-__-
Sabicea asperifolia________-
Simaruba miocenica_-_----
Sophora marana__...------
Sophora salvadorana__-_----
Styrax lanceolata__._------
Tapirira lanceolata____----
Tapirira trinitiana__------
Trigonia varians_....-.----
Zomia(%) | SPsa2<2see ses 3| seen ease Pea
Venezuela Colombia
‘ a
Locality & 2 :
3 abc
g| |e gules ae
al|/a 2 = sc ma
S a s 8 pales o
Qe Sea WSS: eS al eat ett S/EIS |e] a
sle|/Slel/B/slalel3
o a 3 o 5 5 2 Oullces
Ad allo aiiSua scales
aires iets SA ig eS ee PS | | a ee
EY en [ KEN el see Mlle AP | AEE | ee ee ee
5 teal as ee oo Ale ee eae | Be S| Ia oS a a | | |
be eee ene |ales | sok Ne All | eae aa |e a | eee
Pete Se teeta Xe [ease | OE ese ales ea [ono] eS ee ee ee
poe piss al Xe ile 2] ee ee ee Oe ea ee ee (ee
La LR SN Cee eta ok | ee AY oe Ae |S | | Re ee
Joe e|en oleae ale alee lies || eel ee | Ne es | ee
RPE ALN [be 0 | ae eee eg || a || ecg | ieee De aT x
ee |b? Al eam | een [ees | Nand EAE ed Sie ea x
we Nes a Soe Sete] rs Peace St Oe SN | |
Sa | xe Pe ee Se ee EE 2 SS oe eee | eee |
SD xh NaS Bee LE DPS AES Ss eal xed Leelee ER oxg eae a Dae ee
Beis td ps ha | ae | Kiplise csi Stren eee eee la) ee | eee | ee
Soe ae | oe A ee ER TT PR aU te es | a |
De, Sige ee te iceman a | ee x
He | See Fal AN SS AHN Sra Cee | occ eer | eae | |
ee PBS | ES Se So 7 a am | oes |e oe | | | ee |
legen Manse eee eae eT a lle] ON a 2 eee |e | |
AN Nee S| mre Ns NN eal PRN TL eee ae Te | ee eee |
Sewell ee oe Ne SEINE Se a lap ig ee | ee
Ky eee Se See eee oes) eno eee eal | Pe |e
A Nai cl] Ba Se se Ua ae es | (| ee
Tag Stes 2. Sal at al aa Me NN Sel allt | Re Xl Peay | oe
SMe essel| x eel eee Reo ha Oe eK Lees | | | S|
SN | ae a RE a ie) NE 7 er Seen | | ee ee
pay RT ei Mh Ea SM Ns ee a || a ee
Pid | ee ee pee a fee eee eS eee | eae | | ee | ee x ?
ae a |e ee Se RN ree aI LE SE | aa |e | ae | |
Nae Pe a | Sa ad a | ee ee
SE) EU elke IT |S A Pe NE ee | ie | | ee
XP |e eat eee ee a | a ee eke fo] ene RA poe ee = |e
SNe Se a oA | ars Sao Ae Be af | | a pe
Lager | Se) (ee | Mei if Ke |e ae ol a ee a ee | |e | ee
SP ees |e eS eae xe PRE a ds Sole Sele. ol ee ee eee
pea Ee en Ki (i Ses seca oe] SER eo Selim
RG | reer ice lie Kees |e ee oa a ae le Xs |x| S Sos eee | eee
aera mee Df eee) pene see Ves] | |) ea ey es Ar ec
etl ee X focal), oP Nh se ie 4] eee ee aS | Bes asa ee ee eee
Ee ee =| Me STI eA fae | | | a | | ee |
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 341
THE EOCENE PLANTS
The fossil plants from the Eocene of Venezuela, aside from the
seed of Entada already mentioned, come from two outcrops close
together about three-fourths of a kilometer south of Santa Barbara
and 214 kilometers east of Los Barrosos, District of Sucre, State of
Zulia. In addition to undeterminable species of leguminous leaflets,
a fan palm, a small lauraceous leaf, and a Hugenia, the following
have been identified :
Apocynophyllum cf. texensis Berry.
Burserites fayettensis Berry (?)
Cedrela jacksoniana Berry (fig. 28, b).
Chrysophyllum preoliviforme Berry (7).
Ficus americanafolia, new species (fig. 28, a).
With the exception of the last, which is new, these are late Claiborne
or Jackson species in southeastern North America and appear to
indicate an upper Eocene age, probably corresponding with lower
Jackson.
This Eocene florule is much more like that of North America
than is the case with the Miocene flora of Venezuela. The obvious
explanation is that in the upper Eocene there was a considerable
extension of more equable and warmer climate north of the equa-
torial zone.
FICUS AMERICANAFOLIA, new species
FIGURE 28, a
This is based upon the single specimen figured, but this shows
the complete leaf and lacks only the petiole. It is named from its
ereat resemblance to the existing Ficus americana Aublet. Whether
this specimen is typical of the botanical species represented cannot
be determined from a single specimen. With this limitation it may
be described as follows:
Leaves small, lanceolate or slightly ovate-lanceolate in oytline.
Apex somewhat more acute than base. Length about 8 cm. Maxi-
mum width about 2.25 cm. Texture coriaceous.
Petiole missing, obviously stout, presumably short. Mid vein
stout and straight, prominent on under side of leaf. Secondaries
numerous, rather thin, prominent on under side of leaf. There are
about 15 pairs, opposite to alternate, more widely spaced and sub-
tending a smaller angle in upper part of leaf; they diverge from
the mid vein at angles of 55° to 70°, are relatively straight and sub-
parallel, and are abruptly camptodrome in marginal region. The
tertiary venation is obscured by the coarseness of the matrix; a few
intermediate, rather thin veins can be seen diverging from the
mid vein, subparallel with secondaries, and these appear to show
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
ficoid connections with secondaries, but these are not clear, probably
because it is the upper surface of the leaf that is exposed.
Ficvry 28.—a, Ficus americanafolia, new species (near Santa Barbara) ; 0, Cedrela jack-
soniana Berry (near Santa Barbara) ; e¢, Chrysobalanus venezuelanus, new species (Be-
tijoque) ; d, Meniscium wolfi Engelhardt (Betijoque) ; e, same enlarged to show
venation. Others about three-fourths natural size.
Among previously described fossil species the present form shows
similarities to Picus laqueata Engelhardt from Santa Ana, Colombia,
which is a much younger form; and to F. pseudomediafolia Berry
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 343
and F. wilcorensis Berry from the lower Eocene of southeastern
North America. It is also much like /. jynaw Unger from the Oligo-
cene of the Tyrol in Europe.
Among recent species, as already stated, it is much like 7. ameri-
eana Aublet from equatorial America. It is also similar to the
leaves of Pseudolmedia Trecul, a Caribbean genus of Moraceae.
Type.—Upper Eocene: About three-fourths of a kilometer south
of Santa Barbara and 214 kilometers east of Los Barrosos, District
cf Sucre, State of Zulia. U.S.N.M. no. 39282.
THE MIOCENE PLANTS
Phylum PTERIDOPHYTA
Order POLYPODIALES
Family POLYPODIACEAE
Genus MENISCIUM Schreber
MENISCIUM WOLFI Engelhardt
FIGURE 28, d, e
Meniscium wolfi ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 38, pl. 3,
figs. 12-17, 1895.
This handsome species was described from the Cauca Valley, Co-
lombia, by Engelhardt, who compared it with the living A/eniscowm
reticulatum Swartz, a form that ranges from Jamaica to Peru and
Brazil. After comparison with a large quantity of recent material,
I am satisfied that Engelhardt’s comparison is as good as any that
could be made, although I find M/. palustre Raddi to be equally close.
The latter ranges from Central America through northern South
America to Brazil.
There is considerable fossil material from Betijoque, and the
accompanying enlarged sketch (fig. 28, ¢) shows clearly the venation
and also the shallow marginal sinuses between the denticulations
that mark the endings of the lateral veins.
The genus Menisciwm is confined to the American Tropics. Sys-
tematic students of modern ferns usually follow Christensen’s ad-
mirable monograph? in considering it a subgenus of Dryopteris.
For geological purposes, where dependence has to be placed on form
and venation, it is preferable to give generic rank to several of
these subgenera, such as Lastrea, Goniopteris, and Meniscium, since
they go back certainly to the dawn of the Tertiary and contain a
large number of forms and are not a compact or closely enough
related series either biologically or geographically to fall within
2 Christensen, Carl, Saertryk af. Biol. Arbej. tilegnede Eug. Warming, 1911.
50992—36 2
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
the limits of a single generic concept. Witness Diel’s impossible
treatment of them under Nephrodiwm in Die Pfianzenfamilien.
Occurrence.—Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo.
U.S.N.M. no. 39283.
Phylum CYCADOPHYTA
Order CYCADALES
Family CYCADACEAE
Genus ZAMIA Linnaeus
ZAMIA (7) species
What appears to be a fragment of a pinnule of Zaméa is found in
the collection from Betijoque in the State of Trujillo. The genus
has been detected at a number of localities in the American Tertiary
in recent years, and although the present specimen is wholly inade-
quate for purposes of characterization or comparison it probably
indicates the presence of this type of plant.
Phylum ANGIOSPERMOPHYTA
Class MONOCOTYLEDONAE
Order ARECALES
Family ARECACEAE
Genus PALMOPHYLLUM Conwentz
PALMOPHYLLUM species
Fragments of palm rays are not uncommon in the Tertiary floras
of equatorial America, but they are usually too incomplete for gen-
eric determination, as is the case with those found in the Venezuelan
Miocene.
Occurrence—Palmarejo, District of Mara, State of Zulia; El
Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon; Betijoque, District of
Betijoque, State of Trujillo.
Order POALES
Family POACEAE
Genus POACITES Brongniart
POACITES species
Fragments of a large grass too incomplete for identification and
therefore referred to the form genus Poacites, but probably a species
BERRY 345
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA
of Chusquea, are present at the locality 214 kilometers north of
La Victoria, District of Miranda, State of Zulia. An undoubted
species of Chusquea has been described * from La Virginia, about
15 kilometers from Girardot, Department of Cundinamarca,
Colombia.
Class DICOTYLEDONAE
Order PIPERALES
Family PIPERACEAE
Genus PIPERITES Goeppert
PIPERITES CORDATUS Berry
FIGURE 29, g
Piperites cordatus Berry, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 171, pl. 22, fig. 1,
1921; Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol., no. 6, p. 85, pl. 18, fig. 9, 1925.
This species was described in 1921 from the middle Miocene of
southern Costa Rica. Subsequently incomplete material from the
Forest sand of the island of Trinidad, British West Indies, was
tentatively referred to it.
Recently a somewhat similar form from the Miocene of the De
Mares Concession in the State of Santander, Colombia, has been
referred to Dioscorea. There is some doubt as to whether the pres-
ent fossil is nearer to Piper or to Dioscorea, but there is not the
slightest doubt of its botanical identity with the type of this species
from Costa Rica.
Occurrence.—Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo.
U.S.N.M. no. 39289.
Order ANONALES
Family ANONACEAE
Genus ANONA Linnaeus
ANONA GUPPYI Berry
Anona guppyi Berry, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 567, fig. 3, 1921.
This species was described from the Miocene of Betijoque, Vene-
zuela, in 1921. Later collections have shown it to be present at
additional localities in Venezuela and also in beds of approximately
the same age on the De Mares Concession in the Magdalena Valley,
Department of Santander, Colombia.
3 Berry, E. W., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 75, art. 24, p. 2, 1929.
346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Occurrence-—Rio Palo Negro north of Hato Venado, District of
Bolivar; about 314 kilometers south of La Victoria and half a kilo-
meter southwest of El Rudal ranch, and La Victoria—Catanaja Road
Ficurn 29.—a, Inga reissi Engelhardt (Palmarejo) ; b-e, Cassia euliana, new species (0,
Palmarejo; c-e, El Mene); f, Sophora marana, new species (Palmarejo) 9g, Piperites
cordatus Berry (Betijoque); h, Anona sphaerocarpoides, new species (Betijoque).
All about three-fourths natural size.
about 214 kilometers north of La Victoria, District of Miranda, State
of Zulia; Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo; El
Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 347
ANONA SPHAEROCARPOIDES, new species
FIGURE 29, h
Leaves of medium size, obovate in general outline. Apex harrow-
ing abruptly and incurved, but instead of being acuminate or cus-
pidate it terminates in a bluntly rounded apiculation. Base cuneate
or broadly acute. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length
about 14 cm. Maximum width, above the middle, about 6.5 cm.
Petiole very stout, its length unknown. Mid vein stout, prominent
on under side of leaf. Secondaries stout, prominent, about 10, mostly
alternate pairs; they diverge from mid vein at angles approaching
90°, are slightly but regularly curved and subparallel, and are
abruptly camptodrome well within the margins. Tertiaries thin,
forming a transversely elongated mesh within the secondaries and reg-
ularly camptodrome arches outside the secondaries along the margins.
This handsome species is known from only fragmentary specimens.
Among existing species of this large tropical and subtropical genus,
it is much like A. sphaerocarpa Splitg, which ranges from Panama
through northern South America to Brazil. The fossil is named
from its resemblance to this existing species, both having the same
form but differing slightly in venation, Another similar existing
form with the same tip but otherwise less close is A. montana
Mactadyen of Puerto Rico.
Still another similar form showing only shght differences in vena-
tion is A. macgravii Martius, which ranges from Venezuela to about
Bahia, Brazil. Among previously described fossils the present spe-
cies is something lke a form from Santa Ana, Colombia, which
Engelhardt called Citharexylon retiforme. A number of fossil spe-
cies of Anona have leaves of this general type, especially as to vena-
tion, but they are either elliptical or broadly lanceolate in form and
lack the apical features of sphaerocarpoides.
Oceurrence.—Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo;
Zapayari-E] Plan Road, 114 kilometers south of Rio Grande, Dis-
trict of Bolivar, State of Zulia.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 39295.
Order ROSALES
Family ROSACEAE
Genus CHRYSOBALANUS Linnaeus
CHRYSOBALANUS VENEZUELANUS, new species
FIGURE 28, ¢
Leaves of medium size, suborbicular in outline, the apex slightly
less full and broadly rounded than base. Margins entire. Texture
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
subcoriaceous. Length about 6 cm. Maximum width about 5.4 cm.
Unfortunately the material is limited to the type specimen, so that
nothing can be said of the possible limits of variation of the species.
Petiole stout, somewhat inflated, and about 5 mm in length. Mid
vein stout, very prominent on lower surface of leaf, and slightly
curved. Secondaries three or four irregularly spaced pairs, stout
and prominent; they diverge from mid vein at wide angles, sweep
upward in regular curves, and have camptodrome endings. Ter-
tiaries well marked and almost identical with those in the existing
Chrysobalanus icaco Linnaeus.
(. icaco is a small coastal tree ranging from southern Florida to
southern Brazil, and its leaves are scarcely distinguishable from
those of the fossil species @. venezuclanus. Leaves of this type
appear in fossil record as early as the lower Eocene in southeastern
North America‘, where they are accompanied by characteristic fruits.
Two species have been described from the Phocene of Bahia, Brazil,
and one of these, (. preicaco, has been considered ancestral to the
living C. teaco, fruits of which occur in the Pleistocene of Cuba.
The genus is a small one in the recent flora, confined to the At-
lantic coastal regions of the Americas and West Africa. The present
Venezuelan species is very similar to the Brazilian fossil species
mentioned above, but it is relatively wider and rounder, the latter
being almost identical with the leaf of the recent species.
Occurrence.—Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo;
El Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 39296.
Family MIMOSACEAE
Genus INGA Willdenow
INGA REISSI Engelhardt
FIGuRE 29, a
Inga reissi ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p 36, pl. 8, figs. 1,
2: pl. 9, fig. 8, 1895.
This species was described by Engelhardt from Santa Ana, Colom-
bia. Identical material is present in the collections from Palmarejo,
Venezuela.
Leaflets sessile or short-petiolulate, variable in size, ovate in gen-
eral outline, widest at or below middle, inequilateral. Apex acute,
sometimes but rarely slightly produced. Base generally broadly
rounded. Margins entire, evenly rounded. Texture subcoriaceous.
Length 3.25 to 7 em. Maximum width 1.5 to 3.25 em. Mid vein
stout, generally curved. Secondaries thin, five to seven subopposite
to alternate pairs, diverging from mid vein at angles of over 45°,
4 Berry, BE. W., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 91, p. 220, pl. 44, figs. 8-10, 1916.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 349
regularly curved, subparallel, and camptodrome. Tertiaries more
or less obsolete.
Although /nga reissi resembles the leaflets of various leguminous
genera, as for example some species of Andira, Erythrina, Pithe-
colobium, and Inga, it is more entirely similar to the closely related
genera Pithecolobium and Inga, which are abundant in the existing
flora of tropical America. In general, Pithecolobium has smaller
leaflets with less ascending secondaries, whereas a considerable num-
ber of modern species of Znga are very similar to the fossil. Among
these may be mentioned /. pinetorum Pittier, /. tetraphylla Martius,
and J. flagelliformis Martius. Engelhardt compared the fossil
species with the existing 7. alba, I. fagifolia, and I. fastuosa, of
Willdenow.
Occurrence—Palmarejo, State of Zulia. U.S.N.M. no. 39297.
INGA species
Fragments of what appear to be rather large and inequilateral
leaflets of Jnga, too incomplete for identification, are present at
two localities in Venezuela. The genus is common in the Tertiary
floras of equatorial America.
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, District of Mara, State of Zulia; El
Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon.
Family CAESALPINIACEAE
Genus CASSIA Linnaeus
CASSIA LONGIFOLIA Engelhardt
Cassia longifolia ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, pp. 19, 24, pl.
2, figs. 14-16, 1895.—Berrry, Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol., no. 4,
Del 2S Plo eheS Das. LOD:
Leaflets sessile, somewhat variable in form and size, relatively
small, Apex and base nearly equally rounded, base tending toward
cuneate in some specimens and generally more inequilateral than
apex. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Mid vein stout and
prominent, usually somewhat curved. Secondaries numerous, closely
spaced, relatively stout, and camptodrome. Length 2 to3 cm. Max-
imum width 0.75 to 1.1 cm.
This species was described by Engelhardt from the Loja and
Tablayacu coal basins in southern Ecuador, and subsequently re-
corded from the lower Miocene of Lota and Coronel in Chile and
the porcellanite at Siparia, Trinidad. Among recent forms it is
much like certain species of Sweetia, Caesalpinia, and Cassia, as
for example Cassia spectabilis De Candolle and Cassia eaxcelsa
Schrad. It appears most like Cassia but may represent some other
genus of the Caesalpiniaceae. It is perhaps doubtful whether the
recorded occurrences represent a single botanical species, although
350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 83
the rather uniform climatic conditions in South America during
the earlier half of the Miocene render such a conclusion not im-
probable, and certainly no criteria for differentiation are apparent.
The genus Cassia is a wide-ranging type in the existing flora
of the warmer temperate and tropical regions of the world, with
upward of 400 species. The geologic history of the genus goes
back to the Upper Cretaceous, and more than 100 fossil species are
known.
Occurrence.—Near Betijoque, State of Trujillo.
CASSIA ZULIANA, new species
FIGURE 29, b-e
Leaflets small, petiolulate, ovate, slightly inequilateral, widest
below middle, tapering upward to acute tip which may be extended,
and curving downward to the broadly cuneate to rounded inequiiat-
eral base. Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length 2.25 to
3.5 cm. Maximum width about 1.25 to 1.5 cm.
Petiolule stout, curved, about 3 mm long. Mid vein stout, promi-
nent. Secondaries thin, about eight opposite to alternate pairs di-
verging from mid rib at wide angles, pursuing subparallel courses,
and camptodrome in marginal region. There is considerable resem-
blance to the leaves of the rutaceous genus /agara, but I have been
unable to observe the punctations that would be decisive for the
latter. Occurs also in porcellanite of Trinidad.
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, State of Zulia; El Mene, State of Falcon.
Types.—U.S.N.M. nos. 39298, 39299.
Family PAPILIONACEAE
Genus SOPHORA Linnaeus
SOPHORA MARANA, new species
Figure 29, f
Leaflets small, sessile, elliptical in outline, slightly inequilateral,
widest in middle, with broadly rounded apex and base—the latter
shghtly more broadly rounded than former. Texture subcoriaceous.
Margins entire, evenly rounded. Length about 2.1 cm. Maximum
width 1.4 em. Mid vein stout, mediumly prominent. Secondaries
thin and largely immersed, five or six camptodrome pairs. Ter-
tiaries obsolete.
This small leaflet is of a type commonly referred to Sophora and
readily matched among existing species of that genus. There is no
certainty, however, that it does not represent.some other leguminous.
genus with similar leaflets.
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, State of Zulia.
Type—U.S.N.M. no. 39300.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 351
LEGUMINOSAE INCERTAE SEDIS
LEGUMINOUS POD
In the collection from locality 2 there is a specimen of a large
pod obviously belonging to the leguminous alliance but not complete
enough for identification. It is about 7 cm long, the proximal part
missing, and about 3.5 cm in maximum width. The distal end is
broadly rounded. The pod is compressed, shows no distinct outline
of the contained seeds, and has a thickened margin and a faintly
reticulate surface.
Occurrence.—Stream bank below the crossing of the Zapayari-El
Plan Road, about 114 kilometers south of Rio Grande, District of
Bolivar, State of Zulia.
Order GERANIALES
Family TRIGONIACEAE
Genus TRIGONIA Aublet
TRIGONIA VARIANS Engelhardt
Ficure 30, a, b
Trigonia varians ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges. vol. 19, p. 35, pl. 7, figs.
4-6; pl. 9, fig. 9, 1895.—?Bmrry, Pree. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 55, p. 290, 1919;
vol. 59, p. 575, pl. 107, fig. 8, 1921.
This species was described by Engelhardt from several different-
sized specimens collected from tuffs near Santa Ana in the Magda-
fena Valley, Colombia. Rather poor material from the lower Mio-
cene of northern Peru was tentatively identified as this species by
me in 1919.
Leaves of variable size, ovate to obovate in general outline. Apex
and base usually about equally pointed; sometimes apex is acuminate.
Margins entire, slightly undulate. Texture subcoriaceous. Length
6 to 138 cm. Maximum width, at or shghtly above middle, 3 to 5.25
em. A maximum-sized specimen from Betijoque is shown in figure
30. Petiole stout, its length unknown. Mid vein stout, prominent on
under surface of leaf, usually curved. Secondaries stout, prominent
on under surface; 9 to 12 opposite to alternate pairs diverge from
mid vein at fairly regular intervals and at angles of 55° or less,
ascending subparallelly, becoming camptodrome in marginal region.
Tertiaries thin but well marked on under side of leaf, consisting of
rather closely spaced percurrent nervilles, which may be all that can
be made out if the preservation is not good; these are connected by
anastomosis, so that their course is usually not straight, the whole
forming a relatively open, isodiametric areolation.
The genus 7'rigonia, not otherwise known in the fossil state, com-
prises about 30 existing species of reclined or climbing shrubs, which
352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
are confined to the region between Central America and southern
Brazil.
Oceurrence—Palmarejo, District of Mara; La Victoria—Catanaja
Road about 214 kilometers north of La Victoria, District of Miranda,
State of Zulia; El Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon (doubt-
ful material) ; Betijoque, near La Salvadora, District of Betijoque,
State of Trujillo. U.S.N.M. nos. 39301, 39302.
Order SAPINDALES
Family ANACARDIACEAE
Genus TAPIRIRA Aublet
TAPIRIRA LANCEOLATA Engelhardt
FIGurE 30, e, f
Tapirira lanceolata ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 15, pl. 9,
fig. 4, 1895.—-Brrry, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 55, p. 291, pl. 15, fig. 1, 1919.
The specimens from Palmarejo are slightly smaller and more
acuminate than the type, but it is legitimate to expect such slight
variations in size and form in the leaflets of pinnate leaves. The
general form and venation are identical.
The species was described by Engelhardt from the inter-Andean
basin of Loja in Ecuador and recorded by me from the Zorritos
formation (lower Miocene) of the north Peruvian oilfield. It is
also represented in collections from the De Mares Concession in
Colombia.
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, District of Mara; Zapayari-El Plan
Road 114 kilometers south of Rio Grande, District of Bolivar, State
of Zulia; El] Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon. U.S.N.M.
no. 39303.
TAPIRIRA TRINITIANA Berry
F1cureE 30, d
Tapirira trinitiana Berry, Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol., no. 6, p. 103,
pl. 14, fig. 4, 1925.
This species was described from the Forest sand of Trinidad,
British West Indies. The genus is shrubby or arborescent, with not
more than six or eight existing species confined to tropical South
America. Miocene or Pliocene species have been recorded from
Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru.
Occurrence —La Victoria—Catanaja Road, about 214 kilometers
north of La Victoria, District of Miranda, State of Zulia. U.S.N.M.
no. 39304.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 353
\—
\\)
i
\
Z»
Ficurn 30.—a, b, Trigonia varians Engelhardt (a, La Victoria; b, Palmarejo) ; ¢, Her-
nandia tongi, new species (21%4 kilometers north of La Victoria) ; d, Tapirira trinitiana
Berry (2% kilometers north of La Victoria); e, f, Tapirira lanceolata Engelhardt
(Palmarejo). All about three-fourths natural size.
354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Order LAURALES
Family HERNANDIACEAE
Genus HERNANDIA Linnaeus
HERNANDIA TONGI, new species
Ficure 380, ¢
Leaves of medium to small size for this genus, ovate in outline,
with a broadly rounded base and an acuminate tip. Margins entire.
Texture subcoriaceous. Length 10.5 to 17 cm. Maximum width,
at or below middle, 4.5 to 9 em. Petiole not preserved. Mid vein
stout and prominent on under side of leaf. Lateral primaries one
on each side, opposite, stout, and prominent, diverging from mid
vein at acute angles at a greater or less distance above its base, as-
cending and dying out subparallel to lateral margins one-half to
two-thirds distance to tip. Secondaries mediumly stout, alternate
to subopposite, three to five pairs, diverging from mid vein at angles
of 45° or less, ascending in regular sweeping curves, camptodrome.
From outer side of lateral primaries there are numerous stout,
regularly and closely spaced, camptodrome secondaries, which di-
verge at acute angles and are subparallel. Tertiaries well marked,
comprising closely spaced and mostly simple veins at right angles to
primaries and secondaries.
This is a type of Tertiary leaf that has frequently been referred
to the genus Ficus, as in the case of the /. mississippiensis group of
the Eocene in the United States,° but that probably is not related to
Ficus. It is also very similar to the leaves of entire Sterculias.
Several of these may profitably be compared with the modern species
of Hernandia.
This species is present in the Miocene of the De Mares Concessioit
in the Magdalena Valley, Department of Santander, Colombia.
Occurrence —La Victoria—Catanaja Road, about 214 kilometers
north of La Victoria, District of Miranda; Zapayari—El Plan Road,
114 kilometers south of Rio Grande, District of Bolivar, State of
Zulia.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 39305.
Family LAURACEAE
Genus NECTANDRA Roland
NECTANDRA AREOLATA Engelhardt
Nectandra areolata ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 29, pl. 6,
figs. 1, 2, 1895.—BeErry, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 177, pl. 27, 1921;
vol. 62, art. 19, p. 19, pl. 4, fig. 3, 1923; vol. 75, art. 24, p. 9, 1929.
5 See Berry, B. W., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 131, pp. 9-12, 1922.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 355
This rather large and coarse form was described originally from
Santa Ana, Colombia, and has since been recorded from Leiva,
Colombia; Oaxaca, Mexico; and Costa Rica.
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, District of Mara; Zapayari-El Plan
Road, about 114 kilometers south of Rio Grande (a doubtful speci-
men), District of Bolivar, State of Zulia.
Genus PERSEA Gaertner fils
PERSEA CORIACEA Engelhardt
Persea coriacea ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 26, pl. 6,
figs. 3, 4, 1895.—Brrry, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 75, art. 24, p. 9, pl. 5,
fig. 3; 1829.
Another large and coarse lauraceous leaf, distinguished with diffi-
culty from Nectandra areolata. It was described originally from
Santa Ana, Colombia, and has since been recorded from Leiva and
the De Mares Concession of that country.
Occurrence —E] Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon.
PERSEA species
Similar to P. coriacea from El Mene in Venezuela and from Santa
Ana and Leiva, Colombia, but somewhat less coarse, with more
numerous secondaries.
Occurrence —Palmarejo, District of Mara; La Victoria—Catanaja
Road, about 21% kilometers north of La Victoria, District of Mi-
randa, State of Zulia.
Order MYRTALES
Family COMBRETACEAE
Genus COMBRETUM Linnaeus
COMBRETUM STEPHENSONI, new species
Ficure 31, @
Leaves broadly elliptical or elliptical-ovate. Tip rounded. Base
broadly cuneate to rounded. Margins entire. Texture coriaceous.
Length about 11 cm. Maximum width about 6.5 cm. Petiole missing.
Mid vein mediumly stout, channeled on upper surface, prominent on
lower surface. Secondaries mediumly stout, numerous, mostly alter-
nate, somewhat irregularly spaced; they diverge from mid vein at
wide angles, are regularly curved and subparallel, and are campto-
drome in marginal region. Tertiaries mostly percurrent, especially
over short distances, mostly immersed in the leaf substance.
356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
This species is represented by a considerable quantity of material,
but all is in a much broken condition. It is, of course, hazardous
to base species on limited material, since the leaves of existing
species are inclined to variability, and in the only fossil species
of which I have seen a large quantity of good material, 1. e.,
Combretum petraflumensis Berry ® from the middle Eocene of the
Mississippi embayment, the leaves are extraordinarily variable.
There is, however, a generic facies not easily mistaken. Leaves of
this type are not uncommon from the Eocene onward; indeed they
are foreshadowed during the Upper Cretaceous. Among previously
described forms the present species is much like C. incertum Berry *
from the Miocene porcellanite of Siparia, Trinidad, British West
Indies.
The genus contains about 150 existing tropical and often coastal
species, at least a third of which are natives of South America.
Occurrence —La Victoria—Catanaja Road, about 214 kilometers
north of La Victoria, and 314 kilometers south of La Victoria, one-
half kilometer southwest of E] Rudal ranch, District of Miranda,
State of Zula.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 39306.
Order EBENALES
Family STYRACACEAE
Genus STYRAX Linnaeus
STYRAX LANCEOLATA Engelhardt
Styraxz lanceolata ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 32, pl. 5,
fig. 9, 1895.
This small leaf was described by Engelhardt from Santa Ana,
Colombia, and has not been detected elsewhere until now.
Occurrence.—E] Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon.
Family SAPOTACEAE
Genus ACHRAS Linnaeus
ACHRAS CALCICOLAFOLIA, new species
Figure 31, a
Leaves large, oblong, widest medianly and tapering about equally
distad and proximad. Apex and base shortly obtusely pointed. Mar-
gins entire, full and evenly rounded. Texture coriaceous, Length
about 20 cm. Maximum width about 7.5 cm. Petiole missing.
6 Berry, E. W., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 92, p. 85, pls. 45, 58, 59, 1924.
™Berry, E. W., Johns Hopkins Univ. Studies in Geol., no. 6, p. 117, pl. 8, fig. 2, 1925.
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 357
Mid vein stout, channeled on upper surface, prominent on lower
surface. Secondaries thin, immersed in the leaf substance; they
are numerous and subparallel, diverging from the mid vein at angles
of 70° to 80°, pursuing almost straight courses, and are abruptly
camptodrome within the margins. Tertiary venation obsolete.
Leaves of this sort are represented in many families, notably in
the Moraceae and Apocynaceae and by such genera as P'icus, Alla-
manda, and Plumeria. After extended comparisons with recent
material I find the fossil leaves to be most like the leaves of Achras,
especially A. chicle Pittier of Guatemala and A. calcicola Pittier of
the rain forest of Panama. These two are much closer than the
leaves of South American species of Achras that I have seen.
Occurrence.—La Victoria—Catanaja Road, about 214 kilometers
north of La Victoria, District of Miranda, State of Zulia.
Type.—uU.S.N.M. no. 39307.
Order GENTIALALES
Family APOCYNACEAE
Genus APOCYNOPHYLLUM Unger
APOCYNOPHYLLUM SALVADORENSIS Berry
Apocynophyllum salvadorensis Berry, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 579,
pl. 107, fig. 6, 1921.
This species was based upon three specimens collected by C. F.
Bowen in 1919 from the sandy clays 214 miles northwest of La
Salvadora, Venezuela. It was described as follows:
Leaves linear-lanceolate in outline, about 13 cm in length and
9.4 em In maximum width, with a somewhat narrowed rounded base.
Apex missing, so that the total length as given may be slightly
overestimated. Margins entire, even. Petiole missing. Mid rib
thin on upper surface of leaf, stout and prominent on lower surface.
Secondaries numerous, thin, regularly spaced, subparallel, and
camptodrome.
This species is of a somewhat uncertain botanical affinity, since
it exhibits no conclusive diagnostic characters. It approaches near-
est to the various fossil species that have been referred to the form
genus Apocynophyllum and that suggest various existing tropical
genera of the family Apocynaceae, such as Plumeria, Prestonia,
and Thevetia. This same species is contained in later collections
from Venezuela,
Occurrence.—Palmarejo, District of Mara, State of Zulia; El
Mene, District of Acosta, State of Falcon; near La Salvadora, State
of Trujillo.
858 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Order PERSONALES
Family BIGNONIACEAE
Genus PLEONOTOMA Miers
PLEONOTOMA MIOCENICA, new species
Ficure 31, 6
Leaflets small, subelliptical, slightly inequilateral, about equally
narrowed and rounded at both ends. Margins entire. Texture sub-
coriaceous. Length about 4.5 em. Maximum width about 1.8 cm.
Apparently sessile. Mid vein stout, prominent, curved. Secondaries
stout, prominent, four or five pairs, irregularly spaced, ascending,
camptodrome, connected by mostly simple transverse tertiaries,
This species appears to represent the genus Pleonotoma, not hith-
erto known as a fossil. The genus contains six or eight recent spe-
cies of climbing shrubs in the region between the Caribbean and
southern Brazil. Among these, P. jasminifolium (H. B. K.) Miers
of the Venezuelan region appears to be most like the fossil. There
is also considerable similarity to the Brazilian species P. tetraque-
trum, the Bignonia triphylla of Miers. The first is bipinnate and
the second trifoliate in habit.
Occurrence.—Betijoque, District of Betijoque, State of Trujillo.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no, 39308.
Genus BIGNONIA Linnaeus
BIGNONIA ZULIANA, new species
FIGURE 31, ¢
Leaflets petiolate, ovate, medium sized, widest medianly, sharply
pointed but not extended distad, pointed and slightly decurrent
proximad, Margins entire. Texture subcoriaceous. Length about
11.25 cm. Maximum width about 5.25 cm. Petiole mostly missing.
Mid vein stout, prominent, slightly curved. Lateral primaries one
on each side, suprabasilar, stout, diverging at acute angles and ter-
minating camptodromely in upper half of leaflet. There are three
or four regularly curved, prominent, camptodrome secondaries in
upper half of leaflet. Tertiaries thin but well marked, numerous,
and camptodrome within the margins, transverse, simple, and curved
or sometimes inosculating. Ultimate areolation indistinct.
This species, which suggests comparisons with certain lauraceous
forms, agrees more closely with various existing species of the
large tropical genus Bignonia and is approximated by existing forms
from various parts of South America. Among those seen the follow-
TERTIARY PLANTS FROM VENEZUELA—BERRY 359
ing are the most similar: B. barbinervis, B. eximia, and B.
cujabamba.
FicurE 31.—a, Achras calcicolafolia, new species (24% kilometers north of La Victoria) ;
b, Pleonotoma miocenica, new species (Betijoque); ce, Bignonia zuliana, new species
(2% kilometers north of La Victoria) ; d, Combretum stephensoni, new species (2%
kilometers north of La Victoria). All about three-fourths natural size.
Occurrence.—La Victoria—Catanaja Road, 2% kilometers north of
La Victoria, District of Miranda, State of Zulia.
Type.—vU.S.N.M. no. 39309.
360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Order RUBIALES
Family RUBIACEAE
Genus CONDAMINEA De Candolle
CONDAMINEA (?) GRANDIFOLIA Engelhardt
Condaminea grandifolia ENGELHARDT, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges., vol. 19, p. 34,
pl. 7, fig. 2; pl. 9, fig. 1, 1895.—Brrry, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 55, p. -93,
DUEL, 1919:
Fragments of a large leaf with the characteristic venation of this
species occur at Palmarejo. I have no doubt that they represent
the same species, which was described by Engelhardt from Santa
Ana, Colombia, and which is abundant in the Zorritos formation
(lower Miocene) of the north Peruvian oilfield. As I have pre-
viously stated (op. cit., p. 294), I much doubt their reference to this.
genus.
Occurrence.
Palmarejo, State of Zulia.
Genus SABICEA
: PER| a> Yor
tl aise, Le
N
RETO
SSCINGTONS
issued by the
Se
a FS
Sai ES :
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington: 1936 No. 2992
CALIFORNIA CRUSTACEA OF THE ORDER CUMACEA?
By Cart ZIMMER
Zoological Musewn, University of Berlin, Berlin, Germany
Tue collection of cumaceans here reported upon was obtained in
the vicinity of Newport, Calif., by Prof. G. E. MacGinitie, director
of the Kerckhoff Marine Laboratory of the California Institute
of Technology at Corona Del Mar, Calif. Newport les in Orange
County at about latitude 33°38’ N.
Knowledge of the cumacean fauna of the Pacific coast of North
America is so slight that every new collection from that region
contributes important information. Until now only three species
have been known from the coast of California: Bathycuma (*%)
longicaudata Calman, from San Diego, Calif.; Dzastylopsis dawsont
S. I. Smith, ranging from Monterey Bay, Calif., to Chignik Bay,
Alaska; and Colurostylis (?) occidentalis Calman, from Monterey
Bay, Calif., to Oregon. Only the last of these is represented in the
present collection, while each of the other seven species represented
proves to be new.
The genus Cyclaspis was hitherto unknown from the North
American—Pacific region, and the genera Procampylaspis and
Oxyurostylis were unknown from the entire Pacific region. Of the
latter, only the typical species, O. smithi Calman, which is found
only on the Atlantic-American coasts from Louisiana to Casco Bay,
Maine, was known.
1 Translated from the German by Coates W. Shoemaker, Smithsonian Institution.
99
5545236 —1 ae
474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM re 8
By the discovery of the new Hemilamprops (!) californica, the
number of species of the croup Lamprops+Hemilamprops found
im the Pacific resiem is imcreased by one. Eight species had pre-
viously beem described from that region. and I know of three addi-
tiemal mew species from Russian material now Im press, making a
total of I2 When it is considered that from the much better nvesti-
gated North Atlantic regien ocaly mime species of the group are
mown. to which four mere from the southern seas may be added,
the role thai this croup plays im the North Pacific region can be
better appreciated.
Geass CYCLASPIS Sears
CYCLASPIS NUBILA. new species
Ficus 3+
Aduli jemale—The thoracic portion of the bedy is nearly as long
zs the abdominal. The carapace approximates three-tenths of the
length of the body. The ceular lobe is distinct and reaches to the end
ef the pseudorostrum.
ee eee The eye is strongly pig-
tf cha mented, nearly black.
cr ~~
7 -< \ x Lenses are indistincily
Ww Ss, part. Subrostral notch
ae distinct and deep, subros-
yo ae taltooth acute. The car-
‘ a apace is finely and sharp-
é ; ly pitted as if pricked
Pacts 3i—(pcievwsts wsaltie. new species: «. with a needle. a form of
Adalt femele. anterior emd ef body. Beiterzal ornamentation that is
noe eee ee also repeated on the sec-
ond free thoracic somite.
AA median carina runs the length of the carapace, and is also rather
well developed on the second free thoracic somite. On the last three
free thoracic somites the median carima is less well developed, and, as
it approaches the posterior extremity of the abdomen, it becomes still
more indistinct.
The hinder margin of the carapace and the second free thoracic
somite stand im such close juxtaposition that the first free thoracic
somite is visible only as a narrow band in its dorsal median portion
and on each side posterior to the lower half of the hinder margin of
the carapace. Here the visible portion of the first somite is somewhat
wider, because the anterior margin of the second is recessed or
excavate at this poimi.
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMEB 425
The anterior margin of the second free thoracic segment in lateral
view appears as high as the carapace. Posteriorly it falls off gradu-
ally to meet the dorsum of the third somite. Its posterior margin in
dorsal view is produced to form an obtuse angle fitting into the ante-
rior margin of the following somite, which is shaped to receive it.
The articulation between the antepenultimate and penultimate
joints of the first pereiopod reaches about as far forward as the tip of
the pseudorostral tooth. The basis is distinctly longer than the distal
joints taken together and carries no distally projecting tooth. The
last three joints are to one another approximately as 9: 10: 6.
The uropods (fig. 34, 6) are about as long as the penultimate ab-
dominal somite. Their peduncle attains about 114 times the length
of the last abdominal somite. The exopod is fully two-thirds as long
as the peduncle. The endopod is somewhat shorter than the exopod.
On its inner margin there are about nine spines; distally it is not
pointed but truncate and armed with a strong terminal spine.
Color—The alcoholic specimen shows traces of its former coloring
in lighter or darker brown areas. The subrostral angle is quite dark,
and from it extends a narrow brown stripe, at first about parallel with
and a little removed from the edge of the subrostral notch and then
turning off to run down toward the ocular lobe. An indistinct brown
spot is present on the mid dorsum of the posterior end of the carapace.
The second and third free thoracic somites are somewhat mottled or
beclouded in color but unsymmetrically so. The coloration on the last
thoracic and first abdominal somites is more distinct. Finally, traces
of pigmentation still persist on the first three pairs of pereiopods.
Length—About 6 mm.
Occurrence.—A single adult female, the unique holotype (U.S.N.M.
no. 71437) is from off Corona Del Mar, Calif., 7 fathoms, May 17,
1933 (no. 33).
Remarks.—For the many and diverse species of the genus Cy-
claspis, Calman? gives a key in which our new species falls into the
same category (B, a, 6, B’—b’—2) with C. levis G. M. Thomson.
These two species possess the following characters in common (cer-
tain characters are also added here on the basis of later described
species) : Eye present, carapace wholly smooth, without ridges, ribs,
or folds, without large tubercles, without strong teeth on the mid-
dorsal carina, peduncle of the uropods not more than twice as long
as the branches, basis of the first pereiopod without projecting tooth
at the end, carapace less than one-third as long as the entire body,
basis of the first pereiopod not twice as long as the distal joints taken
together.
? Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 18, pt. 1, no. 1, p. 6, 1907.
426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
{
Ficurp 35.- Campylaspis candliculata, now species, adult female: a, Lateral view, x 155
b, anterior end of body from above, X 15; ¢@, posterior end, x 22; d, antennule, < 45;
e, end of antennule, X 190; f, distal end of first maxilliped, x 190; 9g, second maxilli-
ped, X 114; h, distal end of second maxilliped, x 310; i, third maxilliped, xX 45;
i, first pereiopod, 45; k, second bereiopod, x 45; l, distal end of second pereiopod,
x 290: (Magnifications approximate. )
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 427
Until now the only other species in this category has been C. eves
Thomson, from which the new one is distinguished among other
characters by the fact that the endopod of the uropods is not pointed
but armed with a terminal spine. The following species of the genus
likewise show a terminal spine at the end of the endopod: carinata
C. Zimmer, costata Calman, longipes Calman, picta Calman, uni-
cornis Calman, and varians Calman. These may be distinguished
from the new species as follows: In carinata, picta, and varians the
pseudorostral lobes distinctly unite in advance of the ocular lobe to
form a pseudorostrum; costata has longitudinal ribs on the sides of
the carapace; and unicornis has a forwardly directed tooth in the
middle dorsal carina of the carapace. (The structure of the endopod
of the uropod of @. stbogae Calman is not known. This species
shows distinct ridges on the carapace.) The relative length of the
carapace of C. pusilla G. O. Sars differs very slightly from that of
C. nubila and also exhibits certain other similarities. The former,
however, is essentially a smaller species, the length of the female with
the brood pouch being 3.5 mm.
Genus CAMPYLASPIS Sars
CAMPYLASPIS CANALICULATA, new species
FIGURE 35
Female.—The thoracic portion of the body is almost as long as the
abdominal, including the peduncle of the uropod. Viewed from
above (fig. 35, 6), the carapace is moderately pointed anteriorly.
There is no subrostral notch. From the pseudorostral margin a rela-
tively narrow but distinct furrow or groove, the margins of which
are not developed as folds, runs backward and somewhat upward for
ubout half the length of the carapace. On either side, near the
hinder margin of the carapace, is a tiny pit or depression. Other-
wise the carapace is entirely smooth, without sculpture. On the well-
developed ocular lobe one sees a distinct median lens and two more
or less distinct lateral lenses. A fine suture is evident along the
median line of the carapace; this is also present on the abdomen.
Its course, however, is not quite straight, but in very flat irregular
curves. The roundish or elongate refractive flecks on the surface of
the carapace that occur so often in members of this genus are present
in this species also. There is a patch of them behind the frontal
iobe. Alongside the median suture in the posterior third of the
carapace there is an elongated spot or fleck. Similar small spots are
also present on the abdominal somites.
The first free thoracic somite, as in a number of other species of
the genus, forms a median, lobelike, pointed projection, turned for-
ward and fitting into a corresponding notch in the posterior margin
428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
of the carapace. A similar projection occurs also on the second
thoracic somite. These projections, especially the first, are of
considerable length.
The antennule (fig. 35, d, e) is slender. The first article of the
peduncle is somewhat longer than either of the other two, which are
subequal. The accessory flagellum is, as usual, very small.
The terminal joint of the first maxilliped (fig. 35, /) is very tiny.
The basis of the second maxilliped (fig. 35, g, 2), ventrally near the
distal end projects as an angular dentiform edge, which, however,
does not carry over to the outer margin. It probably represents the
line of fusion between the basis and ischium. The outer margin
shows a few low denticles near its end. On the outer margin of the
merus there are a few similar denticles. The carpus has a strong
tooth on its inner margin, and anteriorly a somewhat weaker tooth
on the ventral side. The anterior margin of the propodus has two
small teeth below and two bristles above. At the distal end of the
outer margin there is a long powerful spine of peculiar structure.
At first it diminishes gradually toward the tip, and then near its
extremity undergoes a sudden contraction on the inner side, so that
the spine distally forms a fine bristlelike structure that surpasses the
terminal spines of the dactyl. At the end of the dactyl are four
strong spines, a shorter one externally, with three longer ones on the
inner side; of these the middle spine stands somewhat out of the line
of the series, a little more toward the dorsal side than the others.
The basis, ischium, and merus of the third maxilliped (fig. 35, 7)
_ are broad; the following joints are slenderer. The basis is noticeably
shorter than the distal portion of the limb. The inner margin of the
merus is practically straight. The distal half of this inner margin
is furnished with a row of low denticles. The outer edge likewise
carries a few denticles in its distal portion. The carpus has a row of
denticles on the inner margin and two small denticles on the outer.
The propodus exhibits denticles only on the inner margin, while the
dactyl is devoid of them.
The basis of the first pereiopod (fig. 35, 7) is shorter than the
distal part of the limb. The carpus and the propodus are of nearly
equal length and longer than the dactyl. None of the joints has
marginal denticles.
Of the last three joints of the second pereiopod (fig. 35, %, 7), the
carpus is scarcely shorter than the dactyl, while the propodus, as
usual, is short, only about half the length of either of the other two
joints. The dactyl is peculiar in not diminishing toward its end,
indeed widening out somewhat instead. The distal extremity is
rounded off and is without terminal bristles. A few bristles, how-
ever, do occur just before the end of the joint on its inner margin.
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 429
The peduncle of the uropods (fig. 35, ¢) is about as long as the
last two abdominal segments taken together. On its inner margin
there are about seven spines. The endopod is about half as long as
the peduncle and on its inner margin also carries about seven spines.
The exopod is, as usual, slenderer and shorter than the endopod.
Length—About 4 mm.
Occurrence—Between Balboa and Corona Del Mar, Calif., 7-15
fathoms, March and May 1933 (no. 28), two specimens, a female with
brood pouch and an adult female (holotype, U.S.N.M. no. 71488),
together with two specimens of Oxyurostylis pacifica.
Remarks.—The species is readily distinguished from all other
hitherto known species by the hollowed-out groove on its carapace.
Campylaspis sulcata has a similar groove, but it is wider, with its
margin either side forming more or less of a ridge or fold.
Genus PROCAMPYLASPIS Bonnier
PROCAMPYLASPIS species
Occurrence—Off Balboa, Calif., 15 fathoms, February 16, 1933
(no. 81), a female with brood pouch. The specimen undoubtedly
represents a new species. The carapace has on each side a wide
longitudinal groove extending about two-thirds the length of the
carapace. The dorsum between the two grooves carries a number
of not very pronounced tubercles. Three larger but much flattened
tubercles are present close to the posterior margin of the carapace,
the largest in the middle between the smaller lateral ones. The speci-
men is somewhat damaged and is thickly encrusted with sand, which
cannot be removed without further harm. For this reason I refrain
from basing the description of a new form upon it and leave it
unnamed,
Genus HEMILAMPROPS Sars
HEMILAMPROPS (7?) CALIFORNICA, new species
FIGURE 36
Female with brood pouch—The thoracic portion of the body is
somewhat longer than the abdomen, with the exception of the telson.
The carapace is as long as the first four free thoracic somites taken
together. In lateral view its anterior and upper margins appear
to meet at right angles. From above (fig. 36, ) it appears anteriorly
broadly truncate. A subrostral notch is scarcely perceptible. On
either side of the carapace is an arched fold, which, beginning at
the pseudorostral margin, runs obliquely backward and upward and,
bending around in a symmetrical turn, back anteriorly to merge
with the median carina found on the frontal lobe. The ocular lobe
is distinct and large. On it are seven lenses, one in the center,
430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
with six disposed in a ring about it. The pseudorostral lobes are
juxtaposed but for a very short distance in front of the ocular lobe.
The telson (fig. 36, ¢) is longer than the penultimate somite of
the abdomen but not so long as the last two somites taken together.
Distally there are three or four spines on the lateral margin;
apically there are three spines, of which the median is much longer
than either of the lateral ones. Below, and somewhat external to
the two lateral spines, there are two other long, practically bristlelike
spines.
i
Ficurn 36.—Hemilamprops californica, new species, female with brood pouch: a, Lateral
view, X 19; b, anterior end of body from above, X 19; ¢, posterior end, X 33; d, distal
end of second pereiopod, X 83. (Magnifications approximate.)
b
The first pereiopod was lacking in all the specimens at hand. The
second pereiopod (fig. 36, d@) is moderately long. The length of its
three distal joints is approximately as 19 : 14 : 12.
The peduncle of the uropods (fig. 36, c) extends very slightly be-
yond the telson. The endopod is about as long as the peduncle. The
exopod shorter. Of the three joints of the endopod, the first is
somewhat longer than the other two taken together; the terminal
joint is somewhat shorter than the penultimate. On the inner mar-
gin of the peduncle and of the endopod there is a relatively dense
armature of spines; on the inner margin of the exopod setae, on
the outer margin spines.
Length.—One specimen has a length of about 8 mm. ‘The other
two are smaller, about 6 and 5.5 mm long, respectively.
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA——ZIMMER 431
Occurrence-—Off Corona Del Mar, Calif., 7 fathoms, May 17,
1933 (no. 32), a female with brood pouch, together with a specimen
of Colurostylis (4) occidentalis. Between Balboa and Corona Del
Mar, 17-33 fathoms, May 17, 1933 (nos. 26, 30), two females with
brood pouches. Holotype, U.S.N.M. no. 71489.
Remarks.—WLacking a male, I cannot say with certainty whether
the species belongs to Hemilamprops or Lamprops. As the subor-
bital notch is but slightly developed, I place it with Hemlamprops
with a question mark. (Lamprops carinata Hart tends to bridge
the gap between the two genera. The male has no pleopods—a
Lamprops character—but has well-developed and not shortened an-
tennal flagella—a Hemilamprops character. )
In possessing a single oblique fold on the carapace, the new species
agrees with Hemilamprops uniplicata G. O. Sars and with Lamprops
(2) beringt Calman. Both, however, lack the reverse forwardly
directed branch of this fold. The armature of the telson, as well as
the relative length of the three distal joints of the second pereiopods,
is also different. In ZL. (%) beringi, moreover, there is a distinct
subrostral notch with an acute-angled subrostral tooth.
Genus DIASTYLIS Say
DIASTYLIS CALIFORNICA, new species
FIGURE 37
Female with brood pouch.—The thoracic portion of the body is
somewhat longer than the abdominal but shorter than the abdomen
and telson together. The abdominal portion is quite sharply set
off from the broader and higher thoracic portion.
On the ocular lobe three indistinct lenses may be distinguished.
There is a distinct subrostral notch. The subrostral angle is but
narrowly rounded.
The margin of the subrostral notch carries several anteriorly
directed plumose setae. The margin of the suborbital angle is
only indistinctly denticulate, although the margin of the carapace
a little farther back (behind carina no. 2 described below) has a
short row of long slender teeth.
The carapace is pronouncedly and characteristically sculptured,
showing strong elevated ridges or keels, enclosing between them
noticeably excavate or depressed areas. At two places on either
side of the carapace, three such keels run together. The angles
(in the stereometric sense) thus formed by these keels rise well
above the general surface of the carapace, almost forming blunt
teeth. One of the angles (no. 1) hes just before the end of the
frontal lobe but at some distance from it; the second (angle no. 2)
is a little distance behind the end of the frontal lobe. From angle
55452—36——2
432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL. 83
Ficurp 37.—Diastylis californica, new species: a, Female with brood pouch, anterior end
of body, lateral view, 13; b, female with brood pouch, anterior end of body from
above, X 13; c, female with brood pouch, posterior end, X 13; d, female with brood
pouch, antennule, < 33; e, female with brood pouch, third maxilliped, x 25; f, male
in nuptial dress, posterior end, X 13; g, male in nuptial dress, lateral view, X 9; h,
male in nuptial dress, carapace from above, x 9. (Magnifications approximate.)
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 433
no. 1 a ridge or keel (keel no. 1) runs obliquely forward and
terminates about at that point where the pseudorostral margin, in
forming the subrostral notch, curves downward; another ridge
(keel no. 2) runs obliquely outward and forward in a flat ante-
riorly open curve onto the ventral margin of the carapace, which it
strikes a little distance behind the subrostral angle. Keel no. 3
runs obliquely backward and upward and forms a connecting ridge
or keel between angles nos. 1 and 2. Running out from this angle
no. 2 are also the following ridges or keels: Keel no. 4 at first runs
posteriorly and then, bending outward and forward, in the latter
part of its course runs practically parallel to the lower margin
of the carapace but at a little distance removed from it; finally it
runs up against keel no. 2 and ends at that point. Keel no. 5,
forming a very flat, anteriorly open curve, extends nearly per-
pendicularly to the median line; it does not, however, meet its
counterpart on the opposite side of the carapace, as a narrow gap
or interval intervenes between the two. At this point, within the
gap, the surface of the carapace is deeply impressed; this impres-
sion is briefly continued backward. In lateral view the dorsal
contour of the carapace in advance of keel no. 5 suddenly slopes
steeply, yet evenly, downward to the pseudorostrum.
The telson (fig. 37, ¢) is as long as the last abdominal somite,
or the equally long penultimate one. In the preanal portion of the
telson the lateral margins converge but slightly; on the other hand,
the postanal portion, which is a little more than half as long as the
preanal, narrows abruptly. On each side of the postanal portion
of the telson there are about four lateral spines in addition to the
terminal pair.
The antennule (fig. 37, d) is slender and exceeds the pseudo-
rostrum by the last joint of its peduncle.
The basis of the third maxilliped (fig. 37, ¢) distally is markedly
broadened and, moreover, its outermost portion is not inconsiderably
produced; its outer margin is dorsally turned upward a little. As
the “mouth-field” is considerably narrower than the combined baset
of the two maxillipeds, these at their line of contact form a roof, tha
angle of whose ridge is higher than normal. As a consequence, mora
of the third maxillipeds is to be seen in lateral view (fig. 37, a) in
this species than is usually the case. Not one of the specimens pos:
sessed a complete first pereiopod. One female, however, had a first
pereiopod complete on the inner side except for a portion of tha
dactylus. The distal extremity of this particular limb is long and
slender; carpus less than half as long as the basis; propodus clearly
longer than the carpus. The second pereiopod also is slender; last
434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
three joints taken together are longer than the basis; last two joints
taken together not quite two-thirds as long as the carpus; the dactyl
longer than propodus. There are no rudimentary exopodites on
the third and fourth pereiopods.
The uropods (fig. 37, ¢) are long and slender. The peduncle is
longer than the last two abdominal somites taken together. Its in-
ner margin is sparsely spined; spines somewhat variable in size.
The endopod is about as long as the telson; the exopod somewhat
longer. The three joints of the endopod vary but slightly in length,
and carry isolated spines on their inner margins.
The integument is roughened practically throughout with tiny
chitinous processes or projections. These vary in size, at times even
assuming the character of fine, small teeth, as on the posterior re-
gion of the carapace and also on the sides of the free thoracic and
abdominal somites, as well as on the outer surface of the proximal
portions of the pereiopods.
Length.—About 9 mm.
Male in nuptial dress (fig. 37, f-h).—The differences in the body
form and in the development of the extremities usually found be-
tween the males and females within the genus occur here also; the
three lenses are more distinct on the ocular lobe, the setae in the
subrostral notch are stronger and more numerous, and the area about
the subrostral angle is clearly denticulate. On the other hand, the
row of denticles on the margin of the carapace behind keel no. 2 is
lacking. The keels found on the carapace of the female are present
but are not nearly so high or so strongly developed, nor are the areas
between them so deeply excavated. Their placement is also some-
what different: Angle no. 2 is moved farther backward and sub-
stantially nearer the median line than in the female; keel no. 1 even-
tually disappears anteriorly without reaching the edge of the cara-
pace; keel no. 5 is very short. It eventually disappears toward the
median line and here merges with an indistinct longitudinal keel,
which runs from about the mid length of the frontal lobe to the
point of juncture with keel no. 5 in the median line of the carapace.
From the forwardly turned branch of keel no. 4 and, in fact, at about
the point where the turn is completed, originates another keel that
runs to the posterior edge of the carapace. This keel is entirely
absent in the female. It corresponds with the forward-running
branch of keel no. 4, of the “lateral line”, which so frequently is
found in the male in the family Diastylidae.
The difference in length between preanal and postanal portions
of the telson (fig. 37, #) is not so pronounced as in the female, while
the telson is proportionately longer and slenderer. It attains the
length of the penultimate abdominal somite and is, like it, clearly
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 435
longer than the last somite. In addition to two terminal spines, it
carries on either side of its postanal portion about five fairly long
lateral spines.
The carpus of the first pereiopod is noticeably shorter than the
propodus and the latter is clearly shorter than the dactyl.
The peduncle of the uropod is about twice as long as the telson.
The exopod is clearly shorter than the telson and the endopod is
somewhat shorter than the exopod. The three joints of the endopod
are successively somewhat shorter from first to last. The spines on
the inner side of the peduncle and endopod are weaker but more
numerous than in the female.
The integument of the male is also roughened but not so much as
in the female.
Length—About 12 mm.
Occurrence.—Between Balboa and Corona Del Mar, Calif., 10-67
fathoms, November 25, 1932, to July 1, 1933 (no. 27), three females,
one the holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 71440), with brood pouch, and two
adults in poor condition and incomplete; off Balboa, Calif., 66 fath-
oms, March 17, 1933 (no. 29), a male in nuptial dress; off Balboa,
between 15 and 66 fathoms, April 10, 1933 (no. 34), one male in
nuptial dress.
Remarks.—The peculiar sculpturing of the carapace in both sexes
distinguishes this new species from all other representatives of the
family. In the form of its telson it shows certain relationships to
the genus Makrokylindrus, both have an almost cylindrical preanal
portion distinctly longer than the postanal, which carries a few or
no lateral spines. In species of Makrokylindrus, however, the telson
is longer than the peduncle of the uropod, or at least nearly as long
(with the exception of UW. acanthodes Stebbing). Furthermore, a
more or less thick armament of the carapace is the rule among these
species, and spines exist at least on the pseudorostrum, especially on
its anterior portion. In the species before us the carapace is indeed
roughened with fine granulations or tiny denticles, but on its pseu-
dorostrum this roughness is least developed and is practically lack-
ing on its anterior portions. Since to me the relationship with
Makrokylindrus appears slight, I have refrained from placing this
new species in Makrokylindrus, as I at first had tentatively intended.
A similar form of the telson also occurs in the genus Paradiastylis,
but here, too, no closer relationship is indicated, for the male in
nuptial dress lacks the strikingly widened base of the pereiopods,
which is so characteristic of Paradiastylis and Dimorphostylis.
436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus DIASTYLOPSIS Smith
DIASTYLOPSIS TENUIS, new species
FIcurE 388
This new species is so extraordinarily closely related to Diastylopsis
dawsoni S. I. Smith that I shall limit the description in the main
to a differential diagnosis. The body, especially the abdominal por-
tion, is slenderer. The subrostral notch is indeed distinct, yet not
so deep, owing to the fact that the subrostral angle is not so pro-
duced as to form a definite tooth. It is only denticulate, like the
anterior margin of the carapace behind it. The oblique lines on
the carapace and frontal lobe are present, but only the first line
on the carapace is well developed throughout. The others are very
weak and often scarcely or not at all perceptible. The layout of
the lines also is somewhat different. The first line extends laterally
somewhat nearer the margin of the carapace than indicated in
Calman’s drawing of dawsoni. The second line has the same posi-
tion as in dawsoni but forms a continuation of the first line of the
frontal lobe. This, therefore, runs farther forward than in dawsoni.
The second line of the frontal lobe lies about in the position of the
first in dawsoné, and therefore not on the hinder end of the frontal
lobe. The third carapace-line extends in the direction of the pos-
terior angle of the frontal lobe and thus les more posteriorly than
in dawsoni.
The ventral portion of the second free thoracic segment is con-
siderably longer; anterior and posterior margins (exclusive of the
articular membranes) are approximately parallel, whereas in daw-
soni they distinctly converge ventrally. The notch in the anterior
lateral margin of this somite is narrower than in dawsoni.
On the penultimate thoracic sternite of dawsoni there is a single
tooth; on the last there are two teeth close together; there is also
one tooth on the first abdominal sternite. Our new species has no
teeth on the penultimate thoracic and the first abdominal sternite ;
only the last thoracic sternite bears an unpaired tooth. The pos-
terior lateral margins of the abdominal somites are armed with a
few isolated denticles.
The telson is slenderer than in dawsoni. Its length is about
three-fourths of the last abdominal somite, which itself also is much
slenderer than in dawsoni. Besides the two terminal spines, the
telson has only two or three pairs of lateral spines; in dawsoni the
number is greater.
The third maxilliped, as in dawsoni, shows a widening of the
basis distally. On the other hand, our species has only one weak
denticle on the inner end of the basis, not a strong projecting tooth.
The ischium does project outwardly, ending bluntly, but not actually
;
fi
{
sa
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 437
dentiform. (The first two pairs of pereiopods of either side in all
the specimens were incomplete.)
The uropod-peduncle is only a little longer than the last abdominal
somite and extends beyond the telson by about a third only of its
own length, not by half of its length as in dawsoni. The subequal
branches attain about two-thirds the length of the peduncle, not, as
in dawsoni, a good half of the peduncle length. There are fewer
spines on the inner margin of the peduncle and endopod than in
dawsoni.
Length—The female with brood pouch is about 9 mm, whereas in
dawsoni the length of the adult female is about 14.5 mm.
Occurrence.—Offt Corona
Del Mar, Calif., 20 fath-
oms, summer of 1933 (no.
26), an adult female and
three females with brood
pouches, one the holotype
(U.S.N.M. no. 71441).
Remarks.—Beneath the
chitin of the carapace and
: Figure 58.—Diastylopsis tenuis, new species, fe-
also at intervals in other male with brood pouch: a, Anterior end of
parts of the body a distine- body, jateral view, X 9; 6b, posterior end, X 25.
; sas (Magnifications approximate.)
tive structural peculiarity
is manifest in the shape of more or less numerous, chiefly circular,
strongly refractive flecks of varying size, which at times may co-
alesce to form larger irregular areas. I consider this phenomenon
here to be an artificial condition resulting from the method of pres-
ervation employed.
Genus OXYUROSTYLIS Calman
OXYUROSTYLIS PACIFICA, new species
FIGuRE 39
Female with brood pouch.—The thoracic portion of the body is
almost as long as the abdominal, the telson excepted. Seen from
above, the carapace narrows anteriorly more regularly and evenly
than in the typical species, smitht Calman. The subrostral notch is
more developed than in sméthi. The subrostral angle is rounded.
The surface of the carapace and of the free thoracic sternites is rough,
being thickly beset with very fine denticles. Only the anterior por-
tion of the pseudorostral lobes is free of them. Two somewhat
stronger denticles stand side by side in front on the ocular lobe. Two
oblique impressions extend over the frontal lobe, so that in lateral
view two steplike offsets are apparent. These, together with the fine
denticulation of the carapace, make it appear as if there are two
oblique rows of denticles on the frontal lobe.
438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
The telson is longer than the last abdominal somite and somewhat
shorter than the penultimate. On either side it carries three or four
spines. The somewhat produced posterior angle of each of the two
anal flaps is armed with a long bristlelike spine.
The antennule is long and slender and exceeds the tip of the
pseudorostrum by the greater part of the last joint of its peduncle.
Ficurs 39.—Ozyurostylis pacifica, new species, female with brood pouch: a, Lateral view,
< 13; b, anterior end of body from above, X 13; ¢, posterior end, X 33. (Magnifica-
tions approximate.)
The first pereiopod is long and slender and exceeds the tip of the
pseudorostrum by a little more than its last two joints. Of the last
three joints, the penultimate is the longest, the antepenultimate is
somewhat shorter, and the last is only a little more than half as long
as the penultimate.
The peduncle of the uropod exceeds the tip of the telson by almost
one-third of its length. On its inner margin there are about 16 fine
spines. The exopod is about as long as the endopod and attains al-
most half of the length of the peduncle. Of the three joints of the
endopod, the first is the longest, the last is somewhat shorter, and
the middle one slightly shorter yet. On the inner margin of the
three joints there are, respectively, 4, 8, and 3 spines.
Length—About 7 mm.
Occurrence.—Between Balboa and Corona Del Mar, Calif., 7-15
fathoms, March and May 1933 (no. 28), two females with brood
pouches, one the holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 71442), accompanied by
two specimens of Campylaspis canaliculata.
Remarks.—The species differs so fundamentally from O. smithi,
the heretofore unique representative of the genus, that there is no
possibility of confusing the two.
CALIFORNIA CUMACEA—ZIMMER 439
Genus COLUROSTYLIS Calman
COLUROSTYLIS OCCIDENTALIS Calman
The specimens agree well with Calman’s description except that
the tip of the terminal spine of the endopod of the uropod extends
nearly to the end of the exopod, whereas, according to Calman, it
falls somewhat short of it.
Occurrence.—Oft Balboa, Calif., 33 fathoms, May 17, 1933 (no. 30),
an adult male, in company with two specimens of Hemilamprops
(?) californica; off Corona Del Mar, 7-20 fathoms, May 1983 (nos.
96, 33), two adult females and three females with brood pouches.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1926
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2993
A COMPARISON OF THE SHALLOW-WATER SPONGES NEAR
THE PACIFIC END OF THE PANAMA CANAL WITH
THOSE AT THE CARIBBEAN END
By M. W. peLAuBENFELS
Pasadena, Calif.
Durinec the summer of 1933 I made a study of the intertidal sponge
fauna at each end of the Panama Canal.! Specimens were collected
from intertidal waters or from waters barely below low tide, entirely
without dredging. The method most frequently employed was
wading and collecting by hand, but in some cases an ordinary garden
rake was used from a rowboat.
The sponges of the deeper ocean differ radically from those in
intertidal and shallow waters. This has been well brought out by
various authors, particularly by Burton (1928). Seldom do sponges
from one of these habitats venture over into the other. In general
the sponges of the deeper waters of one ocean are related to those in
other oceans from similar depths rather than to the adjacent shallow-
water forms. The latter are likely to show more regional or local
specializations than are sponges from greater depths. It was there-
fore deemed more important to compare the shallow-water sponges
from the Atlantic end of the Panama Canal with those from the Pacific
end than to make any effort to collect sponges from deeper waters
farther out on either side of the isthmus.
1 Thanks are due to Dr. James Zetek, of the U.S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and to
various other officials connected with the Government staff in the Panama Canal Zone who made it possible
to carry on the collecting and locate suitable places for finding sponges, and to officials of the U. S. National
Museum, especially Dr. Alexander Wetmore and Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, for help and cooperation.
56905—36——1 441
442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
There are various reasons for believing that shallow-water sponges
attain distribution laterally rather slowly, or at least that they are
profoundly restrained by environmental barriers. In 1932 (de
Laubenfels, 1932) I found considerable difference between the coastal
sponges of central and southern California, and I can report subse-
quent (as yet unpublished) investigation in the field indicating even
greater differences between the sponges of California and those of the
coast only a few hundred miles north of that State, and similarly
great differences between the sponges of California and Lower Cali-
fornia. At the Pacific end of the Panama Canal there are tre-
mendously high tides and at the Atlantic end almost no tides at
all, whereas at the Atlantic end the ocean temperature is considerably
higher than at the Pacific. A great difference between the faunas of
the two regions was therefore to be expected. Such a difference might
be due to the different ecological conditions or to independent evolu-
tions during a geologically long period of separation. Similarities
between the faunas of the two regions would be less easily explained.
A marine connection until recent times might be assumed, although
other reasons for this assumption are scanty. Perhaps throughout
whole geologic ages sponge species neither vary much (in an evolu-
tionary sense) nor perish as species, nor migrate away from their
established locations.
Sixteen species of sponges were collected at or near the Pacific end
of the Panama Canal, and 21 species were taken at the Atlantic end.
Ten species were found only on the Pacific side and 15 only on the
Atlantic, while six occurred in both localities. Of these six, only
two are cosmopolitan; four are distinctive of this part of the world!
The Porifera of the Caribbean end show close relationship to the
West Indian fauna. An astonishing number of them were pew
species, no less than seven, or 33 percent. In general the Pacific
coasts of Central and South America have been exceedingly little
studied, and it might be expected therefore that more new species
would have been found in that region, but such was not the case.
Only five species on the Pacific coast proved to be new, again a third
of the number collected. Searching over the rocks exposed at low
tide at Panama City yielded nine species and proved astonishingly
similar to collecting near Plymouth, England. Four out of the nine—
Haliclona permollis, Halichondria panicea, Microciona atrosanguinea,
and Oscarella lobularis—are forms common to both localities. Of
other species occurring nearby, Toxadocia proxima is Arctic, Pseudo-
suberites sulcatus is Antarctic, and Aplysilla glacialis is both Arctic
and sub-Antarctic.
Attention is called particularly to the dissimilarities between the
Panama sponge fauna and that of the Pacific coast of North America
in general. Of the sponges recorded from California, at least 11 per-
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 443
cent are also recorded from Puget Sound, 1,200 kilometers north, but
this latter area has been less intensively studied; of a collection I
made in that region in the summer of 1931, 62 percent are sponges
occurring also in Califernia. Of a collection from Lower California,
nearly 1,000 kilometers south, 36 percent are species occurring also
in California. From the Pacific coast of Panama, in contrast to the
_ 62 percent and 36 percent, only 19 percent are species occurring also
in California, and every one included in the 19 percent is a cosmopol-
itan species, not to be regarded as characteristic of any one locality.
The Pacific coasts of Panama, judged from their sponge fauna, show
not a trace of zoogeographical connection with those of North America
but do show a little with those of Europe and with the polar regions
and more yet with that small fraction of the West Indian fauna that
occurs on the Caribbean coast of Panama, and finally contain a
rather large proportion of species peculiar to the locality. How this
compares with the west coast of South America remains to be seen.
DESCRIPTION OF PACIFIC COAST SPECIES
Genus APLYSILLA Schulze
APLYSILLA GLACIALIS (Merejkowsky)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no.
22211. It was found growing on wood in Balboa Harbor, beneath one
of the piers. It is a thin encrustation, was rosy red in life, and is soft
and fleshy; the conules are about 1 mm high and 2 to 4 mm apart.
The eurypyllous flagellate chambers vary from 30u by 60u to 55u by
105u. The dendritic ascending fibers average about 50u in diameter
and arise from an extensive basal spongin plate.
The specimen is typical of the species, which was originally de-
scribed from the Arctic as Simplicella glacialis by Merejkowsky
(1878, p. 264) and later recorded from Australia by Lendenfeld (1889,
p. 706). I (deLaubenfels, 1932, p. 125) recorded it from California,
erroneously giving credit for the authorship to Dybowsky (1880, p.
65), in which reference it appears to be a new species, but actually it
had been previously described. Thiele (1905, p. 489) recorded it from
the sub-Antarctic, with the opinion that his specimen was conspecific
with that of Lendenfeld but not with that from the Arctic. He
therefore established a new name, Aplysilla lendenfeldi, for the speci-
mens south of the Equator. There seems to be no good reason for
the establishment of this new name, and it is here proposed that
glacialis be retained for the entire species. The point was made that
the Arctic specimen had fewer oscules than the others and that these
had somewhat raised collars around them. This is almost certainly
a reaction to the current, or a lack thereof, and has little if any taxo-
nomic value. See Bidder (1923).
444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
The Panama sponge now being described shows no evident oscules,
probably as a result of abundant current near its location, and may be
regarded as typical of the race that extends from the Arctic to the
Antarctic.
Genus HALICLONA Grant
HALICLONA PERMOLLIS (Bowerbank)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no.
22200, found growing on the extensive rocky tide flats at Panama
City. It is a thin crust, drab to violet, mediocre in consistency, and
without any dermal specialization. The oscules, 2 to 3 mm in diam-
eter, are surrounded by raised collars 3 mm high. The endosome is
an isodictyal reticulation of oxeas 7u by 130u.
This cosmopolitan species has frequently been known under the
specific name of cinerea (Grant), but Burton (1934) chooses as the
lectotype of Grant’s Spongia cinerea a specimen that is an Adocia.
It therefore becomes necessary to apply Bowerbank’s name of
permollis to the species, which is a typical Haliclona. It is well char-
acterized by its violet color, except where environmental factors inter-
fere with it, perhaps by causing damage, in which instances a whole
range of colors tending toward drab results. Bowerbank (1866, p.
278) founded the name as Jsodictya permollis. I have transferred it
to the genus Haliclona (de Laubenfels, 1936, p. 40).
HALICLONA COERULESCENS (Topsent)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no.
22240, from the Atlantic coast of Panama, and also (less typically)
by nos. 22250, 22219, and 22208, from the Pacific coast. The Pana-
manian specimens are basically encrusting, but cylindrical or lamel-
late processes commonly grow up from the base. The color is typi-
cally blue in life, but where in some ways interfered with by the
environment it tends toward drab. The consistency is mediocre, and
the surface is comparatively even, with no special dermal skeleton
at all. The pores are about 200u in diameter and occur about two
to the square millimeter. The oscules vary from 1 to 2 mm in diam-
eter and occur very irregularly. The indications are that where the
current passing the sponge is insufficient, the more evident oscules
occur. The endosome is an isodictyal reticulation of oxeas varying
from 5u by 120u commonly to 6u by 150y and rarely to 94 by 175pz.
This species was described as Reniera coerulescens by Topsent
(1918, p. 537) from the West Indies. It is here transferred to the
genus Haliclona. The Panama specimens do not differ to any sig-
nificant extent from Topsent’s specimens. This is one of the most
characteristic species of the Canal Zone. It was found growing inter-
tidally on rocks near Panama City, on wood beneath the piers at
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 445
Balboa Harbor, and intertidally on rocks at Taboga Island, all on
the Pacific side. On the Atlantic side it was found growing inter-
tidally on the coast at Fort Randolph, and one macerated specimen
was found cast on the beach at Fort Sherman. The distinctive blue
color and the ease with which a lamellate form is assumed are perhaps
its most characteristic features.
Genus ADOCIA Gray
ADOCIA CINEREA (Grant)
The specimens thus identified are represented in the collection by
U.S.N.M. no. 22242, collected intertidally at Fort Randolph at the
Atlantic end of the canal, and no. 22210, from one of the piers in
Balboa Harbor at the Pacific end. The characteristic color in life
appears to be a beautiful lavender, but as in the case of Haliclona
permollis environmental factors may alter this in the direction of
drab. The consistency is crisply friable. The endosome is smooth
and is provided with a special reticulation of spicules, which, however,
are just like those of the endosome. They make a beautiful isodictyal
pattern, the apertures of which, about 300y in diameter, are to be
interpreted as pores, 500u apart, center to center. The oscules, which
are 2 to 3 mm in diameter, are usually on slightly raised processes,
but curiously enough are not always terminally placed. The endo-
some is an isodictyal reticulation of oxeas about 10u by 150 to 134
by 200u.
This is not the cosmopolitan sponge frequently referred to in the
literature as Reniera cinerea, but it bears a superficial resemblance to
it and may or may not have been confused with it by earlier authors.
Too little attention has been paid to the precise characters of the
dermis of sponges. Reinvestigation of museum specimens and fur-
ther collection may prove that Adocia cinerea is as nearly cosmopolitan
as is Haliclona permollis, the species frequently referred to as Reniera
cinerea. Both were originally described from European waters, the
former as Spongia cinerea by Grant (1827, p. 204). It was transferred
to Adocia by Burton (1934, p. 535).
Genus TOXADOCIA de Laubenfels
TOXADOCIA PROXIMA (Lundbeck)
This amorphous sponge is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M.
no. 22222. It was collected intertidally on the rocks at Taboga
Island near the Pacific entrance to the Panama Canal. In life it was
a pretty violet and very soft. The surface is even. There is an
isodictyal special dermal skeleton, not, however, containing any
special sort of spicules, nor is it readily detachable. The pores are
barely visible to the naked eye and occur about two to the square
millimeter. The oscules are two in number, about 1.5 mm in diam-
446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM ~- VOL. 83
eter, and have about them raised collars over 2 mm high. The
endosome is an isodictyal reticulation of oxeas about 6u by 140u,
among which occur toxiform microscleres 2u by 80x.
This specimen differs in no significant respect from that Arctic
species described as Gellius proximus by Lundbeck (1902, p. 70).
It is noteworthy that several of the species occurring near Panama
City, less than 10° from the Equator, should have as their closest
relatives Arctic or Antarctic species.
ZETEKISPONGIA, new genus
Diagnosis.—F amily Phorbasidae. Structure more reticulate than
plumose; special diactinal ectosomal spicules associated with special
diactinal endosomal ones of another sort; arcuate chelas and sigmas
for microscleres.
Genotype.—Zetekispongia zonea, new species.
The generic name is given in respect to the eminent zoologist, Dr.
James Zetek, of the United States Department of Agriculture,
Balboa, Canal Zone.
ZETEKISPONGIA ZONEA, new species
Ficure 40
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22215.
The species is also represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no.
22223. It was found abundant intertidally on the rocks of Taboga
Island, near the Pacific entrance to the Panama Canal. The color in
life was a characteristic reddish orange, which fades little in preserva-
tives; this is quite unusual. The consistency is soft, slightly spongy.
The surface is coarsely tuberculate, with lumps about 1 mm high and
several millimeters wide, but otherwise comparatively smooth. There
is a conspicuous detachable dermal specialization composed of tan-
gentially arranged spicules and underlain by extensive subdermal
cavities. The rare oscules are approximately 1 mm in diameter, very
unevenly distributed, and apparently missing from some specimens,
which is doubtless correlated with the fact that the sponge grows
where the waves sweep back and forth, creating almost constant
strong currents. The endosome bears some resemblance to bread in
structure; it is much like many specimens of Myzilla and Lissoden-
doryx. There is some tendency to an isodictyal reticulation, which is
obscured by the fact that each side of each mesh is composed of many
instead of only one spicule. There are occasionally vague tracts, of.
several rows of spicules, reaching a diameter of approximately 80u.
The special dermal spicules are tylotes, 4u-by 200u to 5u by 170u.
The endosomal spicules are oxeas 9u by 210u to 1lw by 215y. There
are two sizes of arcuate isochelas for microscleres, but neither is
typically arcuate. The larger type, approximately 36yu long, some-
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 447
times verges toward the palmate. The smaller one varies from 16u
to 24u long and has three teeth at each end, which are so sharply
pointed that this might almost be called unguiferate. There are
abundant sigmas 16y to 24y in length of chord, and a few small oxeote
spicules about 2u by 150u, which are only dubiously to be regarded as
microscleres inasmuch as there exists a possibility that they may be
immature stages of the principal megascleres.
Cpe
Ane S ec
FIGURE 40.—Zetekispongia zonea, new genus and species: Spicules, «666 (camera lucida). a, Endosomal
oxea; b, ectosomal tylote; c, larger arcuate chela; d, abnormal form of same; e, side and front views of
the smaller chela; f, side view of larger chela; g, three views of the sigmas.
Were the principal spicules monactinal instead of diactinal, this
would be a Lissodendoryx. This one point of difference in the mega-
scleres, however, is here interpreted as being exceedingly important.
In sponges of the family Axinellidae, the transition from monactinal
to diactinal spicules is made very readily, but this species is unlike
those of the family Axinellidae; instead it should be regarded as of
the family Phorbasidae.
Genus MYCALE Gray
MYCALE CECILIA, new species
Figure 41
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22207.
This species is exceedingly abundant on the rocks in the intertidal
zone at Panama City but apparently is not found in any other location
yet studied. At least during July and August 1933, it was easily
recognized by its striking color scheme. In life it was basically green,
abundantly provided with bright red specks, which are almost certainly
embryos. They are about 200u in diameter but show plainly to the
unaided eye from a considerable distance. The consistency is soft,
the surface even. The oscules are about 2 cm apart, and their maxi-
mum size cannot be readily given. They are discovered in sponges
448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
exposed by the retreating tide only because of being at the center of
stellate figures made by radiating subdermal canals; otherwise they
would be overlooked. They are closed (perhaps by sphinctrate
action) practically to zero diameter. In the endosome there are
plumose ascending tracts ending at the surface in brushes of spicules.
An approximate diameter of about 100u might be assigned to them.
There is only one type of megasclere, a tylostyle varying from about
7u by 300u to 10u by 3004. The microscleres include palmate aniso-
chelas of two size ranges, the larger about 22u to 25yu, the smaller
about 12 to 15u. In face view the alae of these anisochelas seem to
be extraordinarily narrow, only about one-fifth of the length of the
spicule. As a result of this, in special spicule preparations, they
usually lie on the side. Among them are fairly numerous sigmas 30u
in length of chord.
Ce pate ee
CC D2 me ad?
FIGURE 41.—Mycale cecilia, new species: Spicules, X 444 (camera lucida). a, Megasclere (tylostyle); 6, two
views of the sigmas; c, front view of the anisochela; d, side views of the chelas, showing extremes in size
(there are intermediates).
The common West Indian Mycale, which is M. angulosa (Duchas-
saing and Michelotti, 1864, p. 89) has peculiarly narrow anisochelas,
but its megascleres are exceedingly thin, only 1p to 4u in diameter, in
contrast to 7u to 10u in the Panama sponge. Furthermore, M. angu-
losa is a sponge that quickly grows up coarse and erect with hollow
cylindrical form predominating; it is cavernous and reddish brown.
Mycale imperfecta Baer (1905, p. 20) from the east coast of Africa
also has relatively narrow anisochelas, but these are of only one sort,
and its megascleres are small, only about 3u by 200u, whereas its sigmas
are large, frequently reaching nearly 80u in chord length, and 3y in
thickness. Probably the closest relative to cecilia is Mycale phyllo-
phila Hentschel (1911, p. 294). Its megascleres did not attain the
thickness of those in cecilia. It is represented only by thin specimens
growing on leaves. Were larger and maturer specimens available,
further points of difference from the Panamanian sponge might be
expected to appear.
Genus MICROCIONA Bowerbank
MICROCIONA ATROSANGUINEA Bowerbank
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22204.
It occurs rather commonly on the rocks in the intertidal zone at
Panama City as a bright-red, thin encrustation. Some of the smooth
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 449
dermal tylostyles are as small as ln by 100u. Some of the endosomal
tylostyles reach the maximum size of 20u by 670u and are minutely
spined on their heads. The echinating acanthostyles are 9u by 90u,
the toxas 120 long, and the palmate isochelas 12u to 15.
This, the genotype of Microciona, was described by Bowerbank
(1862, p. 1109) from Great Britain, and his description of European
specimens might do well for this from Central America. There is
no significant point of difference, and the identification is made
confidently.
Genus HALICHONDRIA Fleming
HALICHONDRIA PANICEA (Pallas)
This cosmopolitan sponge is represented in the collection by
U.S.N.M. no. 22202 from the Pacific coast and by no. 22232 from
the Caribbean. It was found encrusting rocks intertidally at both
ends of the Panama Canal, on the beach at Fort Randolph on the
Atlantic end, and on the Pacific side both on the mainland at Panama
City and also on Taboga Island, 10 kilometers offshore. It is a thin
crust, pale orange in life, friable in consistency, with a smooth sur-
face, readily detachable special dermal membrane containing tan-
gential spicules, which are, however, like those in the endosome,
namely, sharply pointed oxeas of great variation in size. They range
commonly from 3yu by 180u to lly by 270u and sometimes even to
16u by 930u.
It may conceivably be that there are different species of sponges
in various parts of the world all of which by convergent evolution
happen to share the same characteristics in common, and all identi-
fied as Halichondria panicea, but since it is impossible to separate
them sharply on any characteristics that may be recorded on paper,
it is customary to identify them all with the long-known European
form first described as Spongia panicea by Pallas (1766, p. 388).
Genus PSEUDOSUBERITES Topsent
PSEUDOSUBERITES SULCATUS (Thiele)
This species, represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22214,
was found growing on submerged wood near the piers in Balboa
Harbor at the Pacific end of the Panama Canal. In life it was dull
drab and semitransparent. The consistency is very soft; the surface
is even, provided with a detachable special membrane over extensive
subdermal cavities. This ectosome contains spicules tangentially
placed. There are surface openings about 140u in diameter, but
these are not sharply differentiated into oscules and pores. In the
endosome the spicules are arranged in considerable confusion. They
are tylostyles ranging from 4u by 160u to 6u by 275u.
56905—36
9
Me
450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
This species was described as Suberites sulcatus by Thiele (1905,
p. 417) from the extreme southern end of South America. Burton
(1930, p. 334) also records it from the Antarctic and correctly trans-
fers it to the genus Pseudosuberites. There is no considerable point
of difference between the Panamanian specimen and those from the
sub-Antaretic and Antarctic.
Genus LAXOSUBERITES Topsent
LAXOSUBERITES ZETEKI, new species
Figure 42
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22212, from Balboa, Canal Zone, on the
Pacific coast; no. 22227 is a specimen from the Caribbean.
This is in.some respects the species most characteristic of the
Panama coast, being found abundantly at each end of the canal.
The specimens are frequently large and massive, with digitate or
hemispherical projections, often as much as or more than 8 em high.
The masses are frequently as large as a person’s head. The color
in life is fundamentally an ochre-yellow; an exceedingly thin layer at
the surface, however, may be tinged with greenish or reddish color,
or, as in the case of specimens from the Atlantic end of the canal,
be almost completely covered with a brownish red. These colors
may be due to the presence of algal cells on the surface. The con-
sistency is weakly spongy or mediocre. The surface, aside from the
above-mentioned digitate projections, is somewhat tuberculate but
otherwise smooth and even, not at all hispid. The oscules are
exceedingly contractile. In living specimens they can sometimes
be made out, attaining a diameter of as much as 1 mm, but in pre-
served specimens they are often entirely or nearly invisible. A few
exceptional individuals were found in which the oscules remained
open, over 2 mm in diameter, and surrounded by a collar more than
2mm high. These specimens grew where the currents were not
very strong. This variation in oscular condition is a result of environ-
mental stimuli and lacks taxonomical significance. The spicules in
the ectosome are densely packed, erect, with points out, but do not
differ significantly in size or shape from those in the endosome.
The interior is minutely cavernous to dense, with occasional meander-
ing canals about 2 mm in diameter. The flagellate chambers are
subspherical, about 20u to 25u in diameter. About them the mega-
scleres are strewn in confusion. No microscleres could be found,
all the spicules being tylostyles varying from about 3y to 20u by at
least 700 in length, and how much more must remain problematical,
inasmuch as the largest spicules were always found broken.
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 451
This species shows practically no trace of tendency to radiate form.
Many specimens of Lazosuberites show a radiate form to a very slight
extent but always under circumstances that lead to the suspicion that
the radiate tendency had been present but then supressed by environ-
mental conditions. JL. zeteki grows frequently where other sponges
assume the radiate form, and it is difficult to see how its placement
could interfere with that result. In contrast to this, the other sponges —
FIGURE 42.—Lazosuberites zeteki, new genus and species: Spicules, X 533 (camera lucida). a, Head or
larger tylostyle; b, pointed end of same, middle portion not shown; c, head of smaller (immature)
tylostyle.
in its immediate vicinity are practically never ramose. Its intertidal
placement is not conducive to its habitus; instead the vigorous action
of the waves would tend to compel most sponges to assume a merely
encrusting form. In spite of this zeteki grows up massive with pro-
jections, occasionally almost ramose. For this reason there cannot
be assigned any close relatives to it, and it is even questionable
whether it should be left in the genus Laxosuberites or given another
genus of its own. It is a very distinctively marked species.
The specific name is given in honor of Dr. James Zetek, of the
United States Department of Agriculture, Balboa, Canal Zone.
Genus TETHYA Lamarck
TETHYA DIPLODERMA Schmidt
This subspherical sponge is represented in the collection by
U.S.N.M. no. 22203. The color in life was yellow, the consistency
cartilaginous. There is a cortex about 800u thick grown into low
tubercles about 500 high and the same distance apart, apex to apex.
It is hispid, with spicules projecting nearly a millimeter. The
endosome is radiate, with ascending tracts of spicules about 200u
thick. The megascleres themselves are tylostyles, about lly by
900u to 14u by 1,200u. The larger spherasters occur not at the
immediate surface but in the deeper layer of the cortex, and rarely
in the endosome, and are about 67u in diameter. The smaller asters
occur in the extreme outer cortex and abundantly throughout the
452 PROCEE DINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
endosome. ‘They are of two sorts, tylasters about 10u in total diam-
eter, and oxyspherasters only about 7y in diameter.
This species was first described by Schmidt (1870, p. 52) from the
West Indies and has since been recorded from the west coast of
Mexico, the east coast of South America, both east and west coasts
of Africa, the Indian Ocean, East Indies, and New Zealand. The
* Panamanian specimens are quite typical of the race as found around
the world.
TABOGA, new genus
Diagnosis.—Family Tethyidae. The radiate, corticate structure
resembles Jethya, but with very pronounced development of root
structures. The strongyle-oxeote megascleres also resemble those of
Tethya. The microscleres include spherasters somewhat like those
of Tethya, but in addition there are typically three other distinct
categories of asters, one of which is peculiar for sharply branched
terminations to its rays.
Genotype.—Taboga taboga, new species.
TABOGA TABOGA, new species
Figure 43
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 22216.
This species is moderately abundant intertidally on Taboga Island
at the Pacific end of the entrance to the Panama Canal; it was not
found elsewhere. The shape is subspherical, up to slightly over 2 cm
in diameter, but most of the specimens are only about 1 cm in diam-
eter. Each is attached to the substratum by ribbon-shaped roots,
only 0.1 to 0.2 mm thick but usually 2mm wide. There are ordinarily
5 to 15 such roots extending from each sponge and reaching out in
some cases as much as 1 cm or more, anchoring the mass very firmly
so that it may be held in place in spite of vigorous wave action. In
life the surface is covered with a dull red layer 1 mm deep. This
consists of a spicule plush of megascleres standing erect, rarely
embedded in the white surface below them, and interspersed with
rather loosely. placed reddish cells that may or may not be proper to
the sponge. The regularity with which they occur and the uniformity
of their color suggest, however, that they are proper.
Below this red layer is a white layer of equal thickness. Its struc-
ture is corticate to cartilaginous. It represents the most extreme
development of contractile tissue in any sponge known tome. Below
the red-and-white layers the endosome is ochre-yellow and permeated
by transparent fascicular columns packed with spicules radiating
from the central point of the sponge to the surface. Above them the
surface is thrown into tuberculous protrusions not quite 1 mm in
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 453
diameter. The oscules and pores are each minute and not readily
made out. The root-like structures mentioned above are rendered
shaggy, being densely packed with spicules, and contain practically
no cavernous structures. The megascleres are spindle-shaped
strongyles, or strongyloxeas, commonly 134 by 600u, occasionally
slightly inequiended. Some, in fact, are almost styles. Spherasters
with very sharply pointed rays, total diameter about 65y, occur
abundantly in the whitish ectosomal layer and to a certain extent
also in the endosome. Both in the cortex and in the endosome occur
also a few asters with conspicuously hastate pointed ends to the rays,
total diameter 60u, and comparatively abundant others, similar but
b
FIGURE 43.—Taboga taboga, new genus and species: Spicules, < 666 (camera lucida). a, Common termina-
tion (of end toward ectosome) of the megasclere; b, as above, but a less common sort; c, termination (away
from ectosome) of the megasclere; d, three views of the most distinctive sort of aster; e, three views of the
most common sort of aster; f, ectosomal spheraster; g, two views of the (uncommon) larger hastate rayed
asters.
with very short rays, diameter 12u. In the endosome occur only
long-rayed euasters (perhaps provided with a minute centrum), total
diameter 36u to 60u, the rays occasionally dichotomously or trichot-
omously branched at the end, and provided with a very few spines
laterally placed on them.
One of the most remarkable characteristics of this unusual sponge
is the strength of its muscular(?) tissue. When a living specimen is cut
into deeply the cortex contracts so strongly that the endosome is
forced to protrude from the wound. The collector with his fingers
was unable to restrain this contraction and gives it as his opinion that
the force was greater than that of the muscles that bend the fingers of
a person with ordinary strength.
454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus PLACOSPONGIA Gray
PLACOSPONGIA INTERMEDIA Sollas
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22201,
from the Pacific side, and no. 22233, from the Atlantic side of the
Canal Zone. It is moderately common at each end of the canal,
forming encrustations about 1 mm thick on coral or rock. The color
in life is orange-ochre, changing to brown or drab in places where it
seems to have been adversely affected by the environment. The
consistency is friable, hard. The surface is given over to conspicuous
polygonal plates separated by cracks only about 1004 wide. These
plates are about 150 to 350y thick, and seem to be imperforate. The
inhalent and exhalent apertures are presumably in the cracks between
them. The endosomal structures are chiefly in confusion, but a few
vague tracts about 100u in diameter may be made out. The mega-
scleres are exclusively tylostyles, of which, however, the heads are
sometimes so small as to be barely larger than the shaft. These vary
in size from about 6u by 250u to 8u by 400u. The dermal cortex
is densely packed with sterrasters 20u by 35y to 35u by 50u. Among
the other microscleres are small spheres about 8y in diameter, covered
by minute spines; these are young forms of the sterrasters, as shown
by the existence of forms intermediate between them. ‘These occur
chiefly in the endosome, as do the abundant spirasters lu by 4y to
2u by 8u. There are also short spirasters or plesiasters with very
long spines with a tylote to strongylote modification at the end of each.
These range from about 14y by 18 to 15y by 20.
Placospongia intermedia was described by Sollas (1888, p. 272) from
Punta Arenas, Central America. There is a large port by this name
on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica, presumably the locality referred to.
It appears to be a form characteristic of this portion of the world.
There is no significant difference between the specimen found on the
Pacific side of Panama and those found at the Atlantic side.
Genus GEODIA Lamarck
GEODIA GIBBEROSA Lamarck
This massive species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M.
no. 22217, from the Pacific side, and no. 22231, from the Atlantic side
of Panama. It is gray-white, cartilaginous in consistency, and has a
surface hispid in places only. The pores are very conspicuous, about
1 mm apart and 0.3 mm in diameter. The oscules are equally con-
spicuous, circular, in depressed areas, and are about 1 to 3 mm in diam-
eter. There is a cortex 0.5 to 1 mm thick, which is densely packed
with spherasters about 604 by 75u The endosome is strongly radiate
with principally large oxeas, about 274 by 800, or larger, and plagio-
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 455
triaenes with rhabds about 30u by 3,000u. Among the microscleres,
in addition to the sterrasters, there are euasters 10u to 15y in diameter
and very small spherasters, mostly centrum, the entire spicule only
about 3u in diameter.
The last-mentioned type of microsclere is one of the most character-
istic features of Geodia gibberosa, which was described by Lamarck
(1815, p. 334) from the West Indian region, of which it is very charac-
teristic.
Genus OSCARELLA Vosmaer
OSCARELLA LOBULARIS (Schmidt)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22206.
It was found growing (as usual) as a thin encrustation on rocks in the
intertidal zone at Panama City on the Pacific side of the isthmus. In
life it is transparent and drab, consistency mediocre, surface smooth
and even. The oscules and pores were not optically evident. The
flagellate chambers are spherical, 25y in diameter.
This aspiculous, askeletal, interesting species is probably cosmo-
politan, although nowhere abundant. It was first described as
Halisarca lobularis by Schmidt (1862, p. 80). It is difficult to find any
basis for separating those Oscarellas found in other parts of the world
from the original European species with which they may indeed be
genuinely conspecific, The Panama specimens are quite typical.
DESCRIPTION OF ATLANTIC COAST SPECIES
The six species found also at the Pacific end of the Panama Canal—
Haliclona coerulescens, Adocia cinerea, Halichondria panicea, Laxosu-
berites zeteki, Placospongia intermedia, and Geodia gibberosa—are not
repeated here.
Genus SPONGIA Linnaeus
SPONGIA BARBARA Duchassaing and Michelotti
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22230.
It is a subspherical mass, black exteriorly and dull ochre in the endo-
some. The consistency is exceedingly spongy. The surface conules
are not quite 1 mm high and about 1 mm apart. The oscules, about
3 mm in diameter, are raised, with slight collars about them. The
flagellate chambers are spherical, about 20u in diameter. The com-
mon fiber that makes up the customary dense reticulation is 30 in
diameter. The general structure is that of the common sponge of
commerce, known as the “yellow.”
Hyatt (1877, p. 515) records what he calls Spongia lignea from
Pearl Island, Panama Bay. This is inadequately described because
of the poor condition of Hyatt’s material.
456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
While in Panama I met an elderly Greek gentleman named Kefalos
who claimed to have been a sponge fisherman in his younger days and
to have collected and sold commercial sponges from the vicinity of
Panama on both coasts, though more commonly from the Atlantic
side. On the Pacific side I met a professional shark fisherman who
claimed to have seen a few commercial sponges, although none could
be found at that time. The evidence would appear to show that
there was little economic importance to be attached to sponge fisheries
from this immediate neighborhood, as commercial sponges do not
exist in great enough abundance.
This species was collected on the coast at Fort Randolph on the
Atlantic Coast of Panama near the north end of the Canal.
Genus TRYPESPONGIA de Laubenfels
TRYPESPONGIA COLUMBIA de Laubenfels
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22243.
It was collected on the coast at the Atlantic side of the Canal
Zone at Fort Randolph. In shape it is an amorphous mass. It
was drab in life. Its consistency is exceedingly spongy. The
surface conules are less than 1 mm high and are 1 mm apart, more or
less. The abundant oscules are about 1 mm in diameter and are
scattered in irregular groups. In the groups they are only 2 or 3 mm
apart, but the groups themselves are 2 or 3 cm apart. The interior is
strongly reticulate, with ascending fiber reaching 65y in diameter,
containing some foreign material in addition to the spongin. The
more abundant secondary fibers are about 25y in diameter and con-
tain no foreign material. There is some detritus, especially broken
foreign spicules, scattered loosely in the flesh. The histological struc-
ture of this species is very remarkable. The protoplasmic portions
are arranged in thin sheets, only about 25y to 35y thick, which are
arranged haphazard without any very definite pattern but crowded
fairly close together. Those structures, which correspond obviously
to flagellate chambers in ordinary sponges, are little more than
apertures or oval holes through these sheets, 30u to 40u in diameter.
It is not known whether the species is important commercially. It
was described from the West Indies by deLaubenfels (1936, p. 13).
Genus HIRCINIA Nardo
HIRCINIA CAMPANA (Lamarck)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22248.
It grows abundantly in shallow water near Fort Sherman at the
Atlantic end of the Panama Canal. The typical shape is a vaselike
form, frequently 20 em high. The color in life is reddish brown, the
consistency tough and spongy. It is coarsely conulose, with the
conules 1 mm high and about 3 mm apart. The abundant oscules
PANAMA SPONGES—DH LAUBENFELS 457
are located chiefly or entirely on the interior of the vase. The prin-
cipal spongin tracts are fascicular and coarse, and among them are
many filaments of a substance resembling, but perhaps not the same
as, spongin, about 4 thick, with swollen heads 5y or 6u thick at each
end, the total length being frequently more than 1 mm.
This species was described as Spongia campana by Lamarck (1814,
p. 385) from the West Indies, where it is one of the most abundant
and typical sponges. ;
HIRCINIA VARIABILIS (Schmidt)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22249.
It grows abundantly in shallow water near Fort Sherman at the
Atlantic end of the Panama Canal. The shape is amorphous to
encrusting, with digitate processes occasionally rising from the main
mass. The color in life is greenish brown, and the consistency is
tough and spongy. The conules are small, only about 0.5 mm high
and 1 to 2 mm apart. The oscules are exceedingly conspicuous, not
only because they have collars raised about them, but because the
tissues immediately within them are very dark. The fascicular
tracts and filaments are very much like those in the preceding species.
This may not be exactly the same species as that first described as
Filifera variabilis by Schmidt (1862, p. 34), a Mediterranean form,
but it does not seem appropriate to establish a new name for it at
the present time. The form occurring at Panama is exceedingly
abundant throughout the entire West Indian region.
Genus HALICLONA Grant
HALICLONA ERINA, new species
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 22245.
This species was found growing intertidally on the Atlantic coast
of Panama at Fort Randolph. The shape is amorphous to encrusting.
The color in life was a brilliant green. The consistency is mediocre,
with a notable lack of any special dermal skeleton, a lack entirely
typical of the genus Haliclona. The endosome in places shows an
isodictyal reticulation, and elsewhere there are vague ascending
tracts about six spicule rows thick, or even as much as 50y thick.
The flagellate chambers are spherical, about 30u in diameter. The
only type of spicule present is a sharp-pointed oxea, but the variation
in size is greater than is customary in the genus Haliclona, somewhat
like that of Halichondria. The spicules range from as small as 3y by
120u to as large as 10u by 200u. Because of the surface structure,
however, the identification is made with Haliclona, within which
genus, in addition to various minute differences, the bright green
458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
color is distinctive. It must be admitted that this may be a remark-
able modification of some previously described Haliclona, due perhaps
to unusual environmental conditions, but it is impossible to say which
Haliclona has been so modified. It is not certain that this is the real
situation, and it seems preferable to give a definite name by which
the species may be referred to rather than merely to call it Haliclona
“species indeterminate.’’.
HALICLONA DORIA, new species
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 22228. ‘
One very large specimen was found growing in shallow water on
the shores near Fort Randolph. It was aramose bush, in life reaching
a height of nearly 1 meter, with perhaps as many as 100 branches.
Each of the branches is circular in cross section and a little over 1 cm
in diameter. The color in life was mahogany-brown. The consist-
ency in life was slightly flexible, very stiff. It is rather fragile as
preserved in alcohol. To the naked eye the surface is even, although
microscopically rough. The abundant pores are about 100u to 200u
in diameter. The oscules are 2 to 3 mm in diameter and may or may
not be provided with an oscular collar about them. They are very
irregularly distributed, often in rows along one side only of a cylindri-
cal branch. In the row they are only about 1 cm apart. The
internal structures are very compact, the fibers crossing each other
in reticulation almost at right angles, all of them, both ascending and
transverse, being approximately the same size, varying between 20u
and 50u. The ground substance about the fibers is subisodictyal.
Only one type of spicule is present, an oxea 9u by 170u.
At and near the point of collection there were practically no other
sponges even approaching the ramose form. It was a beach where
the waves regularly broke with considerable force, and there was
clear-cut evidence that the environment was not very favorable to
this habitus. It is true that there was a depression in the immediate
vicinity of this specimen, but not enough to have prevented all
buffeting by waves. The conclusion, therefore, is that this species
shows an unusually strong tendency toward the ramose form. This,
together with the somewhat unusual color, is rather distinctive
within Haliclona, large as that genus is. Perhaps the species nearest
to the one under consideration is that described as Thalysias sub-
triangularis Duchassaing and Michelotti (1864, p. 85). Compared to
that, doria has larger spicules, a different color, and the branches
terminate in sharp points instead of blunt clublike shapes. This is
about all that can be said definitely, but to the person who handles
the two species in life, as I did, the general impressions and feeling
are so strikingly different that there is no suggestion that the two are
the same.
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 459
Genus STRONGYLOPHORA Dendy
STRONGYLOPHORA SANTA, new species
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 22244.
This species is found growing intertidally on the shore near Fort
Randolph. The shape is amorphous, the color in life greenish black,
and the consistency between friable and stony. There is a distinct
special dermal structure present, overlying extensive subdermal cavi-
ties. The surface is comparatively smooth and even. There are
very few oscules, about 1 mm in diameter, not provided with collars
about them. The internal structure is subisodictyal, somewhat
resembling ‘“‘crumb-of-bread.”’ There is an astonishingly large varia-
tion in the size of the flagellate chambers. They are subspherical and
range from only 18u up to as much as 36y in diameter. Throughout
the basal reticulation there is another one of fibers containing much
spongin and only a few rows of spicules, say three or four. This
fiber is about 40u in diameter. The spicules are of two sorts. The
most abundant kind is a strongyle usually 17 by 250y, but varying
from at least as small as 12u by 240zu to as large as 18u by 270u. The
second sort of spicule is an oxea 5yu by 215y in ordinary size.
The genotype of the genus Strongylophora is durissima, described
by Dendy (1905, p. 141) from Ceylon. It is much like the Panama-
nian sponge here described, except for paler color, crumpled external
shape, and much smaller microxea, which were very thin and only
28u long. The same general comparison may be made to all the
other species customarily referred to the genus Strongylophora; 1. e.,
their microscleres are a great deal smaller than those in santa. They
are all probably rather closely related to one another.
Genus TEDANIA Gray
TEDANIA IGNIS (Duchagsaing and Michelotti)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22247.
It grows abundantly in shallow water in the vicinity of Fort Sherman,
the masses being frequently about the size of a man’s fist. The color
in life is a brilliant red. The consistency is mediocre to spongy. The
surface is even, over low, wide tuberculate structures. There is a
definite special dermal membrane overlying extensive subdermal cavi-
ties. The oscules are about 5 mm in diameter and frequently have
oscular collars about them as much as 5 mm high or even more. The
general structure is somewhat cavernous. The special dermal spic-
ules are tylotes 4u by 230u. The endosomal spicules are styles 9u
by 300u, and the microscleres are the so-called onychaetes, roughened
rhapides, about 2u by 110u.
This species was first described as Thalysias ignis by Duchassaing
and Michelotti (1864, p. 83). It is one of the most abundant and
460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
characteristic of all West Indian sponges. As to whether it is con-
specific with other species in the genus 7edania found in other parts
of the world there is considerable room for argument.
FISHERISPONGIA, new genus
Diagnosis.—Family Ophlitaspongiidae. A genus with two distinct
categories of megascleres, a dermal tylostyle and an-endosomal plain
style, associated with toxas and palmate isochelas. Diagnostic ref-
erence may or may not be added as to the quantity of sand present.
The dense, almost radiate, structure, however, is not typical of the
family Ophlitaspongiidae but verges strongly toward that of the order
Haplosclerina. The genus that should be most closely compared here
is Camptisocale Topsent (1927, p. 7) described from the Azores. It
has significantly similar structure and has the polytylote dermal spic-
ules over styles as principal megascleres. Its only microscleres, how-
ever, are odd-shaped palmate anisochelas. A second similar genus is
a
ee
Be cos
FIGURE 44.—Fisherispongia ferrea, new genus and species: Spicules, X 666 (camera lucida). a, Termina-
tions of the megasclere sort (polytylote style) mid portion not shown; d, toxa; c, two views of the isochelas.
Phelloderma, described by Ridley and Dendy (1887, p. 85) from the
South Atlantic. This also has the polytylote spicules together with
plain styles, and palmate isochelas, but these are of remarkable shape,
being almost the sort known as a placochela.
Genotype.——Fisherispongia ferrea, new species.
The generic name is given in respect to the eminent zoologist,
Prof. W. K. Fisher, of Stanford University, California.
FISHERISPONGIA FERREA, new species
Ficure 44
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22239.
This species is found growing intertidally at Fort Randolph. The
shape is amorphous, and the color in life is bright red. The con-
sistency is obscured by the fact that it is full of foreign materials and
sand. The surface is between tuberculate and even, and the pores
and oscules are not readily made out. There is a conspicuous layer
of spicules with their heads on the substratum, standing erect with
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 461
respect to it, and from them semiplumose bushes of spicular tracts
arise toward the surface, where they form tufts. The spicules at the
surface are considerably smaller than those farther down and are
polytylote tylostyles; i. e., they not only have the tylote swelling at
the blunt end, but several similar swellings interposed here and there
along the length of the spicule. Their size is about 2u by 250x.
The endosomal spicules are smooth styles about 94 by 500y or 600z.
There are two sorts of microscleres, each very abundant. One sort
is a toxa about 35u long, and the other a palmate isochela only 10u
long.
Genus CLIONA Grant
CLIONA CARIBBOEA Carter
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22241.
It occurs boring into calcareous material (frequently dead coral) on
the beach at Fort Randolph and perhaps at other places in the Canal
Zone. Its color in life is yellow, and the consistency is cartilaginous.
The external structures are papillate bits of flesh that protrude here
and there from the calcareous material and that reach a size of slightly
over 1 mm in diameter and height. The apertures are slightly under
1 mm in diameter when fully opened, and they are found apically
situated on the papilles. Only one type of spicule was found in the
Panamanian specimens. ‘This is a tylostyle about 14y by 350uy.
This species was described by Carter (1882, p. 346) from the West
Indies, of which it may be said to be very characteristic, unless it
should be decided that it is conspecific with the cosmopolitan species
Cliona celata Grant, to which it bears considerable resemblance.
Genus SPIRASTRELLA Schmidt
SPIRASTRELLA CUNCTATRIX Schmict
The specimen thus tentatively identified is represented in this col-
lection by U.S.N.M. no. 22226. It is a thin crust collected inter-
tidally at Fort Randolph. It was bright orange in life and cartilagi-
nous in consistency. The surface is even, and the spicules consist
exclusively of tylostyles varying in size from 7y by 250u to lly by
415, associated with spirasters. These are at the most only 154 by
20u, and many are much smaller than this
S. cunctatriz was described by Schmidt (1868, p. 17). The present
specimen differs in many minor ways from the Mediterranean kind,
but it is not now deemed advisable on the basis of the quantity of
material present and in view of the slight differences, to establish for
it a new species.
462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Genus TETHYA Lamarck
TETHYA AURANTIA (Pallas)
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22234.
It occurs intertidally at Fort Randolph. It is spherical in shape and
was bright orange-yellow in life. The consistency is cartilaginous,
and the surface is coarsely tuberculate, with rounded tubercles
crowded closely together, each about 2 mm in diameter and height.
The megascleres are strongyloxeas about 25u by 2500u. The micro-
scleres include large spherasters about 554 in diameter and small
spherasters only about 9 in diameter.
This cosmopolitan species was described by Pallas (1766, p. 357) as
Alcyonium aurantium. 'The Panamanian specimens do not differ in
any significant respect from the numerous ones found in all parts of
the world.
Genus CINACHYRA Sollas
CINACHYRA APION Uliczka
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no. 22229.
The one specimen was collected intertidally at Fort Randolph. It
was yellow in life. Its consistency is between cartilaginous and
mediocre. It is exceedingly hispid with a spicule plush 2 mm high
or more over the entire surface. The abundant openings, repre-
senting probably both inhalent and exhalent structures, are cavities
1 to 3 mm in diameter, rounded at the bottom of the concavity,
and so abundant that in many places they are only 3 mm apart.
The internal structure is strongly radiate, including numerous
oxeas, about 30u by 3 mm long, and protriaenes and anatriaenes
having rhabds of about the same size range as the oxeas. The
clads of these spicules diverge very widely, almost at right angles
to the main shaft, so that they do not differ greatly from ortho-
triaenes. The microscleres are small sigmoid spicules 10y in length
of chord.
This species was described by Uliczka (1929, p. 43) from the
West Indies, to which locality it appears to be restricted.
PLAKOOSA, new genus
Diagnosis.—Family Halinidae. A genus having as spicules two
size ranges of very small, much modified tetraxon spicules, the
smaller of which resemble asters.
Relationship is indicated to Plakortis Schulze, which does not
have the latter type of spicule, to Halina Bowerbank in which the
second type is an obvious streptaster, and closest of all to a common
West Indian sponge, Roosa zyggompha deLaubenfels (1934, p. 2),
which has somewhat similar megascleres, but not the microscleres.
PANAMA SPONGES—DE LAUBENFELS 463
PLAKOOSA ELISA, new species
Ficure 45
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 22237.
The one specimen of this interesting species was collected inter-
tidally at Fort Randolph. It is an encrustation considerably less
than 1 mm thick and about 2 by 4 cm in lateral area. The color
in life was blue; the consistency is mediocre. ‘The surface is min-
utely punctiform. The depressions here referred to are perhaps to
be interpreted as the location of pores. The entire surface is thickly
set with apertures about 200u in diameter, one or more to the square
millimeter; which of these are exhalent and which inhalent cannot
readily be made out. The imternal structure is densely fleshy,
except for the flagellate chambers, which are spherical, approxi-
mately 554 in diameter. About them the spicules are densely
crowded. Those that are possibly to be interpreted as megascleres
are not much larger than microscleres. They are commonly siliceous
triaxons, with each ray approximately 2u by 25u. Some of them
ONY
FIGURE 45.—Plakoosa elisa, new genus and species: Spicules, X 666 (camera lucida). Only relatively
abundant sorts are shown.
may be described as sagittal with a very short rhabd or as a bent
oxea with a spine at the middle. Others have two spines at the
middle, as if they were reduced tetraxons. Still others are like
oxeas, with a bend in the middle that doubtless represents the place
where a hypothetical third or even fourth ray may have been placed.
All the megascleres may plausibly be interpreted as reduced tetraxons.
The microscleres bear a faint resemblance to asters, but although
they show much variation in shape, the following type is common:
- There is an oxeote central shaft about 12u long, from the middle of
which protrude one or more branches about 4u or 5u long, each of
which in turn has one or two branches only 1u or 2u long. Each
ray is ly or less in diameter. These might be further named, by
using the prefixes that are both applicable and customary,
“‘micromesoorthotrichotriaenes.”’
464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. &3
Genus CHONDRILLA Schmidt
CHONDRILLA NUCULA Schmidt
This species is represented in the collection by U.S.N.M. no.
22235. It is found growing on the coast near Fort Randolph. The
shape is amorphous to rounded, the color in life sepia-brown, and
the consistency cartilaginous. The surface is even, and resembles
rubber. The internal structures are densely colloidal, with fairly
abundant spherical flagellate chambers about 20u in diameter. The
only type of spicule present is a spheraster about 30, in diameter.
This species was described by Schmidt (1862, p. 39). It is found
not only in the Mediterranean and in Australia, but abundantly in
the West Indies.
LITERATURE CITED
Bakr, LEOPOLD.
1905. Silicospongien von Sansibar, Kapstadt und Papeete. Arch. Naturg.,
vol. 72, pp. 1-32, 5 pls.
BiIppER, GEORGE PARKER.
1923. The relation of the form of a sponge to its currents. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., new ser., vol. 67, pp. 293-323, 12 figs.
BowERBANK, JAMES Scort.
1862. On the anatomy and physiology of the Spongiadae. Phil. Trans.
Roy. Soc. London, vol. 152, pp. 747-829, 1,087-1,135, pls. 27-35,
72-74.
1866. A monograph of the British Spongiadae, vol. 2, 388 pp. London.
Burton, MAvRice.
1928. A comparative study of the characteristics of shallow-water and deep-
sea sponges, with notes on their external form and reproduction.
Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 16, pp. 49-70, 7 figs., 1 pl.
1930. Report on a collection of sponges from South Georgia and from Camp-
bell Island, South Pacific, obtained by Dr. Kohl-Larsen. Sencken-
bergiana, vol. 12, pp. 331-335, 1 fig.
1934. Sponges. British Museum (Natural History) Great Barrier Reef
Expedition, 1928-29, Scientific Reports, vol. 4, no. 14, pp. 513-622,
33 figs., 2 pls.
CarTER, Henry JOHN.
1882. Some sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco in the Liverpool
Free Museum described, with general and classificatory remarks.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 9, pp. 266-301, 346-348, 2 pls.
Denpy, ARTHUR.
1905. Report on the sponges collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon,
in 1902. Jn Herdman, Rep. Pearl Oyster Fisheries, suppl. 18,
pp. 57-246, 16 pls.
DuUCcHASSAING DE FoONBRESSIN, PLAcIDE, and MicHELoTTi, GIOVANNI.
1864. Spongiaires de la mer Caraibe. Nat. Verh. Mij. Haarlem, vol. 21,
pp. 1-124, 25 pls.
Dyspowsky, WLADISLAV.
1880. Studien iiber die Spongien des russischen Reiches, mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der Spongien-Fauna des Baikal-Sees. Mém.
Acad. St. Pétersbourg, ser. 7, vol. 27, 71 pp., 4 pls.
GRANT, Ropert EDMOND.
1827. Notice of two new species of British sponges. Edinburgh New Philos.
Journ., vol. 2 (1826?) pp. 203-204.
HENTSCHEL, ERNST.
1911. Tetraxonida, Teil 2. Jn Michaelson and Hartmeyer, Fauna Siidwest-
Australiens, vol. 3, pp. 279-393, 54 figs.
Hyatt, ALPHAEUS.
1877. Revision of the North American Poriferae; with remarks upon foreign
species, pt. 2. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 481-554,
3 pls.
LAMARCK, JEAN BAPTISTE PIERRE DE MONET DB.
1813-14. Sur les polypiers emp4étés. Ann. Mus., vol. 20, pp. 294-312, 370—
386, 432-458.
1815. Suite des polypiers empdtés (dont l’exposition commence au 20°
volume des Annales, p. 294). Mém. Mus., vol. 1, pp. 69-80, 162-
168, 331-340.
465
466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
LAUBENFELS, Max WALKER DE.
1932. The marine and fresh-water sponges of California. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 81, art. 4, 140 pp., 79 figs.
1934. New sponges from the Puerto Rican Deep. Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
vol. 91, no. 17, 28 pp.
1936. A discussion of the sponge fauna of the Dry Tortugas in particular and
the West Indies in general, with material for a revision of the fam-
ilies and orders of the Porifera. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ.
467 (Pap. Tortugas Lab., vol. 30), 225 pp., 1 map, 22 pls.
LENDENFELD, ROBERT VON.
1889. A monograph of the horny sponges, 936 pp., 50 pls. London.
LUNDBECK, WILLIAM.
1902. Porifera. The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, vol. 6, pt. 1, 108 pp., 1 fig.,
1 map, 19 pls.
MEREJKOWSKY, CONSTANTINE DE. -
1878. Predwaritelny otezet o bjelomorskich gubkach (Preliminary account
of sponges of the White Sea). Trudi St. Petersburg Obshch.
Estestvo., vol. 9, pp. 249-269.
PALLas, PETER SIMON.
1766. Elenchnus zoophytorum, 451 pp.
Rip.ey, STUART OLiveR, and DENpy, ARTHUR.
1887. Report on the Monaxonida collected by H. M. S. Challenger during
the years 1873-76. Rep. Sci. Res. Challenger, Zool., vol. 20, pt. 59,
275 pp., 1 map, 51 pls.
Scumipt, (EpUARD) OscAR.
1862. Die Spongien des adriatischen Meeres, 88 pp., 7 pls. Leipzig.
1868. Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier. Mit Nachtragen zu den Spongien
des adriatischen Meeres. (Drittes Supplement), 44 pp., 5 pls.
Leipzig.
1870. Grundziige einer Spongien-Fauna des atlantischen Gebietes, 88 pp.,
6 pls. Leipzig.
SoLuas, WILLIAM JOHNSON.
1888. Report on the Tetractinellida collected by H. M.S. Challenger during
the years 1873-1876. Rep. Sci. Res. Challenger, Zool., vol. 25,
458 pp., 1 map, 44 pls.
THIELE, JOHANNES.
1905. Die Kiesel- und Hornschwimme der Sammlung Plate. Zool. Jahrb.
Suppl. 6, pp. 47-496, 7 pls.
TorsEnt, EMILE.
1918. Eponges de San Thomé. Essai sur les genres Spirastrella, Donatia
et Chondrilla. Arch. Zool. Exp., vol. 57, pp. 535-618, 29 figs.
1927. Diagnoses d’éponges nouvelles recueilles par le Prince Albert Ie de
Monaco. Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, no. 502, 19 pp.
UxiczKaA, Emit.
1929. Die tetraxonen Schwimme Westindiens. Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. 16,
Heft 1, pp. 35-62, 76 figs., 1 pl.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued KS
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington: 1936 No. 2994
NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS OF THE
FAMILY NEREIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA
By Outca Hartman
University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
Awnneuips of the family Nereidae from many sources have been
used in this study. Collections that were made by many persons
over many years and that have accumulated in the department of
zoology of the University of California at Berkeley were especially
vaiuable. My own collecting was very extensive for Moss Beach,
San Mateo County, and less complete for other parts of California,
including points between Mendocino County and Los Angeles
County. In addition, several smaller recent collections furnished
a few interesting species. Such are the collection made at Dillon
Beach, Marin County, by Prof. O. L. Williams, of the College of
the Pacific at Stockton; one made at Pacific Grove, Monterey County,
by Dr. R. M. Eakin; and one made off southwestern Oregon by Prof.
C. R. Monk, of Willamette University. Holotypes are deposited in
the United States National Museum; paratypes of all except Werezs
(Eunereis) longipes, known only from the unique holotype, are in
the California Academy of Sciences and the University of California
collections.
The species of Verezs (sensu stricto) found in California are char-
acterized by their posterior parapodia being provided with falcige-
rous homogomph notosetae (fig. 46, d). They can be arranged in
series based on/the relative proportions of the dorsal lobes of the
posterior parapodia. Starting with WV. pelagica Linnaeus, which
seems most generalized, one such series would include those in which
55453—36 467
468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
the dorsal lobe assumes the shape of an acute triangle—J. procera
Ehlers, V. neonigripes, new species, V. natans, new species, and
NV. eakini, new species. Another series, in which there is a tendency
for the dorsal lobe to become quadrangular, includes NV. zonata Malm-
gren, V. pseudoneanthes, new species, N. mediator Chamberlin,
N. eucapitis, new species, and NV. vewillosa Grube. Two species not
fitting into these series are V. limnicola Johnson, in which there is a
marked tendency toward reduction of all the lobes, and J. latescens
Chamberlin, in which both the dorsal lobes and postsetal lips are
produced laterally. Nereis monterea Chamberlin is a Perinereis.
Genus NEREIS Linnaeus
NERE!IS (NEREIS) EUCAPITIS, new species
FIGuRE 46
Measurements.—Length, 15-80 mm; width with parapodia, 4.5 mm
in anterior third of body; number of segments, 65-75.
Description—Prostomium broad (fig. 46, a), set off from palpi by
faint emargination, producing a flat appearance of dorsal surface of
“head”; provided with four black eyes set at lateral margins of
widened posterior portion of prostomium.
Antennae (fig. 46, a) about as long as distance separating their
basoectal margins; diverging distally.
Palpi elongated, cylindrical; basal portion of palpodes thickened
ventrally so that the two almost touch medially; distal halves of
almost uniform diameter (fig. 46, @) extending distally beyond tips
of antennae; palpostyles slightly narrower than palpodes, almost
spherical.
Peristomium at least 214 times as long as segment 2 and somewhat
narrower (fig. 46, a), constricted in middle region; produced ven-
trally to form an almost smooth, flat lower lip; peristomial cirri rel-
atively short, the longest reaching to palpostyle; cirrophores low,
smooth (fig. 46, a).
Paragnaths light to dark brown; maxillary ring with smaller
teeth, basal ring with mostly larger teeth and a few smaller teeth;
I with a single small fiat cone; II with a small oblique crescent of
about 10 rounded flat cones; III with a patch of three irregular rows
of low cones; IV with four transverse rows of many small points; V
without teeth; VI with four large high cones; VII-VIIT with a
continuous band of large tall cones, as in VI, and a patch of smaller
cones on the maxillary side of VII.
Jaws strongly curved inward at middle; dark brown distally;
with six blunt rounded teeth and a plain distal portion as long as
two teeth.
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—HARTMAN 469
Parapodia of anterior region low and rounded, their dorsal cirri
exceeding in length the dorsal lobes, their ventral cirri not greatly
longer than the ventral lobes (fig. 46, b); in median parapodia the
setigerous lobes and cirri become relatively longer; from the twenty-
first segment falcigerous homogomph setae appear singly in noto-
podia and continue so to posterior end; dorsal lobes in posterior
third of body broader, carrying dorsal cirri more distally; posterior
parapodia with a conspicuously widened area of the middle portion
of the dorsal lobes (fig. 46, ¢), with dorsal cirri attached at end of
dorsal lobes.
Ficurn 46.—WNereis (Nereis) eucapitis, new species: a, Anterior end in dorsal view, * 183
b, twenty-fifth parapodium in anterior view, X 40; ¢, posterior parapodium, X 26; d,
falcigerous homogomph notoseta, X 333; e, faleigerous heterogomph neuroseta, & 3383.
Setae all composite, of the usual four types; falcigerous notosetae
and neurosetae as in figure 46, d, e.
Anal cirri two, as long as a posterior segment.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 20198.
Distribution—Duxbury Reef, north of San Francisco, Calif., south
to San Pedro, Calif. Common.
Remarks.—In general appearance of “head” and parapodia this
species resembles V. cockburnensis Augener, 1918, from Southwest
Australia. It differs from that species in its dentition, particularly
in areas V, VII, and VIII. Among the Nereis (sensu stricto) from
California, it lies between NV. vewillosa and N. mediator. The pro-
portions of the prostomium and peristomium and the outwardly
curved dorsal edge of the dorsal lobe in posterior parapodia readily
separate VV. eucapitis from other species of Nereis.
470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
NEREIS (NEREIS) PSEUDONEANTHES, new species
FIGURE 47
Description—Prostomium with a broad flat dorsal surface, much
as in JV. eucapitis but with palpi conical and much less elongated,
tapering gradually distally.
Parapodia (fig. 47, 6, c) strikingly like those of WV. vewillosa
Grube; setae also much as in vewillosa; posterior notosetae as in
figure 47, c.
FIGURE 47.—WNereis (Nereis) pseudoneanthes, new species: a, Anterior end in dorsal
view, with proboscis extruded and with prostomium pushed back and seen from
anterior end, X 11; 6, tenth parapodium in posterior view, < 39; c, posterior para-
podium in posterior view, X 39; d, a falcigerous homogomph notoseta, X 339.
Paragnaths (fig. 47, a) : Area I with two small cones in tandem;
II with an elongated patch of eight low pale-brown cones; III with
three transverse rows of small teeth in an oval patch, teeth low,
almost platelike; IV with about three rows of platelike teeth in a
wide-open crescent (this area with the greatest number of teeth on
the maxillary ring); V with a patch of 15 to 20 irregularly spaced,
low, chitinous, platelike teeth of various sizes, almost filling space
between V-VI (fig. 47, 2); VI with four high, pointed, brown cones
disposed in a diamond; VII-VIII with a single row of tiny, pointed,
brown cones, a continuous band of four irregular rows of teeth as
large as those of VI, and an oval patch of about 380 tiny teeth on
the maxillary side of VII.
Jaws horny brown, with two or three denticulations and one to
three weak crenulations.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 20199.
Localities —San Pedro and La Jolla, Calif.
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—HARTMAN 471
Remarks.—WNereis pseudoneanthes differs from N. vewillosa Grube
and JV. mediator Chamberlin in its dentition. Each of the nine spec-
imens in the collection has area V of the proboscis beset with
numerous chitinous platelets.
NEREIS (NEREIS) NEONIGRIPES, new species
FIgurE 48
Description —Prostomium (fig. 48, @) with an anterior portion
about as long as wide; basal portion, in region of eyes, almost twice
as wide; its length subequal to its width; prostomial antennae
longer than width of anterior end of prostomium, their bases sepa-
rated by a distance equal to their diameter (fig. 48, a).
Palpi stout, thickened dorsoventrally ; extending distally to beyond
tips of antennae; palpostyles spherical (fig. 48, a).
Paragnaths dark brown; area I with two teeth in tandem; IT with
about 10 blunt cones, smaller than those of III; III with 10 to 12
blunt cones forming an oval transverse patch; IV with a crescent of
many, mostly larger, teeth, with a few smaller cones at the periph-
ery of the patch; V with none; VI with four (rarely three) high
cones; VI-VIII with a continuous band of three irregular rows of
many teeth and a row of larger cones on the maxillary side.
Jaws deep horny brown, thickened distally, with four shallow
oblique teeth and one crenulation more proximad.
Parapodia (fig. 48, 6, ¢) with lobes thickened, bluntly rounded, the
first 15 giving impression of terminating in dark spheres, on account
of dark pigmentation; all lobes equal or subequal as far as mid
region of body, after which dorsal lobes progressively though gradu-
ally increasing in relative size, becoming about twice as wide as
ventral lobes in posterior fifth of body.
Ventral cirri extending laterally to ends of ventral lobes through-
out; originating slightly ectad of crotch where foot joins body (fig.
48, c).
Dorsal cirri (fig. 48, 6, c) more than twice as long as dorsal lobes,
attached to dorsal lobe on dorsal side, in line with axis formed by
middle lobe and dorsal lobe. Falcigerous setae as in figures 48, d, e.
Abnormality.—A single specimen less than half as large, but with
similar proportions and color markings, has a single enlarged pro-
stomial antenna (fig. 48, f) in place of the usual paired antennae.
Its parapodia (fig. 48, g) and setae compare well with those of a
normal specimen of 1. neonigripes.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 20201.
Distribution —Kodiak, Alaska; Sonoma County, Calif.; Pacific
Grove, Calif.
Remarks.—This species lies between NV. procera Ehlers and J.
natans, new species. It differs from both of these most conspicuously
472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
in its short, blunt, pigmented parapodial lobes, as well as the anterior
prolongation of the prostomium. It differs further in its dentition.
Ficurn 48.—WNereis (Nereis) neonigripes, new species: a, Anterior end in dorsal view,
x 11; b, tenth parapodium: in anterior view, xX 40; ¢, posterior parapodium in
posterior view, X 40; d, falcigerous homogomph notoseta, X 33838; e, falcigerous
heterogomph neuroseta, X 333; f, anterior end, in dorsal view of specimen with only
one antenna, X 40; g, fortieth parapodium from specimen with abnormal prostomium,
x 40.
NEREIS (NEREIS) EAKINI, new species
Fiaurr 49
Nereis pelagica IzuKA, 1912; non Linnaeus.
’
Measurements—Length, 25-100 mm; width, 2-5.5 mm without
parapodia, 4-7 mm with parapodia; number of segments, 42-78.
:
>
ei
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—HARTMAN 473
Description—Prostomium (fig. 49, 4) narrowest anteriorly, widest
in posterior third; provided with four black or brownish eyes dis-
posed on widened posterior portion of prostomium.
Antennae two-thirds as long as prostomium, proximally separated
by distance equal to diameter of their bases, diverging distally, and
extending to a point between distal end of palpode and its style.
Palpi compressed-cylindrical, attached to prostomium so as to
leave a free area almost equal to width of prostomium between
ectal bases of antennae; palpode thickened in basal third, tapering
distally and terminating in a spherical palpostyle (fig. 49, a).
ee
Ficurp 49.—Nereis (Nereis) eakini, new species: a, Anterior end in dorsal view, * 13;
b, tenth parapodium in anterior view, xX 40; c, posterior parapodium in posterior
view, X 40; d, falcigerous heterogomph neuroseta, X 333; e, articulation of pointed
heterogomph neuroseta, X 38383; f, falcigerous homogomph notoseta, X 333.
Peristomium (fig. 49, @) dorsally seven-fifths as long as, and some-
what narrower than, or equally as wide as, segment 2; produced
ventrally into a smooth lower lip, which extends slightly into second
segment at the middle.
Paragnaths very numerous, dark or medium brown; area I with
two to four small teeth in tandem; II with many round low cones,
forming a longitudinal crescent between jaws; III with four to six
teeth in a small transverse mass; IV with a large diagonal area
of many round low teeth; V-VIII with a continuous band of many
distinct, low, round cones of unequal sizes, completely covering basal
half of oral ring, the largest cones on area VI, the smallest on the
side of the oral opening.
Jaws deep, horny brown, with only three or four shallow teeth,
which do not project from concave edge of jaw.
474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Parapodia anteriorly with dorsal and ventral lobes about equal
(fig. 49, 6) and subcylindrical, with dorsal and ventral cirri exceed-
ing lobes in length; median parapodia with relatively larger and.
more conical dorsal lobes and longer, slenderer ventral lobe, with
dorsal cirri relatively longer, distally extending beyond tips of
setae; posterior parapodia similar to median parapodia except for
further elongation of dorsal lobes and cirri (fig. 49, ¢).
Setae (fig. 49, d-f) all composite; pale amber, appendage deeper
amber than shaft; falcigerous homogomph notosetae (fig. 49, f) first
present in twentieth setiger, accompanied by homogomph pointed
setae; at twenty-second setiger three or four homogomph notosetae
replace all other dorsal setae, this order continuing to posterior end.
Anal cirri two, exceeding in length the longest dorsal cirri by
about one-half.
Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 20203.
Distribution —Pacific Grove, Calif. (type), collected by Dr. R. M.
Eakin; Fort Bragg and vicinity, Calif.; a much larger specimen,
agreeing well with the California specimens, from Port Orchard,
Wash. Dr. Eakin reported that his specimens were taken from the
ambulacral groove of the starfish Patiria miniata.
Remarks.—The unusually large number of paragnaths on the oral
ring and their disposition readily set this species apart from any
other known species of this genus. In its parapodial and setal
structures it is nearest to V. neonigripes, new species, and NV. natans,
new species,
NEREIS (NEREIS) NATANS, new species
Fiaure 50
Measurements —Length, 8 mm including anal cirri; width, 0.65
mm at peristomium, 0.8 mm without, 1.9 mm with parapodia at
seventh segment; number of segments, 51, including 138 anterior pre-
natatory, 25 natatory, 11 postnatatory, and 1 anal.
Description.—Prostomium (fig. 50, @) about as wide as long, nar-
rowest at anterior end where antennae are attached; provided with
four very large dark-brown bulging eyes (fig. 50, a), the two of
each side almost touching.
Antennae (fig. 50, a) slightly longer than anterior base of prosto-
mium at point of attachment; separated at bases; extending distally
beyond the palpi.
Palpi cylindrical, with medioventral surfaces compressed, their
ectal margins almost parallel (fig. 50, @) ; palpodes extending ante-
riorly only slightly beyond prostomium; palpostyles spherical,
curved ventrad.
Peristomium about 114 times as long as segment 2 (fig. 50, a) and
as wide; smooth dorsally, ventrally forming a lower lip, which is
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—HARTMAN A475
convex at both anterior and posterior margin and smooth except for
a few shallow grooves; peristomial cirri short, the longest 114 times
as long as peristomium, the shortest slightly over half as long as
the longest (fig. 50, a).
Paragnaths dark brown, bluntly pointed cones to low round
plaques; area I with three tiny teeth in a transverse row; IT with a
patch of 8 to 10 larger teeth; III with a large lozenge-shaped patch
of many closely crowded teeth; IV with a small patch of a few
irregularly scattered teeth; V with none; VI with a tiny heap;
VII-VIII with a continuous band of several, irregular rows of
scattered cones.
NG.
ww o ay
ae = 7
S 4
<<
FicurRE 50.—WNereis (Nereis) natans, new species: a, ‘Head’ and first 10 segments,
parapodia diagrammatically represented to show increasing lengths of dorsal cirri and
return to normal cirri at ninth segment, x 26; b, fourth parapodium, xX 40; ¢,
eighth parapodium, X 40; d, thirteenth parapodium, * 40; e, natatory parapodium
from posterior three-fifths of body, x 40; f, a posterior postnatatory parapodium in
posterior view, X 80; g, right jaw in dorsal view, X 40; h, falcigerous heterogomph
neuroseta from prenatatory parapodium, X 333; i, falcigerous homogomph notoseta
from postnatatory parapodium, X 333.
f,
POT
DUT re tes
\
Y
le goes
Ve
ke S
Jaws (fig. 50, 7) amber brown, translucent, curved strongly in-
ward in distal half; with four teeth on inner edge.
Parapodia of segments 2-14 with lobes as in figure 50, 6-d, and
setae of normal form; segments 15-39 with natatory parapodia
(fig. 50, ¢), those of segments 40-50 (fig. 50, 7) similar to those
preceding segment 14; dorsal cirri of first seven setigerous seg-
ments gradually increasing in size (fig. 50, a) ; ventral cirri thickest
on first setigerous segment, gradually decreasing in size and becom-
ing normal at ninth segment; natatory parapodia about two-thirds
476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 83
as long as width of body, provided with dorsal cirri, which extend
to edges of special respiratory lobes. Natatory and postnatatory
regions characterized by thick, glandular, paired areas above dorsal
bases of parapodia.
Anus provided with two long thick cirri extending posteriorly,
each about as long as last five setigerous segments, and two globular
dorsal cirri, each slightly wider than half of body width at their
point of attachment.
Setae all composite; falcigerous homogomph notosetae and neuro-
setae as in figure 50, A, 2.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 20204.
Locality—Three specimens from Moss Beach, San Mateo County,
Calif., collected in tow with electric light between 8 and 9 p. m.,
July 1934.
Remarks.—This species is placed in the series of Wereis (sensu,
stricto) because of the presence of homogomph notosetae in posterior
parapodia. Atokous specimens have not been observed. With re-
spect to the structure of its postnatatory parapodia, it lies between
NV. neonigripes, new species, and JV. eakini, new species.
NEREIS (CERATONEREIS) TUNICATAE, new species
Figure 51
Measurements.—Length, about 20 mm; width, 1 mm, including
parapodia between segments 15-25; number of segments, 68 in one
specimen, 70 in another.
Description.—Prostomium relatively small, with region anterior
to eyes longer than broad; the posterior third provided with four
black eyes disposed in a rectangle, the anterior pair the larger.
Antennae extending distally beyond palpophores, almost con-
tingent at their bases, diverging slightly distally.
Palpi broader than width of prostomium, thick, touching ven-
trally; palpostyles hemispherical.
Peristomium 114 times as wide as segment 2, constricted in an-
terior third; a smooth ring except for three shallow grooves laterally
and a few short grooves at the oral opening.
Peristomial cirri short, the longest less than twice as long as
peristomium, annulated in distal half; the shortest as long as
peristomium; cirrophores smooth rings, weakly pigmented.
Paragnaths absent from oral ring; area I with none; IL with
three tiny cones; III with one minute cone; IV with three small
cones in a transverse row.
Jaws pale amber, translucent, with five teeth.
Parapodia (fig. 51, a, 6) anteriorly with conspicuous dorsal and
ventral lobes, which are equal or subequal (fig. 51, @) ; median para-
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—HARTMAN 477
podia with dorsal and ventral lobes becoming increasingly smaller,
but with relatively larger setal lobes; posterior parapodia with dor-
sal rami increasing in relative size (fig. 51, 6) and ventral rami
decreasing; sixty-fifth parapodium as in figure 51, 6; falcigerous
homogomph setae (fig. 51, ¢) in posterior notopodia.
Anal cirri two, as long as last four segments, somewhat annulated
in distal half.
Ficurp 51.—WNereis (Ceratonereis) tunicataé, new species: a, Tenth parapodium in
anterior view, X 80; 6b, posterior parapodium in anterior view, < 80; c¢, falcigerous
homogomph notoseta from posterior parapodium, xX 730.
Color—A. segmentally arranged pattern on dorsum of anterior
half of body, fading after the tenth segment and disappearing by
the thirtieth, consisting of a broad, transverse band of purplish
brown, broken by one median and two pairs of lateral pale blotches;
the parapodial lobes with similar pigment.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 20205.
Locality —F rom a compound tunicate, embedded in the matrix;
no tube observed; Tomales Bluff, near Dillon Beach, Calif.
NEREIS (NEANTHES) SALTONI, new species
FIGURE 52
Measurements —Length, 30-50 mm; width at tenth segment, 2.5
mm without, 4mm with, parapodia; number of segments, to 115.
Description—Prostomium (fig. 52, @) much as in Nereis (Nean-
thes) virens Sars; with a median emargination extending from
A478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM von. 83
anterior end to between anterior eyes; provided with four widely
separated eyes with lenses.
Antennae (fig. 52, a) almost contingent at their inner bases; about
half as long as prostomium; directed forward.
Palpi stout, subcylindrical, with a transverse groove at distal
third (fig. 52, a); palpostyle spherical, about half as wide as distal
end of palpode.
Peristomium (fig. 52, @) dorsally about as long as segment 2, con-
vex at anterior medial margin; slightly wider than segment 2; pro-
duced ventrally to form a strongly grooved lower lip, its posterior
margin convex; peristomial cirri elongated, the cirrophores almost
half as long as the palpi, transversely wrinkled; styles smooth, the
longest reaching to eighth setigerous segment, the shortest beyond
the palpostyle.
FIGURE 52.—WNereis (Neanthes) saltoni, new species: a, Prostomium and peristomium in
dorsal view, X 12; b, tenth parapodium in posterior view, X 27; ¢, fortieth para-
podium in anterior view, xX 27; d, falcigerous neuroseta from median parapodium,
222
aaa,
Paragnaths numerous, black, mostly small well-separated pointed
cones, the largest present on areas II, V, and VI; area I with one
to four medium-sized blunt cones; area II with an oblique patch of
about 15 teeth disposed in three rows; area III with a broad rec-
tangular area of 20 to 25 smaller teeth; area IV with an irregular
crescent of 15 to 20 cones intermediate in size between those of areas
II and III; area V with one to five pointed cones; area VI with a
rounded heap of 10 to 18 pointed cones; area VII to VIII with a
continuous band of pointed cones in two or four irregular rows, most
cones ventrally. Jaws thin, horny brown, with about eight teeth.
Parapodia (fig. 52, 6, ¢) with elongated, fingerlike, equal or sub-
equal lobes, except for the dorsal lobes, which are over twice as
wide as the ventral lobes throughout length of body; posterior para-
podia relatively longer and slenderer; dorsal lobe characteristically
with its distal portion approximating in shape an equilateral tri-
angle; dorsal cirri extending distally to beyond middle of dorsal
lobe (fig. 52, a, b).
ANNELIDS OF FAMILY NEREIDAE—-HARTMAN 479
Setae all composite; falcigerous neurosetae (fig. 52, ¢) with a short
appendage, the ratio of length to width being 10:1 or less.
Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 20206.
Locality.—Collected in quantity by Prof, S. F. Light, of the Uni-
versity of California, from Salton Sea, Calif. It is apparently a
common species there. Professor Light found great numbers of
dead individuals lying along the shore. Three weeks earlier, Dr.
J. E. Hill had collected numerous 3-5-segmented polytrochs from
Salton Sea, presumably of the same species. The suggestion of a
reproductive swarming is obvious. The living worms were present
in great numbers in the firm muddy sand, which forms the bottom
at least near the shore at Date Palm Beach where the collections were
made. Numerous young individuals were seen, and these like the
older ones were enclosed in a tube of debris and slime.
Remarks —This species is closely related to Nereis (Neanthes)
virens Sars. It is separable from that species in the following char-
acters: (1) It has a much greater number of paragnaths on both
maxillary and oral rings, (2) the shape of the parapodial lobes differs
strikingly, especially of the dorsal lobes, (3) parapodia lack para-
podial granules as typical of V. virens Sars, and (4) the appendage
of the falcigerous setae has a length to width ratio of 10:1 as against
15:1 or over, as typical for JV. virens Sars.
NEREIS (EUNEREIS) LONGIPES, new species
FIGURE 53
Measurements—Small. Length, 17 mm; width, 1 mm without,
2 mm with, parapodia at twelfth setigerous segment; number of
seements, 79.
Description.—Prostomium (fig. 53, a) longer than wide, with nar-
rowed, subquadrangular, anterior portion, which is shorter than the
posterior portion; provided with four large red eyes with lenses.
Antennae (fig. 53, a) almost half as long as prostomium; well
separated at their bases.
Palpi moderately large, tapering distally; palpostyles bluntly
conical.
Peristomium as wide as segment 2; dorsally with paired triangu-
lar projections extending forward over prostomium (fig. 53, a) ; lat-
erally with a groove that separates an anterior portion that turns
ventrally to produce fleshy lobes at sides of the oral opening, and a
posterior portion that forms a moderately thick lower lip; peris-
tomial cirri short (fig. 58, a), the longest extending beyond distal
ends of palpi, the shortest about one-third as long.
Paragnaths completely lacking from the maxillary ring, also from
areas V and VI; VII and VIII with six brown cones set in a trans-
verse row, two cones to each area.
480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Jaws pale brown, horny at distal edge, without teeth but with
about eight shallow crenulations on the concave edge.
Parapodia (fig. 53, a-d) of normal length in anterior part of body,
increasing in length in middle region of body and becoming as long
as width of body in posterior third; dorsal cirri in anterior para-
podia as long as, or slightly longer than, dorsal lobes (fig. 58, ac) ;
in anterior parapodia the dorsal lobes and cirri diverge distally;
from about the twenty-first segment the posterior acicular lobe of
the ventral ramus develops a large saclike lobe (fig. 53, d), which
projects caudad; these lobes increase in size more posteriorly and
come to fill entire space between consecutive parapodia in last 12
setigerous segments.
eZ ne | }
5 oN |
b
FIGURE 53.—WNereis (Hunereis) longipes, new species: a, Prostomium and peristomium in
dorsal view, X 26; b, tenth parapodium in posterior view, xX 40; c, dorsal cirrus
and dorsal lobe from twentieth parapodium, xX 40; d, epitokous} parapodium from
posterior half of body in posterior view, < 40; e, falcigerous heterogomph neuroseta
from posterior parapodium, X 875; f, homogomph notoseta from posterior parapodium,
xX 875.
S, Jimmie
Setae with the usual heterogomph and homogomph pointed setae
and falcigerous heterogomph neurosetae (fig. 58, ¢) and homogomph
notosetae (fig. 53, 7) in posterior parapodia.
Anal cirri two, long, as long as last four setigerous segments.
Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 20207.
Locality —¥ rom crevice in a large rock in 10 feet of water at low
tide in a cove at Moss Beach, San Mateo County, Calif.
Remarks.—Nereis (Hunereis) longipes approaches WV. (E.) hardyi
Monro from southern South America. It differs from that or any
other known species in head proportions, the ventral parapodial
lobes are relatively longer, and the neuropodial lobes of the posterior
parapodia are unique.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued 1%,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
xS—OE=E>E>>EEEEEEE=E=EClNllSES
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2995
FOUR NEW SPECIES OF CHALCIDOIDEA PARASITIC ON
CACTUS INSECTS
By A. B. Gawan
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of
Agriculiure
Tue following apparently new species of parasitic Hymenoptera
were all reared by representatives of the Australian Prickly Pear
Board in the course of their extensive investigations of cactus insects
in Texas and Mexico during the past several years.
Family CALLIMOMIDAE
Genus CALLIMOME Spinola
CALLIMOME BIFASCIIPENNIS, new species
Differs from all other known North American members of the
genus by having two very distinct brownish fasciae on the forewing,
one adjacent to the venation at the point of union of submarginal
and marginal veins, the other and larger one abutting on the apical
one-third of marginal vein adjacent to the stigmal vein and extending
obliquely distocaudad to the middle of the wing as a moderately
broad and nearly uniform transverse stripe.
Female.—Length, excluding ovipositor, 3 mm; ovipositor sheaths
4.3 mm. Head strongly transverse, somewhat broader than thorax
at tegulae; vertex and frons with fine alveolate sculpture; face with
a weak median ridge, weakly reticulated and also covered with
broad shallow indentations, which are arranged in more or less
64303—36 481
482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you, 83
irregular transverse rows, each pit bearing a conspicuous appressed
silvery-white hair at its center; antennal scape cylindrical, pedicel
a little shorter than first funicle joint, ring joint as long as broad,
first to fifth funicle joints longer than broad, sixth and seventh
funicle joints quadrate, club about as long as two preceding funicle
joints and slightly broader than funicle; malar space equal to a
little less than half the eye height; ocellocular line a little longer
than the diameter of an ocellus. Mesoscutum, scutellum, and axillae
with fine and nearly uniform alveolate sculpture, the scutellum with
a delicate cross furrow; propodeum practically smooth and without
carinae; mesepimeron and metapleuron smooth and polished; hind
coxae outwardly strongly sculptured; stigmal vein sessile, postmar-
ginal nearly twice as long as stigmal and about one-sixth as long
as marginal; abdomen about as long as head and thorax, narrower
than thorax, very faintly sculptured, the first to fifth tergites
deeply emarginate apically. Head above and dorsum of thorax dull
brassy green; face dull purplish; occiput and temples a little brighter
metallic green than vertex; scape testaceous; flagellum brownish
black; pronotum bluish; pleura violaceous; mesosternum black;
propodeum shining green; posterior coxae strongly violaceous, the
anterior and median pairs less strongly so; all femora dark brown-
ish, with a slight metallic luster; all tibiae and tarsi testaceous; wings
hyaline except for the two brownish fasciae already described; ab-
domen above bright green basally, beyond the first tergite and be-
neath aeneous black; ovipositor sheaths black.
Male—Length 2.45 mm. Similar to the female except that the
abdomen is about as long as the thorax, the scape is rather strongly
tinged with metallic, and the pleura not so strongly violaceous.
Type locality—Mexico City, Mexico.
Type—vU.S.N.M. no. 51447.
Described from five females and one male, said to have been reared
in April 1928 by L. H. Hitchcock from Phytophaga sp. infesting
Opuntia.
Family EURYTOMIDAE
Genus RILEYA Ashmead
RILEYA OPUNTIAE, new species
In the key to species of the genus 2éleya published by me in 1918,"
this species runs directly to couplet 14 and of the two species occur-
ring in that category agrees best with sémélaris Gahan. It differs
from similaris by having the parapsidal grooves effaced, the stria-
tions of face stronger and extended upward somewhat beyond the
lower margin of the antennal depression, the antennal flagellum dis-
1 Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vel. 20, p. 137, 1918.
NEW PARASITIC CHALCIDOIDEA—GAHAN 483
tinctly a little longer and less robust, the first funicle joint a little
longer than broad, the second and third joints about as long as broad,
the fourth and fifth somewhat broader than long. It may be dis-
tinguished at once from americana Girault by the fact that the
distance between the posterior ocelli is distinctly longer than the
distance between the lateral ocellus and the eye margin.
Female.—Length 3.4 mm. Face medially weakly shagreened,
somewhat shining except immediately below the antennal fossae;
sides of face with strong striae, which converge at the anterior
margin on either side of the clypeus; frons, vertex, occiput, temples,
and cheeks strongly shagreened; carina separating face from cheeks
strong and continued upward along the posterior eye margin nearly
to top of eyes, the space between it and the eye very finely trans-
versely striated; carina separating cheeks and temples from occiput
also strong and bordered by a foveolate groove; ocellocular line
equal to about one and one-half times the diameter of an ocellus,
about two-thirds as long as postocellar line. Thorax dorsally sculp-
tured like the head; prothorax strongly convex, longer than mesoscu-
tum, its dorsal aspect separated from the pleural aspect by a weakly
carinate line; parapsidal grooves entirely absent; scutellum with a
distinct transverse ridge or fold at about its apical third, this fold
sometimes interrupted medially; propodeum with a strong trans-
verse carina, the area in front of this carina divided at the middle
by a short median longitudinal carina and each half again divided
by a curved carina about halfway between the spiracle and the
median line, the area behind the transverse carina nearly uniformly
coarsely longitudinally striated. Postmarginal vein about twice as
long as stigmal and about three-fourths as long as marginal. Ab-
domen distinctly longer than head and thorax, acuminate at apex;
first tergite nearly circular and perfectly smooth, second about one-
fourth as long as first and also smooth, third approximately twice as
long as second and distinctly finely reticulated; fourth distinctly
longer than the three preceding combined and uniformly finely re-
ticulated, fifth and sixth subequal, each about as long as the third and
sculptured lke the fourth; seventh a little longer than the sixth,
sharply triangular; ovipositor tip barely exposed. Scape, mandibles,
palpi, tegulae, trochanters, apical one-third to one-half of all femora,
all tibiae, and all tarsi testaceous, the tarsal claws dark; abdomen
basally beneath more or less brownish; wings hyaline, the venation
brownish testaceous; remainder of insect dull black.
Male.—Unknown.
Type locality—Uvalde, Tex.
Type.—uU.S.N.M. no. 51448.
Described from five females, said to have been reared from As-
phondylia opuntiae Felt in April 1928 by L. H. Hitchcock.
484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Family PTEROMALIDAE
Genus NEOCATOLACCUS Ashmead
NEOCATOLACCUS MONEILEMAE, new species
Similar in size, shape, and general appearance to WV. tylodermae
Ashmead but distinguished at once by the partially carinate margin
of the pronotum, the much more delicate transverse carina on the
propodeum, and the much less conspicuous vestiture of the thorax,
the hairs being slenderer and nearly straight, not coarse and recurved
or recumbent as in tylodermae.
Female.—Length 4mm. Head strongly transverse, a little broader
than thorax at tegulae, strongly and nearly evenly alveolately sculp-
tured except the clypeal region, which is convergently striated; cly-
peus with distinct median sinus; right mandible quadridentate, the
left tridentate; malar space equal to about half the eye height, malar
groove absent or very indistinct; ocelli in a low triangle, the ocelloc-
ular line equal to a little more than twice the diameter of an ocellus;
antennae inserted at middle of head; scape cylindrical; pedicel about
twice as long as thick at apex; three very distinct transverse ring
joints; funicle 5-jointed, the first joint longer than pedicel and more
than twice as long as thick, following joints successively decreasing
in length; the fifth a little longer than thick; club 3-jointed, not
broader than the funicle and about equal in length to the two pre-
ceding funicle joints. Thorax sculptured lke the head, moderately
robust; pronotum strongly transverse, sharply carinately margined
anteriorly at the middle, the carina fading out laterally before at-
taining the dorsolateral margins; mesoscutum much broader than
long with parapsidal grooves sharply impressed for about two-thirds
its length, absent posteriorly; scutellum about as broad as long,
rounded at apex, and immargined; propodeum a little less than half
as long as scutellum, alveolately sculptured but the alveolae not
quite so deep as on scutellum and mesoscutum, with a distinct median
longitudinal carina, and a delicate more or less obscure and some-
what sinuous transverse fold extending across the middle and termi-
nating at the lateral folds, the latter represented anteriorly by a
large and moderately deep depression on each side about midway
between the spiracle and the median longitudinal carina; mesopleura
sculptured like the mesonotum; metapleura and hind coxae sculp-
tured about like propodeum; hind tibia with two spurs, the inner of
which is a little longer than the outer; forewings not reaching to
apex of abdomen, the stigmal vein a little less than half as long as
marginal, postmarginal equal to about two-thirds of marginal;
abdomen pointed ovate, distinctly longer than head and thorax, as
broad as thorax, the first tergite polished, following tergites weakly
lineolated and shining; ovipositor sheaths barely extending beyond
NEW PARASITIC CHALCIDOIDEA—GAHAN 485
apex of seventh tergite. Vestiture of head and thorax consisting of
moderately long grayish hairs which are mostly straight and not at
all flattened, only those on the frons somewhat recurved. Color of
head and thorax greenish black; mesoscutum and scutellum dull black
medially, the scapulae, median lobe of mesoscutum laterally, axillae,
and scutellum laterally faintly tinged with greenish; propodeum and
metapleura distinctly greenish; mesopleura mostly black; wings hya-
line, venation brownish, tegulae testaceous, all coxae concolorous
with the thorax; femora brownish testaceous, the posterior pair
usually more or less metallic on basal half or two-thirds; tibiae and
tarsi all reddish testaceous; antennal flagellum black, scape and pedi-
cel reddish testaceous; abdomen above tinged with green on first
tergite, the rest of dorsum bright copper-colored; ventral side less
strongly copper-colored.
Male—Length 3 mm. Antennae with only two ring joints, the
funicle 6-jointed; first funicle joint about as long as pedicel, a little
longer than broad, second a little longer than first but slightly shorter
than third, which is nearly twice as long as broad, fourth and fifth
subequal and each about as long as second, sixth joint a little shorter
than preceding; club 3-jointed, about as long as two preceding funicle
joints and not thicker than funicle; ocellocular line not quite as long
as the long diameter of a lateral ocellus; propodeum a little longer
than half the length of scutellum, the tranverse carina or fold very
distinct, the median longitudinal carina usually weak or incomplete;
abdomen about as long as thorax, not as broad as thorax, subelliptical,
with a short smooth petiole. Antennal scape, pedicel, and first five
funicle joints testaceous; sixth joint of funicle and the club dark brown
or blackish; abdomen with a pale spot embracing apex of first, all of
second, and base of third tergites. Otherwise like the female.
Type locality —Uvalde, Tex.
Type—uU.S.N.M. no. 51449.
Described from 26 females and 7 males reared from cocoons of Mo-
neilema ulkei Horn, June 8, 1929, by R. C. Mundell.
Family EULOPHIDAE
Genus TETRASTICHUS Haliday
TETRASTICHUS GERSTAECKERIAE, new species
Females of this species are distinguished with difficulty from those
of 7’. malacosomae Girault but apparently differ by having the an-
tennal depression (scrobes) divided medially by a low sharp ridge
extending from between the bases of the antennae to the upper ex-
tremity of the depression and by having the apex of the forewing
evenly rounded and with a very short marginal fringe. In all the 24
specimens of malacosomae available for examination the head is col-
486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
lapsed, but apparently the scrobes are not at all separated, while the
forewing is rather abruptly rounded or subtruncate at apex, and the
marginal fringe is not especially short, being approximately half as
long as the stigmal vein. The males may be distinguished at once
from those of malacosomae by the fact that the scape is distinctly
thicker and the flagellum shorter.
Female—Length 2 mm. Moderately slender and elongate, the
abdomen more than one and one-half times as long as head and
thorax combined. Antennal scape normal; pedicel a little more
than twice as long as thick at apex; ring joints minute; first funicle
joint about as long as pedicel, second and third funicle joints sub-
equal and each a little shorter than the first; club 3-jointed, very
slightly thicker than funicle and in length subequal to the two pre-
ceding funicle joints. Head nearly uniformly sculptured; cheeks
very nearly as long as height of eyes; ocellocular line about equal
to diameter of an ocellus. Thorax dorsally with fine, irregular,
shallow lineation, more or less shining medially; median groove
ch mesoscutum distinct; propodeum medially smooth and very short,
laterally weakly sculptured and longer; forewings not reaching to
apex of abdomen, evenly rounded at apex, the marginal fringe much
shorter than half the length of stigmal vein; postmarginal vein en-
tirely absent. Abdomen fully twice as long as thorax, acute at apex,
weakly sculptured and thickly studded with rather conspicuous, pale,
stiff hairs; ovipositor extending a little beyond apex of seventh
tergite which is acutely triangular. Head, thorax, and abdomen
brownish black, distinctly but not strongly tinged with metallic
green; scape pale yellowish, flagellum brownish testaceous, the pedicel
dark brown above; mandibles, clypeus, and narrow oral margin
reddish; wings hyaline, venation testaceous, tegulae dark; all coxae
and femora concolorous with the thorax; trochanters, apices of all
femora, all tibiae, and tarsi pale yellowish; ovipositor sheaths black.
Male.—Length 1.5 mm. Antennal scape distinctly thickened, ap-
proximately three times as long as broad, deeply channeled beneath
for its whole length; funicle 4-jointed, the first joint about equal
to the pedicel in length, about one and one-half times as long as
broad; second joint subequal to the first; third and fourth joints
subequal and subquadrate; club as long as two preceding joints;
forewings extending distinctly beyond apex of abdomen; abdomen
ovate, about as long as head and thorax. Other characters as in
the female except that the scape is entirely fuscous.
Type locality Texas, probably Uvalde.
Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 51450.
Described from three females and one male reared in June 1929
from Gerstaeckeria porosa LeConte.
U.S. GOVERNNENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued (2
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1936 No. 2996
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA OF THE GENERA
OPERCULINA AND OPERCULINOIDES FROM NORTH
AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES
By Tuomas WayLaANnp VAUGHAN
Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, Calif.
and
W. Srorrs Coie
Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio
THE specIMeNS on which the species described herein are based
have been in the senior author’s hands for several years, some of
them since 1920. Suites to serve as cotypes had been selected, some
photographs for illustrating the species were taken, and, except for
Operculinoides antiguensis, manuscript names were applied to them,
but the descriptions were not written. ‘The final preparation of this
paper for publication was done jointly. Seven new species are
herein described, as follows:
Operculina tuberculata: Upper Eocene, Tantoyuca formation, Tampico Hmbay-
ment, Mexico.
Operculinoides advenus: Upper Eocene, equivalent of Tantoyuca formation,
Tampico Embayment, Mexico.
Operculinoides vicksburgensis: Oligocene, Byram calcareous marl of Mississippi
and Alabama.
Operculinoides semmesi: Oligocene, Mesén formation, Tampico Hmbayment,
Mexico.
7232336 487
488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
Operculinoides antiguensis: Oligocene, Antigua formation, island of Antigua,
and probably also Meson formation, Tampico Embayment, Mexico.
Operculinoides forresti: Oligocene, Antigua formation, island of Antigua.
Operculinoides tuxpanicus: Miocene, Tuxpan formation, Tampico Hmbayment,
Mexico.
All types are deposited in the United States National Museum.
The species of Operculina and Operculinoides here described do
not exhaust all the species that should be described. There is at
least one other in the Mesén formation of the Tampico Embayment,
but material for adequately characterizing it is not now available.
The limits of the variation of the species designated as Operculi-
noides semmesi and O. antiguensis are not yet definitely fixed. The
notes made under the caption “Remarks” indicate perplexities that
require further consideration.
Our thanks are due R. Wright Barker for telling us the strati-
graphic horizon of Operculina tubcrculata; to Ursel S. Armstrong
for making some of the preparations; and to W. O. Hazard, of the
United States Geological Survey, and E. C. LaFond, of the Scripps
Institution of Oceanography, for making the photographs for the
plates.
Genus OPERCULINA d’Crbigny
Operculina pD’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, p. 281, 1826.
OPERCULINA TUBERCULATA, new species
PLATE 35, Ficures 1-4
Test small, with a peripheral keel, compressed, coils expanding
slowly. Diameter from outer edge of aperture through center, 1.9
mm; diameter at right angles to line through aperture, 1.7 mm;
thickness through center, about 0.4 mm.
The number of chambers in the final whorl of a specimen 1.6
nun in diameter is 16; the total number of coils in the same specimen
is 38. The chamber walls are very slightly curved for their first
half but are strongly and evenly recurved as they approach the
periphery. The chamber walls are marked externally by costae and
rather coarse granules, as shown in the figures. At the center there
is a knob that is larger than the costal granulations, about 0.15 mm
in diameter.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M., no, 495188.
Locality—Cortez Aguada well no. 2, depths 2,000-3,450 feet,
5.8 km northeast of Chalahuite and 7.2 km south of Aguada in
property Aguada-San Diego Valdemar, Canton of Ozuluama, State
of Veracruz, Mexico. Cotypes from depths of 2,625 to 2,800 feet.
Specimens received from Dr. W. 8. Adkins, of the Aguila Co.
Geologie horizon—Upper Eocene, Tantoyuca formation.
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA—VAUGHAN AND COLE 489
Remarks—This species is closely related to O. mariannensis
Vaughan (1928, p. 158) from the upper Eocene Ocala limestone of
Florida, from which it is distinguished by its thicker, more robust
form, its larger number of chambers, and its more evolute coiling.
There are 11 or 12 chambers in the final coil of mariannensis, while
slightly smaller specimens of tuberculaia have 16 or 17. The
granulations are coarser and the intercostal areas narrower in typical
specimens of tuberculata.
Genus OPERCULINOIDES Hanzawa
Operculinoides HANzAWA, Tohoku Imp. Univ. Sci. Rept., ser. 2 (Geol.), vol. 18,
no. 1, p. 18, 1935.
Genoholotype—Nummulites willcowit Heilprin.
Hanzawa says: “On examining the foregoing listed specimens of
Operculina [4 species] from America, I found that they all differ
from either Operculina complanata (senso latu) or Operculinella
venosa by being involute in the adult stage.” A re-examination of
Operculinella venosa shows that Hanzawa is correct in generically
separating the American Tertiary species that have been referred to
Operculinella Yabe from that genus and in proposing a new generic
name for those typified by Wummulites willcovi Heilprin. It seems
better to refer such species as those represented by Vwmmulites flori-
densis Heilprin to another genus, Assilina, as Cushman has done;
but it must be recognized that the members of the group need
additional and more critical study.
OPERCULINOIDES ADVENUS, new species
PLATE 35, FIGURES 5-7
Test of medium size, involute, much compressed, the sides nearly
parallel, with a very bluntly rounded periphery. Diameter from
outer edge of aperture through center ranges from 1.9 to 3.6 mm;
diameter at right angles to line through aperture ranges from 1.8
to 3.4 mm; thickness through center ranges from 0.3 to 0.5 mm.
The surface is smooth, not ornamented, in well-preserved speci-
mens; in weathered specimens the sutures appear as slightly raised
lines, radiating with gentle curvature from the center to the periph-
ery of the test.
A median section of a specimen 1.9 mm in diameter has 4 com-
plete coils, with 22 chambers in the final coil; the specimen shown
in plate 35, figure 6, is 3 mm in diameter and has 28 chambers in
the last coil. The variation in the number of chambers in the final
volution is from 20 to 28. The initial chamber is circular, about 88p
in diameter. The chambers increase slowly but regularly in height.
490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
In a specimen 2.3 mm in diameter the final chamber has a height
of 0.5 mm.
The sutures are thin and radiate nearly straight from the center
until near their proximal ends, where they recurve sharply. The
curvature is such that the peripheral end of a suture nearly touches
the adjacent one.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495189.
Localities —At the base of the bluff on the Rio Pantepec 2.2 km
south, 20° west, from the Buena Vista Hacienda House, Cantén
Metlaltoyuca, State of Pueblo (M 71 V); cotypes, Rio Vinazco,
right bank, 1.4 km (M 80 V) and 1.85 km (M 81 V) downstream
from the road crossing from Buena Vista to Vinazco, Canton Chi-
contepec, State of Veracruz. Collected by T. Wayland Vaughan for
the Aguila Co.
Geologic horizon.—Upper Eocene, stratigraphic equivalent of the
Tantoyuca formation. Associated with Lepidocyclina toblert H.
Douvillé, Z. trinitatis H. Douvillé, and L. macdonaldi Cushman.
OPERCULINOIDES VICKSBURGENSIS, new species
PLATE 36
Nummulites sp. CusHMan, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 129-H, pp. 100-101,
pl. 24, fig. 4, 1922.
Nummulites sp. VAUGHAN, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 35, p. 787, 1924.
Test rather small, involute, compressed lenticular, outer surface
without ornamentation except the traces of flexuous septal markings
and a small area of clear shell material in the center from which
the septa radiate. The test is nearly circular; the diameter from
outer edge of aperture through center ranges from 1.3 to 3.1 mm;
diameter at right angles to line through aperture ranges from 1.2
to 3 mm; thickness through center ranges from 0.3 to 0.6 mm.
From the central area the test slopes very gradually to the bluntly
rounded periphery.
An accidental median section of a specimen (pl. 36, fig. 2) 2.1 mm
in diameter shows 384 coils, with 18 chambers in the last coil. A
thin section of a specimen (pl. 36, fig. 4) 2.5 mm in diameter has
22 chambers in the final volution; another section (pl. 36, fig. 5)
has 4 coils and 25 chambers in the last coil. An uncut specimen
2.2 mm in diameter has 22 chambers showing at the surface, while
another 2.8 mm in diameter has 26 chambers.
The sutures are moderately thick and radiate from the center
with only slight curvature until near the periphery, where they bend
backward evenly but sharply. There is a slight but regular increase
in height of the chambers. The initial chamber is circular, about
GO» in diameter.
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA—VAUGHAN AND COLE 49]
Plate 36, figure 4a, illustrates a decalcified Canada balsam impreg-
nation of the canals in the marginal cord and an interseptal canal,
magnified 210 times.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495190.
Localities —Cotypes, road below National Cemetery, Vicksburg,
Miss.; Robinson Quarry, sec. 19, T. 5 N., R. 9 E., 3 miles east of
Brandon, Miss.; and one-fourth mile west of Floral Church, creek
beneath bridge, S14 sec, 27, T. 3 N., R. 14 E., Covington County, Ala,
All collected by Dr. C. Wythe Cooke.
Geologic horizon.—Byram calcareous marl, topmost formation of
the Oligocene Vicksburg group at and near Vicksburg, Miss.
OPERCULINOIDES SEMMESI, new species
PLATE 37, Ficures 10-13, probably Fiaure 14; PLate 38, Ficures 1, 2, probably
Figures 5, 6
Test small, completely involute, lenticular, with a slightly extended
thinner edge in fully adult perfect specimens. Diameter, 1.75-2.8
mm; thickness, 0.55-0.65 mm. In many specimens there is a small
central knob.
The sutures on perfect specimens are somewhat raised and are
curved as shown by the upper left specimen in plate 37, figure 10.
The number of chambers in the specimen shown on plate 37, figure
11, is 18, and there are about 31% coils; the number in the specimen
shown on plate 38, figure 2, is 19. Other specimens that appear to
belong to the same species have fewer chambers, as few as 14 (pl.
37, fig. 14) or 15 (pl. 88, fig. 5). The proximal part of the chamber-
walls is nearly straight, while the distal part curves backward.
Coty pes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495191.
Localities —The cotypes are from the arroyo in the center of
Mesén Village, Canton of Tuxpan, State of Veracruz, Mexico.
Slightly worn but typical specimens were collected by T. Wayland
Vaughan (M 36 V) at Azteca Incline, Zacamixtle, Cantén of Tux-
pan, Veracruz. Other localities are on the east side of Rio Buena
Vista, opposite La Ceiba crossing, along the slope, about 50 feet above
the base of the bluff on the river (M 55 V and M 56 V). Specimens
that appear to belong to this species were found at many localities
where the Mes6n formation is exposed, but to be sure of the identi-
fication thin sections are necessary. All the collections were made by
geologists connected with the Aguila Co,
Geologie horizon—Oligocene Mesén formation.
Remarks.—O. semmeési is a small, robustly lenticular species with
a peripheral flange in perfect adult specimens. Apparently the
chambers in the last coil range from 14 to 19, but larger suites of
492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 83
good specimens may result in the separation of those specimens with
14 or 15 chambers from those with 18 or 19. At locality M 55 V,
specimens with more chambers, 24 (pl. 38, fig. 3), and more robust
tests (pl. 38, fig. 4) were collected. The similarity of these specimens
to O. semmesi is obvious. They may represent a variant or they may
belong to a closely related but different species. There may be
several species of these small specimens of Operculinoides in the
Mesén formation.
OPERCULINOIDES ANTIGUENSIS, new species
PLATE 38, FiguRES 7-10
Test of medium size, completely involute, lenticular, symmetrical
or asymmetrical with reference to the median plane, edges acute.
Diameter, 2.5-3.7 mm; thickness of a specimen 2.5 mm in diameter,
1 mm; of a specimen 3.25 mm in diameter, about 1 mm.
Sutures are of clear shell material, smooth and usually flush with
the surface, radiating as gently curved lines from the center of the
test to the periphery. Some of the sutures do not extend to the
center but may converge in groups of three or four, with only one
of the group extending to the center. In most specimens there is
a smali irregular area of clear shell material at the center of the
test, and in a few specimens there is a slight boss of clear shell
material,
The variation in the number of chambers in the fina! volution is
from 29 in a specimen 8 mm in diameter to 38 in one about 3.5 mm
“in diameter. The chamber walls in median sections are somewhat
sigmoid, the proximal end tending to curve forward slightly, the
outer half strongly recurved.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495192.
Localities —Cotypes, east side of Folly Hill, Nonsuch Bay, An-
tigua, collected by W. R. Forrest. The species is also found at
numerous other localities in Antigua, one being in the lowest tilted
beds, on the beach, at Lynch Point. What appears to be the same
species was collected by T. Wayland Vaughan in the Meson forma-
tion at locality M 18 V, Hacienda Santa Fe, Topila, near Tampico,
Mexico. A specimen in a rock section from this locality is 2.83 mm
in diameter and has between 26 and 28 chambers in the last coil.
Geologic horizon—Olgocene Antigua formation in Antigua, Brit-
ish West Indies; and apparently also in the Oligocene Meson forma-
tion of the Tampico Embayment, Mexico.
Remarks—¥or some time the specimens to which the name
Operculinoides antiguensis is here applied were placed in O. sem-
mcesi, but further study of the material has led to the conclusion
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA—VAUGHAN AND COLE 493
that two species should be recognized. Of the two, antiqguensis is the
larger, it has more numerous chambers, and in a median section the
chamber walls tend to be sigmoid in plan.
OPERCULINOIDES FORRESTI, new species
PLATE 37, FIGURES 1-3
Test small, thin, compressed, with the sides nearly parallel; aver-
age specimens have a diameter from outer edge of aperture through
center of test of about 2.5 mm; diameter at right angles to line
through aperture, about 2.8 mm; the largest specimen observed had
a diameter of about 3mm. The thickness of an average specimen is
about 0.8 mm. The surface is without ornamentation, except for
the slightly raised recurved septa, which are more pronounced
toward the periphery of the test.
A specimen with a diameter of 1.9 mm has 8 whorls, with 16
chambers in the final coil; another 2.6 mm in diameter has 4 whorls,
with 21 chambers in the final whorl. The maximum number of
chambers observed in the final volution was 24.
The chamber walls are but slightly curved for most of their length,
radiating outward at 90° from the inner wall. As they approach
the periphery they are sharply and strongly recurved, so that the
end of one septum nearly touches the point of strong curvature of
the adjacent septum.
In most specimens there is a very gradual increase in height as the
chambers are added.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495193.
Localities —Cotypes, tilted beds, east of Lynch’s, Antigua; cliff,
east of Gaynor’s, Antigua, and many other Antiguan localities;
collected by W. R. Forrest.
Geologic horizon—Middle Oligecene, Antigua formation.
Remarks.—This species resembles closely O. dia Cole and Ponton
(1930, p. 87) described from the Marianna limestone. They are
similar in possessing rather fragile, compressed tests. Detailed
comparison of forresti with topotype specimens of dia at once indi-
cates that there are important differences. O. forresti is usually
larger, has fewer chambers in the final volution, has a different type
of curvature of the chamber walls and raised septal lines. Cole and
Ponton’s figures and topotype specimens of déa show that in that
species the proximal parts of the chamber walls are gently curved,
whereas in their distal parts the curvature is strong. The sutures
of O. forresti are nearly straight from the center for about three-
fourths of their length, but near the periphery they are strongly and
sharply recurved.
494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
O. dia is associated with Lepidocyclina mantelli (Morton) and is a
characteristic species of the lower Oligocene, whereas O. forresti is
associated with species of Lepidocyclina of middle Oligocene age.
OPERCULINOIDES TUXPANICUS, new species
PLATE 37, FiacurEes 4-9
Test small, fragile, compressed, completely involute, without orna-
mentation except for traces of the septal lines. Diameter from outer
edge of aperture through center ranges from 1.7 to 3.2 mm; diameter
at right angles to apertural plane ranges from 1.5 to 3 mm; thick-
ness through center ranges from 0.3 to 0.5 mm. ‘The test is thickest
through the center and slopes gradually to the rather sharply
rounded periphery.
A section of a specimen about 1.6 mm in diameter has 8 coils, with
19 chambers in the final volution. Another specimen about 2.5 mm
in diameter has 314 coils, with 20 chambers in the final whorl.
The chamber walls are gently recurved except near the periphery,
where they are sharply recurved. Some of the chamber walls vary
trom this pattern, as shown in the figures. These exhibit a gradual
and regular recurvature throughout their length. The incorpora-
tion of two types of curvature in the same test gives the chambers
an irregular appearance and shape.
Cotypes.—U.S.N.M. no. 495194.
Locality —Roundtop, just southeast of the Plaza, City of Tuxpan,
Veracruz, Mexico (M 76 5); collected by D. R. Semmes,
Geologic horizon.—Tuxpan formation of Miocene age.
~ LITERATURE CITED
CoLn, W. Storrs, and PoNnTron, GERALD MUNGO.
1930. Foraminifera of the Marianna limestone. Florida State Geol. Surv.
Bull. 5, pp. 19-69, 7 pls.
VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND.
1928. New species of Operculina and Discocyclina from the Ocala lime-
stone. 19th Ann. Rep. Florida State Geol. Surv., 1926-27, pp. 156-
164, 2 pls.
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA—VAUGHAN AND COLE 495
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 35
1-4. Operculina tuberculata, new species, cotypes: 1, View of outside of three
specimens, X 12.5; 2, median section, X 15; 3, transverse section,
~ xX 20; 3a, part of section represented by fig. 3, X 107; 4, transverse
section, X 20.
All from Cortez Aguada well no. 2. Fig. 1, depth 2,750-2,800 feet;
fig. 2, 2,675-2,725 feet; figs. 3 and 4, 2,625-—2,650 feet.
5-7. Operculinoides advenus, new species, cotypes: 5, View of outside of two
specimens, X 13; 6, median section, X 20; 7, transverse section, « 20.
From M 80 V and M 81 V, Rio Vinazco, 1.35-1.4 km downstream from
crossing of road from Buena Vista to Vinazco.
PLATE 36
Operculinoides vicksburgensis, new species
. View of outside of four specimens, x 10.
. Natural section in median plane, X 20.
. Section in median plane, X 20.
. Section in median plane impregnated with Canada balsam and decalcified,
x20!
4a. Part of outer wall and chamber wall of specimen represented by fig. 4,
showing canals filled with balsam, X 210.
. Section in median plane, X 20.
6. Transverse section, X 20.
Vigs. 14a and 6, cotypes, from Byram calcareous marl, National Cemetery,
Vicksburg, Miss. Fig. 5, from one-fourth mile west of Floral Church, Covington
County, Ala.
moh
Ou
PLATE 37
1-3. Operculinoides forresti, new species, cotypes: 1, Outside of specimen, X
10; 2, median section, X 20; 3, transverse section, X 20.
All from tilted beds, east of Lynch’s, Antigua.
4-9. Operculinoides turpanicus, new species, cotypes: 4, 5, Outside of two
specimens, X 10; 6, 7, sections in median planes of two specimens, X
15; 8, 9, transverse sections of two specimens, X 20.
All from M 76 S, Roundtop, southeast of the Plaza, City of Tuxpan,
Veracruz, Mexico.
10-13. Operculinoides semmesi, new species, cotypes: 10, View of outside of four
specimens, * 12.5; 11, section in median plane, X 20; 12, 13, transverse
sections of two specimens, X 20.
All from village of Mes6n, Cant6én of Tuxpan, Veracruz, Mexico.
14. Apparently Operculinoides semmesi, but with slightly fewer chambers in
a whorl.
From Mesoén Village.
496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOL. 83
PLATE 38
1,2. Operculinoides semmesi, new species: 1, Outside of specimen, X 10; 2,
median section, < 15.
Both from M 386 V, Azteca Incline, Cantén of Tuxpan, Veracruz,
Mexico. -
3,4. Operculinoides sp. cf. O. semmesi: 3, Median section, X 20; 4, transverse
section, X 20.
Both from M 55 V, 50 feet above base of bluff, up slope leading from
La Ceiba crossing over Rio Buena Vista, Cantén of Tuxpan, Vera-
cruz, Mexico. Note that in fig. 3 there are more chambers than in
pl. 87, fig. 11, and in pl. 388, fig. 2, and that fig. 4 is thicker than
specimen shown on pl. 37, figs. 12 and 13.
5,6. Apparently Operculinoides semmesi: 5, Median section, X 20; 6, trans-
verse section, X 20.
Both from M 56 V, near La Ceiba crossing over Rio Buena Vista,
same horizon as M 55 V. :
7-10. Operculinoides antiguensis, new species, cotypes: 7, View of outside of
two specimens, X 12.5; 8, median section, X 20; 9, 10, vertical sections
of two specimens, X 20.
All from east side of Folly Hill, Nonsuch Bay, Antigua, British
West Indies.
U.S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 35
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA.
(FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE, SEE PAGE
PLATE 36
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA
SEE PAGE 49)
OF PLATE
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 37
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA
FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE, SEE PAGE 495
U.S
NATIONAL MUSEUM
PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 83 PLATE 38
NEW TERTIARY FORAMINIFERA.
OR EXPLANATION OF PLATE, SEE PAGE 49
PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
issued
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
Vol. 83 Washington : 1937 No. 2997
REVIEW OF THE SEAHORSES (HIPPOCAMPUS) FOUND
ON THE COASTS OF THE AMERICAN CONTINENTS
AND OF EUROPE!
By Isaac GInsBURG
United States Bureau of Fisheries
INTRODUCTION
THE PECULIAR little fishes known as seahorses in English-speaking
countries, or generally by a translation of that term in other countries,
have caught the popular fancy and attracted wide interest since
ancient times, because of their bizarre appearance. Recognizable
descriptions of seahorses may be traced back to the writings of the
ancients.2, Among the descriptions and even figured representations
of aquatic monsters by the old writers, one comes across such cir-
cumstantial accounts that it becomes evident that they really be-
lieved in the existence of such monsters. In some cases at least
they must have had in mind some hazy memory of a seahorse. Even
in our sophisticated times the seahorse remains an object of absorbing
interest. Specimens are often sold as souvenirs and are sometimes
gilded and used as fobs for watch chains or for other ornamental
purposes. No less than the popular attraction is the scientific interest
in these fishes, because of their peculiar structure, their distinctive
mode of life, and their unusual method of reproduction. Their
peculiar, bony, jointed external skeleton, the shape of their head,
which markedly resembles, in miniature, that of a horse, and their
1 Published by permission of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries.
2 For a discussion of old accounts and figures of seahorses, see Eastman, Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst.
for 1915, pp. 349-357, 4 pls., 1916.
73864—37——1 497
498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
prehensile tail are so unfishlike that it is no wonder some of the early
writers suggested their relationship to insects.
Think of a fish that has a prehensile tail and is able to suspend
tself, monkeylike, by curling the end of it around the stems or
branches of aquatic plants! Its extraordinary method of reproduction
is no less remarkable than its peculiar structure. The male develops
a larze pouchlike organ on the underside of the body. In the process
of reproduction the eggs are transferred from the female into the
specialized organ of the male, where they are incubated and the
young remain for some time after hatching. It seems that when
nature created the seahorse it was determined to do a good job and
concentrated all sorts of oddities in this little creature. Here is a
fish the head of which resembles that of a horse; with a hard-jointed
external skeleton resembling that of an insect; with a prehensile tail
like a monkey’s; and with a pouch on its underside for carrying its
young after the fashion of a kangaroo, but the male instead of the
female acts as an incubator and carries the young.
Notwithstanding the wide popular and scientific iterest that these
truly fascinating living things have attracted, it is remarkable, and
in a measure symptomatic of the state of taxonomy of fishes in general,
how much misapprehension exists in regard to the proper distinction
of the separate species, as the data presented here will amply
prove. To show the existing chaotic state in the systematics of
Hippocampus, the genus of seahorses, some of the results of my study
may be considered here briefly.
This investigation was undertaken chiefly to evolve satisfactory
characters for separating the species found on the Atlantic and Pacific
coasts of North and South America and to establish definitely the
intraspecific ranges of variation. It was found desirable to include
also the species from the coasts of Europe, since they are very closely
related to the common American species, and there was some question
as to whether they are really distinct. It has also been necessary to
establish five new species, which were briefly described in a preliminary
paper,’ and one new subspecies, described herein. Furthermore, five
more or less recent names proposed for seahorses from American
waters had to be reduced to synonymy. The appropriateness of the
synonymic reduction of one or two of these names may be open to
question until their types are reexamined, but their authors certainly
did not prove the distinctness of the supposedly new species.
A suggestive case of the existing errors in the systematics of Hip-
pocampus may be cited here. According to the generally accepted
‘For a review of the known facts in the biology of the seahorse, see Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 28,
pp. 805-814, 1905; and Rauther, Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel, 1925.
‘Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23, pp. 560-563, 1933.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 499
“‘belief’”’, three more or less common and large species exist on the
Atlantic coast of the United States, namely, H. hudsonius, H. punc-
tulatus, and H. stylifer, which allegedly may be distinguished largely
by the number of rays in the dorsal fin, hudsonius having the most
rays and stylifer the least. It will be shown definitely hereafter that
stylifer is a fictitious species based originally on a young female of
punctulatus, while hudsonius and punctulatus are merely geographical
subspecies that intergrade to a high degree; and, moreover, that
hudsonius is the one averaging the fewest dorsal rays.
The student will find similarly striking cases in the text, but for
benefit of readers who do not wish to delve too deeply into the syste-
matics of Hippocampus, one more interesting illustration may here
be cited. Nearly all authors correctly distinguished two common
species of seahorses, hippocampus (brevirostris of most authors) and
guttulatus, from the Mediterranean coast of Hurope. These two species
are readily separable, as is shown hereafter. However, the systematics
of the seahorses on the Atlantic coast of Europe are generally muddled.
An inclusive, though probably incomplete, review of the literature
shows that the consensus of opinion among authors is that only one
species of seahorse exists on the Atlantic coast of Europe. This
allegedly single species has been referred now to one now to the other
of the two common Mediterranean species, depending on the author.
This treatment is evidently not in accordance with the facts. My
study indicates, if the stated localities of the lots examined are correct,
that at least two species of seahorses exist on the Atlantic as well as
on the Mediterranean coast of Europe, but the two Atlantic species
are not so readily separable as the Mediterranean ones. One of the
Atlantic coast species is closely related to but distinct specifically
from hippocampus and is designated hereafter as europaeus. The
other Atlantic seahorse is apparently conspecific with guttulatus from
the Mediterranean, but the Atlantic coast population diverges suf-
ficiently to be regarded as subspecifically distinct from the Mediter-
ranean population, and is designated herein as multiannularis. Since,
however, part of the European seahorses in American museums that
were available for examination are in indifferent condition and the
locality records of some of the lots are uncertain, the conclusions
regarding the European species arrived at may have to be modified
after an examination of larger numbers of specimens in good condi-
tion and with definite locality records. However, my study and a
review of the literature showed without doubt that the current syste-
matic treatment of the seahorses found on the Atlantic coast of
Europe is largely erroneous.
The confusion in the systematics of Hippocampus is shown even
more strikingly by the obvious and frequent misapplication of names
500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
in published records. This is true not only of sporadic and occasional
records, as in local lists of fishes, but also of accounts of the entire
genus. Three such accounts have been published, namely, by Kaup,°*
by Duméril,* and by Giinther.’ After one becomes familiar with the
true distinctive specific characters and the geographical distribution
of the species, it is only necessary to skim through the accounts of
these authors to see how badly in some cases they mixed up their
species.®
On account of existing errors it seemed useless, or even misleading
in some cases, to attempt a compilation of complete bibliographies of
the species concerned to indicate their geographic distribution. Con-
sequently, the bibliographic citations given here under each species
include only: (1) Primary synonyms; (2) references having a direct
bearing on the nomenclature; (3) readily available records based on
material examined by me; and (4) a few records that may be referred
to their proper species with some assurance. ‘The precise geographical
limits of nearly all the species or subspecies still remain to be de-
termined.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to express grateful acknowledgment for aid rendered in
this investigation, which is based largely on the comparatively
extensive collection of seahorses in the United States National
Museum. Dr. Alexander Wetmore and Dr. Leonhard Stejneger
kindly permitted my access to the facilities and collections of the
Museum, and Earl D. Reid unstintedly gave his time to make available
these collections. Special acknowledgment is due Dr. George 8.
Myers, who took his post as assistant curator of fishes in the National
Museum while this study was in progress. Besides making some
constructive suggestions and calling my attention to some obscure
publications, Dr. Myers, in putting in order the mass of accumulated
miscellaneous unclassified material in the National Museum, un-
covered and placed at my disposal many desirable specimens, which
5 Catalogue of the lophobranchiate fish in the collection of the British Museum, 1856.
6 Histoire naturelle des poissons ou ichthyologie générale, vol. 2, 1870.
7 Catalogue of the fishes of the British Museum, vol. 8, 1870.
§ Such treatment of /Iippocampus has continued until our day. Ina work on the fishes of West Africa
by H. W. Fowler (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, 1936), which appeared after the completion of the
manuscript of this report, the author makes the statement that he cannot ‘‘find any characters worthy of
specific distinction”? between H. hudsonius and H. hippocampus, and at the same time he recognizes 7.
punctulatus as a fully distinct species. Asa matter of fact, punctulatus is nothing more than a geographic
subspecies of hudsonius, while hudsonius and hippocampus are as fully distinct and divergent as almost
any other two species of the subgenus Jlippocampus. If those two species were synonymized, it would be
necessary, in order to be consistent, to lump all species of the subgenus Alippocampus in one species. Sucha
taxonomic absurdity was not suggested for more than a century by any writer that I know of, and it is
evidently not subscribed to by Fowler. His descriptions were apparently made in haste, and it is hard to
surmise the species he had; but judged by the dorsal count he gives under hippocampus, it seems apparent
that his account of that ‘‘species’”’, based on Mediterranean material, includes specimens of both common
species occurring in the northern part of that sea, hippocampus and guttulatus. His account of punctulatus
undoubtedly is also based on material of more than one species, judged by the geographical distribution of
the species of Hippocampus in general.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 5OL
aided materially in bringing this study to a point more nearly ap-
proaching completeness. For material lent by other institutions
acknowledgment is due the following: Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, who
lent two lots of seahorses from the Zoology Museum of the University
of Michigan, one of these lots forming the basis of a new subspecies,
multiannularis; Alfred C. Weed, who lent the desirable collection of
Hippocampus in the Field Museum of Natural History, which helped
me considerably in distinguishing kincaidi and in confirming my
conclusions in regard to some other species and subspecies; John T.
Nichols, who lent seven specimens of H. hippocampus from the
collection of the American Museum of Natural History, which were
of considerable help in distinguishing that species from closely related
ones.
Particular mention is made of the work of Miss Louella E. Cable,
who executed with skill and painstaking care the drawings for the
figures, which should prove invaluable in the identification of speci-
mens. Whatever merit this report may prove to have, it will be
greatly enhanced by these beautiful and accurate illustrations.
DEFINITIONS AND METHODS OF STUDY °®
The proper differentiation of the species of Hippocampus is difficult
at best. This difficulty is greatly increased by the lack of uniformity
in descriptions of the species by various authors. It becomes neces-
sary, therefore, to explain the methods of study and define the terms
used.
Flow to determine accurately the number of trunk segments.—The
first important point to decide is a uniform method in the determina-
tion of the boundary line between the trunk and the tail, since the
number of segments in the trunk and to a lesser extent that of the tail
form specific characters of primary importance. The distinction
between trunk and tail is readily made after the integument is removed
and the exoskeleton uncovered (fig. 54). This is, of course, imprac-
ticable when identifying specimens. Externally the last trunk seg-
ment is readily determined by the fact that the ventrolateral ridge of
the trunk extends only to that segment. The last spur on that
ridge, or, where the spur is missing, the last intersection of the longi-
tudinal with the transverse ridge on the side, unmistakably marks the
last trunk segment. From that intersection a winglike extension
converges with its fellow from the other side to the base of the anal
for the support of that fin, but this extension is usually covered by
thick integument and not visible externally. In practice the best
way to count the trunk segments with absolute accuracy is to trace
the transverse ridge on the last segment from its lower point, as de-
® The reader will find it advantageous to study figure 54 in connection with the discussion here of the
structure of some parts of the exoskeleton, which are of importance in classification.
502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
termined above, to the spur under the base of the dorsal fin, and count
the spurs or spines on the upper ridge, forward. Where the spurs or
spines fade out anteriorly, the transverse ridges on the back of the
segments in front of the dorsal fin always saliently mark their
segments.
What appears on external examination to be the first trunk seg-
ment, the one bearing the pectoral, is a compound segment and is
composed of three metameres, corresponding to the first three verte-
brae, according to Rauther.!? The posterior one of these three meta-
meres is readily identified by having a spur on the upper longitudinal
ridge and a transverse ridge on the back, as in the following segments.
It was consequently included in the counts recorded in this study.
The more or less reduced elements of the anterior two metameres are
intimately fused with the third, and the three appear externally as a
single somewhat irregular segment, bearing the pectoral fin. This
compound segment was uniformly counted as one throughout this
study, by including the spur or ridge of the third metamere with the
following ones, as stated. The anterior two metameres were not in-
cluded separately in the count, although their presence usually may be
detected externally by the two nuchal, more or less spurred, plates.
(The coronet may possibly represent a remnant of still another
primitive metamere.)
FIGURE 54.—EXOSKELETON OF HIPPOCAMPUS HIPPOCAMPUS (AFTER RAUTHER)
cor.: Coronet.
nu. pl.: Nuchal plate. The two nuchal plates on the mid-dorsal surface form parts of the reduced anterior
two segments, corresponding to the first two vertebrae, according to Rauther. These two segments
are intimately fused with the third. All three appear externally as one irregular segment, bearing
the pectoral] fin, and were counted as one in this study.
tr. seg. 1: The first trunk segment as arbitrarily and uniformly adopted for the purpose of this study.
antp. tr. seg.: Antepenultimate trunk segment, showing the typical structure of a trunk segment as follows:
up. pl., upper plate; med. pl., median plate; l. l. pl., lower lateral plate; m. v. pl., midventral plate.
The first three plates are paired and the last is unpaired, a typical trunk segment thus being septangular
in cross section.
p. tr. seg.: Penultimate trunk segment. Note that this segment is septangular like the preceding, except
that the upper plate is pushed upward to occupy a position nearly in a line with the extra plates on the
following two segments. The penultimate trunk segment sometimes also has an extra plate and is
novemangular, depending on the species or on individual variation.
l. tr. seg.: Last trunk segment. This segment lacks the midventral plate and has an extra plate, ez. pl.,
superimposed over that plate, which is the homologue of the upper plates of the preceding segments.
This segment is always octangular, except in zosterae, where it is often hexangular, and sometimes
asymmetrical in other species as an infrequent individual variation.
caud. seg. 1; First caudal segment. This is like the following segments except that it has an extra plate
on top, and is thus hexangular. The absence of an extra plate on this segment is usually a specific
character, sometimes an individual variation.
caud. seg. 2; Second caudal segment, showing up. pl., upper plate, and /. pl., lower plate; both are paired,
and «4 typical caudal segment is quadrangular.
(.sp.: Last spur on lower lateral ridge, unmistakably marking the last trunk segment externally and nearly
always present, except in occasional specimens having the last trunk segment asymmetrical; sometimes
obsolescent.
w.: Wing from lower plate of last trunk segment extending inwardly to meet its fellow from the opposite
side behind the anal fin.
10 Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Monog. 36, 1925.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 503
As far as I can judge by current descriptions of seahorses, authors
generally count the first compound segment as one; but some writers
apparently include the first caudal segment in the count of the trunk
segments, although nearly all accounts are not clear regarding the
method of counting used by their authors. Where authors definitely
cor.
—." . - - - . on eee ee
(ay up. pl.
ry
LISP 3
GEOR INS
f J Aas
ee Ca Vy)
oe L
ri
[See opposite page for desuription]
yy
504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
include the first caudal segment and count the first compound segment
as one, the given count of the trunk segments should be reduced by
one to make it comparable with the uniform method adopted herein.
In occasional specimens the last trunk segment is incomplete, or it
would perhaps be more correct to state that it is asymmetrical, since
the ventrolateral ridge extends to that segment on one side only, that
ridge ending on the preceding segment on the opposite side. Conse-
quently, the counts on the opposite sides will differ by one, if the
method of counting outlined here is followed. In such cases the in-
complete last segment is uniformly included in the count, and the
number of such variant specimens is listed in parentheses in the
diagnoses.
There is one possible important source of error in counting the
segments of the trunk as well as those of the tail. The transverse
ridge lies along the center of the segment and does not form the
boundary between two segments. The natural impulse is to take the
space between two transverse ridges to represent a “‘ring’’ or segment,
but when this method is followed the trunk may erroneously be
determined to have one segment less than the actual number.
How to determine the number of caudal segments.—The first caudal
segment differs in shape with the species. In most species it has three
spurs or points of intersection of transverse and longitudinal ridges,
and thus appears to be hexangular in cross sections, except as an
infrequent individual variation, while the following segments are
quadrangular. In one species nearly always, and in the majority
of specimens of another species, the first caudal segment appears to
be quadrangular in cross section like the following segments. Bearing
this difference in mind, one may determine accurately the number of
segments in the anterior part of the tail by counting the spurs on the
upper ridge, as in the case of the trunk. However, since the spurs
and ridges fade out more or less in the posterior part of the tail, an
accurate count of the entire number of tail segments by this method
is impossible. The method finally adopted for practical purposes
depends on a peculiarity of preserved specimens—a comparatively
deep transverse groove usually present on the ventral side, marking
the boundary between two segments. The posterior tail segments,
therefore, are determined most readily by counting the spaces between
the transverse grooves on the lower surface, starting with the last
segment and counting forward. The last two segments sometimes
have no groove between them, especially in the small species, and
should be examined with care. If what appears to be the last seg-
ment is considerably longer than the preceding one, it most likely
consists of two segments; but if subequal to, or shorter than, the pre-
ceding, it is most likely a single segment. This may be checked by
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 505
flexing upward the end of the tail with the tip of a dissecting needle.
It is possible that if the fish were macerated and the last one or two
segments determined with absolute accuracy, the numbers would
differ slightly from those given in this report. However, this is
manifestly impracticable, and the difference, if any, would be very
slight. In employing the method of counting here described, one
should also note that there is sometimes a transverse groove on the
center of many tail segments on the ventral side. Although sometimes
confusing, this groove is nearly always much shallower than the one
marking the boundary between the segments, and with a little practice
the distinction between the two sorts of grooves is readily made. The
grooves often disappear in the anterior part of the tail, but the trans-
verse ridges and spines, at the center of the segments, become promi-
nent anteriorly and aid in the accurate determination of the number
of anterior segments. Where the grooves on the ventral side are indis-
tinct, the tail may be uncoiled and its lower side placed against a glass
slide. The pressure of the slide against the natural tendency of the
tail to recoil brings out the boundaries between the segments on the
dorsal side with more or less prominence, and they may thus be
counted on that side.
Modification in structure of segments in region between trunk and
tail—Special attention should be called here to some structural char-
acters of the species of Hippocampus that hitherto have received only
scant attention but that are of considerable importance in the proper
differentiation of the species in showing their probable relationship
and in distinguishing the subgenera. I have reference to the modifi-
cation in the structure of the first caudal and last trunk segment;
sometimes the last two trunk segments are involved. The modifi-
cation of the first caudal segment was briefly referred to in the pre-
ceding paragraph in connection with the accurate determination of
the number of caudal segments. The modified nature of all the
segments in that region will now be discussed in greater detail.
We are concerned herein chiefly with the external structure of the
fish as seen without any dissection, for the practical purpose of dis-
tinguishing the species. For a detailed description of the minute
structure of the segments, the reader is referred to Rauther " or to
Duncker.'’2 However, the gross external structure may be better
understood when the detailed anatomy is considered. Briefly, a
typical caudal segment consists of four plates, two dorsolateral and
two ventrolateral. Each plate consists of two wings bent at an angle
with a lengthwise ridge along the bend. Another, a transverse and
blunter ridge, occurs along the middle of the plate. When joined the
four plates somewhat overlap, are loosely ankylosed by projecting
11 Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel, pp. 68-74, pl. 7, 1925.
122 Syngnathiden-Studien. Mitth. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 25, pp. 18-20, 1908.
506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE- NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
irregularities of surface, and are tied together by connective tissue and
the skin and thus form a segment. The plates of each segment also
overlap with those of the adjacent segments to form one continuous
ridged exoskeleton. A typical tail segment is thus quadrangular. having many rather long though simple filaments.
I also found filaments present in variable numbers in all species of
which well-preserved specimens were available, and this is probably
true of all species of Hippocampus (p. 511).
It is evident that ramulosus cannot be distinguished definitely on
the basis of the original account, and the difficulty of its final deter-
mination is increased by the absence of a definite locality record.
Risso cites Leach’s species 3, or ramulosus, in the synonymy of his anti-
quus, which, in turn, is a synonym of hippocampus (see p. 521), but
this action does not seem to be well taken. The original figure of
ramulosus shows a rather deep body, more as in hippocampus, but
the tubercles are distinctly higher than in hippocampus and more
nearly resemble those of guttulatus. The depth, and length of the
snout, would also not absolutely preclude it from being a guttulatus.
Rauther (see preceding paragraph) figures a specimen of guitulatus
having filaments nearly to the same extent as shown on the figure of
ramulosus, although in Rauther’s fish the filaments were not branched.
When the original account of ramulosus is considered in connection
with the specific characters of the common European species as estab-
lished here, the probabilities favor the conclusion that ramulosus
was based on a specimen of guttulatus, and Leach’s name is here
placed in the synonymy of guttulatus. This action should be consid-
ered final, unless, of course, a restudy of the type should prove other-
wise; the question must be left open for those who may have a chance
to reexamine the original specimen.
The third species established by Leach, trimaculatus, falls outside
the scope of this paper.
The next author whose work has a bearing on the nomenclature of
the seahorses is Cuvier,”® who also established Hippocampus, as a
subgenus, possibly again independently, since he does not refer that
name to any previous author. After describing his subgenus, he
states:
% Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel, pl. 16, fig. 173, 1925.
% Ibid., pl. 2, fig. 12.
2% Le régne animal. . ., vol. 2, p. 157, 1817.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 519
“Tl s’en trouve dans nos mers une espéce 4 museau plus court,
pointillée de blane. (Syng. hippocampus L.) Bl. 109, fig. 3. Et une
autre 4 museau plus long, Will. I. 25, f. 4, qui n’ont toutes deux que
quelques filaments sur le museau et sur le corps.”
Cuvier thus differentiates two species in ‘‘nos mers’’, correctly
giving one striking character that distinguishes them. For one he
cites the name Syngnathus hippocampus, but leaves the other un-
named. (This was later named by Schinz.)
We must digress here from the regular chronological arrangement
of this review and turn briefly to Willughby.” This author is pre-
Linnaean and largely nonbinomial, and his work need not be consid-
ered by itself. In the preceding quotation, however, Cuvier cites one
of Willughby’s figures, and this account by Cuvier later formed the
basis of Schinz’s longirostris. Also, Cuvier still later established three
species citing Willughby’s three figures, one for each of his species.
The accounts of these two post-Linnaean authors are very inade-
quate, and in order to dispose of their names properly a consideration
of Willughby’s account becomes important.
The section in Willughby’s book dealing with the seahorses is
headed: “Hippocampus Rondeletii & aliorum. . .” No other
species is mentioned by name in the letter-press account, which is
largely generic and insufficient to distinguish separate species. His
work also includes a plate containing, among others, three crude
figures of supposedly distinct species of seahorses. Figure 3 is
labeled ‘““H Rond.”’, while figures 4 and 5 are named polynomially,
but the alleged specific characters implied in these polynomial desig-
nations are insufficient to distinguish the species. Figure 3 shows
a short snout and is probably a poor representation of the common
short-snouted Mediterranean species. Figure 5 shows a medium
long snout, while figure 4 shows a notably long snout, but neither
figure is definitely recognizable. As to localities, for figure 5 “India
Ocidentalis {sic]” is given on the plate after the polynomial desig-
nation. No localities are given on the plate for the other two figures.
In his letter-press account the only localities he mentions are Mediter-
ranean, and his intention apparently was for figures 3 and 4 to repre-
sent Mediterranean species, but this is not altogether certain. Since
a knowledge of the locality to be assigned to figure 4 is of importance
in disposing of the names later based on that figure, it may be noted
that Cuvier first cited (see above) that figure under a species from ‘‘nos
mers’’, which he characterized but did not name. Whatever Wil-
lughby’s intention was, this citation by Cuvier evidently restricted
Willughby’s figure 4 to a French species.
7 Historia piscium . . ., pp. 157-158, tab. I 25, figs. 3-5, 1686.
520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
To return to the chronological arrangement of the post-Linnaean
authors, we next take up Schinz.** The account of the seahorses
by this author, which was neglected by most later writers, is as
follows, in full:
“Das Seepferdchen, Hyppocampus_ brevirostris./Syngnath. hip-
pocampus. Bl. 109. F. 3./Der Rumpf sieben, der Schwanz viereckig,
der Riissel vollkommen walzenformig, weiss punktirt. Im Mittelmeer
und andern Meeren**).” In a footnote, as indicated, he adds,
“«*Fyppocamp. longirostris. Will. I. 25. F. 4. Beide arten haben
nur einige Muskelfasern am Korper.”’
Evidently Schinz merely supplied names to the two species found
in “nos mers’’, as differentiated by Cuvier (1817), although the local-
ity Schinz gives is somewhat different from that given by Cuvier,
‘“‘Mittelmeer und andern Meeren’’ instead of “‘nos mers.”’ There is
no question as to the disposition of Schinz’s name brevirostris. Since
he cites S. hippocampus in the synonymy of that species, he evidently
substituted brevirostris for hippocampus to avoid tautonymy. There-
fore, Schinz’s brevirostris must be suppressed as a synonym of hip-
pocampus. The latter name is thus restricted by Schinz to a short-
snouted species, and since it was previously restricted by Leach to a
Mediterranean species, it must be used for the common short-snouted
Mediterranean seahorse, a conclusion to which we previously arrived
(p. 518).
There may be some question as to the disposition of the name
longirostris. Did Schinz intend to apply the locality ‘“Mittelmeer
und andern Meeren”’ to brevirostris only, or to longirostris as well?
And if the latter is answered affirmatively, did Schinz intend to
include all long-snouted seahorses in one species, or to apply longi-
rostris only to those found in French waters? It is futile, however, to
speculate now regarding his intention. The question must be de-
termined by the available evidence. Schinz’s work is virtually a
translation, or at least a rendering closely following that of Cuvier
(1817), including the account of the seahorses, with the exception
noted in the preceding paragraph. The chief characters that Cuvier
used to distinguish his two species are now employed by Schinz to
coin the Latin names of those species. Schinz, as well as Cuvier,
cites Willughby’s figure 4, and that figure, outside the structura!
character implied in Schinz’s name, is practically the sole basis of
his longirostris. Schinz’s account, therefore, is virtually based on
that of Cuvier, and the name longirostris must be applied to a species
from “nos mers” or to a long-snouted seahorse occurring in French
waters. It will be shown hereafter that the long-snouted seahorses
on the coasts of France consist of two subspecies, one in the Atlantic
and another in the Mediterranean, and it becomes necessary further
28 Das Thierreich von Cuvier, vol. 2, p. 262, 1822.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 524i
to restrict Schinz’s longirosiris. As far as I know this was not done
by any previous author, and the name longirostris, therefore, is here
formally restricted to a seahorse from the Mediterranean.
Risso * described two species of seahorses, H. antiquus and H.
rosaceus. ‘The descriptions are evidently erroneous in some important
particulars, somewhat conflicting in their statements when compared
with specimens of the common species, and he apparently relied on
the color to a large extent to distinguish the species. A comparison
of his two descriptions, however, allows the identification of Risso’s
species with some measure of confidence. For the first-named species
he states: ‘‘Angulis subtuberculatis; * * * la queue présente
quatre faces longitudinales avec quartre rangées d’anneaux ornés
d’une houppe de filaments déliés; la téte est grande, le museau étroit
* * * couleur générale d’un vert obscur varié de teintes brunes’’;
while for the second species he states, ‘la téte est plus grosse, le
museau un peu plus large * * * sa surface est d’un beau rose
tendre, pointillée de blanc et d’azur* * *.’’ A comparison with
the two common Mediterranean species will show that these state-
ments give a fair although incomplete characterization by which the
two species may be distinguished. Therefore, as far as the original
accounts are concerned, antiquus becomes a synonym of hippocampus,
and rosaceus has been anticipated by longirostris Schinz. The rose
color, which Risso describes for his rosaceus, is a certain color phase
sometimes found in either species, according to Rauther.”
As mentioned, Risso’s statements are rather conflicting, as when
he describes antiquus in his Latin diagnosis as having “‘angulis sub-
tuberculatis”, and farther on, in the description, states, “‘le corps
* * * ceint de treize anneaux garnis de tubercules pointus.”’
As far as the adults are concerned the presence of pointed tubercles
would apply more nearly to the long-snouted species, but also to
young specimens of the other species, H. hippocampus, and Risso
may have drawn that statement from young fish. It is also quite
possible that he did not properly separate his material, having relied
on color to a large extent, and that his antiquus is a composite of two
species, but on the basis of the original descriptions the best dispo-
sition of his two names is as indicated. In any case, the disposition
of his names does not affect the nomenclature and merely relates to
the proper segregation of the synonymy, since Risso has been anti-
cipated and earlier names are available for both common Mediter-
ranean species.
Cuvier *! introduced three names for seahorses, as follows: ‘‘Il s’en
x
trouve dans nos mers une espéce & museau plus court (Hipp. brevi-
29 Histoire naturelle des principales productions de |’ Europe méridionale et particuliérement de celles des
environs de Nice et des Alpes maritimes, vol. 3, pp. 183, 184, 1826.
30 Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel, pl. 2, figs. 15-16, 1925.
31 Lerégne animal . . ., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 363, 1829.
522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
rostris, N.), Will., pl. J. 25, fig. 3. Et une autre 4 museau plus long
(Hipp. guttulatus, N.), Will. J. 25, f. 5, quin’ont toutes deux que quel-
ques filaments sur le museau et surle corps. Il y en a aussi de voisines
dans les deux Indes.!” In a footnote, as indicated, he adds: ‘“Synq.
longirostris, N., Will., J. 25, f. 4, et d’autres espéces que nous ferons
connaitre dans notre grande Ichtyologie.”’
Comparing this with Cuvier’s account in his first edition of ‘‘Le
Régne Animal” (see p. 519), we note that both accounts are essentially
the same. He even employs the same phraseology in describing the
two French species that he recognized. He now supplies the two
French species with names and also names a third species from “‘les
deux Indes.’”? However, while his description is essentially the same
in both editions, he makes some important changes in his citations.
For the short-snouted French species he substitutes the reference to
Willughby’s figure 3 for that to Bloch; for the long-snouted French
species he now cites Willughby’s figure 5 instead of figure 4, although
Willughby assigns figure 5 to a West Indian species; and he intro-
duces a third species, longirostris, from “les deux Indes”’, for which he
cites figure 4, although previously, in 1817, he assigned figure 4 to a
species from ‘“‘nos mers.”’ A study of the species and a comparison
with the figures of Willughby and Bloch make Cuvier’s intention
apparent. The snout in Willughby’s figure 3 is approximately the
same as in either one of the two short-snouted French species; figure
5 instead of figure 4 has the snout more nearly like the long-snouted
French species, while seahorses with snouts more or less the same
length as in figure 4 are present in the Indo-Pacific region. Cuvier
apparently now examined specimens of this notably long-snouted
species and changed his citations to accord more nearly with his newly
acquired material. His intention then was to cite Willughby’s figures
as examples of what the material he examined looked like, rather than
to accept Willughby’s account in full. Evidently, for this same rea-
son, his first reference to Bloch’s figure under the short-snouted sea-
horse is omitted in the second edition, because that figure shows a
rather long-snouted species, and this was, consequently, also a neces-
sary correction. Such an explanation becomes apparent after one
becomes familiar with the appearance of the species.
Comparing Cuvier’s account with that of Schinz makes it evident
that the brevirostris of both is the same species and is to be replaced
by hippocampus, as already shown. Like other early authors,
Cuvier, being opposed to tautonymy, changed the name of a species
when it corresponded with the generic name, and evidently adopted
the name first proposed by Schinz for that species. However, for
his other French species, the one having a ‘“‘museau plus long” and
inhabiting ‘‘nos mers’’, Cuvier does not adopt Schinz’s name longi-
rostris, probably regarding it as inappropriate, since he apparently
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG ao
now had a species with a still longer snout from ‘‘les deux Indes’’;
and he consequently introduces a new name, gutiulatus, for the
French species. Although he does not definitely state so, his guttu-
latus must be regarded as a substitute for Schinz’s longirostris on the
basis of available evidence, both of those names having been based
on the same account, in the first edition of Cuvier’s ‘‘Le Régne
Animal.” Since two subspecies of long-snouted seahorses exist on the
coasts of France, one in the Atlantic and another in the Mediterranean,
it becomes necessary to restrict the name guttulatus also. It seems
that no previous author made this restriction, although I do not have
all the literature readily available for consultation. Since the name
guitulatus was evidently proposed as a substitute for longirostris
Schinz, the two names must go together. Anyway, guttulatus is
herewith formally restricted to the population of the common long-
snouted species, which occurs on the northern Mediterranean coast.
Cuvier’s statement ‘‘museau plus long’’ also applies more nearly to
the Mediterranean seahorse, which averages a longer snout than
its Atlantic close relative designated below as multiannularis (see
table 2). Furthermore, the best and most adequate current accounts
of guitulatus are based largely on Mediterranean specimens. I follow
general usage and continue to employ Cuvier’s name gutiulatus for
that subspecies rather than Schinz’s earlier name longirosiris (p. 546).
Cuvier’s longirostris from “les deux Indes’ was evidently not
intended to be the same as the longirostris of Schinz, although both
refer to Willughby’s figure 4. That figure was previously restricted
by Cuvier (1817) to a French species for which Schinz subsequently
proposed the name longirosiris. Cuvier’s later (1829) assignment of
the same figure to a species from ‘“‘les deux Indes’’, therefore, must
be held nomenclatorialiy untenable, although zoologically it was an
appropriate emendation, the long-snouted seahorses from the Indo-
Pacific region having their snout more nearly as shown in Willughby’s
figure 4. Consequently, the longirostris of Cuvier is a composite of
two things: (1) A figure, nomenclatorially at least, belonging to a
French species, and (2) a locality belonging to a different species.
If we exclude the figure, longirostris of Cuvier becomes a nomen
nudum, and if the locality is excluded, it must be regarded nomencla-
torially to be the same as longirosiris Schinz. Moreover, it is pre-
occupied by longirostris Schinz. In any case, therefore, it is unten-
able. The name H. longirostris Cuvier was later used for two dis-
tinct species of seahorses in different parts of the world, first by
Schlegel * for a Japanese species and later by Kaup * for a West
Indian species. The West Indian species has been renamed as a
32 In Siebold’s Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 274, 1842.
33 Catalogue of the lophobranchiate fish in the collection of the British Museum, p. 12, 1856.
524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
result of the present study (see p. 572), while the Japanese species
was supplied with a name by Jordan and Snyder.**
Finally, it is necessary to discuss a short note on Hippocampus
published by de la Pylaie.*® His account is as follows:
‘“‘Parmi les petites espéces qui complétent cette classe, nous avons
encore les Syngnathes proprement dits, Syng. Acus. Pelagicus Linn.
ou Aciculus Dep., S. Rondeletw, Ophidion, auxquels il faut ajouter
VHippocampe, Hippocampus, dont lespéce de l’océan, H. atrichus,
N., est distircte d’une autre, H. Jubatus, ainsi nommé d’aprés des
filaments qui composent, le long de sou cou, une espéce de criniére
peu fournie.”’
This author based his new species, atrichus, entirety on the differ-
ence in the relative development of the filaments, a character that
does not distinguish any one species. Probably in all species of
Hippocampus the relative development of the filaments or even their
entire absence is due to individual variation, and to a certain extent
it is dependent on age, as has been discussed at greater length (p. 510).
Since this is the only character mentioned by de la Pylaie, his descrip-
tion of atrichus is applicable to every species of Hippocampus and can
be regarded practically as nothing more than a nomen nudum, or at
the most as an unidentifiable species.
What de la Pylaie understood as ‘H. Jubatus’’ is not clear to me.
I do not know of any other post-Linnaean writer who applied that
name to a seahorse; it is probably cited from some pre-Linnaean
author. Perhaps he had the following statement by Willughby *
in mind: ‘‘Vidimis Venetiis hujus generis jubatum, nescimus an
specie diversum, an aetate aut sexsu tantum.” If de la Pylaie cited
jubatus as the name of a pre-Linnaean writer, it evidently cannot
be recognized in nomenclature; even if it had been established by
that author, it is a nomen nudum and of no standing in nomenclature.
To dispose of de la Pylaie’s two names, they are here placed doubt-
fully in synonymy, jubatus in that of hippocampus and atrichus in
that of the new subspecies multiannularis, here described from the
Bay of Biscay. The name of de la Pylaie is not adopted for the
new subspecies because it was based on a misapprehension and would
give an incorrect description of the species. While any legitimately
established name stands even though it erroneously describes the
species, in the present case we are not obliged to perpetuate de la
Pylaie’s error.
24 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 14, pl. 8, 1901.
35 Recherches en France sur les poissons de l’océan pendant les années 1832 et 1833. Congr. Sci. France,
Poitiers, 1834, 2d sess., p. 528, 1835. Dr. Carl L. Hubbs kindly called my attention to this reference, and the
quotation given is taken from Dr. Hubbs’ letter, the original account not being available for consultation.
86 Historia piscium..., p. 158, 1686.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 525
To sum up briefly the foregoing review of the literature, hippo-
campus Linnaeus must be applied to the common short-snouted
Mediterranean species as restricted by Leach. The specific names
heptagonus Rafinesque, antiquorum Leach, and brevirostris Schinz,
having been proposed as substitutes for hippocampus, must be reduced
to the synonymy of that species. The names proposed for the long-
snouted European species are longirostris Schinz (1822) and guttu-
latus Cuvier (1829). The latter is a substitute for the former, and
both names must go together. The later name is here employed,
in accordance with universal usage. Since the Mediterranean long-
snouted seahorse is now shown to be subspecifically distinct from
that of the Atlantic, the name longirostris and its substitute guttu-
latus are here restricted to the Mediterranean subspecies, to accord
with general usage. Risso’s two names, antiquus and rosaceus, are
referred to the synonymy of hippocampus and guttulatus, respectively.
De la Pylaie’s atrichus is unidentifiable, while his jwbatus is unavail-
able either because it is pre-Linnaean or else because it represents a
nomen nudum. These names are disposed of by placing them in the
synonymy of multiannularis and hippocampus, respectively. The
specific names erectus Perry, 1810, and ramulosus Leach, 1814, are
doubtfully referred to the synonymy of punctulatus Guichenot, 1853,
and guttulatus Cuvier, 1829, respectively.
I have based this discussion entirely on the published accounts,
not having opportunity to examine original material. Since the
original material, in some cases at least, evidently represented com-
posites of more than one species, and since the early writers were not
in the habit of designating ‘“holotypes”, the conclusions drawn from
the original accounts will probably have to stand; but it may be
necessary to modify these conclusions if it is ever possible to examine
some of the original material.
Genus HIPPOCAMPUS Rafinesque
Head forming an angle with the trunk, movable up or down for a
considerable distance, with the ‘throat’? region as its axis. Brood
pouch an enclosed naked sac under anterior part of tail. Pectoral,
dorsal, and anal fins present, caudal absent. Tail prehensile; quad-
rangular; except first segment, normally hexangular in nearly all
species; sometimes quadrangular (as a rather infrequent individual
variation, in most species, and becoming the dominant condition in
the subgenus Jamsus). Trunk septangular, except the posterior
segments; last segment typically octangular (often hexangular in
zosterae); penultimate trunk segment usually septangular, sometimes
novemangular (as an infrequent individual variation in most species,
becoming nearly dominant in ingens and being the normal condition
526 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
in the subgenus Macleayina). Extra plates on top for support of
dorsal usually two, varying one to three; usually on first caudal and
last trunk segments, sometimes also on penultimate trunk segment,
sometimes either on last trunk or on first caudal segment only. Upper
ridge of trunk discontinuous with upper ridge of tail, the two ridges
usually overlapping on two segments, varying one to three, on those
segments having extra plates for support of the dorsal. (For a full
discussion of the correlation between the extra plates, the modified
segments, and the overlap of the ridges, see pp. 505 to 507.) Median
ridge of trunk continuous with lower ridge of tail; lower lateral ridge
of trunk ending on last segment; midventral ridge of trunk ending on
penultimate segment. A lateral expansion or wing extending from
lower plate of last trunk segment, converging with its fellow from the
opposite side and uniting behind base of anal fin. Points of inter-
section of transverse and longitudinal ridges bearing pointed spinous
processes in the very young, usually persistent as short tubercles in
grown specimens, in some species becoming nearly obsolescent or
reduced to low stumps, the tubercles usually somewhat better devel-
oped in females. Lateral line present, indicated by a series of paired,
minute, pimplelike appendages, each pair forming tiny lips for a
minute slitlike pore; a pair of lips on transverse ridge of each segment,
the series of pairs arranged regularly in a nearly straight longitudinal
line, running on trunk nearer to median lateral than to upper ridge
continued in a nearly straight line on the tail, situated there nearer
to upper than to lower ridge. Appendages on tubercles and coronet
often present, often branched, often altogether absent, depending on
individual variation and to a certain extent on age and on the species
(see p. 510).
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 527
KEY TO THE SUBGENERA AND THE AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN SPECIES OF
HIPPOCAMPUS *”
a1. Dorsal rays 16 to 31. Pectoral rays 13 or mere. Upper ridges of trunk and
tail usually overlapping on two or three segments, infrequently on one
(in hudsonius as an individual variation). First caudal segment hexangular,
infrequently quadrangular as an individual variation. Base of dorsal over
3 to 6 segments, usually including first caudal segment.
b!. Dorsal rays 26 to 31. Caudal segments 44 to 49. Upper ridges of tail and
trunk usually overlapping on three segments. Dorsal usually over 6 seg-
ments. Trunk segments 12 or 13_-.-Subgenus MACLEAYINA (p. 529)
b2?. Dorsal rays 16 to 21. Caudal segments 33 to 40. Upper ridges of tail
and trunk usually overlapping on two segments, infrequently on one or
three as an individual variatior (with exception of ingens about as often
on three as on two). Dorsal usually over 3 segments, sometimes partly
or wholly on a fourth segment___._Subgenus HIPPOCAMPUS (p. 530)
cl. Trunk segments normally 11, sometimes 12, rarely 10 as an individual
variation (10 segments in one specimen of hudsonius out of entire
number studied).
d'. Tubercles on upper ridge either well developed and more or less
pointed or at least narrowly rounded above, or else nearly obsoles-
cent, not in the form of broad and low stumps.
el. Tubercles on upper ridge comparatively well developed and con-
spicuous, at least in specimens up to about 150 mm long (except
usually obsolescent on trunk in large males of punctulatus and
kincaidi less than 150 mm long).
f}. Trunk without dark transverse lines or large blotches; white dots
on side of trunk numerous. Northern Mediterranean, eastern
Atlantic, and eastern Pacifie coasts.
g'. Snout in medium-sized females (118 mm or less) long, more
than 10 percent of length; relatively long also in males when
like sizes are compared; trunk comparatively slenderer when
like sizes are compared (see table 2). Whitish dots often
very profuse, minute, and subequal all over, tending to form
very fine white streaks. Profusely covered with small dark
spots. Penultimate trunk segments about as often novem-
angular as septangular (slightly oftener novemangular in the
specimens examined). Attains to a large maximum size.
Pacific coast of North and South America_-_-ingens (p. 534)
g?. Snout not more than 9.9 percent of length in both sexes in
medium and large specimens. Trunk averages deeper.
Whitish dots usually not so profuse, coarser on trunk and
head, often coalescent there to form short irregular bands or
37 The purpose of this key is twofold: (1) To give a synopsis of the most important specific characters in
concise form, and (2) to facilitate the identification of specimens. The student is warned, however, not to
expect to be able to “‘run down” specimens in every case by the use of this key. It is impossible to con-
struct such an ideal key for the species of Hippocampus. One important drawback to the construction of
such a key in this genus is the necessity of using the structure of the tubercles for specific distinctions.
While the differences may be appreciated readily when specimens are directly compared, it is impossible
to convey in descriptive phrases an adequate picture of these differences. Moreover, the structure of the
tubercles differs considerably with size and sex in the same species, and human language is not gradated
finely enough to express these differences and their variation, except in general terms. This key, therefore,
may be used to full advantage only in connection with authentic specimens for comparison. However,
at least full-grown or medium-sized fish may be identified by the use of this key, together with the tables
giving the frequency distributions of the meristic characters and the ranges of proportional measurements,
and with a knowledge of the locality of capture of the specimens to be identified.
528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
elongate spots. Many small dark spots typically absent.
Penultimate trunk segment septangular in a decidedly pre-
dominant number of specimens, sometimes novemangular.
Attains to but a medium maximum size.
hi. Snout 7.7 to 9.9 percent of length in medium-sized and large
specimens of both sexes. Pectoral rays 15 to 18.
a, Caudal segments modally 39, varying 38 to 40; dorsal rays
modally 20, varying 19 to 21. Snout averaging shorter,
postorbital longer, trunk longer and slenderer (see table
2). White dots coarser and more numerous. Atlantic
coast of Europe___-guttulatus multiannularis (p. 540)
7. Caudal segments modally 38, varying 36 to 39; dorsal rays
modally 19, varying 18 to 21. Mediterranean coast of
Muro pe. os sae ees guttulatus guttulatus (p. 548)
h2. Snout 5.9 to 7.3 percent of length in medium-sized specimens
of both sexes. Pectoral rays 13 to 15. Caudal segments
36 to 38. Dorsal rays 17 to 19. Atlantic coast of Europe.
europaeus (p. 546)
f?. Trunk with large yellowish or whitish or variegated blotches in
young, usually partly or wholly replaced with brownish lines
in full-grown specimens. White dots on side of trunk very
sparse. Western Atlantic.
g'. Caudal segments usually 36 to 38, varying 35 to 39; dorsal and
pectoral rays in comparatively smaller average numbers;
trunk in full-grown specimens rather deep; tubercles well
developed; snout medium; white dots usually not profuse.
Atlantic and Gulf coasts of United States, north and west of
Wlorida4 2525 33 eae hudsonius hudsonius (p. 551)
g?. Caudal segments usually 35 to 37, varying 33 to 37; dorsal and
pectoral rays in comparatively larger average numbers; trunk
in full-grown specimens notably deep; tubercles compara-
tively not so well developed, sometimes nearly obsolescent
in full-grown males; snout rather long; white dots usually
profuse except on side of truak. Florida and Cuba.
hudsonius punctulatus (p. 561)
g®. Caudal segments usually 35 or 36, varying 33 to 36; dorsal rays
in comparatively smaller average numbers; pectoral rays in
medium numbers; trunk of medium depth; tubercles usually
rather low, tending to become nearly obsolescent in large males;
snout medium. Bermuda_-_-_-_-_- hudsonius kincaidi (p. 568)
e?. Tubercles on upper ridge in medium-sized and large specimens ob-
solescent or nearly so, or very low and narrowly rounded above,
not pointed, not forming broad stout stumps. Typically covered
profusely with small brown spots.
f!. Snout 6.1 to 7.9 percent of length and depth 16.4 to 19.4 in speci-
mens 68 to 104 mm long. Pectoral rays modally 14, varying
13 to 15. Coronet blunt but not low. Tubercles on upper
ridge of trunk usually evident as low rounded elevations.
Mediterranean! Stes ae ane ae eee hippocampus (p. 570)
f?. Snout 10 to 12.7 percent of length and depth 12 to 15.3 in speci-
mens 58 to 137 mm long of both sexes. Pectoral rays usually
15 or 16, varying 15 to 17. Coronet very low. Tubercles on
upper ridge of trunk mostly obsolescent in large specimens.
Paar COMES Sr VC se eee eee reidi (p. 572)
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 529
d?. Development of tubercles on upper ridge peculiar, low, stout, and
blunt, not pointed, not obsolescent; in form of low knoblike stumps.
Slender, depth in medium-sized specimens not over 13.7 percent.
e!. Dorsal rays 17; caudal segments 35. Atlantic coast of United
RS RAILCS: eee crease ee RE Ae i obtusus (p. 576)
e?. Dorsal rays 20 to 21; caudal segments 39. Pacific coast of Panama.
hildebrandi (p. 579)
c. Trunk segments 10 (one specimen examined). Tubercles well developed
and pointed. With large blotches. Trunk deep__-_-_villosus (p. 582)
«?, Dorsal rays 10 to 14. Pectoral rays 10 to 12. Upper ridges of trunk and
tail normally overlapping on one segment, infrequently on two, rarely on
none. First caudal segment oftenest quadrangular, sometimes hexan-
gular (an infrequent individual variation in regulus, frequent in zosterae).
Base of dorsal normally over two segments, usually the last two trunk
segments, sometimes over the first caudal and last trunk segments. Trunk
segments usually 10, sometimes 9, infrequently 11. Caudal segments 28
TORS Ame eye cree Rs Moe NE ad es iret Se Si Subgenus JAMSUS (p. 584)
b'. Dorsal rays with mode decidedly at 11, varying 10 to 12. Caudal segments
usually 29 to 31, varying 28 to 32. Trunk segments nearly always 10.
Maximum size 34 mm. Mississippi and Texas coasts; Campeche,
INEGXEC OL p Pet lire ss UE MEL ae OME POURED See eee ia aE regulus (p. 584)
b?. Dorsal rays with mode decidedly at 12, varying 11 to 14. Caudal segments
usually 31 to 33, varying 30 to 34. Trunk segments 9 or 10 (depending
on the racial stock), sometimes 11. Maximum size 44 mm. Florida,
Biscayne bay ito Pensacola. 2o2. 20L A ae ee os zosterae (p. 589)
Subgenus MACLEAYINA Fowler
Macleayina FowuER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 59, p. 426, 1907.
(Genotype: Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson=H. bleekeri Fowler by
original designation.)
This subgenus was originally established on the basis of the in-
creased number of dorsal rays. Correlated with this is the position
of the dorsal base, usually on one caudal and five trunk segments.
It also differs in having the upper ridges of tail and trunk overlapping
normally on three segments instead of on two, the dominant condition
in the subgenus Hippocampus. While this difference may seem slight,
it is correlated with a more fundamental difference in structure, each
segment on which the two ridges overlap also having an extra plate
on top for the support of the dorsal (see pp. 505 to 507). In this respect
the species ingens is somewhat intermediate between Macleayina and
Hippocampus. Macleayina also has an increased number of caudal
segments and a higher average number of trunk segments. According
to McCulloch * it contains five species. Of the species listed by
McCulloch, however, bleekeri and agnesae have been synonymized
with abdominalis by Fowler,®® while graciliformis has been placed in
the synonymy of the same species by Waite and Hale.” The one or
38 Mem. Australian Mus., vol. 5, p. 97, 1929.
39 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 73, p. 446, 1921.
40 Rec. South Australian Mus., vol. 1, p. 319, 1921.
73864—36 3
530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
more species comprising this subgenus are geographically outside
the scope of the present paper, and, moreover, sufficient material
for comparison is not available. Consequently, the species are not
treated further here.
Subgenus HIPPOCAMPUS Rafinesquet
Hippocampus RaFINEesQuE, Caratteri di aleuni nuovi generi e nuove specie di
animali e piante della Sicilia . . ., p. 18, 1810. [Genotype: H. hippocampus
(Linnaeus) =Syngnathus hippocampus Linnaeus=H. pentagonus Rafinesque
by absolute tautonymy.]
Hippocampus Leacu, The zoological miscellany, vol. 1, p. 103, 1814. [Genotype:
H. hippocampus (Linnaeus) = H. antiquorum Leach by absolute tautonymy. ]
Hippocampus Cuvier, Le régne animal .. ., vol. 2, p. 157, 1817. [Genotype:
H. hippocampus (Linnaeus) =Syngnathus hippocampus Linnaeus by absolute
tautonymy and by monotypy.]
Farlapiscis Wuittny, Australian Zool., vol. 6, p. 318, 1931. (Genotype: H.
breviceps Peters by original designation.)
The species of this subgenus that were studied form a compact
group, which may be sharply distinguished from the subgenus
Macleayina on the one hand and from Jamsus on the other as indicated
in the key. Whether this sharp distinction will hold when the other
species of seahorses are studied in detail remains to be seen.
The necessity for the new generic name introduced by Whitley
is not clear, and he gives no reason for establishing it. As far as I
can judge by current descriptions, H. breviceps, the genotype of
Whitley’s Farlapiscis, belongs to the typical subgenus Hippocampus.
Tasie 1.—Frequency distribution of the number of caudal segments and fin rays in
nine species or subspectes of the subgenus Hippocampus
Caudal segments Dorsal rays Pectoral rays
Species and locality
33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 33) 39] 40 |) 15] 16)17)18]} 19 | 20} 21 |} 13] 14)15] 16 }17]| 18] 19
UNG ENS Sens ee ee | | aren | eee a a NO fine oil ef eed fis se | Seal Ua SS In lef eae cen tee | ee
multiannularis: At-
lantic coast of Eu-
guttulatus: Mediter-
ranean coast of
MNTOPeC. sae ae sou -ee eases DB TG Gg) 25) Se S| ea ee SS QU OSM iitigy) deal see | sofia ou aeia| aden | een
CUTOPUCUSE Ronee eee eee (eee aoe 3/3 A ae | ee eS ee Busse isee de Sas ee eee ee ee
hippocampus..------|--- MWe sor |zecs ee tes ele S| len LOM ee ees ce ae 2) eS. ele leaeel sealant see
NE1dd =a eno ee ae esos P63 23) s28|sea| ace LOL Oo ola esos es] Set ee 4 dene Se
hiztcaidi Bermuda | ln eae) eee eee ae ee | ec | Affe reset he lt ee a 4 | N e ee
punctulatus: Florida
andi @ubaz 2 2--- = A SSe RS On ve lleoe | ante en || aee tee ee eon elie eee eed | cee 3/14)9]/1/]1
hudsonius:
North and South
Caroling sa ase e SO eae Le peed a] cee | oe tee Fae Ca | eee | ees | ere 28 ia | ee ee
Mississippi to
NOxes #222 so se55| Seale es Mai Bui LO) [27 Se ee ae ee te ee en ONS trea | enced IL ie Suh a an eee ee
Virginia to Maine_}---]---| 3 | 7 | 15 | 7 | 4 |---|/--- 2) UALS LSet | ee ce BaMLGa|) 2a 2) | ees ee
41 See also p. 515 for a discussion of Perry’s use of this generic name.
531
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG
*(IZg pus ogg ‘dd oes) ATUo 9zIs Aq SI poqe[nqe, suoutpoeds O44 Jo UOTeZaIZ0S OY} PUB ‘eTO JO JUSUIIPNA B ysvoT 48 IO YONod poolq B py Joye peulmexe suoupeds [[e A[IVON z
‘Og ‘d UO pessnosip sv ‘7091109 AJojNjosqB you A[qeqoid sT xes 04 SUTP1090B [VIIO}VU OY} JO MOTVSeISeS SY, “60 04 L0G ‘dd ees ‘s}UsUIEINSvEUT ZUTHeI JO Poyyou Jo UOTdIIOSep 10 1
Ly 6 F-£'F || 0°89 $9-6'T9 || 9 GE T€&-1 ZE || 60 F'1Z-9 02 || 0 'OT T‘OI-0 OT || T°2 €°L-6°9 || OFT OPP ERS Pa U Gi oe fis |fercetre lease mote aio ses 88-48
0% oP-8'E || F€9 G°S9-T SO || TCE T €&-L "6% |) €°6T L°6I-L'8T || 2°6 & OI-1 6 ¥9 69-6 'S || 9 °ST LOT-L"8I | @)etieseaercas ame ce SII-€6
snandoina sndurnv0d dipy
8 °F T'S-9'F || 6°89 6 €9-F 19 || 9 CE T ‘F&-6 OE || T'& 9 °F2-1 GS || GOT 8 0I-8 6 6 6°6-8°S || 6 °ET G°OT-€ CE | 9 Oia [Frans mak ie 88-82
0°¢ ¥'G-L"b || 0°89 9 °F9-Z SO || L°SE G'EE-8 TES || 1° G"FS-0 GS || POT 801-2 6 £6 6°6-6°8 || 2°41 8°OT-S CT | ZL Oy ees Slee ee as 88-ZL
tT 9'F-G'F || 9 °E9 T G9-€ 29 || € SE 9 °ZE-8 ‘TE || 8°TS 222-6 0G || 6°6 g 01-26 06 ¥6-8°8 || & FL P'OI-8 CI | F OES limeney cas ee “"“OTI-96
9'F 6°F-2'F || 9 F9 8°99-€'E9 || OTE 6 TE-L 6S || 0'%% L°@-¥ TS || 86 TOT-€ 6 68 66-98 || TOL vLI-¥ $I | 9 oy eee eres £01-06
edoing Jo 4svoo UveURIIOJIPI—sn7}0)NIING snjojnznb sndwvo0dd1yyy
i 8'b-F F || 6°29 O'F9-L‘T9 || F°Eé G GE-G SE || 9 °%S 9°€-L ‘TZ || 9°OT 6 OT-T OL || F'8 G6-1'8 || 6 OI T¥I-0 CT | 2 (C04 | Gosiapeelng Sane ~~ §TI-80T
bP LY-1'F || 3°49 Z°99-9'€9 || €°ZE F§E-9 TE || 13s 9 €-6 0 || F°OT 0'TI-8 6 €°8 0°6-L°2 || TST v OTF eI | 2 ee eer eee a Sy sLSIS10F
edoing Jo 4svod O1JURLy W—SstDpnUUDIZINW §nzDjNBNH sndwups0d dry
bP G't-<2'F || 619 @ 29-9 19 || 2 8E G EE-1 EE || 9 ES 6°€Z- &@ || 2 'OT 9 01-26 £0 F'OI-Z'01|| 0ST €CI-9 IT | Orr eg ete ce ~~" @6-18
Gir ec e ae = ve OSD yu | peer ORCE re Ao = Ge CAG iiees | ok eee nae OG iene eer ae PAG ei ae CAG ieee ares T iOS erste Seen GPE
Les 0'F-*F'E || 9°19 G €9-Z 09 || FEE F 'PE-E SE || FSS L°@Z-6 TS || £6 66 9°83 201 9 OI-¥ 6}| T&T 8SI-2 SI | 9 Ops ae eras SoT-8IT
Z's €€-1'€ || 8°49 £°99-Z 'F9 |) 6 TE 6 'TE-8 ‘TE || $°0Z 1 -02 || 06 T6 -6°8 £6 $6 - 6!) FT VSI-F st | @ 125 eer Soar ora T0Z-L9T
suabur sndwuno0ddipyy
028 38 938 938 ose 038 3B
-IOAV esuBy -10AV esuLy -10AV suey -10AV esuey -10AV suey -I0AV esuLy “I0AV suey oe
a eno bce nse see ee ee | Pe (Se le Pe ea eee eee ea | Eee |e tee (aru) q4Ssue'T
-TNnN
HIGIO TeL yunIy, peo Teq1qi0jsog ynous yided
1 Y78ua? ay) fo sabnzuaouad sp passaidxa ‘xas pun az1s fig paynbosbas ‘unauniiaypeyy ay) pun ‘o1uun)y
usajsna ay} ‘oxfravq Uiajspa ay? wouf sndureooddiy fo sazvadsqns wo sawads aay fo splamaunspawu jouonjwiodo.d fo sabpiaaw puv sabuny—% Wav,
oD
ao
a
°
a
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
532
On Orr aera es OG Sim eerngearas DESIR ara Sis POG | aati ie Soa Hl peaee eso Of sass © [peeall eatin heat T Or Glign shee a ae ee og
AS naa GRO Giza agg = ta = PAL Gill are os GOCE | EF Se ey Teel eee esas ESET ideee | aioe SULT de | Gatieeiesets I ie ae ees Be Res oF
6h 69-9'F || 8°89 6S-G "8S |] 6'9 6 SE-8 "SE 1% T°L0-6 92 || 8°IT T'GI-¥'IT || 6 Cr LGI-L IT}! 6 FL TST-8 ST | @ Eee eee eee £6-89
9° 84-8 F || 109 19-@ ‘69 || &°SE &'9E-E FE || €°9S ¢$'9C- FZ || 8 OT O'TI-G OT || 2°01 GIT-@ OT)! £°FT oSI-1 FI | @ OT et os Lae pee C8-FL
6° 6 &-8's || T°19 0°89-G 6S || F'SE 898-6 FE || 3 °& 9 °E2-L ‘GS || OOF T ‘01-8 6 9 OT OIT-@ OT)! 2 er PCI- C1 | @ O; S| Pangea ae ee, LEI-Ler
ORES [eat toe oes CnC Olea anewiatin sions Pao hoses > Eon ON COs | fine rte Tea tek i}t ao lec ame be OSO Te ie ic Cs | Sai |S ose emai (| a en ne, aoe eat I@r
tpias snduno0ddiyy
O58 es8 ese O38 938 o38 A anu i
“10AV osUBy “IQA OsUBY -IOAV esuey “IAW esuey -IOAV esuRy “I0AY esuvy -10AW esuLey pe
Ee Eco Seat a HA a mca Lm lL See | cr ee rc | |S ae | 6 Sn a eed La X9S (aur) y4ysuUe'T
-unN
HIGIO 8b yuniy peo [8}1q104S0g ynous qideq
,sntuospny sndurvooddipy fo suowynjndod pup saedsqns ay}? pup tpror sndureooddiy fo sjuawmainsnaw jouo10dolg—¢ GIAV J,
(ILG pue 0¢¢ ‘dd oes) Ayuo ozIs Aq SI poye[Nqe} suotpeds 944 Jo WOIWBSaIFes 94} PU ‘9UO Jo YUOIHIPNA B 4svoT 4B JO YONod poolq B py J0Yy!e PpeulUIBxd sueurtoeds [[B ATIVAN ¢
Se Sees eet = 3 S00 Riayat eae OG Eiec |e niente any gry Mil aaron he OG Tas | ener ck: (opichiece, | a pees CUO lates eaaes Tg eae ol Seen ene tages sg
8'F T'S-L °F || 0°89 T'$9-L ‘09 || €°SE L’€E-S “TE || 6 US G°EZ-T TS || 211 €‘1T-6 OT || &°2 6°2-L°9 || B71 BAST eps OTe cl Sneae Pecan ie nara 68-89
I? FF-6°E || O'F9 8°S9-@ 19 || € 0 8 08-9 62 || 2°61 ¢ ‘02-2 61 || 2 OL €'OI-1T Or || *'9 6'9-1'9 || 8°81 F'6I-L ‘LT | & (Oia a rene eee FOT-86
sndupooddiy sndwni0d dizzy
ea a a ee Se ES SS EO SS
ese eye e238 asB 968 ase & ase8 oon a58 :
“OAV esuBy “OAV ecury “1QAV esuey -IOAW asuBy -10AV esuBy “10AV asuvy “OAV esUBYy ee
700 x39 (urut) q3sue'T
ae eS Sd ee | |e Ee, | eee ee EEE ESS | q
-mnN
FGIO ISL yUunLL peo [T84q104sOg ynous qyideq
a eee eee ee ess ee ee ——————
ponuryu0g— y476ua7 247 fo saBoquaoiad sv passaudaxa ‘xas pup azis fq payba.bas ‘uvouniieyipa py ay) puv “ovUDny
udajsna ay) ‘oyfrong udsajsva ay) wouf sndureooddryy fo savadsqns 10 sarsads aay fo syuamainsvaw pouoryiodoud fo sabviean pun sobuny— GF AIAV L,
533
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG
°Z Q[GVI 0} T 0J0UY00] eag |
0°S ¢’c-F'P || 809 9 ‘T9-8'°8¢ || 9 'EE 8°E8-Z SE || FES 9 "F2-8 1% || TIT 0 ZI-Z OT || 6°8 9°TI-L°L || 9 FT 9 ST-€ SE | 9 Oy |itaae ae hee RES OG,
og 6°S-6'°F || 0°69 6 °€9-Z 09 || 0°€E 6 PEF TE || P&S $°9-8 TS || IT € GI-G OT || F'8 €°6 -L°L || 9°ST O°LT-€ FT | LOL | nr a ceaeeatenaas =n 0L-09
vt 8'F-0'F || 709 0°€9-8°LS || 6 FE 6 SE-0 EE || 8°Cs G6 PE-8 TS || € OL € TIl-2'6 66 9°OI-€'8 || S’ST TAT Shas tslic9 Ophul|tt aaa te lees 26-08
Lar, L'$-9'S || 2°€9 2°99-L°19 |} LOE 898-9 6% || 1S ¥Z2-% 0G || € OT & ‘11-66 872 §°8 -0°L || F'8T € ‘0Z-€ ‘OT | 6 | & | Nese niemn aiaies ae Saket “OST-96
SUIVIL 0} BVIUISITA—sniwospny sniuospry sndwoo0ddizy
CO | aoe oe BBO eli geaneboe rot LAG | en pec mene | OG so i | Becca eee OCS | atc cen DO aa ONO Tira aareaerecrn near T Onn | ates a Se Rome eat oF
CRO mae ea ceae cee SF OC aes rate. Ban OS OS keen] seman eee OAC ia | eit ae ai SEG)e a4 eee esc LayH(0)| Sse [Secs a Vea eae eee Ene T (227 nae me arpa &P
og 9 °S-¢ °F || 709 619-189 || o‘FE 0°9E-G SE || 6 'FS ¥SC-4 FG || TI Seip 0s ||20%6 001-6 °8 || 9°FT OrOT=SasTo F Oh Al Stage ama eee 6L-8F
9'F €°S-6'€ || 8°09 8°29-9 89 || L°8€ €°SE-G GE || TFS 6 SZ-F "€% || OTT 9°CI-6 OT ||} 06 8°6 -1'8 || 8°9T L°8I-6°ST | ¢ OE ean an Raia. S4:
CET eon |e veeeaas ONO see eerie Cele aie | aera GrlGiaey | Panes CSOs sl Bare rai, TSS SS pete | ee ance ace Gigi ee =| eee oeresee I OF xls ao eat cera OTT
I? 8'F-8'E || 1 #9 0°S9-0 29 || T'2é T€8-€ TE || 93S € €S-6 0 || G ‘OT GII-00T || 68 4°83 -L‘L 6I € ‘02-1 ST | 9 eps Saag aaa ~“O8I-86
SBx9,L, 0} IdAISSISsIPyT—sniwospny snrwospny sndupsoddyy
6°? oS-L'F || +09 ¥Z9-E°L9 || € FE 0‘9€-€ EE || 2°92 G 16-6 GS || TIT 8 TI-9 OT || oO GCI-6°L || 9 FT G9T-L GI | € | ie" | eset eer ae OL-8F
6+ 9°S-8°F || T°€9 ¥ F9-G TO || 6 TE 8 °€E-L 08 || 9 'ce 6 €Z-L 0 || 8 ‘OT ¥ IT-0'0T || 28 ¥6 VL || 6°91 €°61-0'ST | 9 Sd aes eae a tees ~ 88-02
o> ¥S-Z'P || 2°09 ¥-Z9-8 8S || 2 FE 6 'PE-6 SE || 9°&S G'FZ-9 TS || OTT & TI-8 OI || 26 0OI-L°L |) FLT 6°ST-€ ST | ¢ Om. | anata 2 Te OE
€ + Fb F-2'P || 6 49 €§ °S9-7 $9 || 2°08 GTE-8 66 || 2°13 €°C3-0'TS || 6 OT 901-8 6 0°8 0°8 -0'8 || 2 '8T €°ST-O'8T | & Wordle are a ane ie ZOT-86
SUI[OIVD YANO, pue YON—Sniwospny sniuospny sndwos0ddyy
e°¢ 8°S-1°¢ || 0°99 ¥'S8o-L ‘FS || 9 °9E L'8&-L "8 || 0°26 G 62-6 FG |} OTT 6 GI-L OT || IT €°OI-Z OL]! FFT 0 9T-2 Cr | 3 Ol Ge ee = ee aa 09-67
T¢ 8'S-F'F || 8'9¢ 0°L9-G ‘9 || T9E € ‘9E-8 SE || 8°26 G°12-0'L6 || TOT LOI-¥ IL |} FIT TGI-2 ‘OT|| 6 ST §9I-F'ST | @ rigEiag| Fe gaat esr sha a >, 16509
ev LY-L°8 || L°6 L19-L'89 || 8°98 9'SE-L ‘VE || LHS ¥92-€ ES || PIT @ GI-¥ OT || GOT € TI-€'6 || [61 T‘0Z-T ST | 2 Onan ice = aed ~~“ GPI-66
oP L'$-6'€ || € 19 L°@9-3 6S || 8°VE 8°9E-0°EE || 2 FZ ¥ 9-0 GS |} 6 OT & TI-l OL || 66 6 ‘OI-¥'8 || 2°02 T'G6-6 61 | 8 1s ae cae e9T-00T
BQNO PUP BPO. Y—snpo)npound sniuospny snduvsod dry
|
T¢ €°S-6'F || 169 86-7 8S || PLE 9°LE-Z LE || 1°S% T °Se-0 92 || LOT 8 °OI-S ‘OL || TOL € 01-86 || 0 FT O'FI-6 ST | @ Or Re ae. ae, ae é9-19
6% @°S-9'F || 6°39 GE9-L 29 || 9 SE G EE-0 ZE || 92S 8 bZ-F 02 || TOT 9 ‘01-8 6 26 66 -4°8 || 8°LT 6 °SI-Z'9T | & alee cans ee eet 88-GZ
CEP en Po ae OES Or Rl ime nema, iri RONG Geer, | peg eta age SECO malta ee year Shi Te ae iar eae nie Ss | Seis cieiens OUST Sa ee aeS T lear ee a SG
epnuieg—ipwoury sniuospny sndwpooddiyy
534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
HIPPOCAMPUS INGENS Girard
Figure 55
tain the most practicable and economical route for a railroad from the
Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 10, pt. 4, Fishes, p. 342, 1859.
(San Diego, Calif.)
Hippocampus gracilis Grit, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1862, p. 283.
(Cape St. Lucas, Calif.)
Hippocampus ingens JoRDAN and Evrermann, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47, pt. 1,
p. 776, 1896. (H. gracilis placed in synonymy of ingens.)
Hippocampus ecuaderensis FowumR, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 73,
p. 446, fig. 2, 1921. (Bahia, Ecuador.)
Hippocampus ingens MEEK and HILDEBRAND (in part), Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.,
zool. ser., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 256, 1928. (Chame Point and Panama City
market, Panama.)
Diagnosis —First caudal segment hexangular® (in 10 specimens
studied, injured in one); last trunk segment octangular; penultimate
trunk segment septangular or novemangular (completely septangular
in four and novemangular in four, incompletely novemangular in two);
antepenultimate and the preceding trunk segments septangular. In
other words, an extra plate on first caudal and last one or two trunk
segments; or, upper ridges of tail and trunk overlapping on two or
three segments. Trunk segments usually 11 (in seven), sometimes
12 (the twelfth segment complete in one specimen, incomplete * in
two; all these three specimens having the penultimate trunk segment
with an extra plate). Caudal segments 38 to40. Dorsal rays modally
19, varying 19 to 21. Pectoral rays modally 16, varying 15 to 17.
Tubercles well developed in medium-sized fish, usually pointed,
sometimes rather stubby but high; becoming almost obliterated
in largest males, somewhat better developed in large females.
Coronet of medium height in medium-sized fish of both sexes and
in large females, somewhat lower in large males. Trunk notably
slender; snout long. Filaments very few and rather short (present
only in the medium-sized specimens examined). Profusely covered
with many small rounded brown spots, somewhat as in reidi; small
whitish or silvery dots often unusually profuse, characteristically
tending to an arrangement into irregular rows and often tending to
coalesce into fine white streaks irregularly spreading over nearly en-
tire tail, trunk, and head. Dorsal with a submarginal dark streak
typically present, often obscure; margin over dark streak hyaline,
more or less dusky or diffusely spotted below the streak; sometimes
entire dorsal nearly colorless. (For counts and measurements see
tables 1 and 2.)
42 For a discussion of the modification in the structure of the first caudal and posterior trunk segments in
the species of Hippocampus and of the various ways in which this modification may be expressed, see
pp. 505 to 507.
43 See p. 504 for explanation of an incomplete trunk segment.
Hippocampus ingens GrRARD, in Reports of explorations and surveys to ascer-
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG joo
FIGURE 55.—Hippocampus ingens, drawn from a male, 201 mm long, from Panama; U.S.N.M. no. 79683.
I Length of specimen as drawn, 127 mm. (The latter stated length in this and other figures refers to
the distance between two horizontal lines forming the boundaries of the specimen as drawn, a tangent
through the outermost coil in the tail and a horizontal through the uppermost point on the head or
“neck.’’)
536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Distinctive characters and relationships.—In practice no difficulty will
be found in identifying specimens belonging to this species. Only
one other species, haldebrandi, is now known to occur within the range
of ingens. The differences between the two are discussed under the
account of hildebrandi (p. 579), which is saliently distinct from ingens.
This species differs from all others of its subgenus treated herein
in its large size and in the fact that the upper ridges of the tail and
trunk overlap on three segments as often as on two, possibly even
oftener on three, whereas in the other species the normal overlap is
on two segments with an overlap on three as a rather infrequent
individual variation. In this respect ingens forms a transition between
Hippocampus proper and the subgenus Macleayina.
While there is no doubt that ingens is quite distinct and no author
ever questioned its distinctive nature, it is remarkable that it shows
no structural characters by which it may be sharply delimited from
some other American or European species of Hippocampus, which
possibly are not even closely related to it. This furnishes an illus-
tration of the difficulties encountered in properly distinguishing the
species of Hippocampus by the ordinary morphological methods. In
its slender body, long snout, color pattern, and tendency for the tuber-
cles to become obsolescent with age it closely approaches or agrees
with reidi, differing in having more numerous caudal segments and
dorsal rays; but the two species closely approach each other in those
characters even in the comparatively few specimens studied. When
a large specimen of reidi is compared with specimens of ingens of
similar size—specimens of such length may be considered to be only
of medium size in ingens—the former appears markedly different on
account of its obsolescent tubercles; but in full-grown specimens of
ingens the tubercles on the trunk also become rather obsolescent,
especially in full-grown males.
As far as the structural characters are concerned, ingens is even
nearer to guttulatus from the Mediterranean, or multiannularis from
the Atlantic coast of Europe, closely agreeing with those two sub-
species in the number of caudal segments, pectoral rays, and dorsal
rays and being nearer to the former in its dorsal rays and nearer to
the latter in its caudal segments. It differs from both in having
a longer snout and, on the average, a slenderer body and a characteris-
tic profusion of small dark spots. The length of the snout possibly
will also be found to intergrade when larger series are measured. It
is also closely related to hudsonius from the Atlantic coast of North
America, ingens differmeg chiefly in the color pattern, but in structural
characters the two species more or less overlap, although the averages
or frequency distributions are decidedly different. While ingens, in
general, differs from hudsonius in its structural characters in approxi-
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG Env
mately the same manner as it differs from guttulatus or multiannularis,
in the frequency distribution of its meristic characters it is nearer to
the Kuropean species than to the American hudsonius (see table 1).
As stated, it differs from hudsonius, guttulatus, multiannularis, reidi,
and others in tending strongly to have an extra plate on the penulti-
mate trunk segment, and as a consequence the upper ridges of the
tail and trunk overlap on three segments about as often as on two, or,
in other words, the penultimate segment is novemangular nearly as
often as septangular. Quite likely this character is an important and
suggestive indicator of phylogenetic relationship, in spite of the fact
that it is shown only by half, or slightly more than half, of the popula-
tion.
Material examined and geographic distribution —San Diego, Calif.;
A. Cassidy; four cotypes (982).*4 Mazatlan, Mexico; J. G. Ortega
(86239). Chame Point, Panama; March 8-14, 1913; R. Tweedlie
(82038). Panama City market; Meek and Hildebrand (79682, April
1912; 79683, 1912; 79684, March 22, 1912). Panama Bay, lat. 7°57’
S., long. 78°55’ W.; March 5, 1888, Albatross (43404). Salinas, Ecua-
dor; September 17, 1926; Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt (88833, in bad condi-
tion but evidently the present species).
Total number of specimens studied, 11; three with a brood pouch,
113 to 201 mm long, seven without any trace of a brood pouch, 87 to
158 mm (one specimen broken, sex and length indeterminable). The
localities from which specimens were examined represent a range from
San Diego, Calif., to Salinas, Ecuador.
Synonymy.—t follow previous authors in placing H. gracilis in the
synonymy of ingens, although the original description is not sufficiently
detailed to be certain of such reference. Since the type is evidently lost
this is probably the best course to take, unless another species turns up
from that region. The account of H. ecuadorensis shows that it was
apparently based on a specimen of ingens. Fowler states that his
new species ‘differs from H. ingens in more dorsal rays, larger eye,
blunt body and tail rings, and the absence of dermal flaps.”” The 11
specimens examined have 19 to 21 dorsal rays, and it is consequently
reasonable to expect that 22 rays, as in the type of ecuadorensis, falis
within the range of variation; the blunt rings and the absence of der-
mal flap are usual in large specimens. The size of the eye is too vari-
able to be employed by itself in distinguishing species. The color
pattern, as indicated by the description and figure, is typical of
ingens.
44 Unless otherwise specified, the numbers given in parentheses throughout this paper are U. 8. National
Museum eatalog numbers. Data without numbers refer to specimens in the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.
i| 038 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
FIGURE 56.—Hippocampus guttulatus multiannularis, new subspecies, drawn from a paratype; Univ.
Michigan Mus, no. 111748, 110 mm long. Length of specimen as drawn, 63 mm. ‘The long appendages
are fleshy filaments, not spines.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 539
FiGuRE 57.—Hippocampus guttulatus muitiannularis, new subspecies, drawn from a female paratype 113
mm long. Length of specimen as drawn, 62 mm,
540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL 83
HIPPOCAMPUS GUTTULATUS MULTIANNULARIS, new subspecies
Fiaures 56, 57
Hippocampus atrichus pr LA Pyare, Congr. Sci. France, Poitiers, 1834, 2d sess.,
p. 528, 1835 (see p. 524).
Hippocampus antiquorum Day (not Leach), The fishes of Great Britain and Ire-
land, vol. 2, p. 265, pl. 144, fig. 7, 1880 (the figure has a rather long snout
and was probably drawn from a specimen of the present subspecies).
Hippocampus guttulatus DUNcKER (not Cuvier, as here restricted, see p. 546), Die
Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, pt. 12g, p. 23, 1926 (the description and the
figure agree fairly well with the present subspecies, and if that account in-
cludes Atlantic coast specimens they should probably be referred to it).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment hexangular and last trunk seg-
ment octangular (in all 16 specimens examined); antepenultimate
segment nearly always septangular (incompletely novemangular in
only one of the 16 specimens examined). In other words, nearly
always extra plates on first caudal and last trunk segments only;
or upper ridges of tail and trunk overlapping on two segments only
(with the single exception noted). Trunk segments 11 (in all 16
specimens examined). Caudal segments modally 39, varying 38 to
40. Dorsal rays usually 19 or 20, varying 19 to 21. Pectoral rays
oftenest 16 or 17, varying 15 to 18. Tubercles rather low but con-
spicuous. Coronet of medium height, preceded by a double bony
hump of nearly same height and almost fused with it, producing
the effect, when viewed from the side, of an unusually wide and
comparatively low coronet. Trunk rather slender, snout of medium
length. Most specimens, both males and females, with a few short
filaments on coronet and postorbital spines, sometimes also a few
on anterior spines of upper ridge of trunk. Specimens having the
color fairly well preserved nearly uniformly colored, rather dark,
profusely sprinkled with small white dots, comparatively coarse,
especially on head and trunk, sometimes a few white dots coalescing
there to form elongate spots or short irregular lines. (See tables 1
and 2 for counts and measurements.)
Distinctive characters and relationships——As already noted, the
common seahorses occurring on the Atlantic coast of Europe have
hitherto been generally regarded by authors as belonging to one
species and referred to either one or the other of the two common
Mediterranean species. If the locality of the specimens forming the
basis of the present account is correct, however (see p. 541), it shows
that on the coasts of Europe two common species occur in the Atlantic
as well as in the Mediterranean. The two Kuropean Atlantic coast
seahorses may be distinguished chiefly by the correlation of a shorter
snout and fewer caudal segments in one, while the other has a longer
snout in combination with more numerous caudal segments. The
apparent reason for the prevalent ‘‘opinion”’ that only one species
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 54]
exists on the Atlantic coast is the greater difficulty of distinguishing
the two forms occurring there, while the two Mediterranean species
are more readily distinguishable and were consequently recognized
by nearly all more recent authors.
The Atlantic short-snouted seahorse differs specifically from the
short-snouted Mediterranean species and is treated herein under
the name of H. europaeus. The other Atlantic seahorse is rather
long-snouted and is apparently specifically identical with the long-
snouted Mediterranean species, guttulatus, but the Atlantic coast
population diverges sufficiently to be recognized as a distinct sub-
species and is here described as multiannularis.
The differences between the subspecies guitulatus and multiannu-
laris may be readily appreciated by a study of tables 1 and 2. It
will be noted that multiannularis has a distinctly higher caudal
segment count, the mode being at 39 instead of 38. To a lesser
extent it also averages a higher dorsal ray count and possibly a
higher pectoral ray count. In proportional measurements multi-
annularis has, on the average, a slenderer trunk, a slightly shorter
snout, a rather longer postorbital distance, and a slightly longer
trunk and shorter tail, although there are usually more tail seg-
ments. The white spots in multiannularis are usually somewhat
coarser and more numerous. The tubercles and coronet are perhaps
not so well developed as in guttulatus, but these structures vary
ereatly with age, and their variations in both subspecies remain
to be established more definitely. The two subspecies differ some-
what as hudsonius and punctulatus differ on the American coasts.
The difference between multiannularis and its congener occurring
in the same region, europaeus, may also be gathered by a study of
tables 1 and 2, europaeus saliently differing in having fewer caudal
segments and dorsal and pectoral rays and a shorter snout, but the
exact degree of divergence between the two Atlantic seahorses remains
to be determined. Out of 24 specimens examined, representing both
forms, all were readily referred to their proper species or subspecies,
except one somewhat doubtful specimen, which is described in some
detail on page 542.
Material examined and geographic distribution.—The origin of the
specimens on which the foregoing account is based is to some extent
uncertain and is here explained in detail. Dr. Carl L. Hubbs kindly
sent me a lot of 20 seahorses from the collection of the Michigan
University Museum of Zoology for study, three of them more or less
damaged, the other 17 in fair or good condition. This lot was
originally kept alive on exhibition in the New York Aquarium and
according to Dr. Hubbs came ‘‘supposedly from the Bay of Biscay.”’
In order to trace their origin more definitely I wrote to C. M. Breder,
Jr., associate director of the New York Aquarium, who replied that
542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
the seahorses were presented to the aquarium by E. O. Freund. of
Chicago, that Mr. Freund purchased the specimens from Dagry
Fréres of Paris, and that they were said to have been caught in the
Bay of Biscay. I then wrote to Dagry Fréres, who replied as follows:
“Tous les cheveaux marins qui sont fournis par notre Maison provien-
nent du Bassin d’Arcachon dans l’Océan Atlantique.” A detailed
study shows that irrespective of whether the specimens from Dagry
Fréres were mixed with those from other sources somewhere along
the line of transfer from one party to the other (see next paragraph),
it is highly probable that 16 came from the Bay of Biscay. At
any rate, there is hardly any question that all 16 belong to one
subspecies, which is most closely related to guttulatus, and that they
are subspecifically distinct from typical guttulatus from the Medi-
terranean.
One of the specimens in the lot possibly did come from another
source. It is apparently a hippocampus, a Mediterranean species.
This specimen is discussed at greater length on page 572.
Briefly, the present subspecies is based on eight specimens with a
brood pouch, 101 to 131 mm long, and eight without a brood pouch,
103 to 113 mm long (one male and one female with the tail broken
off at the end, the female possibly somewhat longer than the largest
female with an unbroken tail). The locality of capture, Bay of
Biscay, while apparently correct, needs to be verified. The difference
in geographical distribution between multiannularis and the typical
subspecies of guttwlatus remains to be worked out.
Holotype-—Univ. Michigan Mus. no. 111747; the brood pouch
of medium development; caudal segments 40, dorsal rays 20; pectoral
rays 18; length 108 mm; depth 15.5, snout 9, postorbital 11, trunk 33,
tail 63.5 and orbit 4.5 percent of length (these measurements and
counts are included in the tables and in the foregoing diagnosis).
The locality of the type indicated above.
Paratypes.—Univ. Michigan Mus. no. 111748; 15 specimens in same
lot with the type.
Uncertain specimen.—A single specimen (93733), somewhat doubt-
fully referred to multiannularis, may be described as follows: Without
a brood pouch; trunk segments 11, caudal segments 39, dorsal rays
20, pectoral rays 16; length 130 mm, depth 13, snout 7.5, postorbital
11.5, head 21, trunk 33 and tail 63 percent of length. When these
data are compared with tables 1 and 2, it will be noted that the counts
of the meristic characters are more as in multiannularis, but possibly
the specimen represents an extreme variant of europaeus. The
length of the snout is rather intermediate between the specimens of
europaeus and multiannularis that were measured, but nearer to the
latter. Moreover, it is a large specimen, and the relative length of
se
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 543
the snout decreases with size; consequently, it is more likely that this
specimen represents a muliiannularis. The depth, and length of the
head, are also somewhat nearer to multiannularis. Itis one of a lot
of three originally carried in the United States National Museum as
no. 16454, with the locality entered as ‘England’ with a question
mark. The two smaller specimens in this lot are entirely typical of
europaeus and are included here in the account of that species, but
the specific relation of the present specimen is somewhat uncertain
for the reasons stated, and is treated here separately. It may be
possible to place this specimen with greater assurance after the range
of variation of both species is more definitely determined by a study
of larger numbers of specimens.
HIPPOCAMPUS GUTTULATUS GUTTULATUS Cuvier
Hippocampus non aculeatus, incisuris raris Wi1LLUGHBY, Historia piscium . . .,
Tab. I 25, fig. 4, 1686 (no definite locality indicated, restricted by Cuvier,
1817, to a species from ‘‘nos mers’”’ and Cuvier’s account later formed basis
of Schinz’s longirostris).
Syngnathus hippocampus Buocu (in part), Naturgeschichte der auslindishen
Fische, pt. 1, p. 7, pl. 109, fig. 2, 8 ed., 1786 (the figure and only part of
written account apparently refer to this species).
Hippocampus ramulosus Leacu, The zoological miscellany, vol. 1, p. 105, pl. 47,
1814 (locality unknown; possibly based on a specimen of the present sub-
species, see p. 518).
Hippocampus [“‘a museau plus long’”] Cuvier, Le régne animal .. ., vol. 2,
p. 157, 1817 (‘‘nos mers’’; refers to Willughby’s figure 4; distinguished but
not named).
Hippocampus longirostris Scu1nz, Das Thierreich von Cuvier, vol. 2, p. 262, 1822
(based on Cuvier’s preceding account; herewith formally restricted to the
Mediterranean population).
Hippocampus rosaceus Risso, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de
l’ Europe méridionale . . ., vol. 3, p. 184, 1826 (most likely refers to present
subspecies, see p. 521).
Hippocampus guttulatus Cuvier, Le régne animal . . ., ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 363, 1829
(evidently a substitute for longirostris Schinz, generally employed by authors
to designate the common Mediterranean long-snouted seahorse and herewith
formally restricted to the Mediterranean population).
Hippocampus ramulosus GUNTHER, Catalogue of the fishes of the British Museum,
vol. 8, p. 201, 1870 (account includes type of ramulosus).
Hippocampus guttulatus RautHer, Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel,
p. 8, pl. 2, figs. 12, 14, 15, 1925 (the figure 13 is not typical of the present
species, having the spines too low, the snout intermediate, and the color
more as in H. hippocampus; Rauther gives an extensive account of the biology
and anatomy of the Mediterranean species).
Diagnosis. —First caudal segment hexangular, last trunk segment
octangular, and penultimate segment septangular (constant in all 24
specimens examined). In other words, first caudal and last trunk
segment only bearing extra plates for support of the dorsal; or, upper
ridges of tail and trunk overlapping on two segments. ‘Trunk seg-
544. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
ments 11 (in all 24 available specimens). Caudal segments modally
38, varying 36 to 39. Dorsal rays modally 19, varying 18 to 21.
Pectoral rays modally 16, varying 15 to 18. Spines on upper ridge
of trunk fairly well developed in full-grown fish, only slightly better
developed in female. Coronet fairly well developed; a humplike
bony elevation preceded by a spinelike tubercle in front of coronet,
the spine often becoming obsolescent, producing an effect of a double
hump, the latter usually fairly discontinuous and separated from
coronet, often nearly fused and having the effect of a very broad
coronet when viewed laterally (resembling then that of multiannularis,
see p. 540). Trunk of medium depth; snout of medium length. Fila-
ments present in some of the specimens examined, relatively not
numerous, sometimes rather long (many long filaments shown on one
of Rauther’s figures). Color (somewhat faded in the material ex-
amined) more or less profusely peppered with white dots; somewhat
coarser, in form of very small white spots, on side of trunk and opercle ;
often coalescent there to form short, somewhat irregular elongate
spots or white lines showing a tendency to a vertical arrangement on
trunk and on opercle. Dorsal with a dark submarginal band, dusky
below but of a lighter shade than the band. (See tables 1 and 2 for
counts and measurements.)
Distinctive characters and relationships.—H. guttulatus is composed
of two subspecies, the typical subspecies in the Mediterranean, and
a, second subspecies, multiannularis, on the Atlantic coast, which has
already been described. The difference between the two is discussed
on page 541.
The subspecies H. guttulatus may be readily distinguished from the
other common seahorse occurring within its range, H. hippocampus,
by its more numerous caudal segments and dorsal and pectoral rays
and by its longer snout and slenderer trunk. All these characters
are discontinuous or nearly so (see tables 1 and 2), and there should
be no trouble in properly placing even individual fish. Furthermore,
these differences are reinforced by guttulatus having notably better
developed tubercles and a different color pattern, consisting of white
dots and spots against a darker nearly uniform background, instead
of the typical dark spots against a lighter background in hippocampus.
H. guttulatus is close to hudsonius from the American coast. In
fact, as far as the structural characters are concerned, they may well
be regarded as subspecies. The greatest divergence between guttula-
tus and hudsonius is in the average greater number of caudal segments
in the former, but there is much intergradation between the two
(see table 1). The trunk in guttulatus averages somewhat slenderer,
and there are other smaller differences (see tables 1 to 3). HZ. gutiu-
latus, too, shows some color peculiarities. It has neither the brown
lines on the trunk and opercle, which are characteristic of the full-
grown hudsonius and its subspecies punctulatus and kincaidi, nor the
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 545
large blotches on the trunk, which are especially developed in medium-
sized and often persist in large specimens of these American seahorses.
The white dots on the trunk of hudsonius are very sparse and of the
same small size as those on the tail, while in gutiulatus the white
spots on the side of the trunk are characteristically larger than those
on the tail, are quite profuse, and tend to coalesce, forming somewhat
irregular short lines or elongate spots. Because of the different color
pattern in combination with the structural differences and their
widely discontinuous distribution, hudsonius and guttulatus are recog-
nized as independent species rather than subspecies.
H. hudsonius is nearer in the average number of caudal segments,
the most divergent character, to the typical guttulatus from the
Mediterranean than to its subspecies muliiannularis from the Atlantic
coast of Europe. Consequently, it is quite possible that hudsonius
and guttulatus are not so closely related as the specific characters in-
vestigated during this study would indicate. Attention has been
called to the remarkable similarity in structural character between
guttulatus and ingens (see p. 536), although there is no question as to
the distinctness of these two species.
Material studied and geographic distribution.—Adriatic Sea; J.
Smolinsky (44438, more definite locality not given). Venice; D. 5.
Jordan (23427 and 34356). Sicily (21164). Naples (21121 and
28550). Bay of Naples; S. E. Meek; April 1897 (48326). Genoa;
D. S. Jordan (29732). Europe (93744; five specimens, more definite
locality not given, but without doubt belonging to present subspecies).
Total number of specimens examined, 24, nine without a brood
pouch, 78 to 110 mm long, 15 with a brood pouch or at least a rudi-
ment of one, 72 to about 110 mm long (the largest male dried and
accurate length not determinable).
The material examined comprises localities ranging from Venice to
Genoa (see also discussion of specimen from Greece, p. 546). From
accounts in the literature, and from the material examined, it seems
evident that this subspecies is widely distributed and common on
the northern coast of the Mediterranean, including the Adriatic Sea,
but its more precise geographical limits still remain to be worked out.
At least some of the records of “‘guttulatus” from the Atlantic coast
of Europe refer to the new subspecies here described as multiannularis;
while extant records of ‘“‘guttulatus’” from other places no doubt refer
to various other species.
Nomenclature and synonymy.—Because of its markedly longer snout
and other salient differences as compared with the other common
seahorse on the northern coast of the Mediterranean, the subspecies
guitulatus appears to have been correctly distinguished from hippo-
campus by nearly all authors, and Cuvier’s name guttulaius has been
employed most generally to designate it. Cuvier, however, was
73864—36-——4
546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
anticipated by Schinz and possibly by two other previous authors.
The name longirostris Schinz, 1822, certainly, and possibly ramulosus
Leach, 1814, and rosaceus Risso, 1826, if the last two were based on
specimens of the same species, have priority over guttulatus Cuvier,
1829. According to the strict application of the rules the later name
guttulatus should be suppressed. Nevertheless, since it has become
so well established general usage is here followed and the name
gutiulatus continued. This course is more expedient also for two
reasons: (1) The proper application of the name ramulosus, which
has priority over longirostris, must remain uncertain until the type
is reexamined, and (2) a name earlier even than ramulosus may be
discovered as applying to the form. While I attempted to examine
and review all the early publications bearing on the nomenclature of
the seahorses, it is quite possible that I missed some pertinent publi-
cation. Asa matter of fact, I came across Schinz’s name longirostris,
which has been left cut of all general lists, by mere chance. Further
search may reveal a still earlier designation for this species, which
would necessitate another change of name. Therefore, the use of
the well-established name guttulatus is continued.
As stated previously, my study has shown that the populations of
this species from the Atlantic and from the Mediterranean coasts
are subspecifically distinct. Consequently, it becomes necessary to
restrict further the application of the early names, and the name
longirostris Schinz, as well as the later substitute name guttulatus, has
been formally restricted to the Mediterranean population (see p. 525).
Uncertain specimen.—A single specimen in bad condition from
Greece (45041) probably belongs to this subspecies. The dorsal
and pectoral are injured and the number of rays cannot be accurately
determined. Trunk segments 11, caudal segments 38, the two upper
ridges overlapping on two segments; without a brood pouch; length
91 mm; depth 13, snout 11, postorbital 11, head 25.3, trunk 32.7,
tail 63, and orbit 5.3 percent of length. From table 2 it may be noted
that these measurements agree fairly well with guttulatus except in the
unusually long snout. This may represent an extreme variant in
that respect, or it may have some taxonomic significance, a question
to be determined only by a study of more numerous specimens from
Greece. It is possible that guttulatus is divisible into distinct popula-
tions, as are hudsonius or zosterae (see under their accounts).
HIPPOCAMPUS EUROPAEUS Ginsburg
Figure 58
Hippocampus brevirostris YARRELL (not Schinz, 1822), A history of British fishes,
vol. 2, p. 452, 1836 (England; the rather short snout shown by the figure
indicates that the account is probably based on the present species).
Hippocampus europaeus GINSBURG, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23, p. 561,
1933 (La Rochelle).
ee es
eee
i, PO Aap. ee
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 547
Diagnosis —First caudal segment hexangular and last trunk
segment octangular (in all eight specimens examined); penultimate
trunk segment usually septangular, often novemangular (completely
FIGURE 58.—Hippocampus europaeus, drawn from the type, a male 95 mm long from La Rochelle, France
U.S.N.M. no. 28544. Length of specimen as drawn, 55mm, Color faded.
septangular in five and novemangular in two, incompletely novem-
angular in one). In other words, an extra plate always present on
first caudal and last trunk segment, often also on penultimate trunk
548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
segment; or, upper ridges of tail and trunk usually overlapping on
two segments, often on three. Trunk segments usually 11 (in six),
sometimes 12 (in the two specimens noted above as having the
penultimate trunk segment completely novemangular). Caudal
segments usually 36 or 37, varying 36 to 38. Dorsal rays usually
18 or 19, varying 17 to 19. Pectoral rays usually 14 or 15, varying
13 to 15. Tubercles on upper ridge of trunk conspicuous, but rather
short, intermediate in development between guttulatus and hippo-
campus. Coronet variable, medium to rather low, double bony
hump in front of it usually lower than and distinctly not continuous
with it. Trunk of medium depth; snout conspicuously short. Avail-
able specimens without any filaments. Color faded in available
specimens, traces of white elongate spots or short lines on opercle
and trunk of two specimens. (See tables 1 and 2 for counts and meas-
urements. )
Distinctive characters and relationships—H. europaeus is likely to
be confused with multiannularis, which occurs in the same region
with it, and the two have apparently been so confused by most
authors. The difference between them has been pointed out under
the account of the latter (p. 541). This species is also near to hippo-
campus from the Mediterranean, agreeing with it in the short snout
but differing in having more numerous caudal segments and dorsal
rays, a slenderer body (see tables 1 and 2), and conspicuously better
developed tubercles. In the two meristic characters they intergrade,
but in the relative depth there are no intergradients in the specimens
measured, although such may be found when larger numbers are
measured. The range of variation of each species and the relation
between europaeus and hippocampus still remain to be determined.
It is possible that their geographic ranges overlap and that in the
region where both occur some difficulty may be found in referring
occasional specimens to their proper species (see discussion of uncer-
tain specimen on p. 572).
H. europaeus is even nearer, in its structural characters, to hudsonius
from the American coast, especially to its northern population, than
to any European species or subspecies. It differs chiefly from
hudsonius in having a shorter snout, and to a lesser extent in a slen-
derer trunk and fewer pectoral rays; but in the latter two characters
there is more or less intergradation (see table 1 and compare tables
2 and 3). The typical color pattern of europaeus is apparently
45 In the brief description of the type specimen I stated that it has 39 caudal segments. A reexamination
of the specimen after I gained considerably more experience in counting the caudal segments shows that
38 is probably the correct number, but it is difficult to determine with absolute accuracy whether it has
38 or 39 unless the specimen is to be dissected. Since what appears to be the last segment is slightly longer
than usual, it was thought to represent two segments. However, according to the method herein employed
in counting the segments, it should be recorded more properly as having 38 caudal segments (see p. 504),
|
}
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 549
nearly the same as in guwttulatus and unlike that of hudsonius (see
discussion on p. 544), but in the available specimens of europaeus
the color is not sufficiently well preserved to determine this difference
more definitely.
The relationship of europaeus to the other species and subspecies
of Hippocampus nearest it is quite obscure and may be interpreted
in more than one way, depending on the assumption made at the
start. In its short snout europaeus agrees closely with hippocampus
from the Mediterranean, but in the counts of the caudal segments
and dorsal and pectoral rays, as well as in the relative development
of the tubercles, it is about intermediate between hippocampus and
multiannularis. If we assume that europaeus is the more primitive
form, it may follow that hippocampus and multiannularis diverged
from it in different directions, one in the direction of having fewer
fin rays and caudal segments and the other in the direction of having
higher counts of the same characters. Also, hippocampus diverged
in the direction of the tubercles becoming obsolescent, retaining the
primitive condition of the short snout of the parent species; while
multiannularis diverged in the direction of an increasing length of
snout and a better development of the tubercle.
Again, we may assume that multiannularis is the more primitive
form and argue that europaeus diverged from it in the direction of a
diminishing number of segments and fin rays, a decreasing promi-
nence of the tubercles, and a decreasing length of snout. As a
further intensification of this same developmental tendency, it may be
argued that hippocampus developed from europaeus. Or we may
assume that hippocampus, or guttulatus, or hudsonius from the
American coast is the more primitive form. In fact, each assump-
tion will lead us to a different interpretation of the close relation-
ship of these species and subspecies. The apparent relationship
of europaeus to guttulatus, to hudsonius, and to hippocampus seems
to indicate that europaeus is the more primitive form and that with
it as a focal center the other three species diverged in different di-
rections, but the evidence does not justify the unquestioned
acceptance of this.
Marked features of europaeus are the decided tendency shown
by the penultimate trunk segment to have an extra plate on top
and the frequency of occurrence of 12 trunk segments. These fea-
tures are shown also by ingens and to a much more pronounced
degree than by europaeus. They also may indicate a more primitive
condition.
Material studied and geographic distribution.—La Rochelle, France
(28544, the type; 93217 and 21122). Also two specimens without
certain locality but evidently belonging to europaeus (16454); they
550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
are recorded in the National Museum as coming from ‘‘England”
but with a question mark. A third and larger specimen of the same
FIGURE 59.—Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius, drawn from
a specimen about 7 mm long from coast of North Carolina
lot agrees more nearly with
multiannularis and is de-
scribed above (p. 542); it is
the only specimen out of a
total of 25 examined from
the Atlantic coast of Kurope
the relationship of which is
in doubt, whether it belongs
to the present species or to
multiannularis.
Total number of speci-
mens examined, 8, 84 to
113 mm long (tail in one
specimen broken and its
leneth unknown but evi-
dently falling within the
given range of lengths).
Since europaeus obviously
has been confused with
other species, the only defi-
nite locality to which it
may be assigned must be
based on the material
examined, namely, La
Rochelle, and its precise
geographical distribution
still remains to be deter-
mined. All the specimens
examined had either a fully
developed brood pouch or
at least a rudiment of one
represented by an oval fold
of skin or an oval pigment-
ed area under the anterior
part of the tail. It is possi-
ble therefore, that in euro-
paeus, as in hippocampus, this structure does not definitely indicate
the sex (see p. 510).
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 551
HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS HUDSONIUS De Kay
Fieures 59-62
Hippocampus hudsonius Dr Kay, Zoology of New York, pt. 4, Fishes, p. 322,
pl. 53, fig. 171, 1842 (New York).
Hippocampus laevicaudatus HpcKEL, in Kaup’s Catalogue of the lophobranchiate
fish in the collection of the British Museum, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 2, 1856 (North
America).
Hippocampus hudsonius Yarrow, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 29,
p. 204, 1877 (Fort Macon, N. C.).
Hippocampus antiquorum GooprE (not Leach), Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 1,
p. 45, 1878 (St. Georges Banks).
Hippocampus antiquorum Goopr and Bran, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 17,
p. 39, 1879; also in Bull. Essex Inst., vol. 11, no. 1-8, p. 4, 1879 (Georges
Bank, possibly refers to same specimen as preceding record).
Hippocampus hudsonius JORDAN and GILBERT, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 16, p. 907,
1882 (Beaufort, N. C.).
Hippocampus punctulatus Bran (not Guichenot), Bull. U. 8. Fish Comm., vol.
7, p- 1384, 1889 (Ocean City and Somers Point, N. J.).
Hippocampus hudsonius JORDAN and EvERMANN, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47, pt. 1,
p. 777, 1896 (lacvicaudaius placed in synonymy of hudsonius).
Hippocampus hudsonius Smitu, The fishes of North Carolina, p. 172, fig. 67, 1907
(Beaufort, N. C.).
Hippocampus punciulatus Smitu (not Guichenot), ibid., p. 173 (Beaufort, N. C.).
Hippocampus hudsonius EVERMANN and HILDEBRAND, Proc. Bicl. Soc. Washing-
ton, vol. 23, p. 160, 1910 (Cape Charles City).
Hippecampus hudsonius Hr.pEBRAND and ScHROEDER, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.,
* vol. 48, pt. 1, p. 185, fig. 100, 1927 (Chesapeake Bay localities).
Diagnosis —First caudal segment nearly always hexangular,
infrequently quadrangular (completely hexangular in 71, incom-
pletely hexangular in one, quadrangular in four specimens); last
trunk segment always octangular; penultimate trunk segment nearly
always septangular (in 73), infrequently novemangular Gn three). In
other words, last trunk and first caudal segment only having extra
plates in nearly all specimens, infrequently an extra plate missing on
first caudual segment or present on penultimate trunk segment; or,
upper ridges of tail and trunk nearly always overlapping on two
segments, infrequently on one or on three segments. Trunk seg-
ments nearly always 11, infrequently 10 (11 complete segments iu
73 specimens, the eleventh segment incomplete in one, and 10 seg-
ments in only one specimen). Caudal segments usually 36 to 38,
varying 35 to 39. Dorsal rays usually 18 or 19, varying 16 to 20.
Pectoral rays usually 15 or 16, varying 14 to 17. (The counts differ
with the populations; see discussion below.) Spines unusually long
in the young, often very conspicuous in medium-sized specimens
taken in deep water, relatively well developed in full-grown fish.
Coronet well developed. Trunk becoming moderately deep in full-
grown specimens; snout of medium length. Filaments usually
present, sometimes quite profuse, often absent. Color pattern
552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
typically changes markedly with age; juvenile color pattern consisting
chiefly of light-colored blotches around the base of the spines usually
more or less coalescent; in large specimens the blotched color partly
or wholly replaced by a striped pattern (see below regarding change
FIGURE 60.—Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius, drawn from a specimen 17 mm Jong from Beaufort, N. C.
Length of specimen as drawn, 12 mm excluding spines. The long spines are characteristic of specimens
of that size.
and variability of color with size and individual fish); tail typically
peppered with small light-colored dots, whitish or bluish in preserva-
tive, these dots usually present also on head, back of trunk, and base
of dorsal, and much more sparsely on side of trunk; similar dots often
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 558
forming radiating rows around eye, sometimes coalescing there to
form radiating lines. Dorsal margined with a hyaline band, under-
FIGURE 61.—Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius, drawn from a male 50 mm long from Norflok, Va.;
U.S. N. M. no. 91381. Length of specimen as drawn, 34mm. Color pattern represented nearly typical
of specimen of that size. Development of tubercle nearly typical of males of that size.
laid by a dark band broadening anteriorly to form a dark or black
diffuse blotch, the dark band and blotch merging gradually with the
SaaS
554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
dusky shade of the basal part of the fin. According to Bean (1889)
the dorsal, in life, is margined with yellow in the female and orange
FIGURE 62.—Hippocampus hudsonius hudsonius, drawn from a male 130 mm long from Horn Island, Miss.;
Field Mus. Nat. Hist. no. 16191. Length of specimen as drawn, 72mm. Color pattern nearly typical of
specimens of that size but more sharply marked than usual. Tubercles somewhat better developed
than in most males of that size.
in the male. (See tables 1 and 3 for counts and measurements and
table 4 for averages. )
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 590
Variability of color, spines, and appendages with age, sex, habitat,
and individual fish.—The development of filamentous processes varies
primarily with the individual and to a minor extent possibly with age.
Filaments, either simple or branched, are usually present in moderate
numbers on the postorbital spines and those of the coronet and the
upper ridge of the trunk; at least a few are present. Sometimes they
are quite profuse (fig. 64) or altogether absent. When few they
sometimes take the form of short chunky appendages. Specimens
with a profusion of filaments were relatively more numerous in the
smaller size group, while specimens with a total absence of filaments
were comparatively more numerous among the larger fish; but this
difference is not pronounced. In either small or large specimens
filaments were sometimes profuse and sometimes altogether absent.
No appreciable difference with sex in the development of filaments
was noted. Small specimens often have very many tablike skinny
processes, pimplelike excrescences, and short filaments, besides those
on the spines, generally distributed on the head, trunk, and to a lesser
extent on the tail. With growth the tabs, pimples, and shorter
filaments mostly disappear.
The spines in the young (three specimens 17 to 24 mm from North
Carolina examined; fig.60) are strongly and very unequally developed;
generally every alternate spine on the trunk and every third or fourth
spine on the upper margin of the tail are inordinately long. These
greatly elongate spines rapidly decrease in length with growth (in two
specimens 32 and 33 mm the spines are considerably shorter but
still relatively somewhat longer as compared with larger specimens).
The relative decrease in the length of the spines with growth is some-
what unequal in the two sexes. In general, in seahorses taken in
comparatively shallow water, the spines are appreciably but not
strikingly unequal in males of about 50 mm long (fig. 61) and females
of about 60 mm long. In full-grown specimens the spines are gener-
ally reduced to form shorter tubercles, which are either subequal or
not strikingly unequal and rather short although usually well devel-
oped as compared with most other species or subspecies of Hippo-
campus. HKven in full-grown specimens the tubercles are relatively
somewhat better developed in females than in males, this condition
being more or less evident also in the other species (see p. 509).
Development of the spines or tubercles varies to a large extent with
individual fish at any given size. Consequently, the foregoing
remarks apply only in a general way, with frequent exceptions.
Medium-sized specimens frequently occur with unusually well
developed tubercles or rather long spines (fig. 64). Such specimens
occur all along the coast including the geographic range of both
556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
subspecies, hudsonius and punctulatus. In the early part of my
study such specimens were tentatively identified as stylifer because
of their rather long spines. In putting my rough data in presentable
form, however, I noted that all such specimens, with one exception,
lacked any trace of a brood pouch, apparently being females or
sexually undeveloped males. None were over 95 mm, and nearly all
were taken in comparatively deeper water or as pelagic specimens.
So far I have been unable to discover any other characters to cor-
relate with these unusually well developed spines. In the characters
chiefly relied on for the separation of the species and subspecies,
counts and measurements, these specimens apparently differ in a
north and south direction, on a par with the difference between the
subspecies hudsonius and punctulatus. At any given latitude they
agree generally in these characters with the respective populations
taken in shallow water. The best explanation I have to offer is that
they represent the persistence of a juvenile condition with respect to
the development of the spines or tubercles. The absence of any trace
of a developing brood pouch in nearly all such specimens also suggests
the persistence of a juvenile condition in general.
The color varies greatly with individual fish, but a characteristic
color pattern may be recognized, wholly or partly, in most fish
with color well preserved. The typical color pattern differs also with
age. Smaller and medium-sized fish, about 50 to 85 mm long, have
a characteristic blotched appearance, with lighter blotches against a
darker background (fig. 61). The light blotches are generally formed
around the tubercles and are more or less coalescent. The blotches
are often mottled with lighter and darker shades, sometimes with
strongly contrasting nearly white and black shades. Sometimes they
form figures somewhat resembling hourglasses in shape. In larger
specimens the typical, juvenile, blotched color pattern is usually
replaced, partly or wholly, by a striped pattern (figs. 62, 63). The
trunk has narrow dark brown or black transverse lines against a lighter
background. Similar lines are often present and arranged lengthwise
on opercle and are continued in a longitudinal direction on the anterior
part of the trunk, oftener at its lower anterior corner, where they
contrast sharply with the transverse lines. Sometimes these typical
lines on the trunk and opercle are broken up to form rows of elongate
spots. In most of the available full-grown specimens having the color
preserved, at least traces of the juvenile blotches may be discerned,
but in some the striped pattern entirely replaces the blotched pattern
of the young (as in fig. 62). Often large specimens have the blotches
very sharply marked, large in extent but few in number. A pair of
such large blotches, one above and one below, may be somewhat
confluent, forming a figure roughly suggesting an hourglass (fig. 63).
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 557
Preserved specimens often do not show the typical color pattern.
Some are very dark, the color pattern being then much obscured or
nearly obliterated, and some are very light all over, the pattern then
being very faint or nearly absent. Often specimens are irregularly
mottled without any definite color pattern. However, although not
always well marked and varying greatly with the individual, the
typical color (consisting of a blotched pattern in the young, partly or
wholly replaced by a striped pattern in large specimens) is charac-
teristic of hudsonius as well as its subspecies punctulatus and probably
also kincaidi. It was not observed in any of the specimens of the
other species studied, except the single specimen tentatively identified
as villosus (p. 582), which to some extent has the blotched appearance
of hudsonius, although not so well marked as in typical specimens of
the latter species.
Distinctive characters and relationships.—The relation of the com-
mon large seahorse of the more northern States to the one from Cuba
and Florida apparently has never been definitely established, but it
becomes clear by referring to tables 1 and 3. After reviewing cur-
rent general works on American fishes one gets the idea that two
common species of seahorses, hudsonius and punctulatus, occur on
the Atlantic coast of the United States, the former ranging farther
north and the latter being more southern in its distribution. Accord-
ing to some authors “ both of these common species may be found
at the same locality. This assumption is certainly an error, as the
data presented herewith prove. Table 1 shows that fish from Chesa-
peake Bay as compared with those from Florida and Cuba average
more caudal segments, fewer pectoral rays, and fewer dorsal rays
(not a greater number of dorsal rays, as erroneously stated in current
descriptions). As the proportional measurements of the different
parts of the fish differ with age and sex, no adequate picture of the
frequency distribution of these measurements could be shown by the
available material, but the ranges and the averages are given in
table 3. This shows that when large specimens of the same sex are
compared, northern fish, on the average, have a slenderer trunk and
a shorter head, shorter subdivisions of the head (snout and post-
orbital), slightly shorter trunk, and somewhat longer tail; although
the differences in proportional measurements nearly disappear in
smaller fish. However, while tables 1 and 3 show distinct and sta-
tistically measurable differences in the seahorse populations from
the extreme geographical ranges, they also show a high degree of
intergradation. Furthermore, this intergradation in the structural
characters is evidently gradual with geographic distribution or
latitude, and fish from North and South Carolina and from Missis-
48 Smith, The fishes of North Carolina, pp. 172-173, 1907; and Jordan, Evermann, and Clark, Rep. U.S.
Comm. Fish. for 1928, p. 244, 1930.
558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
sippi to Texas are intermediate between the extreme northern and
the extreme southern fish. In view of the high degree of inter-
eradation in all the characters studied and the evident gradual
change in these characters with latitude, there may seem to be good
reasons for treating them all under a single heading. Nevertheless,
while they do intergrade, the difierences between the populations are
numerous, and typical large specimens from the extremes of their
geographical range may usually be identified without recourse to
locality records. Also, among the species of Hippocampus there
exists a general condition of nearness of approach or even of over-
lapping. The populations from the extremes of the geographic range
should therefore be recognized as subspecies, punctulatus and hud-
sonius, the latter for the large seahorses occurring on the coast of the
United States north of Florida.
Only one other species of seahorses, regulus, occurs within the
geographic range of hudsonius as limited in the present paper, and
it is easy to distinguish the two, regulus having much fewer segments
and fin rays (see p. 589). HH. hudsonius is also very near to the Euro-
pean species guttulatus and europaeus. The differences between
them are discussed under the accounts of those species; in actual
practice hudsonius may be distinguished from the European species
by locality.
TABLE 4.— Averages of the numbers of caudal segments and fin rays of the subspecies
kincaidi, punctulatus, and hudsonius and the populations of hudsonius, cal-
culated from the frequency distributions given in table 1
: : Caudal Dorsal Pectoral
Subspecies and population segments rays rays
kincauli? Bermudas >. tos. one eae Sees BEE oe Sen eee eet ee 34.8 18.3 16.0
auncLulaties:| Plorida andi@ basses a ts ee ee ae 35.9 19.3 16.4
hudsonius:
North;:and. South Carolina: —- =2.- 25 see ee een oe 36.5 18.6 15.8
Mississippl tol OX8S! 2s =e ease eee 36.7 18.7 16.1
VirziniattouMaine > = seer Ses ee eee a ee eee eee af. 18.5 15.3
Populations.—While the material studied is insufficient for a thor-
oughgoing racial analysis, a comparison of the averages of the caudal
segment and fin ray counts is highly suggestive and indicates that
the subspecies hudsonius is composed of three distinct stocks. This
is shown in table 4, which conveniently includes also the two related
subspecies, punctulatus and kincaidi, for comparison. A study of
table 4 together with table 3 shows that the population of hudsonius
from the coast of North and South Carolina differs from that of Chesa-
peake Bay and northward in averaging fewer caudal segments, more
numerous dorsal and pectoral rays, a deeper trunk, and a somewhat
longer snout. The Gulf coast population, that from Mississippi to
SSS
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 559
Texas, has the caudal segments somewhat intermediate between the
two foregoing populations but nearer to that from North and South
Carolina, while the dorsal and pectoral ray counts diverge from the
northern population to an even greater extent than the population
from the Carolinas. The Gulf coast population also has a deeper
trunk and longer snout than the northern population. In all these
differences the two southern populations are intermediate between
the northern population of the subspecies hudsonius and the subspecies
punctulatus. It is evident that we are dealing here with a species
consisting of at least five distinct populations, three of which may be
regarded as populations of one subspecies while the other two diverge
sufficiently to constitute distinct subspecies. Attention may here be
called to the discussion of the geographic distribution of the species
of Hippocampus (p. 511).
Geographic distribution—The foregoing account and a study of
tables 1, 3, and 4 show that the change in the structural characters
is gradual with respect to latitude. Consequently, it is evident that
geographically as well as morphologically an arbitrary line must be
drawn between the subspecies hudsonius and punctulatus. While the
most suitable boundary will need to be determined by a study of more
fish from intermediate points, it seems not far fetched to assign tenta-
tively those west of Florida as far as the Rio Grande on the Gulf
coast, and those north of Florida on the Atlantic coast, to the sub-
species hudsonius and those from Florida and Cuba to the subspecies
punctulatus. An inspection of tables 1, 3, and 4 shows that on the
whole fish from North and South Carolina and from Mississippi to
Texas approach in their structural characters northern seahorses more
than those from Florida and Cuba. Consequently, the geographical
limits proposed are not altogether arbitrary but are based to a certain
extent on morphology. The arbitrary limit suggested would also
agree approximately with the general zoogeographical distribution of
the boreal and tropic piscine faunas in the western Atlantic.
Material studied—Off Seguin, Maine; October 1881; schooner
Charles Haskell (38900). St. Georges Banks; G. Brown Goode
(13110). Narragansett Bay, R. I.; August 138, 1880 (25792).
Newport Harbor, R. I.; September 1, 1880 (26040). Off Block
Island, R. I.; August 3, 1880; schooner W. M. Goffney (38950).
Patchogue, Long Island, N. Y.; September 14, 1884 (36087). Off
Long Island; lat. 40°01’ N., long. 68°54’ W.; surface (31876).
Somers Point, N. J.; September 13, 1887; T. H. Bean (45102).
Great Ege Harbor Bay, N. J., August 23, 1887; T. H. Bean (45103).
Ocean City, N. J.; August 1, 1887; T. H. Bean (45104). Chinco-
teague, Va.; July 1913; J. B. Henderson (76979). Off Virginia, lat.
37°27’ N., long. 73°33’ W.; surface; October 26, 1886; Albatross
(38189). Cape Charles City, Va.; October 1, 1897 (67885). Cape
560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Charles, Va. (91377, W. H. Sterling, July 22, 1897; the following
three specimens taken by W. C. Schroeder in 1921: 91376, Sept. 22;
91378, Sept. 23; 91379, Nov. 23; one specimen in Bureau of Fisheries,
Oct. 1894, Fish Hawk). Cherrystone, Va. (29108, Aug. 1881, M.
McDonald; 30399, 1882, Fish Hawk). Britton Bay, Md.; September
29, 1911; P. Butter (77909). Potomac River, 4 miles north of
Colonial Beach, Va.; summer 1915; J. J. Maxwell (76790). Hooper
Island to Cedar Point, Md.; March 31, 1921; Fish Hawk (913875).
Crisfield, Md.; August 1, 1879; T. B. Ferguson (23533). Yorktown,
Va., in York River; October 11, 1921; W. C. Schroeder (91382).
Old Point, Va.; Farragut (8451). Off Ocean View, Va.; September
22,1893; Fish Hawk. Norfolk, Va., James Fishery; W. C. Schroeder;
1921 (91380, September 19; 91381, September 30). Off North
Carolina, taken by the Albatross as follows: Lat. 35°01’ N, long
75°12’ W.; surface, October 17, 1885 (92735); lat. 34°45’20’’ N..,
long. 75°38'10’’ W., surface October 18, 1885 (92629); lat. 34°38’
N., long. 76°12’ W., October 19, 1885 (92746); lat. 34°35’30” N..,
long. 75°45’30’’ W., October 18, 1885 (93679). Beaufort, N. C.;
H. C. Yarrow (15015 and 19520). Beaufort, N. C.; June 3-20, 1904;
Bean and McKnew (51871 and 51872). Beaufort, N. C., several
localities in vicinity; taken by staff of Fisheries Biological Station.
Wilmington, N. C.; A. Ruse (92788). South Carolina coast (4316).
Charleston, S. C.; steamer McCulloch (80728). Horn Island, Miss. ;
S. Springer (Field Mus. Nat. Hist. nos. 16191 and 16192). Cat
Island, Miss.; S. Springer (Field Mus. Nat. Hist. no. 21605).
Louisiana; H. Adam. Barataria Bay, La.; 3 specimens taken by
author in shrimp trawl; November 24, 28, and 29, 1931. Harbor
Island, Tex.; December 1, 1926; J. C. Pearson. Aransas Bay, Tex.,
near south end; in shrimp trawl; November 2, 1931; K. H. Mosher.
Corpus Christi, Tex.; C. T. Reed (93595). Rio Grande, Tex.; March
20, 1883; C. M. Scammon (32558).
Total number of specimens studied, 76; 5 specimens 17 to 33 mm
long; 39 specimens 43 to 150 mm long, with a brood pouch or at
least a rudiment of one; 32 specimens 42 to 116 mm long, without
any trace of a brood pouch.
Synonymy.—The name H. laevicaudatus has been placed by
previous authors in the synonymy of hudsonius, and this action is
followed here. There is nothing in the original description to in-
dicate whether it refers to the present subspecies or to punctulatus,
and the given locality, ““North America’’, does not help to decide the
question. In either case it does not affect the nomenclature, since
it is a later name than either hudsonius or punctulatus. The length
of the snout shown on the figure of laevicaudatus is more nearly like
that of hudsonius.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 561
HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS PUNCTULATUS Guichenot
Ficures 63, 64
Hippocampus erectus Perry, Arcana; or The museum of natural history, pl., May
1, 1810 (‘native of the American Seas, and of the coasts adjacent to Mexico
and the West Indies’’; agrees most nearly with present subspecies, but may
also apply to other seahorses).
Hippocampus punctulatus GuicHENoT, in de la Sagra’s Historia fisica, politica
y natural de la isla de Cuba, vol. 4, Reptiles y peces, p. 239, pl. 5, fig. 2,
1853 (Cuba).
Hippocampus marginalis HecKkeL, in Kaup’s Catalogue of the lophobranchiate
fish in the collection of the British Museum, p. 15, 1856 (Mexico).
Hippocampus fascicularis HecKEL, idem (Mexico).
Hippocampus punctulatus Dumi&RiL, Histoire naturelle des poissons. . ., vol. 2,
p. 508, 1870 (type of pwunctulatus redescribed).
Hippocampus stylifer JoRDAN and GiLBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol 5, p.
265, 1882 (Florida, based on young female).
Hippocampus punctulatus JoRDAN and EvrerMaNn, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull. 47,
pt. 1, p. 777, 1896 (marginalis and fascicularis placed in synonymy).
Hippocampus punctulatus EVERMANN and KmNnpDALL, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish. for
1899, p. 63, 1900 (Tarpon Springs, Fla.).
Hippocampus poeyi Hownit Rivero, Mem. Soc. Poey Univ. Habana, vol. 8,
p. 32, fig., 1934 (off the coast of Habana in algae; probably based on speci-
men of present species).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment nearly always hexangular (in 28),
infrequently quadrangular (in one); last trunk segment always oc-
tangular; penultimate trunk segment usually septangular like the
segments in front of it, sometimes novemangular (of 29 specimens
examined two completely and one incompletely novemangular.) In
other words, extra plates for support of dorsal normally present on first
caudal and last trunk segments only, infrequently absent on first
caudal and sometimes present on penultimate trunk segment (the
single specimen lacking the plate on the first caudal had one on the
penultimate trunk segment); or, upper ridges of trunk and tail nor-
mally overlapping on two segments, sometimes on three. Trunk
segments nearly always 11 (in 28), infrequently 12 (in one, this being
the same specimen having a quadrangular first caudal segment).
Caudal segments usually 35 to 37, varying 33 to 37. Dorsal rays
usually 19 or 20, varying 18 to 21. Pectoral rays usually 16 or 17,
varying 15 to 19. Spines long or moderately long in the young fry,
very conspicuous in medium-sized specimens, especially in females,
usually rather well developed in adults, those on trunk sometimes
nearly obsolescent in full-grown males. Coronet well developed,
sometimes low in full-grown males. Trunk becoming conspicuously
deep in full-grown specimens, snout rather long. Filaments usually
present, sometimes profuse, often absent. General color pattern
about the same as in hudsonius; medium-sized specimens generally
with light-colored or variegated blotches around the bases of the
73864—36——_5
562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 83
FIGURE 63.—Hippocampus hudsonius punctulatus, drawn from a male 107 mm long from Cuba; U.S.N.M.
no. 87385, Length of specimen as drawn, 74 mm. Note the obsolescent tubercles. This seems to be
characteristic of males of the Cuban population and of that from Bermuda (the subspecies kincaidi). In
the Florida population the tubercles are usually better developed in males of the same size, and they are
best developed in the northern populations (the subspecies hudsonius). The spots on the trunk represent
an individual variation and the persistence in part of the juvenile color pattern. This variation in the
adult color pattern seems to be commoner in the Cuban population but is also often present in the sub-
species hudsonius and kincaidi. The spots are sometimes larger.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 063
FIGURE 64.—Hippocampus hudsonius punctulatus, drawn from a specimen, witha rudimentary brood pouch,
91mm long from Tampa Bay; U.S.N.M. no. 49714, Length of specimen as drawn,63mm. Three varia-
tions from the usual shown: (1) Spines notably longer for a specimen of its size; (2) filaments profusely
developed and branched; (3) Persistence in part of the juvenile spotted color pattern, shown also in figure
63, except that in this specimen the spots are not mottled. This specimen happens to show all three
variations; usually they are not correlated. All three variations occur also in the subspecies hudsonius
and kincaidi.
564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
spines, against a darker background; full-grown specimens typically
with narrow lines partly or wholly replacing the blotches, transverse
on trunk, lengthwise on head and anterior part of the trunk, the con-
trasting directions of the lines usually striking along the boundary
where they meet; white lines sometimes alternating with the brown
lines on the opercle; bluish or whitish dots quite profuse, except on the
side of the trunk, radiating rows of such dots or radiating white lines
often present around eye; dorsal with a submarginal dark band. (See
tables 1 and 3 for counts and measurements and table 4 for averages.)
The variability and development of the filaments, spines, and the
color pattern are quite similar to the subspecies hudsonius. In gen-
eral, the spines are usually somewhat shorter than in hudsonius when
specimens of approximately the same size and the same sex are com-
pared. As in hudsonius, specimens sometimes have the brown lines
on the trunk and head broken up into series of spots. These spots
sometimes lose their rowed arrangement and such specimens approach
individuals of reidi in color.
Four specimens were examined from Cuba. Two large males have
the spines on trunk and coronet very low, almost obliterated in the
largest male, 107 mm long (fig. 63), being nearly like specimens of reidi
or hippocampus in this respect; but the tubercles on the tail are con-
spicuously better developed than in those two species. A young
specimen 23 mm long also has the spines notably short for its size,
strikingly shorter than in a specimen of similar size from Key West.
The fourth specimen, a female 56 mm long, has the tubercles nearly
as well developed as specimens of similar size from Florida. From
these four specimens, therefore, it seems that the Cuban population
has, on the average, the tubercles not so well developed as the Florida
population. However, in the counts and measurements these four
agree well with those from Florida, and the difference between the
two populations apparently is of no more than racial magnitude.
Distinctive characters and relationships.—The relation of this sub-
species to hudsonius has already been discussed (p. 557). Typical
full-grown specimens have a strikingly different appearance from
hudsonius on account of their deeper body, longer snout, and somewhat
lower tubercles and coronet. It also has a lower average caudal-
segment count and higher fin-ray count. The bluish or whitish dots
are generally more profuse and more prominent, the brown lines on
the head and trunk are oftener better defined, and the opercle some-
times has white lines alternating with the brown; but there is con-
siderable intergradation between the two subspecies, as noted. The
differences between this subspecies and reidi are discussed under the
account of reidi (p. 575).
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 565
Geographic distribution.—It was suggested (p. 559) that the geo-
graphical limits of the State of Florida be arbitrarily considered as the
northern geographical limit of punctulatus. The specimens examined
from Florida represent the range from Biscayne Bay to Pensacola.
South of Florida specimens were examined from Cuba. This must
stand for the present as the known range of punctulatus, and its precise
distribution remains to be determined; but in any case its geographical
limits on the coast of the United States will have to be arbitrary.
Whether the seahorses from islands adjacent to Florida and Cuba
are referable to punctulatus or to some other species or subspecies
remains to be learned. Records in the literature of ‘‘punctulatus”’
from other West Indian islands or the coast of South and Central
America appear doubtful or are evidently erroneous. On account of
the general failure of authors to discriminate properly between the
species of Hippocampus, it is not possible to state to which species a
given record belongs unless the specimens on which the record is based
are reexamined.
Material studied.—Biscayne Bay, Fla; December 5, 1902; H. F.
Moore (67596). Key West, Fla. (89786, Pinchot expedition, April
10, 1929, and 38689, Albatross, January 14, 1885; also, a very small
specimen in Bureau of Fisheries collection, June 10, 1919). Off
southern Florida; lat. 26°19’ N., long. 83°33’ W.; March 18, 1889,
Grampus (43579). Captiva Pass, Fla.; O. P. Hay (Field Mus. Nat.
Hist. no. 32829). Tampa Bay, Fla.; Fish Hawk (49714; 49715;
49716; 49717). Port Tampa; January 19, 1898; Fish Hawk (84598).
Tarpon Springs, Fla. (93758, D. Melisas, April 11, 1930; also one
specimen in Bureau of Fisheries, Evermann and Kendall, November
7, 1896). Off Cedar Keys, Fla.; lat. 28°56’ N., long. 82°55’ W.;
April 3, 1887; J. F. Mosher (89361). Cedar Keys, Fla. (86117, C. R.
Aschmeier; 22213; the two larger specimens in the last bottle ap-
parently belong to hudsonius and may have been added later, since
the register records only one specimen for that number). Pepperfish
Key, Fish Hawk (73240). Apalachicola Bay, Fla.; shrimp trawl;
June 22, 1932; collected by the author. Off Cape San Blas, Fla.;
lat. 29°11’30’’ N., long. 85°29’ W.; February 7, 1885; Albatross
(93678). Pensacola, Fla. (30876, Jordan and Stearns, type of H.
stylifer; 30788, S. Stearns). Cuba, near western end, obtained by
Tomas Barrera expedition in 1914, as follows: Cape Cajon, submarine
light, May 26 (82386); Punta Colorado, submarine light, May 21
(82385); Ensenada Santa Rosia, 23 mm, dredged in 1-3 fathoms,
May 18 (82388); Esperanza (82387).
Total number of specimens studied, 29; 13 specimens with a brood
pouch or the rudiments of one, 60 to 162 mm; 13 specimens without
a trace of brood pouch, 49 to 142 mm; also three small specimens,
23-32 mm.
566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Nomenclature and synonymy.—The account of H. erectus possibly
represents this subspecies, as stated on p. 517. The only relevant
matters contained in that account that may be of some aid in deter-
mining what species was meant to be represented are: The depth of
the trunk and the length of the snout as shown by the figure, and
the size and color, which are described as ‘‘“* * * its size varies
from seven inches to nine * * *. The colour of the body is of a
pale amber, shaded with brown, and which is divided into ribs trans-
versely placed, and continued in a closer manner upon the neck and
tail * * *.’ Of the known species occurring in the region com-
prised in the geographical range of erectus as given by Perry the
description of the size and the “ribbed” color pattern, and the deep
trunk and the comparatively rather long snout shown on the plate,
agree most nearly with the form later described by Guichenot as
punctulatus. The next best form to which the account approaches
is hudsonius, with which it agrees fairly well, and if part of Perry’s
material comes from the coast of the United States, north of Florida,
he probably had a mixture of these forms. However, it is quite pos-
sible that Perry’s specimens represented still another species or sub-
species, such as kincaidi. While the name erectus is here synonymized
with punctulatus, I continue to use the latter name, although it was
established at a later date, for two reasons: (1) It is a well-established
name that has been used for this southern seahorse for three quarters
of a century (remarks made on p. 516 in regard to generic name apply
also to specific name); and (2) there is no means now of determining
with absolute certainty what erectus actually represents.
There is no question that Guichenot had material of the present
subspecies when he described his fish, and the name punciulatus
belongs to it rather than to the other common West Indian seahorse,
which is here designated as reidi. The deep body shown on the plate
and the comparatively well developed spines as described and figured
indicate without a doubt that the name punctulatus belongs to the
subspecies described herewith. The spots he describes as ‘una
mancha morena, jaspeada de blanco, de cada lado del lomo y de la
base de la cola” are often developed in various positions on the trunk,
and are sometimes nearly all white. These characteristic spots are
often present also in the subspecies hudsonius and kincaidi. However,
while characteristic of the three subspecies, these spots are more often
faint or entirely absent in large specimens.
The discussion following gives the reasons for adopting the syn-
onymy as here given. While the type of stylifer only has been ex-
amined, the variability of the species as worked out on the available
material indicates that this synonymy is most probably correct. It
has been partly suggested also by previous investigators.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 567
H. marginalis and H. fascicularis, judged by the description of the
color, were apparently based on specimens of the present subspecies.
The longitudinal lines on the front part of the trunk contrasted with
transverse lines posteriorly, as described for marginalis, is especially
characteristic of punctulatus, although specimens often occur in
which this color pattern is obscured. Substantially the same color
pattern is described for fascicularis, but the specimen for which this
name was proposed evidently had the alternating white lines on the
opercle and the lower anterior corner of the trunk very prominent,
which attracted Heckel’s attention (see above color notes on
punctulatus and hudsonius).
H. stylifer was based chiefly on the strong development of some of
the tubercles, assuming the form of rather long spines. The type of
stylifer is a small specimen, 55 mm long, without any trace of a
brood pouch, taken in deep water, which would account for the rela-
tively long spines, longer than usual in specimens of that size (see
p. 556). It has 18 dorsal rays, not 16 as stated in the original
description.
H. poeyi, based on a single small *’ female, seemingly a young speci-
men, is apparently another name to add to the synonyms of punctu-
latus. The counts of the segments and fin rays given in the original
description distinctly fall within the range of variation of this sub-
species. The figure of the type shows the spines somewhat lower
than usual in females of punctulatus of about that size; but the
development of the spines in punctulatus varies greatly with indi-
vidual fish, some specimens assuming the adult condition when small.
If the figure is correctly outlined, it may represent a young reidi, but
it remains to be seen whether that species occurs on the coast of Cuba,
and it is more likely that it is a young punctulatus. If poeyi is differ-
ent from either of those two, there is nothing in the original description
to show it.
Howell states in regard to his type: ‘Este ejemplar es cercano al
Hippocampus punctulatus Guichenot del que difiere por las propor-
ciones generales, la posicién de la dorsal y la coloracion.”” The posi-
tion of the dorsal as shown on the figure is about that usual in punctu-
latus, and besides there is a certain degree of variation in that respect.
The proportional measurements and the color vary much with individ-
ual fish and to a still more marked extent with age, the typical condi-
tion not being developed except in full-grown or nearly full-grown
specimens.
47 After becoming familiar with the variability and the age, sex, and specific differences shown by the
species of Hippocampus, I think it is worse than useless to attempt to base a new species of seahorse on a
single specimen, especially a juvenile, unless it shows some salient specific character; at least not until after
the range of variation of closely related species is determined by a study of series of specimens of like size
and in thesame sex. This is true to a certain extent in other groups as well, but it is especially true of sea-
horses. An attempt to describe a new species of seahorse without at least a series of specimens of closely
related species for comparison cannot but result, in most cases, ina distinct disservice to the cause of science.
568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS KINCAIDI Townsend and Barbour
Hippocampus antiquorum Goopve (not Leach), Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 14, p. 291,
1877 (Bermuda).
Hippocampus kincaidi TowNsEND and Barsour, New York Zool. Soc. Bull.
23, p. 304, fig., 1906 (Bermuda).
Hippocampus brunneus BEAN, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 19, p. 32, 1907
(Bermuda).
Hippocampus punctulatus BEEBE and TrE VaN (not Guichenot), Zoologica, vol.
13, p. 40, 1983 (Bermuda).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment hexangular (incompletely hex-
angular in one out of six specimens); last trunk segment octangular;
penultimate trunk segment usually septangular (in five), sometimes
novemangular (in one). In other words, extra plate for support of
dorsal usually on first caudal and last trunk segments only, some
times also on penultimate trunk segment; or, upper ridges of trunk
and tail usually overlapping on two segments, sometimes on three.
Trunk segments 11 (in all six examined). Caudal segments 33 to 36.
Dorsal rays 18 or 19. Pectoral rays usually 16, varying 15 to 17.
Tubercles and coronet well developed in young specimens, becoming
notably low in large fish, frequently obsolescent on upper ridge of
trunk in large males. Trunk of medium depth; snout of medium
length. Filaments rather profuse in young, absent in the few large
specimens examined. Color not well shown in the few available
specimens; large whitish or variegated blotches shown on trunk of
two specimens, largest specimen shows traces of transverse dark lines
on trunk; white dots usually quite profuse on tail, sparse on side of
trunk; general color pattern apparently the same as in hudsonius
and punctulatus. (See tables 1 and 3 for counts and measurements
and table 4 for averages.)
The figure of kincaidi and the color description of “brunneus’’,
combined with the specimens examined, make it evident that the
variability of the tubercles, filaments, and color with age is approxi-
mately the same as already described for hudsonius or punctulatus
(see pp. 555 and 564).
Distinctive characters and relationships—The Bermuda population
of this seahorse evidently forms a subspecies of equal rank with
hudsonius and punctulatus. The relation between these latter two
has been discussed under their accounts, and kincaidi may now be
compared with them. The differences between the three subspecies
become apparent by a study of tables 1, 3, and 4. H. kincaid is
characterized by a combination of characters: A low caudal segment
count; the low tubercles in large males tending to become obsolescent ;
a trunk of medium depth; a snout of medium length; a rather low
dorsal ray count; a medium pectoral ray count. In its low caudal
segment count and low tubercles it is nearest to punctulatus, especially
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 569
to the Cuban population of that subspecies; in the depth of its trunk,
the length of the snout, and the pectoral ray count it is nearest to the
southern populations of hudsonius, while in the dorsal count it is
nearest to the northern population of that subspecies. Although the
number of specimens from Bermuda studied are few and the precise
range of variation of this population remains to be worked out, it
seems apparent that if hudsonius and punctulatus are to be recognized
as subspecies, kincaidi also should be recognized as having equal
rank with them.
In its comparatively lower tubercles, fewer caudal segments, and
slenderer body kincaidi approaches reidi, and the differences between
them are discussed under the latter (p. 575).
Material studied and geographic distribution—Bermuda (23795,
F. M. Hamlin, 1879; 23805, G. Brown Goode, 1877; also Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. nos. 5064, 5065, 5066, and 5495, T. H. Bean).
Total number of specimens examined, 6; 4, with a brood pouch,
75 to 118 mm long; 2, without any trace of a brood pouch, 61 and 62
mm. Apparently kincaidi is now known only from the coast of
Bermuda.
Nomenclature and synonymy.—Although the types of kincardi and
brunneus were not examined, they unquestionably pertain to the
subspecies here described. Apparently the former was based chiefly
on the strongly developed tubercles and their long, branched fila-
ments, while brunneus was based chiefly on color, the presence of
large blotches in the form of hourglasses. The present study definitely
determined that in hudsonius, as well as in punctulatus, the high
tubercles, the profuse filaments, and the blotches are normally
juvenile characters that often persist in medium-sized or even nearly
full-grown specimens (see pp. 511 and 555). Evidently the same varia-
tion occurs in kincardi, although I do not have sufficient specimens
to determine this definitely. The tubercles and filaments of kincaidi
indicated on the published figure and the color of brunneus as described
show that neither was based on specimens of reidi, the other large
seahorse occurring at Bermuda.
Both kincaidi and brunneus were established on misapprehensions,
since the characters that apparently induced their describers to estab-
lish the names are well shown by the subspecies hudsonius and punctu-
latus during certain stages of growth or as an individual variation.
However, since the Bermuda population is subspecifically distinct
from hudsonius and punctulatus on the basis of other differences, the
names kincaidi and brunneus, the former having priority, are available
for that population.
570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
HIPPOCAMPUS HIPPOCAMPUS (Linnaeus)
Syngnathus hippocampus LinnaEvs, Systema naturae, ed. 10, p. 338, 1758 (as
restricted by Leach, 1814; originally a composite species).
Hippocampus heptagonus RAFINESQUE, Caratteri di aleuni nuovi generi e nuove
specie di animali e piante della Sicilia, p. 18, 1810 (substitute for S. hippo-
campus Linnaeus to avoid tautonymy).
Hippocampus antiquorum Lreacu, The zoological miscellany vol. 1, p. 104, 1814
(Mediterranean only locality mentioned; substitute for S. hippocampus
Linnaeus to avoid tautonymy; seahorses split up into more than one species
and this name restricted to a Mediterranean species).
Hippocampus brevirostris Scu1nz, Das Thierreich von Cuvier, vol. 2, p. 262, 1822
(substitute for S. hippocampus Linnaeus to avoid tautonymy, the latter name
being previously restricted by Leach to the Mediterranean species having
blunt tubercles).
Hippocampus antiquus Risso, Histoire naturelle des principales productions de
V Europe méridionale. . ., vol. 3, p. 188, 1826 (description most likely refers
to present species, see p. 521).
Hippocampus brevirostris Cuvier, Le régne animal, ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 363, 1829
(name anticipated by Schinz, 1822).
Hippocampus brevirostris Gu&RIN-Mf&NEVILLE, Iconographie du régne animal
du G. Cuvier, vol. 2, Poiss., pl. 65, fig. 2, 1829-38.
Hippocampus jubatus DE LA Pyuars, Congr. Sci. France, Poitiers, 1834, 2d sess.,
p. 528, 1835 (either a pre-Linnaean name or else a nomen nudum, see p. 524).
Hippocampus brevirostris RaurHEeR, Die Syngnathiden des Golfes von Neapel,
p. 8, pl. 2, figs. 11, 16, and 18, pl. 16, fig. 173, 1925 (gives also extensive
account of biology and anatomy of species).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment usually hexangular, often quad-
rangular (completely hexangular in seven, incompletely hexangular
in one, quadrangular in three) ; last trunk segment octangular; penulti-
mate trunk segments usually septangular like segments preceding it
(in eight), often novemangular (in the three specimens having a
completely quadrangular first caudal segment noted above). In
other words, first caudal and last trunk segment usually with an
extra plate on top; when extra plate is absent on first caudal segment
it is present on penultimate trunk segments; or, upper ridges of tail
and trunk overlapping on two segments, usually on the first caudal
and last trunk segment, sometimes on last two trunk segments.
Trunk segments 11 (in all 11 specimens examined). Caudal segments
modally 35, varying 34 to 36. Dorsal rays usually 17, sometimes 16.
Pectoral rays modally 14, varying 13 to 15. Tubercles low in
medium-sized fish, becoming nearly obsolescent in large specimens,
or at least very low and narrowly rounded above, not pointed, not
abruptly stubby. Coronet rather high and blunt, bony tubercles in
front of it obsolescent. Trunk deep; snout short. Filaments few,
rather short, or entirely absent (highly variable as in related species
shown on one of Rauther’s figures, plate 16, to have many rather
long and branched filaments). Color dark, numerous small brown
spots of deeper intensity than ground color more or less evident, some-
times coalescing to form short lines or elongate spots on lower side
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 571
of head, often very dark all over and definite spots hardly evident;
minute white dots present or absent, often coalescing to form irregular
lines or a fine network, especially marked on head and to a lesser
extent on trunk, often fine white lines radiating from eye. Dorsal
with a whitish marginal band, underlaid by a dark brown submarginal
band, basal part more or less dusky, sometimes nearly uniformly dark
below marginal whitish band. (See tables 1 and 2 for counts and
measurements. )
Distinctive characters and relationships —H. hippocampus is appar-
ently related both to europaeus and to reidi, as discussed under the
accounts of those species. It has a distinctive appearance, owing to
its very low or obsolescent tubercles, short snout, and rather deep
body. In the low or nearly obsolescent tubercles it somewhat re-
sembles reidi but differs markedly in its conspicuously deeper trunk
and shorter snout and in having fewer pectoral rays, although there
is a small degree of intergradation in the latter character. It may
be sharply distinguished from guttulatus, its congener occurring in
the same region with it, by a number of characters, as pointed out
on page 544.
A fair percentage of the specimens tend to have the first caudal
segment quadrangular. This deviation occurs less frequently in
hudsonius and punctulatus, while in the subgenus Jamsus (see p. 584)
it becomes the dominant condition. In hippocampus this variation
is apparently correlated with a novemangular antepenultimate trunk
segment.
Material examined and geographic distribution—Bay of Naples,
S. E. Meek, April 1897, four specimens (48325). Also seven speci-
mens from the collection of the American Museum of Natural History,
as follows: Two from the Zoological Station, Naples, Dr. Hovey
(1082), and five purchased from the Zoological Station, Naples (5042)
without further data. All these no doubt belong to the same species.
Total number of specimens studied, 11, 55 to 104 mm long (one
specimen with the tip of the tail broken possibly somewhat larger
than the longest specimen recorded here). All the specimens, except
the smallest one, have a brood pouch or at least a rudiment of one.
According to Rauther most of the females of this species have a
brood pouch more or less developed; apparently the sexes cannot be
distinguished by that character.
Nomenclature and synonymy.—This species has been designated
most generally by the name of brevirostris, but the review of the
literature (pp. 520 to 522) shows that that name has been proposed as a
substitute for the earlier name hippocampus, of which it consequently
becomes a synonym. In this case there is greater advantage in
following the rules rather than general usage and sinking the name
572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
brevirostris to synonymy, since that name was employed often to
designate other species as well, such as ewropaeus and species in other
parts of the globe. Furthermore, there is no possibility that the
name hippocampus will have to be changed again. Therefore, it is a
fortunate coincidence that sinking the name brevirostris as a synonym
of hippocampus will serve the triple purpose of complying with the
code, clearing away the existing confusion implied in the name
brevirostris, and fixing the name of this species with finality.
Uncertain specimen.—A single specimen in the University of
Michigan Museum (111750), found in the same lot of seahorses
forming the basis of multiannularis (see p. 542), probably belongs to
hippocampus. Trunk segments 11; caudal segments 37; dorsal rays
18; pectoral rays 15; first caudal segment hexangular; penultimate
trunk segment septangular, tubercles nearly obsolescent. Length
102 mm, with a brood pouch; depth 18, snout 6.7, postorbital 10.5,
head 20.5, trunk 30.5, tail 67.5, and orbit 4 percent of length. If
these measurements are compared with table 2, it will be noted that
by the length of its snout this specimen is either a europaeus or a
hippocampus, but its general physiognomy is more like hippocampus
and agrees more with the latter species in the depth of the trunk and
the appearance of the tubercles. The number of caudal segments and
dorsal rays falls just outside the frequency distribution of hippocampus
as determined (compare with table 1); but it seems to fit well in that
distribution as an extreme variant. If this specimen was one of the
original lot from Dagry Fréres (see p. 542) and came from the Bay
of Biscay, it seems possible that hippocampus, like guttulatus, is repre-
sented on the Atlantic coast of Kurope by a distinct subspecies.
However, that remains to be determined. It is more likely that it
came from the Mediterranean and represents a variant of its species
with respect to the number of caudal segments and dorsal rays.
HIPPOCAMPUS REIDI Ginsburg
Fiaures 65, 66
Hippocampus longirostris Kaur (not Schinz, 1822, a French species; not Cuvier,
1829, see pp. 520 to 523 for discussion), Catalogue of the lophobranchiate
fish in the collection of the British Musuem, p. 12, pl. 3, figs. 2, 2a, 1856
(Martinique and St. Lucia; recognizable figure of this species published).
Hippocampus guttulatus Goopr (not Cuvier), Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 14, p. 291,
1877 (Bermuda).
Hippocampus punctulatus Mrrx and HiLpEBRAND (in part), Publ. Field Mus.
Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 255, 1923 (specimens from Porto
Bello only belong to present species).
Hippocampus reidi GinsBuRG, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23, p. 561, 1933
(Grenada, British West Indies; Porto Bello, Panama; Jamaica, W. I.; Haiti).
Diagnosis.—F¥irst caudal segment hexangular (incompletely hex-
angular in one out of 12 specimens examined); last trunk segment
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 573
always octangular; penultimate trunk segment usually septangular,
sometimes novemangular (completely novemangular in two speci-
mens and incompletely so in one out of 12 examined). In other
words, usually first caudal
and last trunk segments
only with an extra plate
for the support of the
dorsal, infrequently miss-
ing on first caudal seg-
ment and sometimes
present on penultimate
trunk segment; or, upper
tidges of tail and trunk
usually overlapping on
two segments, sometimes
on three. Trunksegments
normally 11 (in 11), some-
times 12 (an incomplete
twelfth segment in one).
Caudal segments usually
35 or 36, varying 34 to
37. Dorsal rays modally
ie varyane. 15) “toy - 8:
Pectoral rays usually 15 or
Loy Pvanyane. 15) to) .17.
Tubercles on upper ridge
of trunk evident in small
specimens (one male 46
mm long and two females
50 and 58 mm examined),
but quite low, compara-
tively much lower than
usual in specimens. of
hudsonius or punctulatus
of similar size; in large or
medium-sized specimens
obsolescent or nearly ob-
solescent, being sometimes
indicated asaslight, broad- FIGURE 65.—Hippocampus reidi, drawn from the type, a male
ly wavelike rise (next sizes 121 mm long from Grenada, British West Indies; U.S.N.M.
no. 86590. Length of specimen as drawn, about 91 mm.
examined after the small
specimens are a male 74 and a female 93 mm). Coronet medium
in small and medium-sized specimens, very low in large ones. Trunks
unusually slender; snout conspicuously long. Filaments absent on
tubercles and coronet of large and medium-sized specimens; present
574. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
in small fish of about 50 mm long but few and short; very small
tablike processes or minute pimples rather profuse and usually per-
sistent in largest specimens, sometimes short filaments present on
back (not on tubercles) of large specimens. Color pattern char-
acteristic; covered more
or less thickly with small
brown spots against a
lighter background, the
spots often differing in
size, somewhat larger
and more prominent
spots interspersed with
smaller ones, ground
color sprinkled profusely
with minute, almost
microscopic whitish dots
(color evident only in the
larger specimens, the
available smaller ones
nearly uniformly colored
without any definite color
pattern, possibly faded).
Dorsal hyaline with
a submarginal brown
streak and sprinkled at
the base with small brown
dots. (See tables 1 and
3 for counts and measure-
ments.)
Distinctiwe characters
and relationships.—H.
reidi agrees most nearly
with hippocampus from
the Mediterranean in its
obsolescent tubercles and
number of caudal seg-
ments and dorsal rays, as
well as in its color pat-
tern, but differs sharply
FIGURE 66.—Hippocampus reidi, drawn from a female 127 mm 10 having a conspicuously
long taken with the type. Length of specimen as drawn, slenderer trunk and long-
89 mm. .
er snout, while the fre-
quency distribution of the pectoral rays is quite different, although the
two species overlap in that respect.
The similarity in the structure of the tubercles, the number of
caudal segments and dorsal rays, and the color pattern of reidi and
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 515
hippocampus may be a case of parallelism, and it is possible that reida
is more nearly related to kincaidi and punctulatus. In any case,
whatever is the true relationship of reidi, for the practical purpose of
identification it is necessary to compare it with them, since its geo-
graphic range overlaps with that of kincaid: and possibly also with
that of punctulatus.
Full-grown or nearly full-grown specimens of reidi may be sharply
distinguished from punctulatus by their markedly slender trunk (see
table 3) along with the difference in the color pattern, reid: being
profusely spotted with small spots, while large specimens of punctu-
latus are marked generally by narrow lines or sometimes by large
blotches. H. reidi also has the tubercles obsolescent, while in punc-
tulatus they are in most specimens fairly well developed, although
full-grown males sometimes closely approach reidi in that respect.
Small specimens are not readily distinguished by depth, but may be
separated on direct comparison by the difference in the structure of
the tubercles, in most, but not all cases, some small specimens of punctu-
latus having the tubercles rather low. As further aids in separating
the two, reidi has a distinctly lower dorsal fin ray count and a longer
snout than punctulatus, but there is more or less intergradation in
those two characters (see tables 1 and 3).
The present species differs from kincaidi in the same characters,
namely, in having a slenderer trunk, obsolescent tubercles, fewer
dorsal rays, a longer snout, and a different color pattern. It has been
noted that kincaid? has a slenderer trunk and generally lower tubercles
than punctulatus, and it consequently approaches nearer to reidi in
those two important characters. However, to offset this conver-
gence, kincaidi has a somewhat shorter snout than punctulatus, and
it consequently diverges more from reidi in this character. While
kincaidi converges toward reidi in the depth of the trunk, there was
no intergradation in the few specimens measured (see table 3).
When all the characters are taken into consideration there should
be found no difficulty in most cases in distinguishing reidi from kin-
caidi, as well as from punctulatus. At least, I did not find it difficult.
It is reasonable to expect some difficulty, however, in referring occa-
sional extreme variants of kincaidi and reidi in places where both
occur, as in Bermuda. Out of seven specimens of seahorses from
Bermuda available, only one may be referred to reidi and six to kin-
caidi, and the latter is probably the commoner seahorse on the coast
of Bermuda. The single specimen of reidi from that coast is for-
tunately a nearly full-grown individual having the important char-
acters typical of its species, and there is no question as to where it
belongs.
Material studied and geographic distribution.—Porto Bello, Panama;
Meek and Hildebrand (79685, March 19, 1912; Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
no. 8284). St. George, Grenada, British West Indies; W. O’Brien
Donovan (86590, two specimens including the type). Port-au-
Prince, Haiti; C. Bencomo (85958; three large specimens, dried and
hence could not be accurately measured, nor the fin rays counted,
but the count of the segments included in the above account; form,
tubercles, and color typical of the species). Jamaica, West Indies;
Albatross; March 1-11, 1884 (92684). Kingston, Jamaica; Albatross,
1884 (93732). Bermuda; G. Brown Goode; 1876-77; 1 female, 137
mm long (21933).
Total number of specimens examined, 12; 6 with a brood pouch or
at least a rudiment of one, 46 to about 150 mm long (the largest male
dried, and exact length cannot be determined); 6 specimens 50 to 137
mm long, without any trace of a brood pouch.
From the material examined it is evident that this species is common
in the West Indies and ranges from Panama to Bermuda, but its pre-
cise geographical limits remain to be determined. Among all the
available specimens from Florida and Cuba not a single reidi was
found. Extant records in the literature, of seahorses from the West
Indies, no doubt refer partly or wholly to this species, but on account
of the failure of previous authors except Kaup to distinguish reidi
it is not possible to place such records properly in the synonymy
unless the specimens are reexamined. The figure published by Kaup
shows the slender body, the low tubercles and coronet, and the char-
acteristic color pattern and is readily identifiable as drawn from a
specimen of reidi. In view of Kaup’s evident failure to distinguish
the species of Hippocampus in many cases, it is doubtful whether all
his material was referable to the present species; but one of his speci-
mens from St. Lucia and one from Martinique for which he describes
the color apparently belonged to reidi. These two localities fall
within the geographic range represented by specimens examined
during my study.
HIPPOCAMPUS OBTUSUS Ginsburg
FIGURE 67
Hippocampus obtusus GINsBuRG, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23, p. 562,
1933 (off Cape Hatteras, N. C.)
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment hexangular, last trunk segment
octangular, penultimate trunk segment septangular. In other words,
first caudal and last trunk segments only bearing an extra plate for
the support of the dorsal; or, upper ridges of trunk and tail over-
lapping on two segments. Trunk segments 11; caudal segments 35;
dorsal rays 17; pectoral rays 16. Every third or fourth tubercle on
trunk and anterior part of tail very stout and bluntly obtuse, reduced
to stout, knoblike stumps, their appearance very characteristic;
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG DEE
FIGURE 67.—Hippocampus obtusus, drawn from the type, a male 70 mm long from off the coast of North
Carolina; U.S.N.M. no, 84527. Length of specimen as drawn, 55 mm.
73864—36——6
578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
tubercles on head, at base of pectoral, and on nape similarly stumpy.
Coronet of medium height. Trunk conspicuously slender; snout
rather long. First two enlarged spines on tail having short somewhat
chunky stumpy appendages, no other filaments, profusely covered
with pimplelike excrescences on skin; smaller on side, larger on back.
Color nearly uniformly yellowish (probably faded).
Measurements.—Length 70 mm, with the brood pouch just begin-
ning to develop. Depth 12, snout 10.5, postorbital 11, head 24.5,
trunk 35, tail 61, and orbit 4.5 percent of length.
Distinctive characters and relationships——When I first found the
specimen forming the type of the present species, I immediately
recognized its striking appearance and set it aside as being distinct
from hudsonius, but I hesitated to describe it as a new species on the
bare chance of its being an abnormal specimen of that species, since
it was taken within the geographic range of that species and the counts
of its meristic characters also fall within the range of variation of the
subspecies hudsonius. Any doubts as to its distinctive nature were
dispelled, however, after I found the three specimens from the Pacific
coast that form the basis of hildebrandi. As later noted (p. 582),
there is no question that hildebrandi is a distinct species. The most
distinctive and striking character of hildebrandi—the structure of the
tubercles—is nearly duplicated in the type of obtusus, which is evi-
dently the Atlantic coast counterpart of hildebrandi, obtusus differing
chiefly in its fewer caudal segments and dorsal rays.
H. obtusus differs from the other species occurring within its geo-
graphic range, hudsonius, as well as from all other American species
except hildebrandi, chiefly in the structure of the tubercles, which is
very striking. It is one of those characters hard to describe but may
be appreciated fully by direct comparison of material. The tubercles
in obtusus are very stout and blunt, but they are also low, being
reduced to mere stout blunt stumps or knobs. They are unlike the
rather slender and notably higher tubercles of hudsonius, or the more
or less obsolescent tubercles of hippocampus and reidi. H. obtusus
differs further from hudsonius in having a notably slenderer trunk and
a longer snout, more so than even the extreme variants of hudsonius
of similar size (compare with table 3). The paucity of specimens of
obtusus in collections, only the type being known, may possibly be
explained by its probable offshore habitat, as discussed in the next
paragraph.
Material studied and distribution—Off Cape Hatteras, N. C.;
Albatross; June 5, 1885 (84527, the type); the only known specimen.
This species possibly has more of an offshore habitat, while hudsonius
is common in shallow water inshore and is also taken offshore.
There are no available data as to the habitat of the type, but on the
day on which it was captured the Albatross was engaged in line fishing
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 579
offshore in 50% to 123 fathoms.*® While this fact is suggestive, it is
not conclusive. It may have been taken at the surface either off-
shore or inshore. The vertical as well as the geographical distri-
bution of this species remains to be determined.
HIPPOCAMPUS HILDEBRANDI Ginsburg
Fiaurss 68, 69
Hippocampus ingens Meek and HiLpEBRAND (in part), Publ. Field Mus. Nat.
Hist., zool. ser., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 256, 1923 (three specimens from Chame
Point, Pacific coast of Panama, referred to the present species).
Hippocampus hildebrandi Ginspure, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23,
p. 562, 1933 (Chame Point, Panama, based on specimen of preceding record).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment hexangular; last trunk segment
octangular; penultimate trunk segment septangular, sometimes
novemangular (in one specimen out of three penultimate trunk seg-
ment incompletely novemangular). In other words, extra plate for
support of the dorsal usually present on first caudal and last trunk
segment only, sometimes also on penultimate trunk segments; or,
upper ridges of tail and trunk usually overlapping only on two seg-
ments. ‘Trunk segments 11, caudal segments 39 (same count in all
three specimens examined). Dorsal rays 20 (in two) or 21 (in one).
Pectoral rays 16 (in one) or 17 (in two). Tubercles on upper ridge
not at all pointed, every third or fourth strikingly stout but low,
forming characteristic stout, blunt, knoblike stumps (very similar in
appearance to those of obtusus). Coronet well developed, of medium
height. Trunk slender; snout rather long. No slender filaments,
but fleshy, short appendages present on some tubercles; profusely
covered with pimplelike projections. The three available specimens
nearly uniformly dark, without any well-marked color pattern;
sometimes with small brown spots irregularly scattered on opercle,
trunk and tail. Rays of dorsal dark brown at bases gradually
becoming lighter distally; a narrow, longitudinal hyaline streak, a
little below middle, interrupting the conspicuous brown color on the
rays; interradial membrane hyaline.
Measurements.—Two, without a brood pouch, 46 and 68 mm long;
depth 12 and 13.5, snout 10 (in both), postorbital 11.5 and 10.5, head
25 and 24.5, trunk 31.5 and 30, tail 63.5 and 65.5 and orbit 6 and 4.5
percent of length, respectively; one with a rudimentary brood pouch
49 mm, depth 9, snout 10, postorbital 11, head 25.5, trunk 32, tail
61.5, and orbit 6 percent of length.
Distinctive characters and relationships——The three specimens
forming the basis of the foregoing account unquestionably represent a
distinct species. There is only one other species, ingens, now known
from the Pacific coast of Panama, and hildebrandi should be compared
48 Rep. U. 8S. Comm. Fish. for 1885, p. 80, 1887.
580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 88
with that. The two have approximately the same number of seg-
ments and fin rays (compare with table 1). Hence, it may be sug-
gested that hildebrandi represents the young of ingens, but it is evident
FIGURE 68.—Hippocampus hildebrandi, drawn from the type, a female 68 mm long from the Pacific coast of
Panama; U.S.N.M. no. 82036. Length of specimen as drawn, 39 mm.
that such is not the case, although I did not have specimens of the
same size in both species for comparison. In the species of Hippo-
campus examined by me, the tubercles are notably better developed
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 581
and pointed in smaller fish. This is the invariable rule in all the spe-
cies examined (except possibly obtusus and hildebrandi for which no
FIGURE 69.—Hippocampus hildebrandi, drawn from a male 49 mm long; U.S.N.M. no. 82039. Length of
specimen as drawn, 35mm. Note the very rudimentary tubercles in a male of this size, although in other
species the tubercles are well developed in such small specimens. A smaller female, 46mm long, U.S.N.M.
no. 82037, has the tubercles better developed but stumpy, essentially as in figure 68.
series of specimens in graduated sizes are available), and is also true of
mgens. The smallest available specimen of ingens is 113 mm long and
the largest 201mm. The tubercles in ingens are notably better devel-
582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
oped in the smaller specimens, being distinctly higher and spinous, as
in the other species of Hippocampus, while in the three specimens here
assigned to hildebrandi the tubercles are much broader and lower, al-
though these three are considerably smaller than the smallest specimen
of ingens examined. The difference in appearance is very striking, but
it is hard to convey an adequate verbal picture, and this difference may
be appreciated fully only by a direct comparison of material. After
familiarity is gained with the change in the appearance of the tubercles
on account of growth in the species of Hippocampus, a comparison
between the available specimens of ingens and hildebrandi will force
the conclusion that they represent distinct species. H. hildebrandi is
evidently most nearly related to obtusus from the Atlantic coast,
differing sharply in having more caudal segments and dorsal rays.
Material examined and distribution—Chame Point, Pacific coast of
Panama; Robert Tweedlie (82037; 82039; 82063, the type); two
specimens, 46 and 68 mm long without any trace of a brood pouch, 1
specimen 49 mm long with a rudimentary brood pouch.
All three specimens were captured by Robert Tweedlie, whose
methods of collecting are described by Meek and Hildebrand,* as
follows: ‘‘* * * most of his specimens were either dipped up by
the sand dredge * * * or taken with the dip-net * * * in
the vicinity of the dredge. * * * the position of the dredge
* * * was located at the end of Chame Point, a long and very
narrow neck of land projecting a distance of about thirty miles into
the sea.’”’ Therefore, it is possible that this species has an offshore
habitat as was discussed for its close relative obtusus (p.578). A fourth
specimen obtained by Tweedlie is a true ingens and was included in
the account of that species. The two Pacific coast species, therefore,
apparently overlap in their ranges, even though they may be found to
differ in their vertical distribution.
HIPPOCAMPUS VILLOSUS Giinther
Hippocampus villosus GUNTHER, Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger,
vol. 1, pt. 6, Fishes, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. D, 1880 (off Bahia).
Hippocampus punctulatus Merk and HitpEBRAND (in part), Publ. Field Mus. Nat.
Hist., zool. ser., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 255, 1923 (the specimen from Fox Bay,
Colon, Panama, here referred provisionally to villosus.)
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment hexangular, last trunk segment
octangular, penultimate trunk segment septangular like the segments
preceding it. In other words, an extra plate for the support of the
dorsal on last caudal and first trunk segments only; or, upper ridges
of tail and trunk overlapping on two segments. Trunk segments 10;
caudal segments 34; dorsal rays 16; pectoral rays 15. Tubercles on
upper ridge of trunk well developed and pointed. Coronet high.
49 Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 6, 1923.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 583
Trunk deep; snout of medium length. Filaments short, more or less
branched, present on spines of head and of upper ridge of trunk and
anterior part of tail. Brown, with lighter blotches around bases of
spines of trunk, the blotches coalescent (the color pattern somewhat
as in specimens of hudsonius or punctulatus of similar size); white dots
present, but scanty; dorsal with obliquely longitudinal rows of rather
faint brownish spots near base, no submarginal band.
Measurements —Length 68 mm, without any trace of a brood
pouch; depth 17, snout 8.5, postorbital 12, head 24, trunk 38, tail 56.5,
and orbit 4.5 percent of length.
Distinctive characters and relationships.—The foregoing account is
based on a single specimen that I refer with considerable doubt to
Ginther’s species, which is also known from but one specimen. The
species of Hippocampus are so variable intraspecifically, and so closely
approaching or even overlapping interspecifically, that it seems fool-
hardy to base a species on a single specimen, except where it shows
some salient character unmistakably distinguishing it. There must
be even greater uncertainty to attempt to identify a single specimen
with a poorly established species without comparing it directly with
the type. However, this specimen is evidently of a different species
from any of the others from the American coasts described in the
present paper, and it agrees fairly well with the inadequate account
of villosus, except that Giinther’s specimen apparently had a longer
snout. Not wishing to establish a new species on a single specimen in
this case, I provisionally refer it to villosus.
Judged from the species from the American coasts known at present,
this specimen belongs to a species nearest to reidi on one hand and to
punctulatus on the other, but it apparently differs from both. The
most striking feature is its relatively small number of segments, both
trunk and caudal segments. The 10 trunk segments represent the
most usual number found in the subgenus Jamsus. Of the other
species described herein, only one specimen of hudsonius, out of 76
examined, had this number, while in all the rest of the species not
one specimen was found with 10 trunk segments. It is possible that
the specimen here referred to villosus represents a rare variant, but
the probabilities are much more strongly in favor of its representing
a species that normally has fewer trunk segments. The number of
caudal segments is also near to the normal condition in the subgenus
Jamsus, but it also falls at the extreme of the frequency distributions
of reidi and punctulatus (compare with table 1). This specimen further
differs from reidi in its deeper body and strikingly better developed
tubercles, and from punctulatus in having a deeper body when speci-
mens of approximately the same size are compared (see table 3).
From the two species belonging to the subgenus Jamsus it differs
584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
strikingly in its larger size and also in having more numerous dorsal
and pectoral rays.
Material studied —Fox Bay, Colon, Panama; Meek and Hilde-
brand; March 25, 1911 (81727); one specimen without any brood
pouch.
JAMSUS, new subgenus
Genotype.—Hippocampus regulus Ginsburg.
Definition.—Dorsal rays 10 to 14. Pectoral rays 10 to 12. Trunk
segments usually 10, often 9, infrequently 11. Caudal segments 28
to 34. Upper ridges of tail and trunk usually overlapping on one
segment, sometimes on two, rarely on none; usually on last trunk
segment, often on first caudal. First caudal segment usually quad-
rangular; last trunk segment usually octangular (last trunk and first
caudal segments often both hexangular in zosterae, in those specimens
having nine trunk segments, see p. 590). Penultimate trunk segment,
hike the segments in front of it, usually septangular, infrequently
novemangular. Base of dorsal on two segments, usually on last
two trunk segments, often on last trunk and first caudal segments.
Size notably small.
Relationships —Jamsus is evidently related to the typical subgenus
but differs from it chiefly in having fewer fin rays, fewer trunk and
caudal segments, and normally one instead of two extra plates for
the support of the dorsal. In the number of dorsal and pectoral rays
there are no intergradients between the two subgenera in the species
studied. Jamsus contains two species, which are notably small in
size, and their smaller size is correlated with a lesser number of fin
rays and segments.
Etymology—An arbitrary combination of two Biblical Hebrew
words: jam °=sea, and sus ”’=horse, nouns in masculine gender
according to the rules of Hebrew grammar; transliterated into the Latin
alphabet according to the rules of the Library of Congress,*! except
that the Hebrew letter ‘‘yod”’ is rendered into “‘j’’, equivalent to the
Cbnay,
. . . ° ae
old Latin consonantal “1’’; the ‘j’”’ pronounced like the English ‘y.”’,
HIPPOCAMPUS REGULUS Ginsburg
Ficures 70, 71
Hippocampus regulus GinsBurRG, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 23, p. 563
1933 (Mississippi; Texas; Campeche, Mexico).
DPiagnosis.—First caudal segment nearly always quadrangular (in-
completely hexangular in one out of 24 specimens examined), last
trunk segment always octangular, penultimate trunk segment nearly
50 See, for instance, Exodus 15:1.
5| See also Funk & Wagnalls Jewish Encyclopaedia, vol. 2, p. Ix.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 585
always septangular (incompletely novemangular in one out of 24
specimens). In other words, an extra plate for support of the dorsal
normally on last trunk segment only, infrequently also on first caudal
or penultimate trunk segment (on one side only of each one of two
specimens out of 24 examined); or, upper ridges of tail and trunk
normally overlapping on one segment only (with the exception
noted). Trunk segment 10 (in 23), sometimes 9 (in one specimen
from Campeche). Caudal segments usually 29 to 31, varying 28 to
32. Dorsal rays modally 11, varying 10 to 12. Pectoral rays modally
11, varying 10 to 12. Base of dorsal on last two trunk segments.
Tubercles on upper ridge fairly well developed and pointed, some-
times low in full-grown males. Coronet comparatively high. Fila-
ments usually present, relatively not long, their numbers varying
greatly with individual fish and to some extent with age, sometimes
profuse and more or less branched, often absent or nearly absent,
especially in full-grown specimens; minute pimples usually profuse.
Color variously mottled with yellowish of contrasting intensity or
with brownish, without any definite color pattern; basal two-thirds
of dorsal with lengthwise rows of small diffuse spots, often more or
less coalescent, forming a diffuse network, sometimes nearly uniformly
pigmented but increasingly darker proximad; sometimes with a
distinct submarginal dark band, sometimes nearly hyaline. (See
table 5 for counts.)
Measurements —A male, 30.5 mm long, depth 18.5, snout 7,
postorbital 12, head 22.5, trunk 34, tail 62.5, and orbit 6 percent of
length. A female, 26.5 mm long, depth 17, snout 8.5, postorbital 13,
head 25.5, trunk 36.5, tail 55.5, and orbit 7.5 percent of length.
Distinctive characters and relationships ——This species is evidently
closely related to zosterae. The greatest divergence is in the number
of dorsal rays, although there is a certain degree of intergradation
between the two species (see table 5). There is also a decided diver-
gence in the number of caudal segments, but the intergradation in
that character is even more pronounced than in the number of dorsal
rays.
The individuals comprising the species regulus seem, from the ma-
terial examined, to form a comparatively homogeneous and compact
mass with reference to their structure, shown especially by the
relative stability in the number of trunk segments and the almost
constantly quadrangular first caudal segment. Of the 24 specimens
examined only one from Campeche has nine trunk segments, and
only one from Cat Island has an incompletely hexangular first caudal
segment. The specimens from Campeche otherwise differ but slightly
from those of the northern coast of the Gulf. The frequency distri-
butions of the fin rays in the Campeche lot correspond exactly to
586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
Fiaure 70.—Iippocampus regulus, drawn from the type, a male 30.5 mm long from Harbor Island, Tex.;
U.S.N.M. no. 92950. Length of specimen as drawn, 19.5 mm.
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 587
those from Mississippi and Texas. The number of caudal segments
is also nearly the same, averaging slightly greater in the Campeche
lot, but this slight difference may disappear when more specimens
FIGURE 71.—Hippocampus regulus, drawn from a female 29.5 mm long from Harbor Island, Tex. Length
of specimen as drawn, 17.5 mm.
are examined. The presence of these two variants in a widely sep-
arated population emphasizes the relative homogeneity of regulus and
is in strong contrast to the high degree of variability shown by
588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
zosterae, which tends to break up into distinct stocks as discussed
hereafter (p. 592).
Of the two variants of regulus, the one with the nine trunk seg-
ments has a quadrangular first caudal, while the one with an incom-
pletely hexangular first caudal segment has 10 trunk segments. It
will be shown (p. 591) that in zosterae nine trunk segments are always
correlated with a hexangular first caudal segment. In regulus these
variations are not only infrequent but when they do occur they are
not correlated. Another point of considerable interest is that regulus,
in two important characters—number of trunk segments and number
of pectoral rays—approaches much more the Key West population
of zosterae than its Pensacola population (see table 5).
There are legitimate grounds for difference of opinion in regard to
the taxonomic status of regulus, whether it is to be considered as a
full species or as a subspecies. According to the data presented, it
may be regarded, within reason, as a subspecies of zosterae. How-
ever, while the degree of intergradation in the characters investigated
is greater than usual between distinct species of fishes in general, it
is also of a lesser degree than the usual intergradation between sub-
species of fishes. Furthermore, speciation in the genus Hippocampus
is quite unlike that usual among fishes. A condition of very near
approach or even of overlapping is evidently normal in Hippocampus
(see, for instance, discussion of relationship of ingens, p. 536). A com-
parison between tables 1 and 5 shows that the divergence between
regulus and zosterae, in the number of dorsal rays and caudal segments,
is much more pronounced and of a much higher degree than that
between the subspecies hudsonius and punctulatus, for instance. It
was also shown that regulus is nearer to the Key West population of
zosterae, whereas if regulus were a mere geographical subspecies of
zosterae, it would be reasonable to expect it to differ in a regular
latitudinal direction and to be nearer the Pensacola population of
zosterae. All available evidence considered, therefore, it seems best
to assign full specific rank to regulus, although this opinion may have
to be changed by a study of more material and specimens from
intermediate localities.
As compared with all other American species of Hippocampus
except zosterae, regulus is readily distinguished by the number of
trunk and caudal segments, the number of fin rays, and its small size.
Material studied and geographic distribution—Cat Island, Miss.,
collected by the author November 15, 1931. Harbor Island, Tex.,
J. C. Pearson (92950, the type, May 1927; also in the Bureau of
Fisheries, collected on the following dates: 1 specimen with the type;
2 on April 3, 1927, 1 on October 20, 1926, 2 on October 25, 1926, 2 on
November 12, 1926). Hog Island, Tex.; J.C. Pearson. Champoton,
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 589
Campeche, Mexico, A. S. Pearse; July 13, 1932 (Univ. Michigan
Mus. no. 102819).
Total number of specimens studied, 24; 13, with a broad pouch or
at least a rudiment of one, 21 to 34 mm long; 11, without any trace
of a brood pouch, 17 to 30 mm long. Some of the larger specimens
have the brood pouch fully developed. Judged by the material
examined, the maximum size attained by regulus is considerably
below that of zosterae. All the specimens I obtained at Cat Island
were picked out from seaweed landed by a small drag seine in shallow
water on a sandy shore.
TABLE 5.—Frequency distribution of some meristic characters of Hippocampus
zosterae and regulus according to locality
Trunk Pectoral
Dorsal rays Caudal segments segments ? rays
Species and locality
10] 11 | 12 | 13] 14 }} 28 | 29} 30] 31} 32 | 33] 384]) 9 | 10 | 11]) 10) 11 | 12
zosterae:
Biscayne Baya ss ee ees |e e| eeee ie ae | S| FP nT ihe Ae | eo em oot | 1 1
OY, WiGS tiles ee ee eee eS ZA) | ENT Ta I Ey | eee ee | ee | rene Dea baer tee 4] 16 SP 9
Captivacbasss se ee a ese ee ANG 4 | pod) | | ee iS CEA aL 5 | 12) 1 3 6 9
Rensacolasbaese ese sae eee ese 2a LO} eee ele eee leno Del Ont ae ees) eget Oral | ee te As tee ss
regulus:
IMississippiiand Dexas=--s---si2) | 15 1 jean |ee A Gina eee | ee || | eee 19 Eee | Anton 2,
Campeche, Mexico-_-----------|--- hg | Bee | a oe | Bors Tg RSE se 1 4 1 45/553
1 Including four specimens from Newfound Harbor Key.
3 Including one specimen from Apalachicola.
3 Two specimens from Captiva Pass and two from Pensacola had 10 incomplete trunk segments and are
included with the others having 10 segments.
HIPPOCAMPUS ZOSTERAE Jordan and Gilbert
Hippocampus zosterae JORDAN and GILBERT, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, p. 265,
1882 (Laguna Grande, Pensacola, Fla.)
Hippocampus zosterae BEAN, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 27, p. 4380, 1883 (Pensaeola,
Fla.).
Hippocampus rosamondae Boropin, Bull. Vanderbilt Oceanogr. Mus., vol. 1,
art. 1, p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1928 (Cuba).
Diagnosis.—First caudal segment usually quadrangular, very often
hexangular; last trunk segment usually octangular, often hexangular
(when last trunk segment is hexangular the first caudal in the same
specimen is also usually hexangular); penultimate trunk segment
nearly always septangular (incompletely novemangular in two out of
59 specimens examined). In other words, usually only one extra
plate for the support of the dorsal, in most cases on the last trunk
segment, often on the first caudal segment, infrequently two extra
plates (on one side only of the two specimens noted); or, upper ridges
of trunk and tail overlapping on one segment, infrequently on two,
rarely on none (in one out of 59 examined, this specimen being without
extra plates). (The variation in the structure of the first caudal
590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 83
segment is closely correlated with the variation in the structure of
the last trunk segment and the number of trunk segments. The
frequency of occurrence of these variations differs with the local stock.
These points are discussed below.) Trunk segments usually 10,
often 9, sometimes 11. Caudal segments usually 31 to 33, varying
30 to 34. Dorsal rays modally 12, varying 11 to 14. Pectoral rays
10 to 12. Tubercles usually quite conspicuous, often becoming very
low in full-grown males. Coronet comparatively high. Trunk
rather deep; snout usually quite short. Presence of filaments vary-
ing with the individual and evidently also with age, oftener absent,
the specimens having filaments usually belonging to the smaller size
groups, filaments when present relatively short, often branched.
Color variously mottled with contrasting yellowish shades, often with
white and brown, without any definite color pattern, sometimes quite
dark all over, sometimes with whitish cross bands on tail; dorsal with
a submarginal brown streak typically present, usually with one or two
rows of diffuse spots at the base; often entire fin nearly colorless.
(See table 5 for counts.)
Variability in structure of region where trunk and tail meet, and its
correlation.—H. zosterae shows two main trends of variation which
are correlated with locality to a considerable extent. In the majority
of specimens of the entire available lot representing all localities, the
first caudal segment is quadrangular and the last trunk segment
octangular. All such specimens have the single extra plate on the
last trunk segment, while the dorsal is situated on the last two trunk
segments and the number of trunk segments is 10, infrequently 11.
Very often the following important variation in structure occurs:
The first caudal segment is hexangular, and the last trunk segment
is also hexangular; in other words, the extra plate is on the first caudal
instead of on the last trunk segment. In all such specimens the base
of the dorsal is situated over the last trunk and first caudal instead of
over the last two trunk segments, and the number of trunk segments
is 9 instead of 10.
This latter variation may be easily conceived as having been derived
from the former by the last trunk segment losing the last lowermost
point of intersection and thus having changed to a caudal segment.
The probability that this is the correct explanation is increased by the
fact that in regulus, the near relative of zosterae, the former condition
is normal for the species almost without any exception. Further-
more, four specimens of zosterae out of 59 examined are asymmetrical,
one side of the fish showing one of the two general variations described
and the other side showing the other variation, the probable manner
in which the change occurs thus being shown by the same individual
fish (see p. 592). In other words, in zosterae there is a very decided
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 591
tendency for the last trunk segment to change to a caudal segment by
the loss of the last point of intersection on the lower lateral ridge.
As a result the number of trunk segments is reduced by one; the first
caudal, instead of the last trunk segment, now bears the extra plate
for the support of the dorsal, and the base of the dorsal is placed over
the last trunk and first caudal segments instead of over the last two
trunk segments. This important trend of evolution shown by a
comparatively large percentage of specimens evidently indicates a
more recent development. The frequent presence of a hexangular
caudal segment in this species may appear to show a more primitive
condition, since this occurs also in the subgenus Hippocampus.
However, in zosterae a hexangular caudal segment is correlated with
a hexangular last trunk segment, and the latter condition, in its turn,
is unique and apparently represents a more recent development.
Consequently, the hexangular first caudal segment in zosterae prob-
ably represents a pseudoreversion and not a primitive condition; that
is, it is caused by the last trunk segment changing to a caudal seg-
ment as a consequence of a shortening of the lower ridge on the trunk.
The evidence strongly favors the conclusion that zosterae is now under-
going a gradual change, which, if carried far enough, will result in the
formation of a distinct species, or even subgenus, having nine trunk
segments. The tempo of the change evidently differs with the
population (see p. 592).
For convenience, the individual variability, besides the main
trends of variation, may be indicated as follows: Altogether 59 speci-
mens were examined, in which the number of trunk segments were:
19 with 9 complete segments; 34 with 10 complete segments; 4 with
10 incomplete segments; and 2 with 11 complete segments. Of those
having 9 segments 14 have an extra plate on the first caudal segment
only; three have an extra plate on the last trunk and first caudal
segments; in one an extra plate is present only on one side of the first
caudal segment; and in one an extra plate is present only on one side
of the last trunk segment and on both sides of the first caudal seg-
ment. Counting the variants showing asymmetry as though they
were bilaterally symmetrical, and combining the above figures, we
get 15 specimens having an extra plate on the first caudal segment
only and four having extra plates on the last trunk and first caudal
segments. These figures consequently show that nine trunk seg-
ments are always correlated with a hexangular first caudal segment
and decidedly correlated with a hexangular last trunk segment. Of
the 34 specimens having 10 trunk segments, 30 have an extra plate
on the last trunk segment only; one has an extra plate on one side of
the penultimate trunk segment on both sides of the last trunk seg-
ment and none on the first caudal; one has an extra plate on one side
only of the last trunk segment and on both sides of the first caudal
592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
segment; one has an extra plate on both sides of the last trunk and
first caudal segments; one lacks extra plates (this being the only one
of all the specimens examined, including all the species, which en-
tirely lacked extra plates for the support of the dorsal). Again com-
bining the specimens showing asymmetry with the others, as above,
omitting the specimens entirely lacking plates, and not taking
account of the extra plate on the penultimate trunk segment of one
specimen, we get 31 specimens having an extra plate on the last
trunk segment only and two having extra plates on the last trunk and
first caudal segments. Consequently, these figures show that 10
trunk segments are nearly always correlated with an octangular last
trunk segment and nearly always with a quadrangular first caudal
segment.
The two specimens with 11 trunk segments have an extra plate on
the last trunk segment only, like the dominant condition in those
specimens having 10 trunk segments.
Four specimens, two from Pensacola and two from Captiva Pass,
have 10 trunk segments with the last one incomplete (see p. 504 for
explanation of an incomplete trunk segment). Each one of these
four has the extra plate on both sides of the tenth or last incomplete
segment, one also having an extra plate on one side of the penultimate
segment. If each side is considered separately in these four asymmetri-
cal specimens, one side will have nine trunk segments and the extra
plate on the first caudal segment, while the other side will be found to
have 10 trunk segments with the extra plate on the last trunk and none
on the first caudal. The two chief trends of variation in zosterae are
thus indicated on either side of each one of these four variants, the
last trunk segment having had the lower lateral ridge shortened on
one side only, the last trunk segment thus having changed to a caudal
segment on that side.
Population divergence.—The relative frequency of occurrence of the
two chief variations as described in the preceding paragraphs differs
markedly with locality and may be used in racial or varietal distinc-
tion as follows (for the sake of brevity these differences may be indi-
cated by reference to the number of trunk segments, but the other
correlated differences also occur as described):
By reference to table 5, it will be noted that nine trunk seements are
possibly the dominant condition at Pensacola, although the number of
specimens studied is not sufficient to be certain. Anyway, the per-
centage of such specimens must be high. In the Captiva Pass lot a
little less than a third of the specimens have nine trunk segments,
while in the Key West population a little less than a fifth have nine
trunk segments. Among the specimens enumerated as having 10
trunk segments in table 5, two from Pensacola and two from Captiva
Pass have the last segment incomplete and may be counted as having
REVIEW OF HIPPOCAMPUS—GINSBURG 593
nine segments on one side. Consequently, the decided or predominant
tendency shown by the more northern populations of having one seg-
ment less than the population from Key West is actually more
pronounced than indicated by the figures in table 5. Besides the
decided difference in the number of trunk segments, table 5 also
shows a less decided but apparently significant difference in the
frequency distributions of the number of pectoral rays. While the
number of specimens studied is too small for a thoroughgoing
racial analysis, it seems evident that zosterae tends to break up into
distinct stocks in spite of its comparatively restricted geographic
range.
Distinctive characters and relationships ——H. zosterae may be dis-
tinguished easily from its congener occurring in its range, punctulatus,
by the smaller number of fin rays and trunk segments and its much
smaller size. The number of caudal segments is also generally less,
but there is a small degree of intergradation in this character. This
species is closely related to regulus and the difference between them
has been discussed (p. 585).
Material examined and geographic distribution.—All localities on
the coast of Florida, as follows: Cape Florida (67658, three dried
specimens). Biscayne Bay at Bonefish Banks, November 27, 1906
(57236). Newfound Harbor Key, Pine and Bean, December 7, 1906
(57453). Key West (92717, April 15-27, 1884, Albatross, 1 specimen;
also 15 specimens collected on seven different dates by the staff of
the Bureau of Fisheries Biological Station). Boca Chica, April 11,
1922. Captiva Pass; O. P. Hay (Field Mus. Nat. Hist. no. 2131).
St. Martins; January 17, 1902; Fish Hawk (73242). Pepperfish
Key; November 21, 1901; Fish Hawk (73241). Apalachicola Bay;
S. Stearns; 1880 (26595, this specimen found inseparably mixed in
same bottle with 30753). Pensacola; S. Stearns (30753, mixed with
the preceding specimen as noted; also 31920).
Total number of specimens examined, 59; 29, with a brood pouch
or at least a rudiment of one, 25 to 44 mm long; 30, with no trace of a
brood pouch, 24 to 44 mm long. Biscayne Bay to Pensacola, there-
fore, must be regarded now as representing the geographic range of
this species, and unquestioned records from other places that may
be referred to the present species are not known to me. The refer-
ence of rosamondae, from Cuba, to the synonymy of zosterae, as
noted in the next paragraph, must remain in doubt until the type is
reexamined and compared with authentic specimens of zosterae.
Synonymy.—In the description of H. rosamondae, Borodin states
that it differs from zosterae ““ * * * by having longer dorsal,
longer snout and very scarce and small filaments on the head and by
the absence of body’s spines.”” The dorsal in rosamondae (14 rays)
73864—36——7
594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 83
has more rays than usual for zosterae, but it falls within its range of
variation (see table 5). The number of filaments in zosterae as well
as all other species of Hippocampus depends on individual variabil-
ity (see p. 511). The spines as shown on the figure are not strikingly
different from those in zosterae. Besides the relative development
of spines differs markedly with age and sex. That leaves only the
longer snout to be considered. The figure of rosamondae does show
the snout longer and the eye smaller than usual in zosterae, but there
is considerable individual variability in that respect, and in females
it is usually somewhat longer than in the males. Some of the speci-
mens of zosterae examined have the snout nearly as long as in the
figure of rosamondae. On the basis of the available evidence, there-
fore, it seems that rosamondae was based on a specimen of zosterae.
At any rate, the allegedly specific differences given in the original
description fall within the range of variation of zosterae.
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
INDEX
(New genera, species, ete., are printed in italics)
abdominalis, Hippocampus, 529.
Acanthobothrium, 134.
Acanthocephala, 124, 151.
acanthodes, Makrokylindrus, 435.
accessor, Castor, 285, 288.
Achaetonura euchaetiae, 382, 411.
melalophae, 382, 411.
Achras, 356.
ealcicola, 357.
calcicolafolia, 338, 340, 356, 359
(fig: )).
chicle, 357.
aciculatus, Perilampus, 370, 380.
Acmeodon, 229,
acmeodontoides, Emperodon, 223, 229.
Acoetidae, 265,
acolytus, Ellipsodon, 242.
Acraea andromacha, 252.
Acrepidopterum minutum, 197.
minutum apicalis, 197.
Acroporidae, 90, 100.
Actinacis, 90, 92, 100.
alabamiensis, 101.
barretti, 73, 101, 110.
sawkinsi, 73, 100, 110.
acunai, Cyrtinus, 206.
adareanum, Nymphon, 418.
Adelometra tenuipes, 247.
Adisophanes miscellus, 50.
adkinsi, Synastrea, 73, 88, 87, 109.
admirabilis, Ptilodus, 225.
Admontia setigera, 18, 22.
Adocia, 444, 445.
cinerea, 445, 455.
Adocus bossi, 181, 186,
kirtlandius, 186.
advenus, Operculinoides, 487, 489, 495.
affinis, Paradidyma, 20, 21, 27, 35.
Agamonema immanis, 125, 142, 149.
vomitor, 125, 150.
Agariciidae, 78, 96.
agaricites, Synastrea, 88.
agassizi, Leptophyllia, 73.
agnesae, Hippocampus, 529.
alabamensis, Dichocoenia, 75.
alabamiensis, Actinacis, 101.
alascana, Retiometra, 248.
alaskensis, Ammothea, 414, 421,
alba, Inga, 349.
albertensis, Boremys, 170-178.
albiguttus, Paralichthys, 148.
Aleyonium aurantium, 462.
aldrichi, Paradidyma, 21, 30.
aldrichi, Spanipalpus, 52.
107443—36 1
alexinus, Perilampus, 370, 410, 411.
Alilepus, 111, 120.
annectens, 119.
vagus, 119 (fig.), 121, 285, 288.
Allamanda, 357.
alope, Cercyonis alope, 256.
alticuspis, Palaechthon, 223.
ambloplitis, Proteocephalus, 187-139.
Amblypoda, Fort Union, 224, 244.
Ambrosia, 405.
americana, Ficus, 341, 343.
Rileya, 483.
americanafolia, Ficus, 341, 342 (fig.).
americanus, Mastodon, 286.
Amia ecalva, 137.
Ammothea, 414, 418.
alaskensis, 414, 421.
discoidea, 414, 417 (fig.), 418.
latifrons, 420, 421.
Ammotheidae, 414.
Ammothella, 414, 421.
longicaudata, 414, 421.
Amorpha fruticosa, 407.
Amoy, China, polychaetous
from, 261.
amoyensis, Nereis (Neanthes), 261, 269
(fig.), 272.
ampelus, Ernestia, 382, 411.
Amphibia, fossil, from Hagerman, Ida-
ho, 285.
Amphicaecum parvum, 125, 143.
Amphicyon sp., 288.
Amphinomidae, 261.
Anabacia, 86.
Anabaciidae, 84.
Anacardiaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 352.
analis, Clinocottus, 326.
Anaptomorphidae, 223.
Anchoviella epsetus, 125, 144.
anchoviellae, Rhaphidascaris, 124, 125,
144.
Ancylis comptana, 401.
andina, Cuphocera, 46, 49, 63.
Epicuphocera, 46, 63.
Andira, 349.
androcardia, Enodia, 252.
Andrognathus, 364.
ecorticarius, 364,
andromacha, Acraea, 252.
Enodia, 252.
Enodia portlandia, 253, 254.
Hipparchia, 252.
Papilio (Oreas Marmorata), 252.
Papilio (Parnassius), 252.
595
annelids
596
Anepsyra jaumei, 193.
Angiospermophyta, fossil Venezuelan,
344.
angulosa, Mycale, 448.
angusticornis, Atrophopalpus, 10, 15.
Ceratomyiella, 11, 15.
angustifolia, Sphaeralcia, 407.
angustus, Sympherobius, 395, 411.
Anisakinae, 124, 141.
Anisonchus sectorius, 224, 244,
Anisota senatoria, 378.
Annametra, 247.
minuta, 247.
occidentalis, 247.
annandalei, Clymene
2
Eyciymene, 277.
annectens, Alilepus, 119.
Lepus, 119, 120.
Annelids, polychaetous,
China, 261.
polychaetous, new species of Nerei-
dae from California, 467.
anomalos, Favioseris, 72, 82, 110.
anomocerus, Perilampus, 370, 371, 375,
398.
Anona, 345.
guppyi, 339, 340, 345.
macgravii, 347.
montana, 347.
sphaerocarpa, 347.
Sphaerocarpoides,
(fig.), 347.
Anonaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 345.
Anonales, 345.
Anseriformes, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
antarctica, Eometra, 248.
Psathyrometra, 248.
Antedon clio, 248.
hageni(i), 245, 246.
petasus, 247.
Antedonidae, 245.
Antedoninae, 247.
Antennarius, 512.
anthedon, Enodia portlandia, 255, 256.
Anthocephalus macrourus, 131.
Antholithus venezuelensis, 338, 340.
antiguensis, Operculinoides, 487, 488,
492, 496.
antillarum, Antilloseris, 98.
Elaphidion, 192.
Antillia, 96.
Antillophylia, 80, 96.
SD.,. (a, 90.
Antilloseris, 81, 96.
antillarum, 98.
cantabrigiensis, 73, 96.
cyclolites, 98.
jamaicaensis, 738, 97.
gp;, (3, 97, 110:
antiqua, Gasterocoma, 6.
antiquorum, Hippocampus, 517, 518, 525,
530, 540, 551, 568, 570.
antiquus, Hippocampus, 518, 521, 525,
570.
apachensis, Hypolagus, 117.
(Huclymene),
from Amoy,
338, 340, 346
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VoL, 83
Apanteles hyphantriae, 382, 411.
melanoscelus, 382, 411.
sp., 408, 411.
aperta, Paradidyma, 18, 21, 29.
Aphrodita flava, 261.
Aphronurus, 230.
fraudator, 223, 230.
apicalis, Acrepidopterum minutum, 197.
Paradidyma, 20, 21, 33.
Aplophylia, 76.
Aplysilla, 4438.
glacialis, 442, 448.
lendenfeldi, 4438.
Apocynaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 357.
Apocynophyllum, 357.
salvadorensis, 338, 340, 357, 360.
texensis, 341.
apua, Mycteroperea, 154.
aquilonius, Ellipsodon, 224, 242.
Arachnida, pycnogonids from Puget
Sound, 418.
Archaeolagus ennisianus, 117.
macrocephalus, 117.
primigenius, 117.
Archohelia, 105.
Arctocyonidae, 223, 252.
arcuata, Kathleena, 1438.
Arecaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 344.
Arecales, 344.
arenarum, Camelops, 285, 288.
areolata, Nectandra, 340, 354.
Arhythmorhynchus, 153, 154.
duocinctus, 125, 152.
frassoni, 1538.
fuscus, 158, 154.
hispidus, 153.
siluricola, 1538.
aristalis, Paradidyma, 20, 28.
armata, Lachnommopsis, 18, 41.
Paradidyma, 20, 21, 41.
Arnoglossus, 134.
Artiodactyla, fossil, from Blanco,
Texas, 288.
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285,
288.
Ascaridae, 141.
Asearis sp., 148.
Ascogaster sp., 403, 411.
aspera, Sabicea, 360.
asperifolia, Sabicea, 340, 360.
asperrima, Florometra, 250.
Asphondylia opuntiae, 483.
Aspideretes austerus, 185.
fontanus, 185.
ovatus, 182 (fig.), 183, 186.
vegetus, 185.
vorax, 183, 184 (fig.), 185, 186.
Assilina, 489.
Asterosmilia, 106.
hilli, 104, 106.
Astraea decactis, 104.
Astraraea, 88.
media, 88.
Astreopora, 102.
walli, 73, 102, 110.
INDEX
Astrocoenia, 95, 104.
decaturensis, 95.
duerdeni, 73.
jamaicaensis, 73, 95, 110.
Astrocoeniidae, 95.
Astrocottus, 330.
leprops, 330, 331 (fig.).
Atactorhynchus, 151.
verecundus, 123, 125, 151.
Atlantie Ocean, sponges from near Pan-
ama Canal, 455.
atrichus, Hippocampus, 524, 525, 540.
Atrophopalpus, 10.
angusticornis, 10, 15.
Atrophopoda, 17.
braueri, 9, 18.
peruana, 48.
singularis, 17, 18, 38.
townsendi, 10, 12.
atrosanguinea, Microciona, 442, 448.
aurantia, Tethya, 462,
aurantium, Aleyonium, 462.
aurea, Chiloepalpus (Cuphocera),
Cuphocera, 70.
aurifrons, Cuphocera, 63.
auritus, Phalacrocorax, 285.
austerus, Aspideretes, 185.
australis, Cuphocera, 48, 57.
australis, Proteocephalus, 125, 135, 139.
australis, Spanipalpus, 57.
Aves, fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho,
285.
azteca, Felis concolor, 214.
Baena, 169, 170, 174, 177, 187.
fluviatilis, 177.
hatcheri, 172.
nodosa, 166, 168, 169, 186.
ornata, 165, 166 (fig.), 167 (fig.),
186.
sp., 186.
Baenidae, 165, 186.
Bagre marina, 125, 180, 135, 146.
bairdii, Lepus bairdii, 112.
bakeri, Perilampus, 386, 388.
Barbados, fossil corals from, 103.
barbara, Spongia, 455.
barbinervis, Bignonia, 359.
barretti, Actinacis, 73, 101, 110.
Basilemys, 178, 181, 187.
nobilis, 178 (fig.), 179 (fig.), 180,
186.
praeclara, 180, 181.
sinuosa, 180, 181.
variolosa, 180, 181.
Bat, little brown, new trematode from,
321.
bathmodon, Pantolambda, 244.
Bathycuma longicaudata, 423.
Bathymetrinae, 248.
baueri, Neurankylus, 165, 186.
beameri, Cuphocera, 49, 66.
Beetles, new Cerambycidae from West
Indies, 189.
belli, Chasmosaurus, 164.
Marphysa, 266.
beringi, Lamprops, 431.
597
Berry, Edward Wilbur, on Tertiary
plants from Venezuela, 335.
betijoquensis, Blechnum, 338, 340.
Ficus, 340.
biaculeatus, Gastrotokeus, 515.
Syngnathoides, 515.
Bibliography (Literature Cited), on
West Indian fossil corals, 107.
on Tertiary Foraminifera, 494.
on parasites of Galveston Bay
fishes, 155.
on Chinese Polychaeta, 279.
on Puget Sound Pyenogonida, 422,
ore of Kirtland formation,
on Panama sponges, 465.
on tapeworms from carnivores, 220.
on trematodes of subfamily Pleuro-
genetinae, 324.
on fossil vertebrates from Hager-
man, Idaho, 315.
bicalearatus, Platygonus, 288.
bicincta, Ceratomyiella, 11, 13,
bicolor, Loxogenes, 323.
bifasciipennis, Callimome, 481,
Bigelovia, 407.
Bignonia, 358.
barbinervis, 359.
cujabamba, 359.
eximia, 359.
triphylla, 358.
zuliana, 338, 340, 358, 359 (fig.).
Bignoniaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 358,
biustus, Leptostylus, 204.
Blanco, Texas, fauna, 288.
Blarina gidleyi, 285.
Blechnum betijoquensis, 338, 340.
bleekeri, Hippocampus, 529.
Bloch, Mare Elieser, his account of
seahorses, 514.
Boleometra, 248.
clio, 248.
Bolin, Rolf Ling, on new cottid fishes
from western Pacific and revision of
genus Stlengis, 325.
boltonae, Diplaraea, 73, 83, 109.
borealis, Enodia portlandia, 255, 256.
Boremys, 169, 170, 173, 187.
albertensis, 170-173.
grandis, 170, 171 (fig.), 172 (fig.),
178, 186.
pulchra, 169-173.
Borophagus, 287.
diversidens, 288.
sp., 285, 288.
bossi, Adocus, 181, 186.
boweni, Rhizophora, 338, 340.
Brachycybe, 361, 364.
lecontei, 368 (fig.), 365, 366.
lecontii, 366.
petasata, 363 (fig.), 365.
producta, 363 (fig.), 365, 367.
rosea, 368 (fig.), 365, 367, 368.
Brachylagus idahoensis, 112, 114-116,
Brachyphyllia, 89.
branchiatus, Cirratulus, 261, 274 (fig.),
276.
598
Brandesia, 323.
brasiliana, Paradidyma, 19, 88.
braueri, Atrophopoda, 9, 18.
Brenthis hana, 257.
breviceps, Hippocampus, 530.
brevirostris, Hippocampus,
520-522, 525, 546, 570, 571.
briareus, Taxocrinus, 4, 5.
browni, Hypolagus, 116, 117.
brunneofasciatus, Leptostylus, 205.
brunneus, Hippocampus, 568, 569.
buccata, Cuphocera, 46, 48, 59.
Bucephalidae, 126.
Bucephalopsis haimeana, 127.
Bucephalus papillosus, 127.
Burserites fayettensis, 341.
venezuelana, 338, 340.
Butterflies, genus Enodia and new
fritillary from Peru, 251.
caballus, Equus, 292, 294, 301-303, 305—
309, 311-814.
Gactus insects, new Chalcidoidea para-
sitie on, 481.
Caesalpinia, 349.
Caesalpiniaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 349.
Calamophyllia, 76.
calcicola, Achras, 357.
calcicolafolia, Achras, 338, 840, 356, 359
(fig.).
California, Cumacea from, 425,
new annelids (Nereidae) from, 467.
californica, Chrysopa, 395.
californica, Diastylis, 481, 482 (fig.).
Hemilamprops, 424, 429, 480 (fig.),
439.
ealifornicus, Lynx rufus, 214, 217, 219.
Platydesmus, 367.
californiensis, Cuphocera, 70.
Callimome, 481.
bifasciipennis, 481.
Callimomidae, 481.
Calliobothrium, 134.
filicolle, 134.
calva, Amia, 137.
cambridgensis, Stylophora, 73, 95, 110.
Camelops arenarum, 285, 288.
campana, Hireinia, 456.
Spongia, 457.
Camptisoecale, 460.
Campylaspis, 427.
canaliculata, 426
canadensis, Lynx, 219.
Perilampus, 370, 371, 374, 392, 411.
canaliculata, Campylaspis, 426 (fig.),
427, 488.
Canimartes cumminsii, 288.
Canis lestes, 217.
cantabrigiensis, Antilloseris, 73, 96.
Dendracis, 73, 100.
Turbinoseris, 96.
capitatus, Perilampus, 371,
Carabocrinus, 6.
carbonarium, Haemulon, 148.
Carcharias littoralis, 134.
cardui, Vanessa, 252.
Caribbean Sea, sponges
Panama Canal, 441.
PROCEEDINGS OF
499, 510,
(fig.), 427, 4388.
375, 397.
from near
THE
NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 83
caribboea, Cliona, 461.
earinata, Cyclaspis, 427.
Lamprops, 481.
earinifrons, Perilampus, 370, 378, 388.
Carnivora, fossil, from Blanco, Texas,
288.
fossil, from Fort Union of Mon-
tana; ‘2235 232.
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285,
288.
new tapeworms from, 211.
carolinensis, Perilampus, 370, 373, 376,
410.
Carpolestidae, 223.
Caryometra, 247.
tenuipes, 247.
Caryophylliidae, 74.
Cassia, 349.
excelsa, 349.
longifolia, 340, 349.
spectabilis, 349.
zuliana, 340, 346 (fig.), 350.
Castor, 283.
accessor, 285, 288.
Castoroides, 286.
catadupensis, Mesomorpha, 72.
Trochoseris, 72, 78.
catadupensis, Vaughanoseris, 72, 80, 81,
109, 110.
Catemophrys sequens, 39.
cavirictus, Pantolambda, 224, 244.
Ceanothus, 382.
cecilia, Mycale, 447, 448 (fig.).
Cedrola jacksoniana, 341, 342 (fig.).
celata, Cliona, 461.
Centrastrea, 80.
hilli, 72, 80, 109.
microphylla, 80.
Centrorhynchidae, 152.
Centrorhynechus, 154.
Centrosaurus, 164.
centrura, Dasybatis, 183.
cepedianum, Dorosoma, 125, 143.
cephalus, Mugil, 125, 142.
Cerambycidae, new West Indian, 189.
Ceratomeryx prenticei, 285, 288.
Ceratomyiella angusticornis, 11, 15.
bicincta, 11, 18.
eonica, 10, 11, 18-17.
orbitalis, 11, 16.
review of genus, 9, 10.
townsendi, 11, 12.
Ceratops, 160.
Ceratopsia, 160.
Ceratopsidae, 163, 185.
Cereyonis alope alope, 256.
alope nephele, 256.
alope pegala, 256.
Cervus, 283.
Cestoda, 129.
new species from carnivores, 211.
Chalcid flies of genus Perilampus, 369.
Chalecidoidea, 371.
new, parasitic on cactus insects,
481.
Chalecis violacea, 371.
INDEX
599
Chandler, Asa Crawford, on parasites | Clymene, 277.
of fishes in Galveston Bay, Tex., 123.
Chasmosaurus belli, 164.
kaiseni, 186.
sp., 164 (fig.), 185.
Chelonia, 165.
Chen pressa, 285.
chicle, Achras, 357.
Chiloepalpus, 47, 70.
(Cuphocera) aurea, 57, 70.
China, polychaetous annelids
Amoy, 261.
Chisternon, 171.
undatum, 172.
Chloeia, 261.
flava, 261.
chloropus, Gallinula, 285.
Chondrilla, 464.
nucula, 464.
Chriacus, 233, 234, 236.
pelvidens, 2384, 235.
pugnar, 223, 235.
pusillus, 223, 234, 235.
christianiaensis, Goniaraea, 73, 103, 110.
Chrysobalanus, 347.
icaco, 348.
preicaco, 348.
venezuelanus, 338, 340, 342 (fig.),
347.
Chrysopa californica, 395.
sp., 395, 411.
chrysopae, Perilampus, 371, 374, 394,
410, 411.
Chrysophyllum preoliviforme, 341.
Chusquea, 345.
cinerea, Adocia, 445, 455.
Reniera, 445.
Spongia, 444, 445.
cinerescens, Paradidyma, 20, 26.
Cirratulidae, 276.
Cirratulus, 276.
branchiatus, 261, 274 (fig.), 276.
Citharexylon retiforme, 347.
Cladocera jamaicaensis, 72.
Cladophyllia, 76.
Claenodon, 2838.
ferox, 223, 232.
latidens, 223.
montanensis, 223.
silberlingi, 223, 232.
vecordensis, 223, 232.
claremontus, Gosodesmus,
364.
clarendonensis, Eupsammia, 73, 98, 99,
110.
Clark, Austin Hobart, on butterflies of
genus Enodia and new fritillary
from Peru, 251.
on new genera and species of un-
stalked erinoids, 245.
clinactina, Goniaraea, 103.
Clinocottus analis, 326.
clio, Antedon, 248.
Boleometra, 248.
Cliona, 461.
caribboea, 461.
celata, 461.
from
363 (fig.),
(Euclymene) annandalei, 277.
Coccometra hagenii, 245-247.
cochranensis, Ectypodus, 226.
cockburnensis, Nereis, 469.
coerulescens, Haliclona, 444, 445.
Reniera, 444.
Coleoptera, new West Indian Ceram-
bycidae, 189.
Cole, W. Storrs.
T. W.)
collaris, Lysidice, 261, 266.
collieri, Contracaecum, 124, 125, 141, 142.
Colobognatha, new species of, 361.
columbia, Trypespongia, 456.
eolumnaris, Dictuophylia conferticos-
tata, 72.
Columnastrea eyrei, 73.
Solurostylis, 489.
occidentalis, 423, 481, 439.
Colymbiformes, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
Jolymbus sp., 285.
Combretaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 355.
Combretum, 355.
incertum, 356.
petraflumensis, 356.
stephensoni, 338, 340, 355, 359 (fig.).
Cominia occidentalis, 247.
comma, Conoryctes, 228.
complanata, Operculina, 489.
Compsilura concinnata, 382, 411.
Compsometra, 245, 246.
nuttingi, 245, 246.
parviflora, 247.
comptana, Anecylis, 401.
concinnata, Compsilura, 382, 411.
concordiarcensis, Prodiacodon, 223, 228.
Condaminea, 360.
grandifolia, 340, 360.
Condylarthra, Fort Union, 224, 238.
conferticosta, Leptoria, 77.
conferticostata, Dictuophyllia, 72, 77.
Diploria, 77.
Leptcria, 77.
conformis, Cuphocera, 48, 54.
conica, Ceratomyiella, 10, 11, 13-17.
Conoryctes comma, 225.
conradi, Eupsammia, 100.
contigua, Cuphocera, 46, 49, 61, 66.
contorta, Stylophora, 73, 94.
Contracaecum, 142.
collieri, 124, 125, 141, 142,
quadricuspe, 145.
robustum, 125, 142.
microcephalum, 142, 143.
micropapillatum, 141, 145.
spiculigerum, 143.
tricuspe, 145.
cooki, Cremastus, 403, 411.
cookii, Lutravus, 285, 288.
Copecrypta, 47.
nitens, 70.
nitidifrons, 70.
cora, Crotalocrinus, 6.
Corals, fossil, from West Indies, 71.
cordatus, Piperites, 340, 345, 346 (fig.).
Cordillerion tropicus, 288.
(See under Vaughan,
600
coriacea, Persea, 340, 355.
Coriphagus montanus, 224.
corticarius, Andrognathus, 364.
Corynecrinus, new Devonian crinoid
genus, 1, 4.
romingeri, 1, 2, 5.
costata, Cyclaspis, 427.
Cottidae, from western Pacific, 325.
Cottontail, sage (Sylvilagus nuttalli
grangeri), 112, 114.
cotylophora, Dichelyne, 147.
Coussapoa villosoides, 340,
crassicollis, Taenia, 217, 218.
crassiseta, Paradidyma, 20, 27,
crassolamellosa, Diploria, 77.
Crateroseris, 82.
crawfordi, Perilampus, 370, 373, 384.
Cremastus, 398, 411.
cooki, 403, 411.
creola, Debis, 253, 254.
Enodia, 253-257,
Cretaceous, Upper, corals of Jamaica,
72, 74.
Crinoids, fossil, new genus of, 1.
unstalked, new genera and species
of, 245.
Crocodilia, 187.
Crotalocrinus cora, 6.
Crustacea, California Cumacea, 423.
Cryptotrema, 323.
Cucullanellus, subg., 149.
Cucullanidae, 146.
Cucullanus lintoni, 148,
cujabamba, Bignonia, 359.
Cumacea, California, 423.
cumminsii, Canimartes, 288.
Equus, 289.
Plesippus, 288.
cunctatrix, Spirastrella, 461.
cunea, Hyphantria, 382.
Cuphocera andina, 46, 49, 63.
aurea, 70.
aurifrons, 63.
australis, 48, 57.
beameri, 49, 66.
buccata, 46, 48, 59.
ealiforniensis, 70.
conformis, 48, 54.
contigua, 46, 49, 61, 66.
erythrostoma, 70.
jlavicornis, 49, 58.
fucata, 46, 49, 63, 65.
geminata, 48, 55.
hirsuta, 46, 48, 49, 54, 62, 63, 65, 66.
imcongrua, 46, 48, 68.
macrocera, 47, 50, 52, 70.
miscelli, 48, 49, 52.
nitidifrons, 70.
parksi, 48, 50, 52, 59.
revision of American species of, 45.
ruficauda, 70.
scutellaris, 48, 53.
stricklandi, 63.
torosa, 46, 48, 67.
cuspidata, Hudaemonema, 223, 231.
Cuvier, Georges, his account of sea-
horses, 518, 521.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL. 83 i
cyaneus, Perilampus, 370, 410.
cyathiformis, Heliastraea, 90.
Multicolumnastraea, 73, 90.
Cyathocrinidae, 4.
Cyathocrinoidea, 1, 4-6.
Cyathocrinus, 5.
glaber, 5.
Cyathomorpha, 89,
Cyathoseris, 72.
haidingeri, 72.
Cycadaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 344.
Cycadales, 344.
Cycadophyta, fossil Venezuelan, 344.
Cyclaspis, 423, 424.
carinata, 427.
costata, 427.
levis, 425, 427.
longipes, 427.
nubiia, 424 (fig.).
picta, 427.
pusilla, 427.
Sibogae, 427.
unicornis, 427.
varians, 427.
Cyclolites, 84, 86.
discoidea, 85.
hemisphaerica, 85.
jamuaicaensis, 72, 84, 109.
ligeriensis, 85.
michelini, 85.
eyclolites, Antilloseris, 98.
Cycloseris, 85, 86.
Cygnus sp., 285.
eylindricus, Dichelyne, 148.
Cynipsillum, 371.
Cynodontomys, 231.
Cynoscion regalis, 134, 144.
Cyprinodon, 124, 142.
variegatus, 123-125, 140-142, 150,
152.
cyprinodontis,
140.
Cyrtinus acunai, 206.
eugeniae, 207.
Cysticercoides menidiae, 125, 141.
Dasybatis centrura, 133.
Dasychone, 278.
orientalis, 278.
Datana integerrima, 3878.
dawsoni, Diastylopsis, 423, 486, 487.
Debis creola, 253, 254.
portlandia, 253.
decactis, Astraea, 104.
Madracis, 103, 104, 110.
decaturensis, Astrocoenia, 95.
decipiens, Glycera, 275.
Deinodontidae, 160, 186.
delauneyi, Nanilla, 197.
deliculata, Leptoria, 78.
Deltatheridiidae, 223, 227.
Dendracis, 100.
cantabrigiensis, 73, 100.
dentatus, Paralichthys, 148.
Deopalpus, 46.
hirsutus, 46, 68.
depressidens, Paromomys, 228.
derelicta, Paradidyma, 19, 25, 26, 28.
Glossocercus, 123, 125,
INDEX 601
Dermatemydidae, 165, 178, 186.
Dermosmilia, 84.
deserticola, Lepus californicus, 112.
Deuterogonodon, 232.
montanus, 223, 232, 283.
Devonian, Clark County, Ind., new cri-
noid genus from, 1.
dia, Operculinoides, 493, 494.
Diaphoropeza, 18.
peruana, 31.
Diastylis, 481.
californica, 481, 432 (fig.).
Diastylopsis dawsoni, 423, 436, 437.
tenuis, 486, 437 (fig.).
diazi, Romerolagus, 120.
Dichelyne, 149.
cotylophora, 147.
cylindricus, 148.
diplocaecum, 125, 149.
fastigatus, 125, 146.
fossor, 147.
mauritanicus, 148.
robusta, 147.
Dichocoenia, 75.
alabamensis, 75.
stokesi, 75.
trechmanni, 72, 75, 109.
tuberosa, 75.
Dicotyledonae, 345.
Dictuophyllia, 77.
conferticostata, 72, 77.
conferticostata columnaris, 72,
Didelphodontinae, 227.
Didelphodus, 227.
Didyma validinervis, 17, 387.
Didymictis, 287, 288.
haydenianus, 224, 237.
microlestes, 224, 238.
tenuis, 224, 238,
Dilepididae, 139.
Dilepis kempi, 141.
diluculi, Palaeosinopa, 2238, 230.
Dimorpharaea, 82.
Dimorphostylis, 435.
Dinosauria, 160, 185.
Diopatra, 266.
neapolitana, 266.
Dioscorea, 345.
Diplaraea, 83.
boltonae, 73, 83, 109.
venezuelensis, 84.
Diploastrea, 89.
diplocaecum, Dichelyne, 125, 149.
diploderma, Tethya, 451.
Diplolepis violacea, 371.
Diploria conferticostata, 77.
crassolamellosa, 77.
Diprion, 382.
dissentaneus, Litomylus, 224, 243.
distoechus, Stlengis, 325, 327, 328-330,
(fig.).
Distomum monticellii, 128.
sp., 128.
distorta, Nereis (Leptonereis), 261, 273,
274 (fig).
diversidens, Borophagus, 288.
Dolichohippus, 294,
dolomieu, Micropterus, 137.
doria, Haliclona, 458.
Dorosoma cepedianum, 125, 143.
Douglass, Earl, work in Montana, 221.
douglassi, Ptilodus, 223, 225.
Dryopteris, 343.
duerdeni, Astrocoenia, 73.
duocinctus, Arhythmorhynchus, 125,
L528
durissima, Strongylophora, 459.
eakini, Nereis (Nereis), 468, 472, 473
(fig.), 476.
Ebenales, 356.
EKcheneibothrium, 134.
Eichinorhynehus medius, 154,
Hetocion, 240, 241.
Hetypodus, 226.
cochranensis, 226.
grangeri, 228, 226.
musculus, 226,
russelli, 223, 226.
silberlingi, 223, 225, 226.
ecuadorensis, Hippocampus, 534, 5387.
edensis, Hypolagus, 116.
Edentata, fossil, from Blanco, Texas,
288
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285,
288
egle, Euchaetias, 382.
eifelianus, Lecythocrinus, 4-6.
Elachipalpus macrocera, 52.
Elaphidion antillarum, 192.
lanatum, 192, 193.
manni, 193.
monticola, 191.
wickhami, 192.
elegans, Heliconia, 340.
elisa, Plakoosa, 463 (fig.).
elizabethae, Paracycloseris, 73, 86, 109,
110.
Ellipsodon, 241, 242, 243.
acolytus, 242.
aquilonius, 224, 242,
elongatus, Proteocephalus, 125, 137.
Sciocyrtinus, 208.
Elphidotarsius florencae, 223.
Fimperodon, 229.
acmeodontoides, 223, 229.
ennisianus, Archaeolagus, 117.
Diptera, review of flies of genera Cera- | Enodia androcardia, 252.
tomyiella and Paradidyma, 9.
revision of American Cuphocera, 45.
hosts of Perilampus, 411.
disceptatriz, Haplaletes, 224, 248, 244.
discoidea, Ammothea, 414, 417 (fig.),
418.
discoidea, Cyclolites, 85.
disjunctus, Litaletes, 224, 242,
andromacha, 252,
creola, 253-257.
notes on butterflies of genus, 251.
portlandia, 253, 254, 256, 257.
portlandia andromacha, 253, 254,
portlandia anthedon, 255, 256.
portlandia borealis, 255, 256.
portlandia portlandia, 255, 256.
602
Entada, 335, 341.
entadaformis, Leguminosites, 338, 340.
entellus, Perilampus, 370, 410, 411.
Eocene, corals of Jamaica, 72, 93, 94.
Venezuelan plants, 335, 341.
Eometra, 248.
antarctica, 248.
EHpalpus, 70.
Epiblema strenuana, 405.
Hpicuphocera, 46.
andina, 46, 68.
epsetus, Anchoviella, 125, 144.
Equus, 281, 283, 286, 289, 290, 293, 295,
298, 299, 310-3138.
caballus, 292, 294, 301-3808, 305-309,
311-314.
cumminsii, 289.
excelsuS, 283, 292.
grevyi, 294, 295, 300-803, 305-309,
311-314.
idahoensis, 283, 291, 292.
pacificus, 291.
seotti, 282, 316-820.
erectus, Hippocampus, 516, 525, 561, 566.
Syngnathus, 516, 517.
erina, Haliclona, 457.
erinaceus, Tetrarhynchus, 132.
Ernestia ampelus, 382, 411.
ruficauda, 382, 411.
Erythrina, 349.
erythrostoma, Cuphocera, 70.
Essostrutha ramsdeni, 210.
roberto, 209.
eucapitis, Nereis
(fig.).
euchaetiae, Achaetonura, 882, 411.
EKuchaetias egle, 382.
EKuclymene, 277.
annandalei, 277.
Eucosmodon sp., 2238.
Eudaemonema, 231.
cuspidata, 223, 2381.
Eugenia, 341.
eugeniae, Cyrtinus, 207.
Kulimneria valida, 382, 411.
sp., 382, 411.
Eulophidae, 485.
Rulophus, 407.
Eupatorium serotinum, 395.
Kupogonius haitiensis, 197, 199.
pilosulus, 198.
wickhami, 199.
Euprotogonia, 240.
minor, 239.
puercensis, 239.
Eupsammia, 99.
clarendonensis, 73, 98, 99, 110.
conradi, 100.
Eupsammidae, 99.
europaeus, Hippocampus, 499, 510, 511,
528, 530, 531, 541-548, 546, 547 (fig.),
Oa ia
Europe, seahorses of, 497.
EKurytomidae, 482.
Husmiliidae, 75.
excelsa, Cassia, 349.
excelsus, Equus, 283, 292.
(Nereis), 468, 469
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL, 83
exigua, Retiometra, 248.
eximia, Bignonia, 359.
Exline, Harriet I., on pyenogonids from
Puget Sound, 413.
exsculpta, Heliastraea, 90.
eyrei, Columnastrea, 73.
Fagara, 350.
fagifolia, Inga, 349.
falconeri, Rhynchotherium, 288.
Farlapiscis, 530.
Farr, Marcus Stults, work in Montana,
oe
fasciatus, Lynx, 217, 219.
Lynx fasciatus, 217, 219.
Lynx rufus, 214.
fascicularis, Hippocampus, 561, 567.
fastigatus, Dichelyne, 125, 146.
fastuosa, Inga, 349.
Faviidae, 76, 96.
Favioseris, 82.
anomalos, 72, 82, 110.
fayettensis, Burserites, 341.
Felis concolor azteca, 214.
coneolor hippolestes, 212, 214.
concolor oregonensis, 214.
hillanus, 288.
lacustris, 285, 288.
lynx, 217, 219.
felis, Galeichthys, 125, 130, 131, 188,
135, 154.
femoratum, Nymphon, 421.
Phoxichilidium, 414, 421.
fenestratus, Pentaceratops,
185.
ferox, Claenodon, 223, 232.
ferrea, Fisherispongia, 460 (fig.).
Ficus, 357.
americana, 841, 3848.
americanafolia, 341, 342 (fig.).
betijoquensis, 340.
jynx, 348.
laqueata, 342.
mississippiensis, 354.
pseudomediafolia, 842.
wilcoxensis, 348.
filicolle, Calliobothrium, 134.
Synbothrium, 1380.
Syndesmobothrium, 131.
Fisher, Warren Samuel, on new West
Indian cerambycid beetles, 189.
Fisherispongia, 460.
ferrea, 460 (fig.).
Fishes, new cottid, and revision of
genus Stlengis, 325.
Galveston Bay, parasites of, 123.
review of seahorses (Hippocam-
pus) of American and Huropean
coasts, 497.
flagelliformis, Inga, 349.
flava, Aphrodita, 261.
Chloeia, 261.
flavicornis, Cuphocera, 49, 58.
flexuossissima, Leptoria, 77.
Flies, American, of genus Cuphocera,
45.
muscoid, review of genera Para-
didyma and Ceratomyiella, 9.
160, 163,
INDEX
florencae, Elphidotarsius, 2238.
floridensis, Nummulites, 489.
Florometra asperrima, 250.
fluviatilis, Baena, 177.
Thescelus, 177.
foliatus, Hippocampus, 515.
Syngnathus, 515, 516.
fontanus, Aspideretes, 185.
Foraminifera, Tertiary, of genera
Operculina and Operculinoides from
North America and West Indies, 487.
forresti, Operculinoides, 488, 493, 495.
Fort Union of Montana, new Paleocene
mammals from, 221.
Fossils, corals from West Indies, 71.
new Devonian crinoid, 1.
new Tertiary Foraminifera from
North America and West Indies,
487.
hares from late Pliocene of south-
ern Idaho, 111.
horse remains from upper Pliocene
of Idaho, 281.
new mammals from Fort Union
(Paleocene) of Montana, 221.
Tertiary Venezuelan plants, 335.
Reptilia of Kirtland formation of
New Mexico, 159.
fossor, Dichelyne, 147.
fragile, Synbothrium, 130.
Syndesmobothrium, 130.
francescana, Pliohippus, 289.
frassoni, Arhythmorhynchus, 153.
fraudator, Aphronurus, 223, 230.
Fritillary, new species from Peru, 251.
fruticosa, Amorpha, 407.
fucata, Cuphocera, 46, 49, 63, 65.
Trichophora, 65,
fulvicornis, Perilampus, 370, 371, 376,
402, 411.
Fundulus, 124.
heteroclitus, 125, 140, 142, 148, 150.
Fungia, 86.
(Cycloseris) patella, 110.
furcatus, Ictalurus, 125, 149, 150.
jurens, Prothryptacodon, 223, 233, 234.
furlongi, Hypolagus, 118 (fig.), 121.
fusca, Sabella, 278.
Sabellastarte, 278.
fuscus, Arhythmorhynchus, 153, 154.
Gahan, Arthur Burton, on new Chalci-
doidea parasitic on cactus insects,
481.
gahani, Perilampus, 371, 375, 401.
Galeichthys felis, 125, 130, 131, 133, 135,
154.
milberti, 133, 134.
Gallinula chloropus, 285.
Galveston Bay, Tex., parasites of fishes
from, 123.
Gasterocoma, 6.
antiqua, 6.
Gasterocomidae, 4-6.
Gasterostomum gracilescens, 127.
sp., 126.
Gastrotokeus biaculeatus, 515.
gavialidis, Goezia, 146.
603
Gazin, Charles Lewis, on fossil hares
from late Pliocene of southern
Idaho, 111.
on fossil horse remains from upper
Pliocene of Idaho, 281.
Gelastops, 227.
parcus, 223, 227.
geminata, Cuphocera, 48, 55.
Gentialales, 3857.
Geodia, 454.
gibberosa, 454, 455.
Geraniales, 351.
Gerstaeckeria porosa, 486.
gerstaeckeriae, Tetrastichus, 485.
gibber, Gorgorhynchus, 125, 154.
gibberosa, Geodia, 454, 455.
Gidley, James Williams, work in Mor
tana, 221.
Gidleya, 240.
gidleyi, Blarina, 285.
gidleyi, Ptilodus, 223, 225.
gidleyi, Thomomys, 285, 288.
Gidleyina, 240.
montanensis, 224, 240, 241.
silberlingi, 224, 240.
gigas, Gymnorhynchus, 125, 130, 133.
Gilmore, Charles Whitney, on Reptilia
of Kirtland formation of New Mex-
ico, with descriptions of new species
of fossil turtles, 159.
Ginsburg, Isaac, on review of seahorses
(Hippocampus), 497.
glaber, Cyathocrinus, 5.
glacialis, Aplysilla, 442, 443.
Simplicella, 448.
Glossocercus, 124, 139.
cyprinodontis, 123, 125, 140.
Glycera, 275.
decipiens, 275.
rouxii, 275.
Glyceridae, 275.
Glyptoporus, 321, 323.
noctophilus, 321, 322 (fig.).
Glyptotherium texanum, 288.
Goezia gavialidis, 146.
minuta, 125, 146.
goldmani, Ochotona schisticeps, 112.
Goniaraea, 103.
christianiaensis, 73, 103, 110.
clinactina, 103.
Goniopora, 90, 110.
jamaica, 7, 90.
reussiana, 738, 90, 110.
trechmaunri, 73, 91, 109.
Goniopteris, 343.
Gorgorhynchus, 154.
gibber, 125, 154.
medius, 154.
Gorgosaurus, 186.
libratus, 160.
sp., 160, 186.
Gosodesmus, 364.
claremontus, 863 (fig.), 364.
gracile, Nymphon, 418.
gracilescens, Gasterostomum, 127.
gracilis, Hippocampus, 534, 537.
Ptilodus, 225.
PROCEEDINGS
604
grandifolia, Condaminea, 340, 360.
grandis, Boremys, 170, 171 (fig.), 172
(fig.), 173, 186.
grandis, Spalacopsis, 201.
grangeri, Eetypodus, 223, 226.
grangeri, Sylvilagus nuttalli, 111, 114-
116.
granulosus, Perilampus, 371, 375, 399.
grevyi, Equus, 294, 295, 800-303, 305-
309, 311-314.
griseus, Neomaenis, 148.
Gruiformes, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
Gryporhynchus, 140.
guppyi, Anona, 3389, 340, 345.
guttulatus, Hippocampus, 499, 500, 510,
514, 518, 521, 528, 525, 586, 537,
540-544, 548, 549, 571, 572.
Hippocampus guttulatus, 528, 530,
581, 543.
Gymnocanthus, 326.
Gymnorhynchus, 131.
gigas, 125, 180, 133.
malleus, 125, 130-182.
platycephalus, 133.
reptans, 131.
Hadrosauridae, 160, 161, 185.
Hadrosaurinae, 161.
haemorrhoa, Palpibraca, 46.
Haemulon, 148.
carbonarium, 148.
hageni(i), Antedon, 245, 246.
Coccometra, 245-247,
Hagerman, Idaho, fossil fauna, 288.
haidingeri, Cyathoseris, 72.
haimeana, Bucephalopsis, 127.
haitiensis, Hupogonius, 197, 199.
Halichondria, 449, 457.
panicea, 442, 449, 455.
Haliclona, 444, 445, 457.
coerulescens, 444, 455.
doria, 458.
erina, 457.
permollis, 442, 444, 445,
halieus, Pelecanus, 285.
Halina, 462.
Halinidae, 462.
Halisarca lobularis, 455.
hana, Brenthis, 257.
Haplaletes, 248.
disceptatrix, 224, 248, 244,
Haplaraea, 84.
Haplomylus, 242, 243.
hardyi, Nereis (Eunereis), 480.
Hares, fossil, from late Pliocene of
southern Idaho, 111.
Hartman, Olga, on new polychaetous
annelids of family Nereidae from
California, 467.
Haruspex inscriptus, 195, 196.
insularis, 195, 196.
similis, 196.
hatcheri, Baena, 172.
haydenianus, Didymictis, 224, 237.
Heliastraea cyathiformis, 90.
exsculpta, 90.
Heliconia elegans, 340.
OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL, 83
Hemilamprops, 424, 429.
californica, 424, 429, 480 (fig.), 439.
uniplicata, 431.
hemionus, Odocoileus, 214.
Odocoileus hemionus, 214.
hemisphaerica, Cyclolites, 85.
hemispherica, Thescelus, 174, 175 (fig.),
176 (fig.), 177, 186.
Hemiuridae, 127.
hemuloni, Synbothrium, 130.
henekeni, Paracyathus, 105.
heptagonus, Hippocampus, 515, 525, 570.
Hernandia, 354.
tongi, 840, 353 (fig.), 354.
Hernandiaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 354.
hesperus, Machairodus, 285, 288.
lLeteracanthum, Pterobothrium, 131.
heteroclitus, Fundulus, 125, 140, 142,
148, 150.
heteropoda, Lumbriconereis, 266.
Lumbrinereis, 266.
hiemale, Nymphon, 416.
hildebrandi, Hippocampus, 511, 529, 536,
578, 579, 580 (fig.), 581 (fig.).
hillanus, Felis, 288.
hilli, Asterosmilia, 104, 106.
hilli, Centrastrea, 72, 80, 109.
hilli, Trochosmilia, 78, 79.
Hipparchia andromacha, 252.
Hippocampus abdominalis, 529.
agnesae, 529.
antiquorum, 517, 518, 525, 530, 540,
5d1, 568, 570.
antiquus, 518, 521, 525, 570.
atrichus, 524, 525, 540.
bleekeri, 529.
breviceps, 530.
brevirostris, 499, 510, 520-522, 525,
546, 570, 571.
brunneus, 568, 569.
ecuadorensis, 534, 537.
erectus, 516, 525, 561, 566.
europaeus, 499, 510, 511, 528, 530,
531, 541-543, 546, 547 (fig.), 571,
572.
fascicularis, 561, 567.
foliatus, 515.
gracilis, 584, 587.
guttulatus, 499, 500, 510, 514, 518,
521, 528, 525, 5386, 537, 540-544,
548, 549, 571, 572.
guttulatus guttulatus, 528, 530, 531,
543.
guttulatus multiannularis, 499, 501,
523-525, 528, 530, 531, 536-538
(fig.), 589 (fig.), 540, 544, 545,
548-550.
heptagonus, 515, 525, 570.
hildebrandi, 511, 529, 536, 578, 579,
580 (fig.), 581 (fig.).
hudsonius, 499, 500, 510, 512, 518,
527, 586, 537, 544, 545, 548, 549,
551, 564, 566, 578, 583.
hudsonius hudsonius, 528, 530, 533,
550 (fig.), 551, 552 (fig.), 553
(fig.), 554 (fig.), 569.
INDEX
Hippocampus hudsonius kincaidi, 528,
580, 533, 544, 557, 566, 568, 574.
ingens, 506, 527, 529-531, 5384, 535
(fig.), 549, 579-582.
jubatus, 524, 525, 570.
kineaidi, 501, 511, 568.
laevicaudatus, 551, 560.
longirostris, 519-523, 525, 548, 546,
572.
marginalis, 561, 567.
non aculeatus, incisuris raris, 543.
obtusus, 511, 529, 576, 577 (fig.),
579, 581, 582.
pentagonus, 530.
poeyi, 561, 567.
punctulatus, 499, 500, 517, 518, 525,
527, 551, 561, 568, 572, 575, 582,
583, 598.
ramulosus, 511, 517, 518, 525, 543,
546.
regulus, 506, 529, 558, 584, 586
(fig.), 587 (fig.), 590.
reidi, 528, 580, 532, 586, 537, 564,
566, 569, 571-5738 (fig.), 574 (fig.).
review of genus, 497.
rondeletii, 519.
rosaceus, 521, 525, 548.
rosamondae, 589, 593, 594.
stylifer, 499, 561, 566, 567.
trimaculatus, 517, 518.
Villosus, 529, 582, 583.
zosterae, 502, 506, 512, 525, 529,
585, 588, 589.
Hippocampus, subg., 527, 529, 530.
hippocampus, Syngnathus, 513-520, 525,
530, 543, 570.
hippolestes, Felis concolor, 212, 214.
Hircinia, 456.
campana, 456.
variabilis, 457.
hirsuta, Cuphocera, 46, 48, 49, 54, 62,
68, 65, 66.
hirsutus, Deopalpus, 46, 63.
hispidus, Arhythmorhynechus, 153.
Hooks, method of measurement of in
cestodes, 211.
Horses, fossil, from upper Pliocene of
Idaho, 281.
hudsonius, Hippocampus, 499, 500,
512, 518, 527, 5386, 537, 544,
548, 549, 551, 564, 566, 578, 583.
Hippocampus hudsonius, 528, 530,
5335 (550) (figs) Soll 552. (igs),
553 (fig.), 554 (fig.), 569.
Hyaenognathus, 287.
Sp., 285, 288.
hyalinus, Perilampus, 369, 370, 380, 410,
411.
Hymenoptera, chalcid flies of
Perilampus, 369.
hosts of Perilampus, 411.
Hyopsodontidae, 224, 241.
Hyopsodus, 242.
simplex, 242.
Hypacrosaurus, 162.
510,
545,
genus
605
Hyphantria cunea, 382.
hyphantriae, Apanteles, 382, 411.
Meteorus, 382, 411.
Hypolagus, 111, 114, 116, 119, 120.
apachensis, 117.
browni, 116, 117.
edensis, 116.
furlongi, 118 (fig.), 121.
limnetus, 113 (fig.), 114, 115 (fig.),
118, 121, 285, 288.
vetus, 112 (fig.), 114, 116, 117, 119-
121, 285, 288.
Hypsioma imsularis, 199.
picticornis, 200.
icaco, Chrysobalanus, 348.
Teelus, 326.
Ictalurus furcatus, 125, 149, 150.
Ictidopappus, 287.
mustelinus, 224, 287.
Idaho, fossil hares from late Pliocene,
ital
fossil horse remains from upper
Pliocene of, 281.
idahoensis, Brachylagus, 112, 114-116.
Equus, 288, 291, 292.
Ischyrosmilus, 2838.
Lutravus, 285, 288.
Phalacrocorax, 285.
Pseudemys, 285.
ignis, Tedania, 459.
Thalysias, 459.
immanis, Agamonema, 125, 142, 149.
imperfecta, Mycale, 448.
incertum, Combretum, 356.
incongrua, Cuphocera, 46, 48, 68.
Indrodon, 2381.
Inga, 348.
alba, 349.
fagifolia, 349.
fastuosa, 349.
flagelliformis, 349.
pinetorum, 349.
reissi, 340, 346 (fig.), 348.
sp., 3388, 340, 349.
tetraphylla, 349.
ingens, Hippocampus, 506, 527, 529-
531, 534, 535 (fig.), 549, 579-582.
inscriptus, Haruspex, 195, 196.
Insectivora, fossil, Fort Union, 228,
2s
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285.
Insects, butterflies of genus Enodia and
new fritillary from Peru, 251.
chalcid flies of genus Perilampus,
369.
new Chalcidoidea parasitic on cac-
tus insects, 481.
new West Indian cerambycid bee-
tles, 189.
insilens, Thescelus, 174-177.
insularis, Hypsioma, 199.
Haruspex, 195, 196.
integerrima, Datana, 378.
intermedia, Placospongia, 454, 455.
intermedius, Pantolambda, 224, 244.
inversus, Pentacodon, 2380.
606
jortlandia, Vanessa, 252.
Ischyrosmilus idahoensis, 283.
Isodictya permollis, 444.
itea, Vanessa, 252.
jacksoniana, Cedrola, 341, 342 (fig.).
Jamaica, fossil corals from, 72, 74, 95,
94.
jamaica 1, Goniopora, 90.
jamaicaensis, Antilloseris, 73, 97.
jamaicaensis, Astrocoenia, 73, 95, 110.
jamaicaensis, Cladocera, 72.
jamaicaensis, Cyclolites, 73, 84, 109.
jamaicaensis, Stiboriopsis, 72.
Turbinoseris, 97.
Jamsus, subg., 525, 529, 571, 583, 584.
japonicus, Thelepus, 278.
jasminifolium, Pleonotoma, 358.
jaumei, Anepsyra, 195.
jepseni, Parectypodus, 223, 227.
jubatus, Hippocampus, 524, 525, 570.
jynx, Ficus, 348.
kaiseni, Chasmosaurus, 186.
Kathleena arcuata, 143.
kempi, Dilepis, 141.
kincaidi, Hippocampus, 501, 511, 568.
Hippocampus hucsonius, 528, 530,
5833, 544, 557, 566, 568, 574.
Kirk, Edwin, on Corynecrinus, a new
Devonian crinoid genus, 1.
Kirtland fauna and its geological age,
185.
Kirtland formation of New Mexico,
Reptilia from, 159.
kirtlandius, Adocus, 186.
koninecki, Leptoria, 78.
Kritosaurus, 160, 162, 186, 187.
navajovius, 161, 185,
Lachnomma, 18.
magnicornis, 9, 18, 38, 39.
Lachnommopsis, 18.
armata, 18, 41.
lacustris, Felis, 285, 288.
ladae, Leptacodon, 223, 228.
laevicaudatus, Hippocampus, 551, 560.
laevicephalus, Perilampus chrysopae,
394, 395.
laevis, Perilampus, 370, 411.
Lagomorpha, fossil, from Hagerman,
Idaho, 285, 288.
Lambeosaurinae, 161.
Lamprops, 424, 481.
beringi, 431.
carinata, 431.
lanatum, Elaphidion, 192, 198.
lanceolata, Styrax, 340, 356.
Tapirira, 340, 352, 353 (fig.), 360.
laqueata, Ficus, 342.
Lastrea, 3438.
laticollis, Taenia, redeseription of, 211,
216.
latidens, Claenodon, 223.
latidens, Tricentes, 224, 236.
latifrons, Ammothea, 420, 421.
latrunculus, Spanoxryodon, 224, 236.
Laubenfels, Max Walker de, on Panama
sponges, 441.
Lauraceae, fossil Venezuelan, 354.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL. 83
Laurales, 354.
Laxosuberites, 450.
eeteki, 450, 451 (fig.), 455.
Leach, William Elford, his account of
seahorses, 517.
Lecithochirium microstomum, 125,
synodi, 128.
lecontei, Brachycybe, 363 (fig.),
366.
lecontii, Brachycybe, 366.
Lecythocrinidae, fossil crinoid family,
dA.
Lecythocrinus, 2, 46.
eifelianus, 4-6.
Leguminosae, fossil Venezuelan, 351.
Leguminosites entadaformis, 338, 340.
venezuelensis, 338, 340.
Leiostomus xanthurus, 125, 148, 154.
Leipsanolestes, subg., 228.
lemhi, Ochotona princeps, 112.
lendenfeldi, Aplysilla, 4438.
Leodicidae, 266.
lepida, Tentacularia, 125, 129.
Lepidasthenia, 264.
ocellata, 261, 263 (fig.), 264.
Lepidium, 407.
Lepidocyclina macdonaldi, 490.
mantelli, 494.
tobleri, 490.
trinitatis, 490.
Lepidonotus, 262.
minutus, 261, 262, 2638 (fig.).
Lepisosteus, 124, 185.
osseus, 125, 137, 139.
Leporidae, fossil, from southern Idaho,
eal
lepreos, Perilampus, 370, 411.
leprops, Astrocottus, 330, 331 (fig.).
Leptacodon, 228.
ladae, 223, 228.
munusculum, 223, 228.
packi, 228.
siegfriedti, 228.
tener, 228.
Leptictidae, 223, 228.
Leptonereis, subg., 275.
leptonyx, Megalonyx, 285, 288.
Leptophyliia, 84.
agassizi, 73.
Leptophylliidae, 83.
Leptoria conferticosta, 77.
conferticostata, 77.
deliculata, 78.
flexuossissima,
konineki, 78.
reticulata, 78.
leptostomus, Megalonyx, 288.
Leptostylus biustus, 20+.
brunneofasciatus, 205.
maculifer, 205.
monticola, 201.
ornatus, 203.
planicollis, 208.
pygmaeus, 206.
vandueeei, 204.
lepturus, Trichiurus, 125, 128, 145.
12%.
365,
77.
INDEX
Lepus, 114, 116, 117, 120, 286.
annectens, 119, 120.
bairdii bairdii, 112.
californicus deserticola, 112.
townsendii, 118, 120.
townsendii townsendii, 112.
lestes, Canis, 217.
lethostigmus, Paralichthys, 124, 125,
142, 155.
levis, Cyclaspis, 425, 427.
libratus, Gorgosaurus, 160.
ligeriensis, Cyclolites, 85.
lignea, Spongia, 455.
Limatulum, 323.
limitare, Siphonophora, 362, 363 (fig.).
limnetus, Hypolagus, 118 (fig.), 114, 115
(fig.), 118, 121, 285, 288.
lindgreni, Neotragoceras, 285.
linea, Nereis (Neanthes), 261, 268, 269
(fig.).
Linnaeus, Carolus, his account of sea-
horses, 513.
lintoni, Cucullanus, 148.
Lintoniella, 130.
Lissodendoryx, 446, 447.
Litaletes, 242-244.
disjunctus, 224, 242.
Litharaea, 91, 92.
Litomylus, 245.
dissentaneus, 224, 243.
littoralis, Carcharias, 154.
Littorina sp., 124.
lobularis, Halisarea, 455.
Osearella, 442, 455.
longicaudata, Ammothella, 414, 421.
Bathyeuma, 423.
longifolia, Cassia, 340, 349.
longipes, Cyclaspis, 427.
longipes, Nereis (Eunereis), 467, 479,
480 (fig.).
longirostris, Hippocampus, 519-528, 525,
543, 546, 572.
Syngnathus, 522.
Loomis, Harold Frederick, on millipeds
of order Colobognatha, 361.
Lophopsetta maculata, 148.
Loxogenes, 323.
bicolor, 328.
Lower California, millipeds from, 361.
lucifugus, Myotis, 321, 323.
Lumbriconereis heteropoda, 266.
Lumbrinereis, 266.
heteropoda, 266.
Lutra (Satherium) piscinaria, 285, 288.
Lutravus, 287.
eookii, 285, 288.
idahoensis, 285, 288.
lyncis, Taenia, 211, 212.
Lynx canadensis, 219.
fasciatus, 217, 219.
fasciatus fasciatus, 217, 219.
lynx, 217, 219.
rufus, 215, 217, 219.
rufus californicus, 214, 217, 219.
rufus fasciatus, 214.
rufus rufus, 214.
rufus uinta, 214.
607
lynx, Felis, 217, 219.
Lynx, 217, 219.
Lysidice, 266.
eollaris, 261, 266.
lyttoni, Siphonacme, 364.
macdonaldi, Lepidocyclina, 490.
macgravii, Anona, 347.
Machairodus hesperus, 285, 288.
Macleayina, subg., 506, 526, 527, 536.
Macremphytus, 598.
Macrocentrus pallisteri, 403, 411.
sp., 405, 411.
macrocephalus, Archaeolagus, 117.
macrocera, Cuphocera, 47, 50, 52, 70.
Elachipalpus, 52.
Tachina, 52.
macrocystis, Taenia, 214, 217, 219.
macrourus, Anthocephalus, 131.
Odocoileus virginianus, 214.
maculata, Lophopsetta, 148.
maculifer, Leptostylus, 205.
Macy, Ralph W., on new
from little brown bat, 321.
Madracis, 104.
decactis, 103, 104, 110.
sp., 104, 105, 110.
magnicornis, Lachnomma, 9, 18, 38, 39.
Makrokylindrus, 435.
acanthodes, 485.
malacosomae, Tetrastichus, 485, 486.
Maldanidae, 277.
malleum, Synbothrium, 133.
malleus, Gymnorhynchus, 125, 1380-182.
Mammals, fossil, from Hagerman,
Idaho, 285.
fossil hares from late Pliocene of
southern Idaho, 111.
new Paleocene from Fort Union of
Montana, 221.
manni, Elaphidion, 195.
mantelli, Lepidocyclina, 494.
marana, Sophora, 338, 340, 346 (fig.),
350.
marginalis, Hippocampus, 561, 567.
mariannensis, Operculina, 489.
marina, Bagre, 125, 130, 185, 146.
marinus, Tylosurus, 126.
marmorata, Oreas, 252.
Marphysa, 266.
belli, 266.
orientalis, 261, 263 (fig.), 266.
sinensis, 261, 266.
Mastodon, 283.
americanus, 286.
mirificus, 283.
Matley, Charles Alfred, his collections
of fossil corals, 74, 94.
matleyi, Trochocyathus, 72, 74, 109.
matthewi, Pronothodectes, 228.
maturus, Paromomys, 223.
mauritanicus, Dichelyne, 148.
media, Astraraea, 88.
mediator, Nereis, 469, 471.
medius, Echinorhynchus, 154.
Gorgorhynechus, 154.
Megalonyx leptostomus, 288.
leptonyx, 285, 288.
trematode
608
Megopterna minuta, 224,
melalophae, Achaetonura, 882, 411.
melanoscelus, Apanteles, 382, 411,
Melittia, 384.
Menidia, 127.
menidia, 125, 126, 128, 141, 144.
notata, 128.
menidia, Menidia, 125, 126, 128, 141,
144.
menidiae, Cysticercoides, 125, 141.
Meniscium, 343.
palustre, 343.
reticulatum, 343.
wolfi, 340, 342 (fig.), 348.
meridionale, Nymphon, 416.
Mesomorpha catadupensis, (2,
Metachriacus, 235.
provocator, 224, 235.
punitor, 223, 235.
Meteorus hyphantriae, 382, 411.
sp., 411,
mexicana, Microchira, 18, 29.
Miacidac, 224, 237.
michelini, Cyclolites, 85.
microcephalum, Contracaecum,
148.
Microchira, 18.
mexicana, 18, 29.
Microciona, 448.
atrosanguinea, 442, 448.
microlestes, Didymictis, 224, 238.
Micropalpus, 70.
ruficornis, 45, 46.
micropapillatum, Contracaecum,
148.
microphyllia, Centrastrea, 80.
Micropogon undulatus, 125, 131, 154.
Micropterus dolomieu, 137.
Microsmilia, 81.
Microsolena, 86.
microstomum, Lecithochirium, 125, 127.
milberti, Galeichthys, 183, 184.
Millipeds, new species of order Colo-
bognatha, 361.
Mimomys, 287.
primus, 285, 288.
Mimosaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 348.
miniata, Patiria, 474.
minor, Wuprotogonia, 239.
Ondatra idahoensis, 285, 288.
Palenochtha, 223, 231.
minuta, Annametra, 247.
minuta, Goezia, 125, 146.
minuta, Megopterna, 224.
minutum, Acrepidopterum, 197.
minutus, Lepidonotus, 261, 262, 263
(fig.).
Miocene, Venezuelan plants, 336, 345.
miocenica, Pleonotoma, 338, 340, 358,
359 (fig.).
miocenica, Simaruba, 338, 340.
Mioclaenus, 241.
mirificus, Mastodon, 283.
misakia, Schmidtia, 325, 330.
Schmidtina, 330. .
Stlengis, 327, 330.
142,
141,
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VoL. 83
miscelli, Cuphocera, 48, 49, 52.
Spanipalpus, 49.
Trichophora, 46, 49.
miscellus, Adisophanes, 50.
mississippiensis, Ficus, 354.
Mixodectes, 2381.
Mixodectidae, 223, 231.
Moneilema ulkei, 485.
moneilemae, Neocatolaccus, 484.
Monoclounius, 160.
Monocotyledonae, 344.
Montana, new Paleocene mammals
from Fort Union of, 221.
montana, Anona, 347.
montaneusis, Claenodon, 223.
montanensis, Gidleyina, 224, 240,
montanensis, Myrmecoboides, 223.
montanus, Coriphagus, 224,
montanus, Deuterogonodon, 225,
233.
montanus, Ptilodus, 228, 225.
monticellii, Distomum, 128.
monticola, Elaphidion, 191.
Leptostylus, 201.
Mosesia, 328.
muesebecki, Perilampus, 371, 376,
Mugil cephalus, 125, 142.
multiannularis, Hippocampus guttula-
tus, 499, 501, 523-525, 528, 530, 531,
536-538 (fig.), 5389 (fig.), 540, 544, 545,
548-550.
Multicolumnastraea, 90.
eyathiformis, 73, 90.
parvula, 90.
multifragum, Psittacotherium, 228.
Multituberculata, Fort Union, 223, 224,
munusculum, Leptacodon, 223, 228.
Muscidae, review of flies of genera
Ceratomyiella and Paradidyma, 9.
musculus, Hctypodus, 226.
mustelinus, Ictidopappus, 224, 237.
Mycale, 447.
angulosa, 448.
cecilia, 447, 448 (fig.).
imperfecta, 448.
phyllophila, 448.
Mycteroperea apua, 154.
Myledaphus, 185.
Mylodon sp., 288.
Myotis lucifugus, 321, 323.
Myoxocephalus, 326.
Myriapoda, new millipeds of order Col-
obognatha, 361.
Myrmecoboides montanensis, 223.
Myrtales, 855.
Myxilla, 446.
Nanilla delauneyi, 197.
tuberculata, 196.
Nannippus phlegon, 288.
natans, Nereis (Nereis), 468, 474, 475
(fig.).
navajovius, Kritosaurus, 161, 185.
neapolitana, Diopatra, 266.
Nectandra, 354.
areolata, 340, 354.
Nematoda, 141.
241.
232,
407.
INDEX
Neocatolaccus, 484.
moneilemae, 484.
tylodermae, 484,
Neoechinorhynchidae, 151.
Neohipparion sp., 288.
Neomaenis, 148.
griseus, 148.
neomecxicana, Paradidyma, 19, 21, 23.
neonigripes, Nereis (Nereis), 468, 471,
472 (fig.), 474, 476.
Neotragoceras lindgreni, 283.
nephele, Cercyonis alope, 256.
Nephthydidae, 276.
Nephthys, 276.
sinensis, 261, 276.
Nereidae, 268.
new species from California, 467.
Nereis, 268, 467, 468.
(Neanthes) amoyensis, 261, 269
(figs) 272)
cockburnensis, 469.
(Leptonereis) distorta, 261, 273,
274 (fig.).
(Nereis) eakini, 468, 472, 473 (fig.),
476.
(Nereis) euwcapitis, 468, 469 (fig.).
(EKunereis) hardyi, 480.
(Neanthes) linea, 261, 268, 269
(fig.).
(Eunereis) longipes, 467, 479, 480
fig.)
mediator, 469, 471.
(Nereis) natans,
(fig.).
(Nereis) neonigripes, 468, 471, 472
(fig.), 474, 476.
(Neanthes) orientalis, 261, 269
(fig.), 270.
(Alitta) oxypoda, 268.
(Neanthes) oxypoda, 261, 268.
pelagica, 467, 472.
procera, 468, 471.
(Nereis) pseudoneanthes,
(fig.).
(Neanthes) saltoni, 477, 478 (fig.).
(Ceratonereis) tunicatae, 476, 477
(fig.).
vexillosa, 469-471.
(Neanthes) virens, 479.
Neurankylus, 187.
baueri, 165, 186.
Neuroptera, hosts of Perilampus, 411.
New Mexico, Reptilia from Kirtland
formation of, 159.
nitens, Copecrypta, 70.
nitidifrons, Copeecrypta, 70.
Cuphocera, 70.
nitidus, Perilampus canadensis,
374, 398.
nobilis, Basilemys, 178 (fig.), 179 (fig.),
180, 186.
noctophilus,
(fig.).
nodosa, Baena, 166, 168, 169, 186.
468, 474, 475
470
371,
Glyptoporus, 321, 322
609
North America, chalecid flies of genus
Perilampus north of Mexico,
369.
new Foraminifera from Tertiary
of, 487.
North and South America, seahorses
of, 497.
notata, Menidia, 128,
nubila, Cyclaspis, 424 (fig.).
nubriterrae, Peromyscus maniculatus,
214.
nucula, Chondrilla, 464.
Numunilites floridensis, 489.
sp., 490.
willcoxi, 489.
nutrix, Rhabdophyliia, 77.
nuttingi, Compsometra, 245, 246.
Nyctitheriidae, 223, 229.
Nymphon, 414.
adareanum, 418.
femoratum, 421,
gracile, 418.
hiemale, 416.
meridionale, 416.
solitarium, 414, 417 (fig.).
tridentatum, 418.
turritum, 414, 416, 417 (fig.).
Nymphonidae, 413.
obliqua, Paradidyma, 20, 22.
obtusus, Hippocampus, 511, 529, 576,
577 (fig.), 579, 581, 582.
occidentalis, Annametra, 247.
Colurostylis, 423, 481, 489.
Cominia, 247.
ocellata, Lepidasthenia, 261, 263 (fig.),
264.
ocellatus, Perilampus, 370, 373, 390.
ocellatus, Sciaenops, 124, 125, 147, 148.
Ochotona princeps lemhi, 112.
schisticeps goldmani, 112.
octonemus, Polynemus, 154.
Oculina, 105.
Odocoileus columbianus scaphiatus, 214.
hemionus, 214.
hemionus hemionus, 214.
virginianus, 214.
virginianus macrourus, 214.
Oedemapeza, 10.
townsendi, 12.
Onchobothrium, 134.
Ondatra idahoensis minor, 285, 288.
operculella, (Phthorimaea) Gnorimo-
Schema, 401.
Operculina complanata, 489.
mariannensis, 489.
new Tertiary North American and
West Indian, 487, 488.
tuberculata, 487, 488, 495.
Operculinella, 489.
venosa, 489.
Operculinoides advenus, 487, 489, 495.
antiguensis, 487, 488, 492, 496.
dia, 493, 494.
forresti, 488, 493, 495.
new Tertiary North American and
West Indian, 487, 489.
610
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VoL, 83
Operculinoides semmesi, 487, 488, 491, | Pantolambda, 244.
495, 496.
tuxpanicus, 488, 494, 495.
vicksburgensis, 487, 490, 495.
Ophlitaspongiidae, 460.
Opuntia, 482.
opuntiae, Asphondylia, 483.
opuntiae, Rileya, 482.
Orasema viridis, 372.
orbitalis, Ceratomyiella, 11, 16.
Oreas marmorata, 252.
oregonensis, Felis concolor, 214.
orientalis, Dasychone, 278.
orientalis, Marphysa, 261, 263 (fig.),
266.
Nereis (Neanthes), 261, 269 (fig.),
270.
ornata, Baena, 165, 166 (fig.), 167
(fig.), 186.
Pseudoeme, 189.
ornatipennis, Spalacopsis, 200.
ornatus, Leptostylus, 203.
Orthonopias triacis, 326.
osborni, Pliohippus, 289.
Osearella, 455.
lobularis, 442, 455.
osensis, Stlengis, 825-828.
osseus, Lepisosteus, 125, 137, 189.
Oulastrea, 89.
Oulastreidae, 88.
ovatus, Aspideretes, 182 (fig.), 183, 186.
oxypoda, Nereis (Alitta), 268.
Nereis (Neanthes), 261, 268.
Oxyurostylis, 428, 437.
pacifica, 429, 487, 488 (fig.).
smithi, 423, 437, 4388.
Pacific Ocean, sponges
Panama Canal, 448.
western, new cottid fishes from, 325.
pacifica, Oxyurostylis, 429, 4387, 438
(fig. ).
pacificus, Equus, 291.
packi, Leptacodon, 228.
Palaechthon, 231, 232.
alticuspis, 223.
Palaeolagus, 117.
Palaeosinopa, 230.
diluculi, 223, 230.
Palenochtha, 281.
minor, 223, 231.
Paleocene, new mammals from Fort
Inion of Montana, 221,
pallisteri, Macrocentrus, 4038, 411.
Palmophyllum, 344.
sp., 340, 344.
Palpibraca, 46.
haemorrhoa, 46.
palustre, Meniscium, 348.
Panama Canal, sponges from, 441.
panamensis, Panthalis, 265.
Pavona, 106.
Pandosentis, 151.
panicea, Halichondria, 442, 449, 455.
Spongia, 449.
Panthalis, 265.
panamensis, 265.
from near
bathmodon, 244.
eavirictus, 224, 244.
intermedius, 224, 244.
Pantolambdidae, 224, 244.
Pantolestidae, 223, 230.
Papilio (Parnassius) andromacha, 252.
(Oreas Marmorata) andromacha,
252.
portlandia, 251.
Papilionaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 350.
papillosus, Bucephalus, 127.
Parabascus, 323.
Paracyathus, 104, 105.
henekeni, 105.
Spue (24 0a:
Paracycloseris, 85.
elizabethae, 73, 86, 109, 110.
Paradiastylis, 435.
Paradidyma affinis, 20, 21, 27, 35.
aldrichi, 21, 30.
aperta, 18, 21, 29.
apicalis, 20, 21, 33.
aristalis, 20, 28.
armata, 20, 21, 41.
brasiliana, 19, 38.
cinerescens, 20, 26.
crassiseta, 20, 27.
derelicta, 19, 25, 26, 28.
neomexicana, 19, 21, 23.
obliqua, 20, 22.
peruana, 21, 31, 38.
(Diaphoropeza) peruana, 43.
peruviana, 43.
petiolata, 19, 21, 39.
piliventris, 21, 32.
retracta, 19, 26.
review of genus, 9, 17.
setigera, 20, 22, 23.
Singularis, > 10,15; “195 215631, 32,
36-38, 41.
townsendi, 12.
validinervis, 20, 28, 25,
37, 39, 40, 42, 43.
Paralichthys albiguttus, 148.
dentatus, 148.
lethostigmus, 124, 125, 142, 153.
Parasaurolophus, 160, 162, 186.
tubicen, 161, 185.
walkeri, 162, 1638.
Parasites, chalcid flies of genus Peri-
lampus, 869.
Chalcidoidea on cactus insects, 481.
of fishes in Galveston Bay, Tex.,
123.
Paraxiothea, 277.
pareus, Gelastops, 223, 227.
Parectypodus, 227.
jepseni, 223, 227.
simpsoni, 227.
tardus, 225.
parksi, Cuphocera, 48, 50, 52, 59.
Paromomys, 231, 232.
depressidens, 228.
maturus, 223.
parviflora, Compsometra, 247.
29, 33-35,
LT
INDEX
parvula, Multicolumastraea, 99.
parvun, Amphicaecum, 125, 143.
patella, Fungia (Cycloseris) , 110.
Patiria miniata, 474.
Pavona, 106.
panamensis, 106.
pennyi, 106.
sp., 104, 106, 110.
pegala, Cereyonis alope, 256.
pelagica, Nereis, 467, 472.
Pelecaniformes, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
Pelecanus halieus, 289.
Peleteria, 47, 70.
pelvidens, Chriacus, 234, 235.
pennyi, Payona, 106.
Pentaceratops, 160. 163, 186.
fenestratus, 160, 163, 185.
sternbergil, 160, 168, 185.
Pentacodon, 230.
inyersus, 280.
pentacus, Protogonodon, 233.
pentagonus, Hippocampus, 5380.
Perilampidae, 371.
Perilampus aciculatus, 370, 380.
alexinus, 370, 410, 411.
anomocerus, 370, 3871, 375, 398.
bakeri, 386, 388.
canadensis, 370,
canadensis nitidus, 371, 374,
capitatus, 871, 375, 397.
earinifrons, 870, 373, 388.
carolinensis, 370, 378, 876, 410.
chrysopae, 371, 374, 394, 410, 411.
chrysopae laevicephalus, 394, 395.
crawfordi, 370, 378, 384.
cyaneus, 370, 410.
entellus, 370, 410, 411.
fulvicornis, 370, 371, 376, 402, 411.
fulvicornis prothoracicus, 371, 376,
403.
gahani, 371, 375, 401.
granulosus, 371, 375, 399.
hyalinus, 369, 370, 380, 410, 411.
laevis, 370, 411.
lepreos, 370, 411.
muesebecki, 371, 376, 407.
ocellatus, 370, 373, 890.
platigaster, 3883.
platygaster, 369, 370, 373, 383, 410.
regalis, 370, 372, 378.
revision of genus (in America north
of Mexico), 369.
rohweri, 371, 875, 3896.
robertsoni, 871, 376, 409.
similis, 371, 376, 406.
stygicus, 371, 376, 404, 411.
subearinatus, 370, 373, 386.
triangularis, 411.
Periptychidae, 224.
Periptychus, 244.
371, 374, 392, 411.
395.
Perissodactyla, fossil, from Blanco,
Texas, 288.
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285,
288.
permollis, Haliclona, 442, 444, 445.
Tsodictya, 444.
107443—36 2
61l
Peromyscus maniculatus nubriterrac,
214.
Perry, George, his account of seahorses,
Bild;
Persea, 355.
eoriacea, 540,
Personaies, 358.
Peru, new fritillary from, 251.
peruana, Atrophopoda, 43.
Diaphoropeza, 31.
Paradidyma, 21, 31, 38.
Paradidyma (Diaphoropeza ), 48.
peruviana, Paradidyma, 48.
netasata, Brachycybe, 363 (fig.), 365-
petasus, Antedon, 247.
petiotata, Paradidyma, 19, 21, 39-
petra flumensis, Combretum, 356.
Phalacrocorax auritus, 285.
idahoensis, 285.
sp., 285.
Phaneropsolus, 323.
Phenacodontidae, 224, 238.
phlegon, Nannippus, 288.
Phorbasidae, 446.
Phoreiobothrium, 134.
triloculatum, 154.
Phoxichelidiidae, 414.
Phoxichilidium, 414, 421.
femoratum, 414, 421.
(Phthorimaea )} Gnorimoschema oper-
culella, 401.
Phyllobothrioidea, 134.
phyllophila, Mycale, 448,
Phyllopteryx, 516.
Physoseris, 84.
Phytoadmontia, 18.
setigera, 22.
Phytophaga sp., 482.
Picrodus silberlingi, 224.
picta, Cyclaspis, 427,
picticornis, Hypsioma, 200.
Pika (Ochotona princeps lemhi and O.
schisticeps goldmani), 112.
piliventris, Paradidyma, 1382!
pilosulus, Eupogonius, 198.
pinetorum, Inga, 349.
Piper, 345.
Piperaceae, fossil Venezuelan,
Piperales, 345.
Piperites, 345.
cordatus, 340, 345, 346 (fig.).
Pisces, fossil, 185, 187.
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285.
(See also under Fishes. )
piscinaria, Lutra (Satherium), 285, 288.
Pithecolobrium, 349.
Placospongia, 454.
intermedia, 454, 455.
Plakoosa, 462.
elisa, 463 (fig.).
Plakortis, 462.
planicollis, Leptostylus, 205.
Plants, Tertiary Venezuelan, 335.
Plastomenus robustus, 186.
sp.. 186.
platigaster,
345.
Perilampus, 383.
612
platycephalus, Gymnorhynchus, 133.
Tetrarhynchus, 130, 131, 183.
platygaster, Perilampus, 369, 370, 373,
383, 410.
Platydesmus, 367.
californicus, 367.
Platygonus bicalcaratus, 288.
sp., 285.
texanus, 288.
Pleonotoma, 358.
jasminifolium, 358.
miocenica, 338, 340, 358, 359 (fig.).
tetraquetrum, 358.
Plesiadapidae, 223.
Plesippus, 281, 287-289.
cumminsii, 288.
proversus, 298, 294.
shoshonensis, 110, 111, 281, 284,
285, 288-814 (figs.), 816-320.
simplicidens, 282, 288, 289, 292, 298,
316, 318-320.
Plesippus quarry, near Hagerman,
Idaho, fossil hares from, 114, 119.
Pleurogenes, 323,
Pleurogenetinae, key to, 3238.
Pleurogenoides, 323.
pleuronectis, Seolex, 125, 134.
Pleurosternidae, 165, 186.
Pliauchenia spatula, 288.
pliciferus, Tetraclaenodon, 239.
Pliocene, late, fossil hares from south-
ern Idaho, 111.
upper, of Idaho, fossil horse re-
mains from, 281.
Pliohippus, 289, 290, 292.
francescana, 289.
osborni, 289.
proversus, 289.
Plumeria, 357.
Poacites, 344.
sp., 338, 340, 344.
Poales, 344.
Podoseris, 81.
poeyi, Hippocampus, 561, 567.
Polychaeta, new species of Nereidae
from California, 467.
from Amoy, China, 261.
polymorphus, Scolex, 134.
Polynemus octonemus, 154.
Polynoidae, 262.
Polyphylastrea, 82.
Polypodiaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 343.
Polypodiales, 343.
poolei, Pseudoeme, 190.
Populus, 382.
Porifera, Panama, 441.
Porites, 91.
reussiana, 90.
Poritidae, 90, 103.
porosa, Gerstaeckeria, 486.
Porrocaecum, 145.
secundum, 125, 145.
trichiuri, 125, 145.
portlandia, Debis, 253.
Fnodia, 2538, 254, 256, 257.
Enodia portlandia, 255, 256.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL, 83
portlandia, Papilio, 251.
Vanessa, 252. ,
Postorchigenes, 323.
Poteriocrinus, 1.
praeclara, Basilemys, 180, 181.
praecursor, Serridentinus, 288.
preicaco, Chrysobalanus, 348.
prenticei, Ceratomeryx, 285, 288.
preoliviforme, Chrysophyllum, 341.
pressa, Chen, 285.
Prestonia, 357.
Primates, Fort Union, 2381.
primigenius, Archaeolagus, 117.
primus, Mimomys, 285, 288.
Proboscidea, fossil, from Blanco, Texas,
8
fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho, 285,
288
Procamelus, 283, 285, 288.
Procampylaspis, 423, 429.
sp., 429.
procera, Nereis, 468, 471.
Prodiacodon, 228, 229.
concordiarcensis, 223, 228.
puercensis, 228.
Prodiploastrea, 88.
schindewolfi, 73, 88, 89, 110.
producta, Brachycybe, 363 (fig.), 365,
367.
Pronothodectes matthewi, 223.
Prosotocus, 323.
Prosthorhynchus, 154.
protelaria, Stenosmilia, 76.
Proteocephalidae, 135.
Proteocephalus, 124.
ambloptitis, 137-139.
australis, 125, 135, 1389.
clongatus, 125, 137.
prothoracicus, Perilampus fulvicornis,
371, 376, 403.
Prothryptacodon, 238.
furens, 223, 233, 234.
Protogonodon, 232, 233.
pentacus, 233.
Protohippus, 283, 289.
Protoselene, 240, 241, 243.
proversus, Plesippus, 293, 294.
Pliohippus, 289.
provocator, Metachriacus, 224, 235.
proxima, Toxadocia, 442, 445.
Psathyrometra antarctiea, 248.
Pseudemys idahoensis, 285.
Pseudoeme ornata, 189.
poolei, 190.
Pseudofavia, 89.
Pseudolmedia, 3438.
pseudomediafolia, Ficus, 342.
pseudoneanthes, Nereis (Nereis), 470
(fig.).
Pseudosuberites, 449.
suleatus, 442, 449.
Psittacotherium multifragum, 223.
Pteridophyta, fossil Venezuelan, 343.
Pterobothrium, 131.
heteracanthum, 131.
Pteromalidae, 484.
INDEX
Ptilodontidae, 224,
Ptilodus, 225.
admirabilis, 225.
douglassi, 223, 225.
gidleyi, 223, 225.
gracilis, 225.
montanus, 223, 225.
sinclairi, 223, 225, 226.
trovessartianus, 225.
puercensis, Euprotogonia, 239.
Prodiacodon, 228.
Puget Sound, pycnogonids from, 415.
pugnaz, Chriacus, 223, 235.
pulchra, Boremys, 169-173.
punctulatus, Hippocampus, 499, 500, 517,
518, 525, 527, 551, 561, 568, 572, 575,
582, 583, 593.
punitor, Metachriacus, 223,
pusilla, Cyclaspis, 427.
pusillus, Chriacus, 223, 234, 235.
Pycnogonids, from Puget Sound, 413.
pygmaeus, Leptostylus, 206.
Pylaie, de la, his account of sea-
horses, 524.
quadricuspe, Contracaecum, 143.
quaylei, Rhabdophyllia, 72, 76, 109.
Querquedula sp., 285.
Rabbit. black-tailed jack (Lepus cali-
fornicus deserticola), 112.
pigmy (Brachylagus idahoensis),
112, 114.
snow-shoe (Lepus bairdii bairdii),
mel D:
white-tailed jack (Lepus townsendii
townsendii), 112.
Rafinesque, Constantine Samuel,
account of seahorses, 515,
ramsdeni, Essostrutha, 210.
ramulesus, Hippocampus, 511, 517, 518,
525, 548, 546.
rapiens, Thescelus, 174, 175, 177.
regalis, Cynoscion, 134, 144.
regalis, Perilampus, 370, 372, 378.
regulus, Hippocampus, 506, 529, 558,
584, 586 (fig.), 587 (fig.), 590.
reidi, Hippocampus, 528, 530, 532, 536,
537, 564, 566, 569, 571-573 (fig.), 574
(fig.).
Reinhard, Henry Jonathan, on revision
of American Cuphocera, 45..
on American muscoid flies of gen-
era Ceratomyiella and es
yma, 9.
reissi, Inga, 340, 346 (fig.), 348.
Reniera cinerea, 445.
coerulescens, 444.
reptans, Gymnorhynchus, 131.
Reptilia, fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho,
285.
fossil, from Kirtland formation of
New Mexico, 159.
reticulata, Leptoria, 78.
reticulatum, Meniscium, 348.
retiforme, Citharexylon, 347.
Retiometra, 248.
alascana, 248.
exigua, 248.
223,
235.
his
613
retracta, Paradidyma, 19, 26.
reussiana, Goniopora, 78, 90, 110.
Porites, 90.
Rhabdophyliia, 76.
nutrix, 77.
quaylei, 72, 76, 109.
sp., 77.
Rhadinorhynchus tenuicornis, 128, 125,
154.
Rhaphidascaris, 144, 145.
anchoviellae, 124, 125, 144.
Rhinoceros, 283.
Rhipidocotyle transversale, 125, 126,
128, 141.
Rhizophora boweni, 338, 340.
Rhynchobothrium speciosum, 130.
Rhynchotherium falconeri, 288.
Richmond formation of Jamaica, lower
Hocene, corals from, 93.
Ricuzenius, 331.
Rileya, 482.
americana, 483.
opuntiae, 482.
similaris, 482,
Risso, Antoine, his account of seahorses,
521.
roberto, Essostrutha, 209.
robertsoni, Perilampus, 371, 376, 409.
robusta, Dichelyne, 147.
robustum, Contracaecum,
robustus, Plastomenus, 156.
Rodentia, fossil, from Hagerman, Idaho,
285, 288.
rohweri, Perilampus, 871, 375, 396.
Romanes collection of fossil corals from
Barbados, 103.
Romerolagus, 115, 120.
diazi, 120.
vnomingeri, Corynecrinus, 1, 2, 5.
rondeletii, Hippocampus, 519.
Roosa zyggompha, 462.
Rosaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 347.
rosaceus, Hippocampus, 521, 525, 543.
Rosales, 347.
rosamondae, 593,
594.
rosea, Brachycybe, 363 (fig.), 365, 367,
368.
rouxii, Glycera, 275.
Rubiaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 360.
Rubiales, 360.
ruficauda, Cuphocera, 70.
Ernestia, 382, 411.
ruficornis, Micropalpus, 45, 46.
rufus, Lynx, 215, 217, 219.
Lynx rufus, 214.
russelli, Ectypodus, 223, 226.
Sabella, 278.
fusea, 278.
Sabellastarte, 278.
fusca, 278.
Sabellidae, 278.
Sabicea, 360.
aspera, 360.
asperifolia, 340, 360.
saltoni. Nereis (Neanthes), 4
(fig.).
125, 142.
Hippocampus, 589,
PROCEEDINGS OF
614
salvadorana, Sophora, 338, 340.
salvadorensis, Apocynophyllum, 338, 340,
357, 860.
santa, Strongylophora, 459.
Sapindales, 352.
Sapotaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 556.
sawkinsi, Actinacis, 738, 100, 110.
scaphiatus, Odocoileus columbianus,
214.
schindewolfi, Prodiploastrea, 73, 88, 89,
110.
Schineria, 70.
Schinz, Heinrich Rudolf, his account of
seahorses, 520.
Schmidtia, 325, 326.
misakia, 325, 330.
Schmidtina, 326.
misakia, 330.
schmiedeliana, Velates, 95, 101.
Sciaenops ocellatus, 124, 125, 147, 148.
Sciocyrtinus, 207.
elongatus, 208.
Scolex, 124.
pleuronectis, 125, 184.
polymorphus, 184.
Scotland beds of Barbados, corals from,
1038.
scotti, Equus, 282, 316-820.
scutellaris, Cuphocera, 48, 53.
Sea-bean (Entada), 335, 341.
Seahorses, review of Hippocampus of
American continents and Europe,
497.
sectorius, Anisonchus, 224, 244.
secundum, Porrocaecum, 125, 145.
Sematethmos, 72
semmesi, Operculinoides, 487, 488, 491,
495, 496.
senatoria, Anisota, 378.
sequens, Catemophrys, 39.
Seriatoporidae, 94.
serotinum, Eupatorium, 395.
Serpentes, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
Serridentinus praecursor, 288.
setigera, Admontia, 18, 22.
Paradidyma, 20, 22, 23.
Phytoadmontia, 22.
shoshonensis, Piesippus, 110, 111, 281,
284, 285, 288-314 (figs.), 316-320.
sibogae, Cyclaspis, 427.
Siderastrea, 82.
Siderofungia, 82.
siegfriedti, Leptacodon, 228.
Silberling, Albert C., work in Montana,
221,
silberlingi, Claenodon, 223, 232.
silberlingi, Eetypodus, 293 225, 226.
ridleyina, 224, 240.
silberlingi, Picrodus, 224.
siluricola, Arhythmorhynehus, 1538.
Simaruba miocenica, 338, 340.
Similaris, Rileya, 482.
similis, Haruspex, 196.
similis, Perilampus, 371, 376, 406.
simplex, Hyopsodus, 242.
Simplicella glacialis, 448.
THE NATIONAL MUSEUD
VOL. 83
simplicidens, Plesippus, 282, 288, 289,
292, 295, 316, 318-320.
muvee,
simpticidens, Stilpnodon, 223, 229.
Simpson, George Gaylord, on new
Paleocene mammals from Fort
Union of Montana, 221.
simpsoni, Parectypodus, 227.
sinclairi, Ptilodus, 223, 225, 226.
sinensis, Marphysa, 261, 266.
Nephthys, 261, 2
singularis, Atrophopoda, 17, 18, 38.
Fe LOMAS V AG 21 Se S2,
36-38,
sinuosa, Bees 180, 181.
Siphonacme, 364.
lyttoni, 364.
Siphonophora, 361, 362, 364.
limitare, 362, 363 (fig.).
Sisymbrium, 407.
Skinker, Mary Scott, on
worms from carnivores
seription of Taenia laticollis
dolphi, 211.
smithi, Oxyurostylis, 423, 487, 488.
Smulyan, Marcus Thomas, on chalcid
flies of genus Perilampus, 369.
solitarium, Nymphon, 414, 417 (fig.).
Sophora, 350.
marana, 338, 340, 346 (fig.), 350.
saivadorana, 228. 340.
Southwellina, 153.
Spalacopsis grandis, 201.
ornatipennis, 200.
Spanipalpus, 46.
aldrichi, 52.
australis, 57.
miscelli, 49.
Spanoxyodon, 236.
latruncuius, 224, 236.
spatula, Pliauchenia, 288.
speciosa, Tentacularia, 130.
speciosum, Rhynehobothrium, 130.
spectabilis, Cassia, 349.
Sphaeraleia angustifolia, 407.
sphaerocarpa, Anona, 347.
sphaerocarpoides, Anona, 338, 340, 346.
(fig.), 347
spiculigerum, Contracaecum, 1438.
spiracornuta, Tentacularia, 1380.
Spirastrella, 461.
cunctatrix, 461.
Sponges, shallow-water,
Panama Canal, 441.
Spongia, 455.
barbara, 455.
campana, 457.
cinerea, 444, 445.
lignea, 455.
panicea, 449.
Squatinidae, 185 (fig.).
Stegomastodon successor,
Stelgistrum,: 3381.
Stenosmilia, 76.
protelaria, 76.
Stephanocoenia sp., 104.
|
|
new tape-
and rede-
Ru-
from near
288.
INDEX
stephensoii, Combretum, 338, 340, 355,
359 (fig.).
sternbergii, Pentaceratops, 160, 163, 185.
Stiboriopsis jamaicaensis, 72.
Stilpnedon, 229.
simplicidens, 223, 229.
Stlengis distoechus, 325, 327, 328-330
(fig.).
misakia, 327, 330.
osensis, 325-328.
revision of genus, 325, 326.
stokesi, Dichocoenia, 75.
strenuana, Epiblema, 405.
stricklandi, Cuphocera, 63.
Trichophora, 638.
Strongvlophora, 459.
durissima, 459.
santa, 459.
stygicus, Perilampus, 371, 376, 404, 411.
stylifer, Hippocampus, 499, 561, 566,
567.
Stylinodontidae, 223.
Stylocoenia, 105.
Stylophora, 93, 94.
cambridgensis, 73, 95, 110.
contorta, 73, 94.
sp. a and 8, 73, 93.
Styracaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 356.
Styrax, 356.
lanceolata, 340, 356.
subcarinatus, Perilampus, 370, 378, 386.
Suberites sulcatus, 450.
subtriangularis, Thalysias, 458.
subtrigonus, Tricentes, 237.
successor, Stegomastodon, 288.
suleatus, Pseudosuberites, 442, 449.
Suberites, 450.
superior, Tetraclaenodon, 224, 239.
Sweetia, 349.
Sylvilagus, 114-117, 120.
nuttalli grangeri, 111, 114-116.
symbolicus, Tetraclaenodon, 224, 239,
240.
Sympherobius angustus, 395, 411.
Synastrea, 87.
agaricites, 88.
adkinsi, 73, 83, 87, 109.
Synbothrium, 130, 132.
filicolle, 130.
fragile, 130.
hemuloni, 180.
malleum, 138.
Syndesmobothrium, 131.
filicolle, 131.
fragile, 130.
Syngnathoides biaculeatus, 515.
Syngnathus erectus, 516, 517.
foliatus, 515, 516.
hippocampus, 513-520, 525, 5380, 548,
570.
longirostris, 522.
tetragonus, 515,
synodi, Lecithochirium, 128.
Taboga, 452.
taboga, 452, 453 (fig.).
Tachina macrocera, 52.
615
Taenia crassicollis, 217, 218.
laticollis, redeseription of, 211, 216.
lyneis, 211, 212.
macroeystis, 214, 217, 219.
taeniaeformis, 217, 218.
taxidiensis, 211, 215.
taeniaeformis, Taenia, 217, 218.
Taeniodonta, Fort Union, 223.
Tanaorhamphus, 151,
Tanupolama, 285, 288.
Tapeworms, new species from carni-
vores, 211.
Tapirira, 352.
lanceolata, 340, 352, 353 (fig.), 360.
trinitiana, 340, 352, 353 (fig.).
tardus, Parectypodus, 225.
Taxidea taxus taxus, 215.
taxvidiensis, Taenia, 211, 215.
Taxocrinus, 4.
briareus, 4, 5.
taxus, Taxidea taxus, 215,
Tedania, 459,
ignis, 459.
tener, Leptacodon, 228.
Tennessee, millipeds from, 361.
Tentacularia lepida, 125, 129.
speciosa, 130.
spiracornuta, 130.
tenuicornis, Rhadinorhynchus, 123,
154.
tenuipes, Adelometra, 247,
Caryometra, 247.
tenuis, Diastylopsis, 436,
Didymictis, 224, 238.
Terebellidae, 278.
Tertiary, new Foraminifera of genera
Operculina and Operculinoides
from North America and West
Indies, 487.
Venezuelan plants from, 335.
Testudinata, fossil, from Idaho, 285.
Tethya, 451, 452, 462.
aurantia, 462.
diploderma, 451,
Tethyidae, 452.
Tetraclaenodon, 239-241.
pliciferus, 239.
superior, 224, 239.
symbolicus, 224, 289, 240.
tetragonus, Syngenathus, 515.
tetraphylla, Inga, 349.
tetraquetrum, Pleonotoma, 358,
TYetrarhynchidae, 129.
Tetrarhynchus erinaceus, 132.
platycephalus, 180, 131, 183.
Tetrastichus, 485.
gerstaeckeriae, 485.
malucosomae, 485, 486.
texanuin, Glyptotherium, 288.
texanus, Platygonus, 288.
Texas, millipeds from, 361.
parasites of fishes from Galveston
Bay, 123.
texensis, Apocynophyllum, 341.
Thalysias ignis, 459.
subtriangularis, 458,
125,
30 (figs).
616
PROCEEDINGS OF
Thamnasteria, S8.
Thamnophis sp., 285.
Thelepus, 278.
japonicus, 278.
Theivetia, 357.
Thescelus, 170, 172, 175, 187.
fluviatilis, 177.
hemtspherica, 174, 175 (fig.), 176
(fig.), 177, 186.
insilens, 174-177.
rapiens, 174, 175, 177.
Thomomys gidleyi, 285, 288.
Thryptacodon, 233, 234.
tobleri, Lepidocyclina, 490.
tongi, Hernandia, 340, 353 (fig.), 854
torosa, Cuphocera, 46, 48, 67.
Torpedo, 1384.
townsendi, Atrophopoda, 10, 12.
Ceratomyiella, 11, 12.
Oedemapeza, 12.
Paradidyma, 12.
townsendii, Lepus, 118, 120.
Lepus townsendii, 112.
Toxadocia, 445.
proxima, 442, 445.
transversale, Rhipidocotyle, 125, 126,
128, 141.
Treadwell, Aaron Louis, on polychaet-
ous annelids from Amoy, China, 261.
Trechmann, Charles Taylor, his collec-
tion of fossil corals, 74, 98, 94, 103.
trechmanni, Dichocoenia, 72, 75, 109.
Goniopora, 73, 91, 109.
Trematoda, 126.
new genus and species from little
brown bat and key to Pleuro-
genetinae, 321.
triacis, Orthonopias, 326.
triangularis, Perilampus, 411.
Tricentes, 233, 236.
latidens, 224, 236.
subtrigonus, 237.
trichiuri, Porrocaecum, 125, 145.
Trichiurus lepturus, 125, 128, 145.
Trichophora, 70.
fucata, 65.
miscelli, 46, 49.
stricklandi, 63.
tricuspe, Contracaecum, 143.
tridentatum, Nymphon, 418.
Trigonia, 351.
varians, 339, 340, 351, 353 (fig.).
Trigoniaceae, fossil Venezuelan, 351.
triloculatum, Phoreiobothrium, 134.
trimaculatus, Hippocampus, 517, 518.
trinitiana, Tapirira, 340, 352, 353 (fig.).
trinitatis, Lepidocyclina, 490.
Trionychidae, 165, 182, 186.
triphylla, Bignonia, 358.
Trocharaea, 86.
Trochocyathus, 74, 104, 105.
matleyi, 72, 74, 109.
SD., 103; 105.
woolmani, 74.
Trochoplegma, 86.
THE NATIONAL MUSEUM
VOL, 83:
Trochoseris, 78, 81, 88, 98.
catadupensis, 72, 78.
sp., 78, 98.
Trochosmilia hilli, 78, 79.
tropicus, Cordillerion, 288.
trovessartianus, Ptilodus, 225.
Trypespongia, 456.
columbia, 456.
tuberculata, Nanilla, 196.
Operculina, 487, 488, 495.
tuberosa, Dichocoenia, 75.
tubicen, Parasaurolophus, 161, 185.
tunicatae, Nereis (Ceratonereis), 476,
477 (fig.).
Turbinoseris cantabrigiensis, 96.
jamaicaensis, 97.
turritum, Nymphon, 414, 416, 417 (fig.).
Turtles, fossil, from Kirtland formation
of New Mexico, 15S.
tuxpanicus, Operculinoides,
455.
tylodermae, Neocatolaccus, 484.
Tylosurus marinus, 126.
uinta, Lynx rufus, 214.
ulkei, Moneilema, 485.
undatum, Chisternon, 172.
undulatus, Micropogon, 125, 131, 154.
unicornis, Cyclaspis, 427.
Unionidae, 127.
uniplicata, Hemilamprops, 481.
Ursus, 286.
vagus, Alilepus, 119 (fig.), 121, 285, 288.
valida, Eulimneria, 382, 411.
validinervis, Didyma, 17, 37.
Paradidyma, 20, 28, 25, 29, 33-35,
37, 39, 40, 42, 43.
vanduzeei, Leptostylus, 204.
Vanessa cardui, 252.
iortlandia, 252.
itea, 252.
portlandia, 252,
variabilis, Hircinia, 457.
varians, Cyclaspis, 427.
Trigonia, 339, 340, 351, 353 (fig.)-
variegatus, Cyprinodon, 123-125, 140-
142° 150, 152.
variolosa, Basilemys, 180, 181.
Vaughan, Thomas Wayland, and Cole,
W. Storrs, on new Tertiary Foramini-
fera from North America and West
Indies, 487.
Vaughanoseris, 80.
catadupensis, 72, 80, 81, 109, 110.
vecordensis, Claenodon, 2238, 232.
vegetus, Aspideretes, 183.
Velates schmiedeliana, 95, 101.
Venezuela, Tertiary plants from, 335.
venezuelana, Burserites, 338, 340.
venezuelanus, Chrysobalanus, 338, 340,
342 (fig.), 347.
venezuelensis, Antholithus, 338, 340.
Diplaraea, 84.
Leguminosites, 338, 340.
venosa, Operculinella, 489.
verecundus, Atactorhynchus, 123, 125,
Lo.
488, 494,
INDEX
vetus, Hypolagus, 112 (fig.), 114, 116,
117, 119-121, 285, 288.
vexillosa, Nereis, 469-471.
vicksburgensis, Operculinoides, 487, 490,
495,
villosoides, Coussapoa, 340.
villosus, Hippocampus, 529, 582, 583.
violacea, Chalcis, 371.
Diplolepis, 371.
virens, Nereis (Neanthes), 479.
virginianus, Odocoileus, 214.
viridis, Orasema, 372.
vomitor, Agamonema, 125, 150.
vorax, Aspideretes, 183, 184 (fig.), 185,
186.
walkeri, Parasaurolophus, 162, 1653.
walli, Astreopora, 73, 102, 110.
Washington, pycnogonids from Puget
Sound, 4138.
Wells, John West, on fossil corals from
West Indies, 71.
West Indies, new cerambycid beetles
from, 189.
new Foraminifera from Tertiary
of, 487.
fossil corals from, 71.
wickhami, Elaphidion, 192.
EKupogonius, 199.
wilcoxensis, Ficus, 343.
willeoxi, Nummulites, 489.
Willughby, Francis, his account of sea-
horses, 519.
617
wolfi, Meniscium, 340, 342 (fig.), 343.
woolmani, Trochocyathus, 74.
Worms, parasites of Galveston Bay
fishes, 123.
polychaetous annelids from Amoy,
China, 261.
new polychaetous annelids (Nerei-
dae) from California, 467.
new tapeworms from carnivores,
Dill
new trematode from little brown
bat and key to Pleurogenetinae,
a2
xanthurus, Leiostomus, 125, 148, 154.
Zamia, 344.
sp., 3388, 340, 344.
Zenillia (Exorista) sp., 3938,
Zenometrinae, 247, 248.
zeteki, Luxosuberites, 450, 451 (fig.),
455.
Zetekispongia, 446.
zonea, 446, 447 (fig.).
Zimmer, Carl, on California Crustacea
of order Cumacea, 425.
zonea, Zetekispongia, 446, 447 (fig.).
zosterae, Hippocampus, 502, 506, 512,
525, 529, 585, 588, 589.
403, 411.
culiana, Bignonia, 338, 340, 358, 359
(fig.).
zuliana, Cassia, 340, 346 (fig.), 350.
zyggompha, Roosa, 462.
NENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1936
ON LIBRARIES
NSTITuTI
==
=
Ss;
Oo
”
Ae
7 e
te
==
I
!
|
0 9647
|
|
|
Il
|
2
|
4
y tt
Hy; Gy g
CHHyyyey HH. ty Z
Yyyyywy$yiy3: CPreéMmnnmmmeysre=eq”Y]Y@ v#@40 g —Y
Hv); tj tt—$;; tj) tj ty ty
Z
typ
y Loy
Z
Y, CY
Sy Z
tYsy—jj
tz pY,II(U_(@@wUWw@@@@??— P?7??-—z—}} }—7”'t_
Ysmmmmmsee@ MMH#pi Bha nmmsmese@_ LYX@t=